UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the year ended December 31, 20172018

Commission File Number1-11758

 

LOGO

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

1585 Broadway

New York, NY 10036

(Address of principal executive offices,
including zip code)

 

36-3145972

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

  

(212)761-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number,

including area code)

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class     Name of exchange on
on which registered

Common Stock, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share of 6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Depositary Shares, each representing 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K, $0.01 par value

   

New York Stock Exchange

Global Medium-Term Notes, Series A, Fixed RateStep-Up Senior Notes dueDue 2026 of Morgan Stanley Finance LLC (and Registrant’s guarantee with respect thereto)

   

New York Stock Exchange

Market Vectors ETNs due March 31, 2020 (two issuances); Market Vectors ETNs due April 30, 2020 (two issuances)

   

NYSE Arca, Inc.

Morgan Stanley Cushing® MLP High Income Index ETNs due March 21, 2031

    

NYSE Arca, Inc.

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  YES  ☒  NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark if Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  YES  ☐  NO  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  YES  ☒  NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).  YES  ☒  NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of RegulationS-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K or any amendment to thisForm 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, anon-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large Accelerated Filer  ☒

  

Accelerated Filer  ☐

Non-Accelerated Filer  ☐

  

Smaller reporting company  ☐

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Emerging growth company  ☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the Registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.                ☐

Indicate by check mark whether Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule12b-2).  YES  ☐  NO  ☒

As of June 30, 2017,2018, the aggregate market value of the common stock of Registrant held bynon-affiliates of Registrant was approximately $77,833,014,763.$79,320,949,858. This calculation does not reflect a determination that persons are affiliates for any other purposes.

As of January 31, 2018,2019, there were 1,791,846,3881,708,787,567 shares of Registrant’s common stock, $0.01 par value, outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference: Portions of Registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form10-K.


LOGO

LOGO

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM10-K

for the year ended December 31, 20172018

 

Table of Contents Part  Item  Page  Part  Item  Page 

Business

 I  1   1  I  1   1 

Overview

       1        1 

Business Segments

       1        1 

Competition

       1        1 

Supervision and Regulation

       2        2 

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

       10        10 

Risk Factors

   1A   11    1A   11 

Unresolved Staff Comments

   1B   22 

Properties

   2   22 

Legal Proceedings

   3   23 

Mine Safety Disclosures

   4   28 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 II  5   29 

Selected Financial Data

   6   31    6   24 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   7   32  II  7   25 

Introduction

       32        25 

Executive Summary

       33        26 

Business Segments

       38        31 

Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures

       52        45 

Accounting Development Updates

       53        46 

Critical Accounting Policies

       54        47 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

       57        49 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

   7A   71 

Balance Sheet

       49 

Regulatory Requirements

       55 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk

   7A   64 

Risk Management

       64 

Market Risk

       67 

Credit Risk

       71 

Country and Other Risks

       77 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   8   91    8   83 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

       91        83 

Consolidated Income Statements

       92        84 

Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements

       93        85 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

       94        86 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

       95        87 

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

       96        88 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

       97        89 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

       97        89 

2. Significant Accounting Policies

       98        90 

3. Fair Values

       109        101 

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

       124        112 

5. Investment Securities

       129        117 

6. Collateralized Transactions

       133        119 

7. Loans and Allowance for Credit Losses

       136 

8. Equity Method Investments

       139 

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

  

 

   

 

   139 

7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

  

 

   

 

   122 

 

i


Table of Contents Part  Item   Page 

10. Deposits

          140 

11. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

          140 

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

          142 

13. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

          148 

14. Regulatory Requirements

          153 

15. Total Equity

          156 

16. Earnings per Common Share

          159 

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense

          159 

18. Deferred Compensation Plans

          159 

19. Employee Benefit Plans

          161 

20. Income Taxes

          166 

21. Segment and Geographic Information

          169 

22. Parent Company

          171 

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

          174 

24. Subsequent Events

          175 

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

          176 

Glossary of Common Acronyms

          180 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     9    182 

Controls and Procedures

     9A    182 

Other Information

     9B    184 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 III   10    184 

Executive Compensation

     11    184 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     12    184 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

     13    185 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     14    185 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 IV   15    185 

Form10-K Summary

     16    185 

Exhibit Index

          E-1 

Signatures

  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   S-1 
LOGO

Table of Contents Part  Item   Page 

8. Equity Method Investments

          125 

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

          125 

10. Deposits

          126 

11. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

          126 

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

          128 

13. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

          133 

14. Regulatory Requirements

          138 

15. Total Equity

          140 

16. Earnings per Common Share

          143 

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense

          144 

18. Deferred Compensation Plans

          144 

19. Employee Benefit Plans

          146 

20. Income Taxes

          149 

21. Segment, Geographic and Revenue Information

          151 

22. Parent Company

          155 

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

          158 

24. Subsequent Events

          159 

Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

          160 

Glossary of Common Acronyms

          164 

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

     9    166 

Controls and Procedures

     9A    166 

Other Information

     9B    168 

Unresolved Staff Comments

 I   1B    168 

Properties

     2    168 

Legal Proceedings

     3    169 

Mine Safety Disclosures

     4    173 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 II   5    174 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 III   10    176 

Executive Compensation

     11    176 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

     12    176 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

     13    177 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

     14    177 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 IV   15    177 

Form10-K Summary

     16    177 

Exhibit Index

          E-1 

Signatures

  

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

   S-1 

 

ii


LOGO

Forward-Looking Statements

We have included in or incorporated by reference into this report, and from time to time may make in our public filings, press releases or other public statements, certain statements, including (without limitation) those under “Legal Proceedings,”Proceedings”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” that may constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. In addition, our management may make forward-looking statements to analysts, investors, representatives of the media and others. These forward-looking statements are not historical facts and represent only our beliefs regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain and beyond our control.

The nature of our business makes predicting the future trends of our revenues, expenses, and net income difficult. The risks and uncertainties involved in our businesses could affect the matters referred to in such statements, and it is possible that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ from those in the forward-looking statements include (without limitation):

 

the effect of market conditions, particularly in the global equity, fixed income, currency, credit and commodities markets, including corporate and mortgage (commercial and residential) lending and commercial real estate markets and energy markets;

the level of individual investor participation in the global markets as well as the level of client assets;

the flow of investment capital into or from Assetsassets under management or supervision;

the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, interest rates, inflation and currency values and other market indices;

the availability and cost of both credit and capital as well as the credit ratings assigned to our unsecured short-term and long-term debt;

technological changes instituted by us, our competitors or counterparties and technological risks, business continuity and related operational risks;risks, including breaches or other disruptions of our or a third party’s (or third parties thereof) operations or systems;

risk associated with cybersecurity threats, including data protection and cybersecurity risk management;

our ability to manage effectively our capital and liquidity, including approval of our capital plans by our banking regulators;

the impact of current, pending and future legislation (including with respect to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”)) or changes thereto, regulation (including capital, leverage, funding, liquidity and recovery and resolution requirements and our ability to address such requirements), policies (includingincluding fiscal and monetary policies established by central banks and financial regulators, and regulators;

changes to global trade policies),policies and tariffs, government debt ceilings and funding, reforms of LIBOR, EURIBOR and other indices, and other legal and regulatory actions in the U.S. and worldwide;

changes in tax laws and regulations globally, including the interpretation and application of the U.S. Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”);

the effectiveness of our risk management policies;processes;

our ability to effectively respond to an economic downturn, or other market disruptions;

the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, including, for example, the U.K.’s anticipated withdrawal from the E.U. and a government shutdown in the United States;

the actions and initiatives of current and potential competitors as well as governments, central banks, regulators and self-regulatory organizations;

our ability to provide innovative products and services and execute our strategic objectives;

the effect of economic and political conditions and geopolitical events, including the U.K. anticipated withdrawal from the E.U.;

sovereign risk;

the performance and results of our acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, strategic alliances or other strategic arrangements;

investor, consumer and business sentiment and confidence in the financial markets;

our reputation and the general perception of the financial services industry;

inflation, natural disasters, pandemics and acts of war or terrorism; and

other risks and uncertainties detailed under “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation,”Regulation”, “Risk Factors” and elsewhere throughout this report.

Accordingly, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date on which they are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the impact of circumstances or events that arise after the dates they are made, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise except as required by applicable law. You should, however, consult further disclosures we may make in future filings of our Annual Reports on Form10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form10-Q and Current Reports on Form8-K and any amendments thereto or in future press releases or other public statements.

 

iii


LOGO

Available Information

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file with the SEC at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Please call the SEC at1-800-SEC-0330 for information on the public reference room. The SEC maintains an internet site,www.sec.gov, that contains annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy and information statements and other information that issuers file electronically with the SEC. Our electronic SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s internet site.

Our internet site iswww.morganstanley.com. You can access our Investor Relations webpage atwww.morganstanley.com/about-us-ir. We make available free of charge, on or through our Investor Relations webpage, our Proxy Statements, Annual Reports on Form10-K, Quarterly Reports onForm 10-Q, Current Reports on Form8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. We also make available, through our Investor Relations webpage, via a link to the SEC’s internet site, statements of beneficial ownership of our equity securities filed by our directors, officers, 10% or greater shareholders and others under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

You can access information about our corporate governance atwww.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance. Our Corporate Governance webpage includes:

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation;

Amended and Restated Bylaws;

Charters for our Audit Committee, Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee, Operations and Technology Committee, and Risk Committee;

Corporate Governance Policies;

Policy Regarding Corporate Political Activities;

Policy Regarding Shareholder Rights Plan;

Equity Ownership Commitment;

Code of Ethics and Business Conduct;

Code of Conduct;

Integrity Hotline Information; and

Environmental and Social Policies.

Our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange LLC (“NYSE”) on our internet site. You can request a copy of these documents, excluding exhibits, at no cost, by contacting Investor Relations, 1585 Broadway, New York, NY 10036(212-761-4000). The information on our internet site is not incorporated by reference into this report.

 

iv


 LOGO

 

Business

Overview

We are a global financial services firm that, through our subsidiaries and affiliates, advises, and originates, trades, manages and distributes capital for, governments, institutions and individuals. We were originally incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware in 1981, and our predecessor companies date back to 1924. We are an FHC regulated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”). We conduct our business from our headquarters in and around New York City, our regional offices and branches throughout the U.S. and our principal offices in London, Tokyo, Hong Kong and other world financial centers. As of December 31, 2017,2018, we had 57,63360,348 employees worldwide. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” the “Firm,” “us,” “we,” and “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We define the following as part of our consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”): consolidated income statements (“income statements”), consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”), and consolidated cash flow statements (“cash flow statements”). See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitionsthe definition of certain acronyms used throughout the 20172018 Form10-K.

Financial information concerning us, our business segments and geographic regions for each of the 12 months ended December 31, 2017,2018, December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 20152016 is included in the financial statements and the notes thereto and in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Business Segments

We are a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of our business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Through our subsidiaries and affiliates, we provide a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Additional information related to our business segments, respective clients, and products and services provided is included under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Competition

All aspects of our businesses are highly competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete in the U.S. and globally for clients, market share and human talent. Operating within the financial services industry on a global basis

presents, among other things, technological, risk management, regulatory and other infrastructure challenges that require effective resource allocation in order for us to remain competitive. Our competitive position depends on our reputation and the quality and consistency of our long-term investment performance. Our ability to sustain or improve our competitive position also depends substantially on our ability to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees while managing compensation and other costs. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds and private equity funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and digitally or through the internet. In addition, restrictive laws and regulations applicable to certain U.S. financial services institutions, such as Morgan Stanley, which may prohibit us from engaging in certain transactions and impose more stringent capital and liquidity requirements, can put us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors in certain businesses not subject to these same requirements. See also “Supervision and Regulation” belowherein and “Risk Factors.”

Institutional Securities and Wealth Management

Our competitive position for our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments depends on innovation, execution capability and relative pricing. We compete directly in the U.S. and globally with other securities and financial services firms and broker-dealers and with others on a regional or product basis. Additionally, there is increased competition driven by established firms as well as the emergence of new firms and business models (including innovative uses of technology) competing for the same clients and assets or offering similar products and services.

Our ability to access capital at competitive rates (which is generally impacted by our credit ratings), to commit and to deploy capital efficiently, particularly in our capital-intensive underwriting and sales, trading, financing and market-making activities, also affects our competitive position. Corporate clients may request that we provide loans or lending commitments in connection with certain investment banking activities and such requests are expected to continue.

It is possible that competition may become even more intense as we continue to compete with financial or other institutions that may be larger, or better capitalized, or may have a stronger local presence and longer operating history in certain geographies or products. Many of these firms have the ability to offer a wide range of products and services, and on different platforms, that may enhance their competitive position and could result in pricing pressure on our businesses. In addition, our business is subject to extensive regulation in the U.S. and abroad, while certain of our

 

 

 1 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

U.S. and abroad, while certain of our competitors may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than us, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage.

We continue to experience intense price competition in some of our businesses. In particular, the ability to execute securities trades electronically on exchanges and through other automated trading markets has increased the pressure on trading commissions and comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely increase as additional trading moves to more automated platforms. It is also possible that we will experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices (in the form of commissions or pricing).

Investment Management

Our ability to compete successfully in the asset management industry is affected by several factors, including our reputation, investment objectives, quality of investment professionals, performance of investment strategies or product offerings relative to peers and appropriate benchmark indices, advertising and sales promotion efforts, fee levels, the effectiveness of and access to distribution channels and investment pipelines, and the types and quality of products offered. Our investment products, including alternative investment products, may compete with investments offered by other investment managers with passive investment products or who may be subject to less stringent legal and regulatory regimes than us.

Supervision and Regulation

As a major financial services firm, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. Legislative and regulatory responses to the 2007-2008 financial crisis, both in the U.S. and worldwide, have resulted in major changes to the way we are regulated and conduct our business. These laws and regulations includeinclude: the Dodd-Frank Act; risk-based capital, leverage and liquidity standards adopted or being developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”), including Basel III, and the national implementation of those standards; capital planning and stress testing requirements; and new recovery and resolution regimes in the U.S. and other jurisdictions. Some areas of post-financial crisis regulation are still subject to final rulemaking or transition periods.

We continue to monitor the changing political, tax and regulatory environment; it is likely that there will be further changes in the way major financial institutions are regulated in both the U.S. and other markets in which we operate,

although it remains difficult to predict the exact impact these changes will have on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows for a particular future period and we expect to remain subject to extensive supervision and regulation.

Financial Holding Company

Consolidated Supervision.    We have operated as a BHC and FHC under the BHC Act since September 2008. As a BHC, we are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve. Under existing regulation, theThe Federal Reserve has heightened authority to examine, prescribe regulations and take action with respect to all of our subsidiaries. In particular, we are, or will become, subject to (among other things): significantly revised and expanded regulation and supervision; more intensive scrutiny of our businesses and plans for expansion of those businesses; activities limitations;limitations on activities; a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity requirements; restrictions on activities and investments imposed by a section of the BHC Act added by the Dodd-Frank Act referred to as the “Volcker Rule”; and comprehensive derivatives regulation. In addition, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has primary rulemaking, enforcement and examination authority over us and our subsidiaries with respect to federal consumer protection laws, to the extent applicable.

Scope of Permitted Activities.    The BHC Act limits the activities of BHCs and FHCs and grants the Federal Reserve authority to limit our ability to conduct activities. We must obtain the Federal Reserve’s approval before engaging in certain banking and other financial activities both in the U.S. and internationally.

The BHC Act grandfathers “activities related to the trading, sale or investment in commodities and underlying physical properties,” provided that we were engaged in “any of such activities as of September 30, 1997 in the U.S.” and provided that certain other conditions that are within our reasonable control are satisfied. We currently engage in our commodities activities pursuant to the BHC Act grandfather exemption as well as other authorities under the BHC Act.

Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.    The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions. Banking entities were required to bring all of their activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker Rule by July 21, 2015, subject to certain

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 2 


 LOGO

 

extensions. In June 2017, the Federal Reserve approved our application for a five-year extension of the transition period to conform investments in certain legacy covered funds that are also illiquid funds. The approval covers essentially all of ourour non-conforming investments in, and relationships with, legacy covered funds subject to the Volcker Rule. The Volcker Rule also requires that deductions be made from a BHC’s Tier 1 capital for permissible investments in covered funds. In addition, the Volcker Rule requires banking entities to have comprehensive compliance programs reasonably designed to ensure and monitor compliance with the Volcker Rule.

The federal financial regulatory agencies responsible for the Volcker Rule’s implementing regulations have proposed, but have not yet finalized, revisions to certain elements of those regulations. The proposed changes focus on proprietary trading and certain requirements imposed in connection with permitted market making, underwriting and risk-mitigating hedging activities. The impact of this proposal on us will not be known with certainty until final rules are issued.

Capital Standards.    The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for large BHCs and evaluates our compliance with such requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, our “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”).

Regulatory Capital Framework.    The regulatory capital requirements for us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee, and also implementas supplemented by certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act. We are subject to various risk-based capital requirements with various transition provisions, measured against our Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital bases, leverage-based capital requirements, including the SLR, and additional capital buffers above generally applicable minimum standards for BHCs.

In December 2017, theThe Basel Committee released its agreement onhas published a comprehensive set of revisions to its Basel III Framework. The revised requirements are expected to take effect starting January 2022, subject to U.S. banking agencies issuing implementation proposals. The impact on us of any revisions to the Basel Committee’s capital standards is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.

Regulated Subsidiaries.  In addition, many of our regulated subsidiaries are, or are expected to be in the future, subject to regulatory capital requirements, including regulated subsidiaries registered as “swap dealers” with the CFTC or “security-based swap dealers” with the SEC (collectively, “Swaps

“Swaps Entities”) or registered as broker-dealers or futures commission merchants. Specific regulatory capital requirements vary by regulated subsidiary, and in many cases these standards are not yet established or are subject to ongoing rulemakings that could substantially modify requirements.

For more information about the specific capital requirements applicable to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”

Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Capital Distributions.    Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including Morgan Stanley. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. For more information about the capital planning and stress test requirements, including proposed changes to those requirements that would integrate them with certain ongoing regulatory capital requirements, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Developments—Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements.”

In addition to capital planning requirements, the OCC,Federal Reserve, the Federal ReserveOCC and the FDIC have the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. All of these policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay dividends and/or repurchase stock, or require us to provide capital assistance to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under circumstances which we would not otherwise decide to do so.

Liquidity Standards.    In addition to capital regulations, the U.S. banking agencies and the Basel Committee have adopted, or are in the process of considering,adopting, liquidity standards. We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the U.S. banking agencies’ LCR requirements, which generally follow Basel Committee standards. Similarly, if the proposed NSFR requirements are adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries will become subject to NSFR requirements, if adopted by the U.S. banking agencies, and the proposed NSFR requirementswhich generally follow Basel Committee standards.

In addition to the LCR and NSFR, we and many of our regulated subsidiaries, including those registered as Swaps Entities with the CFTC or SEC, are, or are expected to be in the future, subject to other liquidity standards, including liquidity stress-testing and associated liquidity reserve requirements.

3December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

For more information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Liquidity Framework.”

Systemic Risk Regime.    The Dodd-Frank Act, establishedas amended by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act (“EGRRCPA”), establishes a systemic risk regime to which certain large BHCs, with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, such asincluding Morgan Stanley, are subject. Under rules issued by the Federal Reserve to implement

3December 2017 Form 10-K


certain requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards, such large BHCs must conduct internal liquidity stress tests, maintain unencumbered highly liquid assets to meet projected net cash outflows for 30 days over the range of liquidity stress scenarios used in internal stress tests, and comply with various liquidity risk management requirements. InstitutionsThese large BHCs also must comply with a range of risk management and corporate governance requirements.

In March 2016, theThe Federal Reservere-proposed rules that would establish has adopted a framework to impose single-counterparty credit limits (“SCCL”) for large banking organizations (“covered companies”), with more stringent limits for the largest covered companies.organizations. U.S.G-SIBs, including the Firm, would beus, are subject to a limit of 15% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined asto include other U.S.G-SIBs, foreignG-SIBs, and nonbank systemically important financial institutions supervised by the Federal Reserve) and. In addition, we are subject to a limit of 25% of Tier 1 capital for aggregate net credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty. We must comply with the SCCL framework beginning on January 1, 2020.

In addition, theThe Federal Reserve has proposed rules that would create a new early remediation framework to address financial distress or material management weaknesses. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish additional prudential standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures and limits on short-term debt, includingoff-balance sheet exposures. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity and Long-Term Debt Requirement.”

Under the systemic risk regime, if the Federal Reserve or the Financial Stability Oversight Council determines that a BHC with $50$250 billion or more in consolidated assets poses a “grave threat” to U.S. financial stability, the institution may be, among other things, restricted in its ability to merge or offer financial products and/or required to terminate activities and dispose of assets.

See also “Capital Standards” and “Liquidity Standards” herein and “Resolution and Recovery Planning” below.

Resolution and Recovery Planning. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure. Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2017 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of additional capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy after the Parent Company has filed for bankruptcy.

Certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subject to resolution and recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example the FDIC requires certain insured depository institutions (“IDIs”), including our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to submit an annual resolution plan that describes the IDI’s strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of the IDI (an “IDI plan”).

Further, we are required to submit an annual recovery plan to the Federal Reserve that outlines the steps that management could take over time to generate or conserve financial resources in times of prolonged financial stress.

Certain of our domestic and foreign subsidiaries are also subjectIn December 2018, the OCC finalized revisions to resolution andits recovery planning requirements in the jurisdictions in which they operate. For example, MSBNA must submit to the FDIC an annual resolution plan that describes MSBNA’s strategyguidelines for a rapid and orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of MSBNA. In September 2016, the OCC issued final guidelines that establish enforceable standards for recovery planning by national banks and certain other institutions withthat increase the threshold at which the guidelines apply from $50 billion to $250 billion in total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, calculated onassets. As a rolling four-quarter average basis, including MSBNA and MSPBNA. The guidelines were effective on January 1, 2017, and appliedresult, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are no longer required to MSBNA as of January 1, 2018. MSPBNA must be in compliance by October 1, 2018.prepare recovery plans.

In addition, certain financial companies, including BHCs such as the Firm and certain of its covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority in Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver, provided that certain procedures are met, including certain extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinations by the U.S. Treasury Secretary in consultation with the U.S. President. The orderly liquidation authority rulemaking is proceeding in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others not yet proposed. If we were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would have considerable powers, including: the power to remove directors and officers responsible for our failure and to appoint new directors and officers; the power to assign our assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; the ability to differentiate among our creditors, including by treating certain creditors within the same class better than others, subject to a minimum recovery right on the part of disfavored creditors to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy

December 2018 Form 10-K4


LOGO

liquidation; and broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership. The FDIC has been developing an SPOE strategy that could be used to implement the orderly liquidation authority.

Regulators have also taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes.

In September 2017,For example, the Federal Reserve issued a final rulehas established rules that would impose contractual requirements on certain QFCsqualified financial contracts (“covered QFCs”) to which U.S.G-SIBs, including us, and their subsidiaries are parties. The OCC issued a final rule in

December 2017 Form 10-K4


November 2017has also established rules that imposesimpose substantively identical requirements on national banks that are subsidiaries of U.S.G-SIBs, including our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, as well as certain other institutions (together with the entities covered by the Federal Reserve final rule,Reserve’s rules, the “covered entities”). Under the Federal Reserve’s and OCC’s finalthese rules, covered QFCs must generally expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against covered entities are limited to the same extent as they would be under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations. In addition, covered QFCs may not, among other things, permit the exercise of any cross-default right against covered entities based on an affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings, subject to certain creditor protections. There is aphased-in compliance schedule based on counterparty type, withand the first compliance date ofwas January 1, 2019.

For more information about our resolution plan-related submissions and associated regulatory actions, see “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Regulatory Requirements—Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Developments—Requirements—Resolution and Recovery Planning.”

Cyber and Information Security Risk Management.Management

As a general matter, the financial services industry faces increased global regulatory focus regarding cyber and information security risk management practices. Many aspects of our businesses are subject to cybersecurity legal and regulatory requirements enacted by U.S. federal and state governments and othernon-U.S. jurisdictions in the Americas, Europe, the Middle East, Africa and Asia. These laws are aimed at codifying basic cybersecurity protections and mandating data breach notification requirements.

Certain of ourOur businesses are also subject to privacy and data protection information security legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customerpersonal information. For example, the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is scheduled to become(“GDPR”) became effective in the E.U. on May 25, 2018 as a replacement for the E.U. Data Protection Directive. The GDPR imposes mandatory breach notification obligations, including significant fines for noncompliance, enhanced governance and accountability requirements and has extraterritorial impact. In addition, other jurisdictions have adopted or are proposing GDPR or similar standards, such as California, Australia, Singapore, Japan, Columbia,Colombia, Argentina, India, Turkey, Hong Kong, Brazil, Russia and Switzerland.

Protection of Client Information

Many aspects of our businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information. These include those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the GDPR and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information Protection Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. We have adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.    MSBNA, primarily a wholesale commercial bank, offers commercial lending and certain retail securities-based lending services in addition to deposit products, and also conducts certain foreign exchange activities.

MSPBNA offers certain mortgage and other secured lending products, including retail securities-based lending products, primarily for customers of our affiliate retail broker-dealer, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”). MSPBNA also offers certain deposit products and prime brokerage custody services.

Both MSBNA and MSPBNA are FDIC-insured national banks subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the OCC. They are both subject to the OCC’s risk governance guidelines, which establish heightened standards for a large national bank’s risk governance framework and the oversight of that framework by the bank’s board of directors.

Prompt Corrective Action.    The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 provides a framework for regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by their federal banking regulators. Among other things, it requires the relevant federal banking regulator to take prompt corrective action

5December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards. These regulations generally apply only to insured banks and thrifts such as MSBNA or MSPBNA and not to their parent holding companies. The Federal Reserve is, however, separately authorized to take appropriate action at the holding company level, subject to certain limitations. Under the systemic risk regime, as described above, we also would become subject to an early remediation protocol in the event of financial distress. In addition, BHCs, such as Morgan Stanley, are required to serve as a source of strength to their U.S. bank subsidiaries and commit resources to support these subsidiaries in the event such subsidiaries are in financial distress.

Transactions with Affiliates.    Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act, which impose restrictions on “covered transactions” with any affiliates. Covered transactions include any extension of credit to, purchase of assets from, and certain other transactions by insured banks with an affiliate. These restrictions limit the total amount of credit exposure that our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries may have to any one affiliate and to all affiliates. Sections 23A and 23B also set collateral requirements and require all such transactions to be made on market terms. Derivatives, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates are subject to these restrictions. The Federal Reserve has

5December 2017 Form 10-K


indicated that it will propose a rulemaking to implement changes to these restrictions made by the Dodd-Frank Act.

In addition, the Volcker Rule generally prohibits covered transactions between (i) us or any of our affiliates and (ii) covered funds for which we or any of our affiliates serve as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor, or other covered funds organized and offered by us or any of our affiliates pursuant to specific exemptions in the Volcker Rule. See also “Financial Holding Company—Activities Restriction under the Volcker Rule” above.

FDIC Regulation.    An FDIC-insured depository institution is generally liable for any loss incurred or expected to be incurred by the FDIC in connection with the failure of an insured depository institution under common control by the same BHC. As commonly controlled FDIC-insured depository institutions, each of MSBNA and MSPBNA could be responsible for any loss to the FDIC from the failure of the other. In addition, both institutions are exposed to changes in the cost of FDIC insurance. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, some of the restoration of the FDIC’s reserve fund must be paid for exclusively by large depository institutions, including MSBNA.

Institutional Securities and Wealth Management

Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation.    Our primary U.S. broker-dealer subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”) and MSSB LLC, are registered broker-dealers with the SEC and in all 50 states, the District of

Columbia, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands, and are members of various self-regulatory organizations, including FINRA, and various securities exchanges and clearing organizations. Broker-dealers are subject to laws and regulations covering all aspects of the securities business, including sales and trading practices, securities offerings, publication of research reports, use of customers’ funds and securities, capital structure, risk management controls in connection with market access, recordkeeping and retention, and the conduct of their directors, officers, representatives and other associated persons. Broker-dealers are also regulated by securities administrators in those states where they do business. Violations of the laws and regulations governing a broker-dealer’s actions could result in censures, fines, the issuance ofcease-and-desist orders, revocation of licenses or registrations, the suspension or expulsion from the securities industry of such broker-dealer or its officers or employees, or other similar consequences by both federal and state securities administrators. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are also members of the Securities Investor Protection Corporation, which provides certain protections for customers of broker-dealers against losses in the event of the insolvency of a broker-dealer.

MSSB LLC is also a registered investment adviser with the SEC. MSSB LLC’s relationship with its investment advisory clients is subject to the fiduciary and other obligations imposed on investment advisers under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder as well as various state securities laws. These laws and regulations generally grant the SEC and other supervisory bodies broad administrative powers to addressnon-compliance, including the power to restrict or limit MSSB LLC from carrying on its investment advisory and other asset management activities. Other sanctions that may be imposed include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on engaging in certain activities for specified periods of time or for specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines.

The Firm is subject to various regulations that affect broker-dealer sales practices and customer relationships. For example, under the Dodd-Frank Act, the SEC is authorized to impose a fiduciary duty rule applicable to broker-dealers when providing personalized investment advice about securities to retail customers. The SEC released for public comment a package of proposed rulemaking on the standards of conduct and required disclosures for broker-dealers and investment advisers. One of the proposals, entitled “Regulation Best Interest,” would require broker-dealers to act in the “best interest” of retail customers althoughat the time a recommendation is made without placing the financial or other interests of the broker-dealer ahead of the interest of the retail customer. Additionally, the SEC has not yet acted on this authority.

Asproposed a separate matter, the U.S. DOL’s conflict of interest rule under ERISA went into effect on June 9, 2017. The rule, which broadens the circumstances under which a firm and/or financial adviser is considered a fiduciary when providing certain recommendations to retirement investorsnew requirement for both broker-dealers and requires that such recommendations be in the best interests of clients, is subject tophased-in compliance. As of June 9, 2017, we and our financialinvestment advisers are considered ERISA fiduciaries under the rule when providing investment advice for a fee to retirement investors. Full compliance with the rule’s related exemptions is currently scheduled to be required by July 1, 2019. In addition, the U.S. DOL is undertaking an examination of the rule that may result in changes to the rule or its related exemptions or a change in the full compliance date. Given the breadth and scale of our platform and continued investment in technology and infrastructure, we believe that we will be able to provide compliant solutionsa brief

December 2018 Form 10-K6


LOGO

relationship summary to meet our clients’retail investors with information intended to clarify the relationship between the parties. The SEC issued a proposed interpretation regarding the fiduciary duty that investment needs. However,advisers owe their clients. None of these developments may impact the manner in which affected businesses are conducted, decrease profitability and increase potential litigation or enforcement risk.proposals have yet been finalized.

Margin lending by broker-dealers is regulated by the Federal Reserve’s restrictions on lending in connection with customer and proprietary purchases and short sales of securities, as well as securities borrowing and lending activities. Broker-dealers are also subject to maintenance and other margin requirements imposed under FINRA and other self-regulatory organization rules. In many cases, our broker-dealer subsidiaries’ margin policies are more stringent than these rules.

December 2017 Form 10-K6


As registered U.S. broker-dealers, certain of our subsidiaries are subject to the SEC’s net capital rule and the net capital requirements of various exchanges, other regulatory authorities and self-regulatory organizations. These rules are generally designed to measure the broker-dealer subsidiary’s general financial integrity and/or liquidity and require that at least a minimum amount of net and/or liquid assets be maintained by the subsidiary. See also “Financial Holding Company—Consolidated Supervision” and “Financial Holding Company—Liquidity Standards” above. Rules of FINRA and other self-regulatory organizations also impose limitations and requirements on the transfer of member organizations’ assets.

Research.    Research-related regulations have been implemented in many jurisdictions, including in the U.S., where FINRA has adopted rules that cover research relating to both equity and debt securities. In addition, European regulators have introduced new requirements in the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II (“MiFID IIII”) relating to the unbundling of research services and execution services, which may affect the way we conduct our activities.services. Both U.S. andnon-U.S. regulators continue to focus on research conflicts of interest and may impose additional regulations.

Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities.    MS&Co., as a futures commission merchant, and MSSB LLC, as an introducing broker, are subject to net capital requirements of, and certain of their activities are regulated by, the CFTC, the NFA, CME Group, and various commodity futures exchanges. MS&Co. and MSSB LLC and certain of their affiliates are registered members of the NFA in various capacities. Rules and regulations of the CFTC, NFA and commodity futures exchanges address obligations related to, among other things, customer protections, the segregation of customer funds and the holding of secured amounts, the use by futures commission merchants of customer funds, recordkeeping and reporting obligations of futures commission merchants and introducing brokers, risk disclosure, risk management and discretionary trading.

Our commodities activities are subject to extensive and evolving energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety, and other governmental laws and regulations in the U.S. and abroad. Intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by U.S. federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement and remedial proceedings involving companies conducting the activities in which we are engaged.

Derivatives Regulation.    Under the U.S. regulatory regime for “swaps” and “security-based swaps” (collectively, “Swaps”) implemented pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we

are subject to regulations including, among others, public and regulatory reporting, central clearing and mandatory trading on regulated exchanges or execution facilities for certain types of Swaps. The CFTC has completed the majority of its regulations in this area, most of which are in effect. The SEC has also finalized many of its Swaps regulations, although a significant number are not yet in effect. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the registration of “swap dealers” with the CFTC and “security-based swap dealers” with the SEC. Certain of our subsidiaries have registered with the CFTC as swap dealers and will in the future be required to register with the SEC as security-based swap dealers. Such Swaps Entities are or will be subject to a comprehensive regulatory regime with new obligations for the Swaps activities for which they are registered, including capital requirements, margin requirements for uncleared Swaps and comprehensive business conduct rules. Each of the CFTC and the SEC have proposed rules to impose capital standards on Swaps Entities subject to its respective jurisdiction, which include our subsidiaries, but these rules have not yet been finalized.

The specific parameters of some of these requirements for Swaps have been and continue to be developed through the CFTC, SEC and bank regulator rulemakings. In 2015, the federal banking regulators and the CFTC separately issued final rules establishing uncleared swap margin requirements for Swaps Entities subject to their respective regulation, including MSBNA, Morgan Stanley Capital Services LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), respectively. The variation margin requirements under these rules were effective as of March 1, 2017. The rulesphase-in initial margin requirements from September 1, 2016 through September 1, 2020, depending on the level of OTC derivatives activity of the swap dealer and the relevant counterparty. Margin rules with the same or similar compliance dates have been adopted or are in the process of being finalized by regulators outside the U.S., and certain of our subsidiaries may be subject to such rules.

Although important areas within the global derivatives regulatory framework have been finalized in recent years, additional

7December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

changes are expected. For example, in November 2018, the CFTC proposed revisions to the rules governing swap execution facilities. As the derivatives regulatory framework evolves, we expect to continue to face increased costs and regulatory oversight. Complying with registration and other regulatory requirements has required, and is expected to require in the future, systems and other changes. Compliance with Swaps-related regulatory capital requirements may also require us to devote more capital to our Swaps business.

Our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segment activities are also regulated in jurisdictions outside the U.S. See“Non-U.S. Regulation” herein.

7December 2017 Form 10-K


Investment Management

Many of the subsidiaries engaged in our asset management activities are registered as investment advisers with the SEC. Many aspects of our asset management activities are also subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investor or client. These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from carrying on our asset management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations. Sanctions that may be imposed for such failure include the suspension of individual employees, limitations on our engaging in various asset management activities for specified periods of time or specified types of clients, the revocation of registrations, other censures and significant fines. In order to facilitate our asset management business, a U.S. broker-dealer subsidiary of ours, Morgan Stanley Distribution, Inc., acts as distributor to the Morgan Stanley mutual funds and as placement agent to certain private investment funds managed by our Investment Management business segment.

Our asset management activities are subject to certain additional laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, additional reporting and recordkeeping requirements (including with respect to clients that are private funds) and restrictions on sponsoring or investing in, or maintaining certain other relationships with, “covered funds,” as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to certain limited exemptions. Many of these requirements have increased the expenses associated with our asset management activities and/or reduced the investment returns we are able to generate for us and our asset management clients. See also “Financial Holding Company—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.”

In addition, certain of our affiliates are registered as commodity trading advisors and/or commodity pool operators, or are operating under certain exemptions from such registration pursuant to CFTC rules and other guidance, and have certain responsibilities with respect to each pool they advise. Violations of the rules of the CFTC, the NFA or the

commodity exchanges could result in remedial actions, including fines, registration restrictions or terminations, trading prohibitions or revocations of commodity exchange memberships. See also “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Broker-Dealer and Investment Adviser Regulation,” “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Regulation of Futures Activities and Certain Commodities Activities,” and “Institutional Securities and Wealth Management—Derivatives Regulation” above and“Non-U.S. Regulation,” below for a discussion of other regulations that impact our Investment Management business

activities, including among other things, the Department of Labor’s conflict of interest rule and MiFID II.

Our Investment Management business activities are also regulated outside the U.S. For example, the FCAU.K. Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) is the primary regulator of our business in the U.K.; the Financial Services Agency regulates our business in Japan; the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong regulates our business in Hong Kong; and the Monetary Authority of Singapore regulates our business in Singapore. See also“Non-U.S. Regulation” herein.

Non-U.S. Regulation

All of our businesses are regulated extensively bynon-U.S. regulators, including governments, securities exchanges, commodity exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. Certain regulators have prudential, conduct and other authority over us or our subsidiaries, as well as powers to limit or restrict us from engaging in certain businesses or to conduct administrative proceedings that can result in censure,censures, fines, the issuance ofcease-and-desist orders, or the suspension or expulsion of a regulated entity or its affiliates.

Some of our subsidiaries are regulated as broker-dealers and other regulated entity types under the laws of the jurisdictions in which they operate. Subsidiaries engaged in banking and trust activities outside the U.S. are regulated by various government agencies in the particular jurisdiction where they are chartered, incorporated and/or conduct their business activity. For instance, the PRA, the FCA and several securities and futures exchanges in the U.K., including the London Stock Exchange and ICE Futures Europe, regulate our activities in the U.K.; the Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht (the Federal Financial Supervisory Authority) and the Deutsche Börse AG regulate our activities in the Federal Republic of Germany; the Financial Services Agency, the Bank of Japan, the JapaneseJapan Securities Dealers Association and several Japanese securities and futures exchanges and ministries regulate our activities in Japan; the Securities and Futures Commission of Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited regulate our operations in Hong Kong; and the

December 2018 Form 10-K8


LOGO

Monetary Authority of Singapore and the Singapore Exchange Limited regulate our business in Singapore.

Our largestnon-U.S. entity, MSIP, is subject to extensive regulation and supervision by the PRA, which has broad legal authority to establish prudential and other standards applicable to MSIP that seek to ensure its safety and soundness and to minimize adverse effects on the stability of the U.K.

December 2017 Form 10-K8


financial system. MSIP is also regulated and supervised by the FCA with respect to business conduct matters.

Non-U.S. policymakers and regulators, including the European Commission and European Supervisory Authorities (among others, the European Banking Authority and the European Securities and Markets Authority), continue to propose and adopt numerous reforms, including those that may further impact the structure of banks or subject us to new prudential requirements, and to formulate regulatory standards and measures that will be of relevance and importance to our European operations.

In November 2016, the European Commission published a package of proposals including various risk reduction measures. These include proposed amendments to the Capital Requirements Directive and Regulation providing updates to risk-based capital, liquidity, leverage and other prudential standards on a consolidated basis, consistent with final Basel standards. In addition, the proposals would require certain large,non-E.U. financial groups with two or more institutions established in the E.U. to establish a singlean E.U. IHC. The proposals would require E.U. banks and broker-dealers to be held below the E.U. IHC; until more specific regulations are proposed, it remains unclear which other E.U. entities would need to be held beneath the E.U. IHC. The E.U. IHC would be subject to direct supervision and authorization by the European Central Bank or the relevant national E.U. regulator. Further amendments were also proposed to the E.U. bank recovery and resolution regime under the E.U. Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (“BRRD”). TheIt is expected that the proposals will now be considered by the European Parliament and the Council of the E.U. Theadopted in early 2019, however their final form, of the proposals, as well as the date of their adoption, is not yet certain.

The amendments to the BRRD build on previous proposals by regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions to finalize recovery and resolution planning frameworks and related regulatory requirements that will apply to certain of our subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For instance, the BRRD established a recovery and resolution framework for E.U. credit institutions and investment firms, including MSIP. In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdictions by

writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity.

Regulators in the U.K., E.U. and other major jurisdictions have also finalized other regulatory standards applicable to certain of our subsidiaries that operate in those jurisdictions. For instance, the European Market Infrastructure Regulation introduced new requirements regarding the central clearing and reporting of derivatives, as well as margin requirements

for uncleared derivatives. MiFID II, which took effect on January 3, 2018, introduced comprehensive and new trading and market infrastructure reforms in the E.U., including new trading venues, enhancements topre- and post-trading transparency, and additional investor protection requirements, among others. Although the full impact of these changes remains unclear, weWe have had to make extensive changes to our operations, including systems and controls in order to comply with MiFID II.

Financial Crimes Program

Our Financial Crimes program is coordinated on an enterprise-wide basis and supports our financial crime prevention efforts across all regions and business units with responsibility for governance, oversight and execution of our AML, economic sanctions (“Sanctions”) and anti-corruption programs.

In the U.S., the Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, imposes significant obligations on financial institutions to detect and deter money laundering and terrorist financing activity, including requiring banks, BHCs and their subsidiaries, broker-dealers, futures commission merchants, introducing brokers and mutual funds to implement AML programs, verify the identity of customers that maintain accounts, and monitor and report suspicious activity to appropriate law enforcement or regulatory authorities. Outside the U.S., applicable laws, rules and regulations similarly require designated types of financial institutions to implement AML programs.

We have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with all applicable AML laws and regulations. Regarding Sanctions, we have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with the regulations and economic sanctions programs administered by the U.S. Treasury’s OFAC,Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which target foreign countries, entities and individuals based on external threats to U.S. foreign policy, national security or economic interests, and to comply, as applicable, with similar sanctions programs imposed by foreign governments or global or regional multilateral organizations such as the United Nations Security Council and the E.U. Council.

We are also subject to applicable anti-corruption laws, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act, in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Anti-corruption

9December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

laws generally prohibit offering, promising, giving or authorizing others to give anything of value, either directly or indirectly, to a government official or private party in order to influence official action or otherwise gain an unfair business advantage, such as to obtain or retain business. We have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to comply with such laws, rules and regulations.

9December 2017 Form 10-K


Protection of Client Information

Many aspects of our businesses are subject to legal requirements concerning the use and protection of certain customer information, including those adopted pursuant to the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 in the U.S., the E.U. Data Protection Directive and various laws in Asia, including the Japanese Personal Information (Protection) Law, the Hong Kong Personal Data (Protection) Ordinance and the Australian Privacy Act. We have adopted measures designed to comply with these and related applicable requirements in all relevant jurisdictions.

Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley

The executive officers of Morgan Stanley and their age and titles as of February 27, 201826, 2019 are set forth below. Business experience for the past five years is provided in accordance with SEC rules.

Jeffrey S. Brodsky (53)(54).    Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Vice President and Global Head of Human Resources (January 2011 to December 2015).Co-Head of Human Resources (January 2010 to December 2011). Head of Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Human Resources (June 2009 to January 2010).

James P. Gorman (59)(60).    Chairman of the Board of Directors and Chief Executive Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). President and Chief Executive Officer (January 2010 to December 2011) and member of the Board of Directors (since January 2010).Co-President (December 2007 to December 2009) andCo-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). President and Chief Operating Officer of Wealth Management (February 2006 to April 2008).

Eric F. Grossman (51)(52).    Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer of Morgan Stanley (since January 2012). Global Head of Legal (September 2010 to January 2012).

Global Head of Litigation (January 2006 to September 2010) and General Counsel of the Americas (May 2009 to September 2010). General Counsel of Wealth Management (November 2008 to September 2010). Partner at the law firm of Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP (June 2001 to December 2005).

Keishi Hotsuki (55)(56).    Executive Vice President (since May 2014) and Chief Risk Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2011). Interim Chief Risk Officer (January 2011 to May 2011) and Head of Market Risk Department (March 2008 to April 2014). Director of Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (since May 2010). Global Head of Market Risk Management at Merrill Lynch (June 2005 to September 2007).

Colm Kelleher (60)(61).    President of Morgan Stanley (since January 2016). Executive Vice President (October 2007 to January 2016). President of Institutional Securities (January 2013 to January 2016). Head of International (January 2011 to January 2016).Co-President of Institutional Securities (January 2010 to December 2012). Chief Financial Officer andCo-Head of Strategic Planning (October 2007 to December 2009). Head of Global Capital Markets (February 2006 to October 2007).Co-Head of Fixed Income Europe (May 2004 to February 2006). Director of Norfolk Southern Corporation (since January 2019).

Jonathan M. Pruzan (49)(50).    Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Morgan Stanley (since May 2015) and Head of Corporate Strategy (since December 2016).Co-Head of Global Financial Institutions Group (January 2010 to April 2015).Co-Head of North American Financial Institutions Group M&A (September 2007 to December 2009). Head of the U.S. Bank Group (April 2005 to August 2007).

Daniel A. Simkowitz (52)(53).    Head of Investment Management of Morgan Stanley (since October 2015).Co-Head of Global Capital Markets (March 2013 to September 2015). Chairman of Global Capital Markets (November 2009 to March 2013). Managing Director in Global Capital Markets (December 2000 to November 2009).

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 10 


 LOGO

 

Risk Factors

For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results and strategic objectives, see “Forward-Looking Statements” immediately preceding “Business” and “Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets” and “Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates” under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio owned by us. For more information on how we monitor and manage market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk.”

Our results of operations may be materially affected by market fluctuations and by global and economic conditions and other factors, including changes in asset values.

Our results of operations have been in the past and may, in the future, be materially affected by market fluctuations due to global financial markets, economic conditions, changes to the global trade policies and tariffs and other factors, including the level and volatility of equity, fixed income and commodity prices, the level and term structure of interest rates, inflation and currency values, and the level of other market indices.

The results of our Institutional Securities business segment, particularly results relating to our involvement in primary and secondary markets for all types of financial products, are subject to substantial market fluctuations due to a variety of factors that we cannot control or predict with great certainty. These fluctuations impact results by causing variations in new business flows and activity and in the fair value of securities and other financial products. Fluctuations also occur due to the level of global market activity, which, among other things, affects the size, number and timing of investment banking client assignments and transactions and the realization of returns from our principal investments.

During periods of unfavorable market or economic conditions, the level of individual investor participation in the global markets, as well as the level of client assets, may also decrease, which would negatively impact the results of our Wealth Management business segment.

In addition, fluctuations in global market activity could impact the flow of investment capital into or from AUM and the way customers allocate capital among money market, equity, fixed

income or other investment alternatives, which

could negatively impact our Investment Management business segment.

The value of our financial instruments may be materially affected by market fluctuations. Market volatility, illiquid market conditions and disruptions in the credit markets may make it extremely difficult to value and monetize certain of our financial instruments, particularly during periods of market displacement. Subsequent valuations in future periods, in light of factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the values of these instruments and may adversely impact historical or prospective fees and performance-based fees (also known as incentive fees, which include carried interest) in respect of certain business.businesses. In addition, at the time of any sales and settlements of these financial instruments, the price we ultimately realize will depend on the demand and liquidity in the market at that time and may be materially lower than their current fair value. Any of these factors could cause a decline in the value of our financial instruments, which may have an adverse effect on our results of operations in future periods.

In addition, financial markets are susceptible to severe events evidenced by rapid depreciation in asset values accompanied by a reduction in asset liquidity. Under these extreme conditions, hedging and other risk management strategies may not be as effective at mitigating trading losses as they would be under more normal market conditions. Moreover, under these conditions, market participants are particularly exposed to trading strategies employed by many market participants simultaneously and on a large scale. Our risk management and monitoring processes seek to quantify and mitigate risk to more extreme market moves. However, severe market events have historically been difficult to predict and we could realize significant losses if extreme market events were to occur.

Holding large and concentrated positions may expose us to losses.

Concentration of risk may reduce revenues or result in losses in our market-making, investing, block trading, underwriting and lending businesses in the event of unfavorable market movements, or when market conditions are more favorable for our competitors. We commit substantial amounts of capital to these businesses, which often results in our taking large positions in the securities of, or making large loans to, a particular issuer or issuers in a particular industry, country or region. For further information regarding our country risk exposure, see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.”

 

 

 11 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. For more information on how we monitor and manage credit risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk.”

We are exposed to the risk that third parties that are indebted to us will not perform their obligations.

We incur significant credit risk exposure through our Institutional Securities business segment. This risk may arise from a variety of business activities, including, but not limited to,to: extending credit to clients through various lending commitments; entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties have obligations to make payments to us; providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the loan repayment amount; posting margin and/or collateral and other commitments to clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks,securities firms and other financial counterparties; and investing and trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

We also incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment lending to mainly individual investors, including, but not limited to, margin- and securities-based loans collateralized by securities, residential mortgage loans and HELOC.HELOCs.

While we believe current valuations and reserves adequately address our perceived levels of risk, adverse economic conditions may negatively impact our clients and our credit exposures. In addition, as a clearing member of several central counterparties, we finance our customer positions and could be held responsible for the defaults or misconduct of our customers. Although we regularly review our credit exposures, default risk may arise from events or circumstances that are difficult to detect or foresee.

A default by a large financial institution could adversely affect financial markets.

The commercial soundness of many financial institutions may be closely interrelated as a result of credit, trading, clearing or other relationships among the institutions. Increased centralization of trading activities through particular clearing houses, central agents or exchanges as required by provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act may increase our concentration of risk with respect to these entities. As a result, concerns about, or a default or threatened default by,

one institution could lead to significant market-wide liquidity and credit problems, losses or defaults by other institutions.

This is sometimes referred to as “systemic risk” and may adversely affect financial intermediaries, such as clearing houses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks and securities firms, with which we interact on a daily basis and, therefore, could adversely affect us. See also “Systemic Risk Regime” under “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company.”

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g.(e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g.(e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g.(e.g., information technology and trade processing). Legal, regulatory and compliance risk is included in the scope of operational risk and is discussed below under “Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.” For more information on how we monitor and manage operational risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Operational Risk.”

We are subject to operational risks, including a failure, breach or other disruption of our operationaloperations or security systems or those of our third parties (or third parties thereof), which could adversely affect our businesses or reputation.

Our businesses are highly dependent on our ability to process and report, on a daily basis, a large number of transactions across numerous and diverse markets in many currencies. We may introduce new products or services or change processes or reporting, including in connection with new regulatory requirements, resulting in new operational risk that we may not fully appreciate or identify.

The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets and the move to more automated trading platforms has resulted in usingthe use of increasingly complex technology that relies on the continued effectiveness of the programming code and integrity of the data to process the trades. We rely on the ability of our employees, consultants, our internal systems and systems at technology centers maintained by unaffiliated third parties to operate our different businesses and process a high volume of transactions. Additionally, we are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations governing cybersecurity, privacy and data protection, which may differ and potentially conflict, in various jurisdictions.

As a major participant in the global capital markets, we face the risk of incorrect valuation or risk management of our trading positions due to flaws in data, models, electronic trading systems or processes or due to fraud.fraud or cyber attack.

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 12 


 LOGO

 

We also face the risk of operational failure or termination of any of the clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses or other financial intermediaries we use to facilitate our lending, securities and derivatives transactions. In the event of a breakdown or improper operation of our or a direct or indirect third party’s systems (or third parties thereof) or processes or improper or unauthorized action by third parties, including consultants and subcontractors or our employees, we could suffer financial loss, an impairment to our liquidity position, a disruption of our businesses, regulatory sanctions or damage to our reputation. In addition, the interconnectivity of multiple financial institutions with central agents, exchanges and clearing houses, and the increased importance of these entities, increases the risk that an operational failure at one institution or entity may cause an industry-wide operational failure that could materially impact our ability to conduct business. Furthermore, the concentration of financial institution company and personal information held by a handful of third parties increases the risk that a breach at a key third party may cause an industry-wide data breach that could significantly increase the cost and risk of conducting business.

Despite the business contingency and security response plans we have in place, there can be no assurance that such plans will fully mitigate all potential risks to us. Our ability to conduct business may be adversely affected by a disruption in the infrastructure that supports our business and the communities where we are located, which are concentrated in the New York metropolitan area, London, Hong Kong and Tokyo, as well as Mumbai, Budapest, Glasgow and Baltimore. This may include a disruption involving physical site access, cyber or information securitycybersecurity incidents, terrorist activities, disease pandemics, catastrophic events, natural disasters, extreme weather events, electrical outage, environmental hazard, computer servers, communications or other services we use, our employees or third parties with whom we conduct business.

Although we employ backup systems for our data, those backup systems may be unavailable following a disruption, the affected data may not have been backed up or may not be recoverable from the backup, or the backup data may be costly to recover, which could adversely affect our business.

A cyber attack, information or security breach or a technology failure could adversely affect our ability to conduct our business, manage our exposure to risk or result in disclosure or misuse of confidential or proprietary information and otherwise adversely impact our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition, as well as cause reputational harm.

We maintain a significant amount of personal information on our customers, clients, employees and certain counterparties that we

are required to protect under various state, federal and international data protection and privacy laws. These laws

may be in conflict with one another, or courts and regulators may interpret them in ways that we had not anticipated or that adversely affect our business.

Cybersecurity and information risks for financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the internet and mobile telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external extremist parties, including foreign state actors, in some circumstances as a means to promote political ends. In addition to the growing sophistication of certain parties, the commoditization of cyber tools which are able to be weaponized by less sophisticated actors has led to an increase in the exploitation of technological vulnerabilities. Any of these parties may also attempt to fraudulently induce employees, customers, clients, vendors or other third parties or users of our systems to disclose sensitive information in order to gain access to our data or that of our employees or clients. Cybersecurity and information security risks may also derive from human error, fraud or malice on the part of our employees or third parties, including third party providers, or may result from accidental technological failure. In addition, third parties with whom we do business, their service providers, as well as other third parties with whom our customers do business, may also be sources of cybersecurity risks, particularly where activities of customers are beyond our security and control systems. There is no guarantee that the measures we take will provide absolute security or recoverability given the techniques used in cyber attacks are complex and frequently change, and may not be able to be anticipated.

Like other financial services firms, the Firm and its third party providers continue to be the subject of unauthorized access attacks, mishandling or misuse of information, computer viruses or malware, cyber attacks designed to obtain confidential information, destroy data, disrupt or degrade service, sabotage systems or cause other damage, denial of service attacks, data breaches and other events. There can be no assurance that such unauthorized access, mishandling or misuse of information, or cyber incidents will not occur in the future, and they could occur more frequently and on a more significant scale.

A cyber attack, information or security breach or a technology failure of ours or of a third party could jeopardize our or our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’ or counterparties’ personal, confidential, proprietary or other information processed and stored in, and transmitted through, our and our third parties’ computer systems. Furthermore, such events

13December 2017 Form 10-K


could cause interruptions or malfunctions in our, our clients’, employees’, partners’, vendors’, counterparties’ or third parties’ operations, as well as the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of confidential, proprietary and other

13December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

information of ours, our employees, our customers or of other third parties. Any of these events could result in reputational damage with our clients and the market, client dissatisfaction, additional costs to us to maintain and update our operational and security systems and infrastructure, regulatory investigations, litigation or enforcement, or regulatory fines or penalties, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Given our global footprint and the high volume of transactions we process, the large number of clients, partners, vendors and counterparties with which we do business, and the increasing sophistication of cyber attacks, a cyber attack, information or security breach could occur and persist for an extended period of time without detection. We expect that any investigation of a cyber attack would be inherently unpredictable and that it would take time before the completion of any investigation and before there is availability of full and reliable information. During such time we would not necessarily know the extent of the harm or how best to remediate it, and certain errors or actions could be repeated or compounded before they are discovered and remediated, all or any of which would further increase the costs and consequences of a cyber attack.

While many of our agreements with partners and third party vendors include indemnification provisions, we may not be able to recover sufficiently, or at all, under such provisions to adequately offset any losses.losses we may incur. In addition, although we maintain insurance coverage that may, subject to policy terms and conditions, cover certain aspects of cyber and information security risks, such insurance coverage may be insufficient to cover all losses.

The cost of managing cyber and information security risks and attacks along with complying with new and increasingly expansive regulatory requirements could adversely affect our results of operations and business.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. Liquidity risk also encompasses the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. For

more information on how we monitor and manage liquidity risk, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and

Capital Resources” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Liquidity Risk.”

Liquidity is essential to our businesses and we rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our operations.

Liquidity is essential to our businesses. Our liquidity could be negatively affected by our inability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or our inability to access the secured lending markets. Factors that we cannot control, such as disruption of the financial markets or negative views about the financial services industry generally, including concerns regarding fiscal matters in the U.S. and other geographic areas, could impair our ability to raise funding.

In addition, our ability to raise funding could be impaired if investors or lenders develop a negative perception of our long-term or short-term financial prospects due to factors such as an incurrence of large trading losses, a downgrade by the rating agencies, a decline in the level of our business activity, if regulatory authorities take significant action against us or our industry, or we discover significant employee misconduct or illegal activity.

If we are unable to raise funding using the methods described above, we would likely need to finance or liquidate unencumbered assets, such as our investment portfolios or trading assets, to meet maturing liabilities. We may be unable to sell some of our assets or we may have to sell assets at a discount to market value, either of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Our borrowing costs and access to the debt capital markets depend on our credit ratings.

The cost and availability of unsecured financing generally are impacted by our long-term and short-term credit ratings. The rating agencies continue to monitor certain issuer specific factors that are important to the determination of our credit ratings, including governance, the level and quality of earnings, capital adequacy, liquidity and funding, risk appetite and management, asset quality, strategic direction, and business mix. Additionally, the rating agencies will look at other industry-wide factors such as regulatory or legislative changes, including, for example, regulatory changes, macro-economic environment, and perceived levels of third party support, and it is possible that they could downgrade our ratings and those of similar institutions.

December 2017 Form 10-K14


Our credit ratings also can have a significant impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC and other derivative transactions,

December 2018 Form 10-K14


LOGO

including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. In connection with certain OTC trading agreements and certain other agreements associated with our Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral to, or immediately settle any outstanding liability balance with, certain counterparties in the event of a credit ratings downgrade.

Termination of our trading and other agreements could cause us to sustain losses and impair our liquidity by requiring us to find other sources of financing or to make significant cash payments or securities movements. The additional collateral or termination payments which may occur in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and S&P Global Ratings. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings—Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade.”

We are a holding company and depend on payments from our subsidiaries.

The Parent Company has no operations and depends on dividends, distributions and other payments from its subsidiaries to fund dividend payments and to fund all payments on its obligations, including debt obligations. Regulatory, tax restrictions or elections and other legal restrictions may limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries. In particular, many of our subsidiaries, including our bank and broker-dealer subsidiaries, are subject to laws, regulations and self-regulatory organization rules that limit, as well as authorize regulatory bodies to block or reduce, the flow of funds to the Parent Company, or that prohibit such transfers or dividends altogether in certain circumstances, including steps to “ring fence” entities by regulators outside of the U.S. to protect clients and creditors of such entities in the event of financial difficulties involving such entities.

These laws, regulations and rules may hinder our ability to access funds that we may need to make payments on our obligations. Furthermore, as a BHC, we may become subject to a prohibition or to limitations on our ability to pay dividends.The OCC, the Federal Reserve, the OCC, and the FDIC have the authority, and under certain circumstances the duty, to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

Our liquidity and financial condition have in the past been, and in the future could be, adversely affected by U.S. and international markets and economic conditions.

Our ability to raise funding in the long-term or short-term debt capital markets or the equity markets, or to access

secured lending markets, has in the past been, and could in the future be, adversely affected by conditions in the U.S. and international markets and economies. Global market and economic conditions have been particularly disrupted and volatile in the last several years and may be in the future.

In particular, our cost and availability of funding in the past have been, and may in the future be, adversely affected by illiquid credit markets and wider credit spreads. Significant turbulence in the U.S., the E.U. and other international markets and economies could adversely affect our liquidity and financial condition and the willingness of certain counterparties and customers to do business with us.

Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk

Legal, regulatory and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation we may suffer as a result of our failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, anti-corruption and terrorist financing rules and regulations. For more information on how we monitor and manage legal, regulatory and compliance risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Legal and Compliance Risk.”

The financial services industry is subject to extensive regulation, and changes in regulation will impact our business.

Like other major financial services firms, we are subject to extensive regulation by U.S. federal and state regulatory agencies and securities exchanges and by regulators and exchanges in each of the major markets where we conduct our business. These laws and regulations significantly affect the way we do business and can restrict the scope of our existing businesses and limit our ability to expand our product offerings and pursue certain investments.

The regulation of major financial firms, including the Firm, as well as of the markets in which we operate, is extensive and subject to ongoing change. We are, or will become,

15December 2017 Form 10-K


subject to (among other things) wide-ranging regulation and supervision, intensive scrutiny of our businesses and any plans for expansion of those businesses, limitations on new activities, a systemic risk regime that imposes heightened capital and liquidity and funding requirements and other enhanced prudential standards, resolution regimes and resolution planning requirements, requirements for maintaining minimum amounts of external TLAC and external long-term debt, restrictions on activities and investments imposed by the Volcker Rule, comprehensive derivatives regulation, market structure regulation, tax regulations, antitrust laws, trade and transaction reporting obligations, and broadened fiduciary obligations.

15December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

In some areas, regulatory standards are subject to final rulemaking or transition periods or may otherwise be revised in whole or in part. Ongoing implementation of, or changes in, laws and regulations could materially impact the profitability of our businesses and the value of assets we hold, expose us to additional costs, require changes to business practices or force us to discontinue businesses, adversely affect our ability to pay dividends and repurchase our stock or require us to raise capital, including in ways that may adversely impact our shareholders or creditors.

In addition, regulatory requirements that are being imposed by foreign policymakers and regulators may be inconsistent or conflict with regulations that we are subject to in the U.S. and may adversely affect us. We expect legal and regulatory requirements to be subject to ongoing change for the foreseeable future, which may result in significant new costs to comply with new or revised requirements as well as to monitor for compliance on an ongoing basis.

The application of regulatory requirements and strategies in the U.S. or other jurisdictions to facilitate the orderly resolution of large financial institutions may pose a greater risk of loss for our security holders, and subject us to other restrictions.

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure. If the Federal Reserve and the FDIC were to jointly determine that our resolution plan submission was not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution, and if we were unable to address any deficiencies identified by the regulators, we or any of our subsidiaries may be subject to more stringent capital, leverage, or liquidity requirements or restrictions on our growth, activities, or operations, or after atwo-year period, we may be required to divest assets or operations.

In addition, provided that certain procedures are met, we can be subject to a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority under Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act with the FDIC being appointed as receiver. The FDIC’s power under the orderly liquidation authority to disregard the priority of creditor claims and treat similarly situated creditors differently in certain circumstances, subject to certain limitations, could adversely impact holders of our unsecured debt. See “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements.”

Further, because both our resolution plan contemplates an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code and the FDIC

has proposed an SPOE strategy through which it may apply its orderly liquidation authority powers, we believe that the application of an SPOE strategy is the reasonably likely outcome if either our resolution plan were implemented or a resolution proceeding were commenced under the orderly liquidation authority. An SPOE strategy generally contemplates the provision of additional capital and liquidity by the Parent Company to certain of its subsidiaries so that such subsidiaries have the resources necessary to implement the resolution strategy, and the Parent Company has entered into a secured amended and restated support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan, pursuant to which it would provide such capital and liquidity.

Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, including one in which an SPOE strategy is used, the Parent Company will be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany payables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan.entities. The obligations of the Parent Company under the secured amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material entities against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) will beare effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company. Such unsecured obligations would beare at risk of absorbing losses of the Parent Company and its subsidiaries.

In further development of our SPOE strategy, we have created a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, MS Holdings LLC (“Funding IHC”), to serve as a resolution funding vehicle. We expect that, prior to the submission of our 2019 resolution plan by July 1, 2019, the Parent Company will contribute certain of its assets to the Funding IHC and enter into an updated secured amended and restated support agreement with the Funding IHC as well as certain other subsidiaries to facilitate the execution of our SPOE strategy. Similar to the existing secured amended and restated support agreement, the updated secured amended and restated support agreement will obligate the Parent Company to transfer capital and liquidity, as revised, to the Funding IHC, and that the Parent Company and/or the Funding IHC will recapitalize and provide liquidity to material entities in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

Although an SPOE strategy, whether applied pursuant to our resolution plan or in a resolution proceeding under the orderly liquidation authority, is intended to result in better outcomes for creditors overall, there is no guarantee that the application of an SPOE strategy, including the provision of support to the Parent Company’s material entities pursuant to the secured

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 16 


 LOGO

 

Parent Company’s material entities pursuant to the secured amended and restated support agreement, will not result in greater losses for holders of our securities compared to a different resolution strategy for us.

Regulators have taken and proposed various actions to facilitate an SPOE strategy under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, the orderly liquidation authority or other resolution regimes. For example, the Federal Reserve has issued a final rule that requirestop-tier BHCs of U.S.G-SIBs, including Morgan Stanley, to maintain minimum amounts of equity and eligible long-term debt TLAC in order to ensure that such institutions have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of debt to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible TLAC where the SPOE strategy is used. The combined implication of the SPOE resolution strategy and the TLAC final rulerequirement is that our losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the Parent Company before any losses are imposed on the holders of the debt securities of our operating subsidiaries or before putting U.S. taxpayers at risk.

In addition, certain jurisdictions, including the U.K. and other E.U. jurisdictions, have implemented, or are in the process of implementing, changes to resolution regimes to provide resolution authorities with the ability to recapitalize a failing entity organized in such jurisdiction by writing down certain unsecured liabilities or converting certain unsecured liabilities into equity. Such“bail-in” powers are intended to enable the recapitalization of a failing institution by allocating losses to its shareholders and unsecured creditors.Non-U.S. regulators are also considering requirements that certain subsidiaries of large financial institutions maintain minimum amounts of TLAC that would pass losses up from the subsidiaries to the Parent Company and, ultimately, to security holders of the Parent Company in the event of failure.

We may be prevented from paying dividends or taking other capital actions because of regulatory constraints or revised regulatory capital standards.

We are subject to comprehensive consolidated supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve, which requires us to submit, on an annual basis, a capital plan describing proposed dividend payments to shareholders, proposed repurchases of our outstanding securities and other proposed capital actions that we intend to take. The Federal Reserve may object to, or otherwise require us to modify, such plan, or may object or require modifications to a resubmitted capital plan, any of which would adversely affect shareholders.

In addition, beyond review of the plan, the Federal Reserve may impose other restrictions or conditions on us that prevent

us from paying or increasing dividends, repurchasing securities or taking other capital actions that would benefit shareholders.

Finally, the Federal Reserve may change regulatory capital standards to impose higher requirements that restrict our ability to take capital actions or may modify or impose other regulatory standards that increase our operating expenses and reduce our ability to take capital actions.

The financial services industry faces substantial litigation and is subject to extensive regulatory and law enforcement investigations, and we may face damage to our reputation and legal liability.

As a global financial services firm, we face the risk of investigations and proceedings by governmental and self-regulatory organizations in all countries in which we conduct our business. Investigations and proceedings initiated by these authorities may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief. In addition to the monetary consequences, these measures could, for example, impact our ability to engage in, or impose limitations on, certain of our businesses.

The number of theseThese investigations and proceedings, as well as the amount of penalties and fines sought, has increased substantially in recent years with regardcontinue to many firms inimpact the financial services industry including the Firm, and certain U.S. and international governmental entities have increasingly brought criminal actions against, or have sought criminal convictions, pleas or deferred prosecution agreements from, financial institutions. Significant regulatory or law enforcement action against us could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations or cause us significant reputational harm, which could seriously harm our business.

The Dodd-Frank Act also provides compensation to whistleblowers who present the SEC or CFTC with information related to securities or commodities law violations that leads to a successful enforcement action. As a result of this compensation, it is possible we could face an increased number of investigations by the SEC or CFTC.

We have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, as well as investigations or proceedings brought by regulatory agencies, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal or regulatory actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages, claims for indeterminate amounts of damages, or may result in penalties, fines, or other results adverse to us.

17December 2017 Form 10-K


In some cases, the issuers that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. In other cases, including antitrust litigation, we may be subject to claims for joint and several liability with other defendants for treble damages or other relief related to

17December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

alleged conspiracies involving other institutions. Like any large corporation, we are also subject to risk from potential employee misconduct, includingnon-compliance with policies and improper use or disclosure of confidential information, or improper sales practices or conduct.

We may be responsible for representations and warranties associated with residential and commercial real estate loans and may incur losses in excess of our reserves.

We originate loans secured by commercial and residential properties. Further, we securitize and trade in a wide range of commercial and residential real estate and real estate-related whole loans, mortgages and other real estate and commercial assets and products, including residential and CMBS. In connection with these activities, we have provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties were breached. We have also made representations and warranties in connection with our role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that we securitized in CMBS. For additional information, see also Note 12 to the financial statements.

We currently have several legal proceedings related to claims for alleged breaches of representations and warranties. If there are decisions adverse to us in those legal proceedings, we may incur losses substantially in excess of our reserves. In addition, our reserves are based, in part, on certain factual and legal assumptions. If those assumptions are incorrect and need to be revised, we may need to adjust our reserves substantially.

Our commodities activities and investments subject us to extensive regulation, and environmental risks and regulation that may expose us to significant costs and liabilities.

In connection with the commodities activities in our Institutional Securities business segment, we execute transactions involving the storage, transportation and market-making of several commodities, including metals, natural gas, electric power, environmental attributes and other commodity products. In addition, we are an electricity power marketer in the U.S. and own a minority interest in Heidmar Holdings LLC, which owns a group of companies that provide international marine transportation and U.S. marine logistics services.

These activities subject us to extensive energy, commodities, environmental, health and safety and other governmental laws and regulations.

Although we have attempted to mitigate our environmental risks by, among other measures, limiting the scope of activities

involving storage and transportation, adopting appropriate policies and procedures, and implementing emergency response programs, these actions may not prove adequate to address every contingency. In addition, insurance covering some of these risks may not be available, and the proceeds, if any, from insurance recovery may not be adequate to cover liabilities with respect to particular incidents. As a result, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows may be adversely affected by these events.

During the past several years, intensified scrutiny of certain energy markets by federal, state and local authorities in the U.S. and abroad and by the public has resulted in increased regulatory and legal enforcement, litigation and remedial proceedings involving companies conducting the activities in which we are engaged. In addition, enhanced regulation of OTC derivatives markets in the U.S. and the E.U., as well as similar legislation proposed or adopted elsewhere, will impose significant costs and requirements on our commodities derivatives activities.

We may incur substantial costs or loss of revenue in complying with current or future laws and regulations and our overall businesses and reputation may be adversely affected by the current legal environment. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial civil and criminal fines and penalties.

A failure to address conflicts of interest appropriately could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

As a global financial services firm that provides products and services to a large and diversified group of clients, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals, we face potential conflicts of interest in the normal course of business. For example, potential conflicts can occur when there is a divergence of interests between us and a client, among clients, between an employee on the one hand and us or a client on the other, or situations in which we may be a creditor of a client.

We have policies, procedures and controls that are designed to identify and address potential conflicts of interest, and we utilize various measures, such as the use of disclosure, to manage these potential conflicts. However, identifying and mitigating potential conflicts of interest can be complex and challenging and can become the focus of media and regulatory scrutiny. Indeed, actions that merely appear to create a conflict can put our reputation at risk even if the likelihood of

December 2017 Form 10-K18


an actual conflict has been mitigated. It is possible that potential conflicts could give rise to litigation or enforcement actions, which may lead to our clients being less willing to enter into transactions in which a conflict may occur and could adversely affect our businesses and reputation.

December 2018 Form 10-K18


LOGO

Our regulators have the ability to scrutinize our activities for potential conflicts of interest, including through detailed examinations of specific transactions. For example, our status as a BHC supervised by the Federal Reserve subjects us to direct Federal Reserve scrutiny with respect to transactions between our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and their affiliates. Further, the Volcker Rule subjects us to regulatory scrutiny regarding certain transactions between us and our clients.

Uncertainties and ambiguities as to the interpretation and application of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act could adversely affect us.

The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by among other things, reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, and implementing a modified territorial tax system that includes aone-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings ofnon-U.S. subsidiaries; imposes a minimum tax on global intangiblelow-taxed income (“GILTI”) and an alternative base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) on U.S. corporations that make deductible payments tonon-U.S. related persons in excess of specified amounts; and broadens the tax base by partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain historically deductible expenses (e.g., FDIC premiums and executive compensation).implementing a modified territorial tax system. The enactmentmodified territorial tax system includes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries and also imposes a minimum tax on GILTI and an alternative BEAT on U.S. corporations with operations outside of the Tax Act resulted in an aggregate net discrete tax provision of approximately $1.2 billion for the year ended December 31, 2017 as described further underU.S. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters.”

ThereThe U.S. Treasury Department has issued proposed regulations on certain provisions in the Tax Act, some of which are not yet finalized and are therefore subject to change. In addition, there continue to be a number of uncertainties and ambiguities as to the interpretation and application of many of the provisions in the Tax Act, including the provisions relating to the modified territorial tax system, theone-time transition tax, GILTI, and the BEAT. In the absence of further guidance on these issues, we use what we believe are reasonable interpretations and assumptions in applying the Tax Act for purposes of determining our tax balances and results of operations, which may change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance and as the interpretation of the Tax Act evolves over time. We expect that the U.S. Treasury Department will continue to issue additional guidance on the application of various provisions in the Tax Act. It is possible that such additional guidance or positions taken by the IRS in an audit could differ from the interpretations and assumptions that we previously made,

which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Risk Management

Our risk management strategies, models and processes may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposures in all market environments or against all types of risk.

We have devoted significant resources to develop our risk management capabilities and expect to continue to do so in the future. Nonetheless, our risk management strategies, models and processes, including our use of various risk models for assessing market exposures and hedging strategies, stress testing and other analysis, may not be fully effective in mitigating our risk exposure in all market environments or against all types of risk, including risks that are unidentified or unanticipated.

As our businesses change and grow, and the markets in which we operate evolve, our risk management strategies, models and processes may not always adapt with those changes. Some of our methods of managing risk are based upon our use of observed historical market behavior and management’s judgment. As a result, these methods may not predict future risk exposures, which could be significantly greater than the historical measures indicate.

In addition, many models we use are based on assumptions or inputs regarding correlations among prices of various asset classes or other market indicators and therefore cannot anticipate sudden, unanticipated or unidentified market or economic movements, which could cause us to incur losses.

Management of market, credit, liquidity, operational, model, legal, regulatory and compliance risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record properly and verify a large number of transactions and events, and these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Our trading risk management strategies and techniques also seek to balance our ability to profit from trading positions with our exposure to potential losses.

While we employ a broad and diversified set of risk monitoring and risk mitigation techniques, those techniques and the judgments that accompany their application cannot anticipate every economic and financial outcome or the timing of such outcomes. For example, to the extent that our trading or investing activities involve less liquid trading markets or are otherwise subject to restrictions on sales or hedging, we may not be able to reduce our positions and therefore reduce our risk associated with such positions. We may, therefore, incur losses in the course of our trading or investing activities. For more information on how we monitor and manage market and certain other risks and related strategies, models and processes, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk.”

 

 

 19 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

Expected replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate and replacement or reform of other interest rates could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR and replacements or reforms of other interest rate benchmarks, such as EURIBOR and EONIA (collectively, the “IBORs”). It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of such rates to alternative rates based on observable market transactions and other potential interest rate benchmark reforms will occur over the course of the next few years. For example, the FCA, which regulates LIBOR, has announced that it has commitments from panel banks to continue to contribute to LIBOR through the end of 2021, but that it will not use its powers to compel contributions beyond such date. Accordingly, there is considerable uncertainty regarding the publication of LIBOR beyond 2021.

On April 3, 2018, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York commenced publication of three reference rates based on overnight U.S. Treasury repurchase agreement transactions, including the Secured Overnight Financing Rate, which has been recommended as an alternative to U.S. dollar LIBOR by the Alternative Reference Rates Committee. Further, the Bank of England is publishing a reformed Sterling Overnight Index Average, comprised of a broader set of overnight Sterling money market transactions, which has been selected by the Working Group on Sterling Risk-Free Reference Rates as the alternative rate to Sterling LIBOR. Central bank-sponsored committees in other jurisdictions, including Europe, Japan and Switzerland, have, or are expected to, select alternative reference rates denominated in other currencies.

The market transition away from IBORs to alternative reference rates is complex and could have a range of adverse impacts on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In particular, any such transition or reform could:

Adversely impact the pricing, liquidity, value of, return on and trading for a broad array of financial products, including any IBOR-linked securities, loans and derivatives that are included in our financial assets and liabilities;

Require extensive changes to documentation that governs or references IBOR or IBOR-based products, including, for example, pursuant to time-consuming renegotiations of existing documentation to modify the terms of outstanding securities and related hedging transactions;

Result in inquiries or other actions from regulators in respect of our preparation and readiness for the replacement of IBOR with one or more alternative reference rates;

Result in disputes, litigation or other actions with counterparties regarding the interpretation and enforceability of provisions in IBOR-based products such as fallback language or other related provisions, including in the case of fallbacks to the alternative reference rates, any economic, legal, operational or other impact resulting from the fundamental differences between the IBORs and the various alternative reference rates;

Require the transition and/or development of appropriate systems and analytics to effectively transition our risk management processes from IBOR-based products to those based on one or more alternative reference rates in a timely manner, including by quantifying value and risk for various alternative reference rates, which may prove challenging given the limited history of the proposed alternative reference rates; and

Cause us to incur additional costs in relation to any of the above factors.

Depending on several factors including those set forth above, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely impacted by the market transition or reform of certain benchmarks. Other factors include the pace of the transition to replacement or reformed rates, the specific terms and parameters for and market acceptance of any alternative reference rate, prices of and the liquidity of trading markets for products based on alternative reference rates, and our ability to transition and develop appropriate systems and analytics for one or more alternative reference rates.

Competitive Environment

We face strong competition from other financial services firms, which could lead to pricing pressures that could materially adversely affect our revenue and profitability.

The financial services industry and all aspects of our businesses are intensely competitive, and we expect them to remain so. We compete with commercial banks, brokerage firms, insurance companies, exchanges, electronic trading and clearing platforms, financial data repositories, sponsors of mutual funds, hedge funds, energy companies, financial technology firms and other companies offering financial or ancillary services in the U.S., globally and digitally or through the internet. We compete on the basis of several factors, including transaction execution, capital or access to capital, products and services, innovation, technology, reputation, risk appetite and price.

Over time, certain sectors of the financial services industry have become more concentrated, as institutions involved in a broad range of financial services have left businesses, been acquired by or merged into other firms, or have declared bankruptcy. Such changes could result in our remaining

December 2018 Form 10-K20


LOGO

competitors gaining greater capital and other resources, such as the ability to offer a broader range of products and services and geographic diversity, or new competitors may emerge.

We have experienced and may continue to experience pricing pressures as a result of these factors and as some of our competitors seek to obtain market share by reducing prices.prices or providing more favorable terms of business. In addition, certain of our competitors may be subject to different, and, in some cases, less stringent, legal and regulatory regimes, than we are, thereby putting us at a competitive disadvantage. Some new competitors in the financial technology sector have sought to target existing segments of our businesses that could be susceptible to disruption by innovative or less regulated business models. For more information regarding the competitive environment in which we operate, see “Business—Competition” and “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

Automated trading markets may adversely affect our business and may increase competition.

We have experienced intense price competition in some of our businesses in recent years. In particular, the ability to execute securities, derivatives and other financial instrument trades electronically on exchanges, swap execution facilities, and other automated trading platforms has increased the pressure onbid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or comparable fees. The trend toward direct access to automated, electronic markets will likely continue and will likely increase as additional markets move to more automated trading plat-

forms.platforms. We have experienced and it is likely that we will continue to experience competitive pressures in these and other areas in the future as some of our competitors may seek to obtain market share by reducingbid-offer spreads, commissions, markups or comparable fees.

Our ability to retain and attract qualified employees is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.

Our people are our most important resource and competition for qualified employees is intense. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain highly qualified employees, or do so at rateslevels or in forms necessary to maintain our competitive position, or if compensation costs required to attract and retain employees become more expensive, our performance, including our competitive position, could be materially adversely affected.

The financial industry has experienced and may continue to experience more stringent regulation of employee compensation, including limitations relating to incentive-based compensation, clawback requirements and special taxation, which could have an adverse effect on our ability to hire or retain the most qualified employees.

International Risk

We are subject to numerous political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks as a result of our international operations which could adversely impact our businesses in many ways.

We are subject to political, economic, legal, tax, operational, franchise and other risks that are inherent in operating in many countries, including risks of possible nationalization, expropriation, price controls, capital controls, exchange controls, increased taxes and levies, and other restrictive governmental actions, as well as the outbreak of hostilities or political and governmental instability. In many countries, the laws and regulations applicable to the securities and financial services industries are uncertain and evolving, and it may be difficult for us to determine the exact requirements of local laws in every market.

Our inability to remain in compliance with local laws in a particular market could have a significant and negative effect not only on our business in that market but also on our reputation generally. We are also subject to the risk that transactions we structure might not be legally enforceable in all cases.

Various emerging market countries have experienced severe political, economic or financial disruptions, including significant devaluations of their currencies, defaults or potential defaults on sovereign debt, capital and currency exchange

December 2017 Form 10-K20


controls, high rates of inflation and low or negative growth rates in their economies. Crime and corruption, as well as issues of security and personal safety, also exist in certain of these countries. These conditions could adversely impact our businesses and increase volatility in financial markets generally.

The emergence of a disease pandemic or other widespread health emergency, or concerns over the possibility of such an emergency as well as natural disasters, terrorist activities or military actions, could create economic and financial disruptions in emerging markets and other areas throughout the world, and could lead to operational difficulties (including travel limitations) that could impair our ability to manage our businesses around the world.

As a U.S. company, we are required to comply with the economic sanctions and embargo programs administered by OFAC and similar multi-national bodies and governmental agencies worldwide, as well as applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which we operate, such as the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act. A violation of a sanction, embargo program, or anti-corruption law could subject us, and individual employees, to a regulatory enforcement action as well as significant civil and criminal penalties.

21December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

The U.K.’s anticipated withdrawal from the E.U. could adversely affect us.

It is difficult to predict the future of the U.K.’s relationship with the E.U., the uncertainty of which uncertainty may increase the volatility in the global financial markets in the short- and medium-term. medium-term and may negatively disrupt regional and global financial markets. Additionally, depending on the outcome, such uncertainty may adversely affect the manner in which we operate certain of our businesses in Europe.

On June 23, 2016, the U.K. electorate voted to leave the E.U. On March 29, 2017, the U.K. invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty, which triggered atwo-year period, subject to extension (which would need the unanimous approval of the E.U. Member States), during which the U.K. government is expected to negotiate itsnegotiated a form of withdrawal agreement with the E.U. Absent any changes to this time schedule, the U.K. is expected to leave the E.U. inby March 29, 2019. The termsproposed withdrawal agreement includes a transition period until December 2020 and conditions of the anticipated withdrawal from the E.U., and which of the several alternative models of relationship that the U.K. might seek to negotiate with the E.U., remain uncertain. However, the U.K. government has statedprovides that the U.K. will leave the E.U. single market and will seek a phased period of implementation for thea newU.K.-E.U. relationship that may cover the legal and regulatory framework applicable to financial institutions with significant operations in Europe, such as the Firm. Since any transition or implementation periods

The withdrawal agreement was rejected by the U.K. Parliament on January 15, 2019, and the eventual successor arrangements requireU.K. Government is in the process of negotiating changes to the withdrawal agreement of boththat would be acceptable to the U.K. Parliament and the E.U., As a result, the terms and conditions of the anticipated withdrawal from the E.U. remain uncertain.

The ongoing political uncertainty in relation to the proposed withdrawal agreement in the U.K. means there is a risk that these arrangements may not be agreedready for implementation by March 2019.

29, 2019 or that there will be no transition period. Potential effects of the U.K. exit from the E.U. and potential mitigation actions may vary considerably depending on the timing of withdrawal, and the nature of any transition, implementation or successor arrangements. Wearrangements, and the future trading arrangements between the U.K. and the E.U.

If the withdrawal agreement (or any alternative agreement) is not agreed and as a result no transition period applies, our U.K. licensed entities may be unable to rely on E.U. passporting rights to provide services in a number of E.U. jurisdictions beginning March 29, 2019, absent further regulatory relief. Even if a transition period is agreed, our U.K. licensed entities may lose their rights to provide services in a number of E.U. jurisdictions after such transition period unless the newU.K.-E.U. relationship provides for such rights.

In order to prepare for this risk, we are taking steps to make changes to our European operations in an effort to ensure that we can continue to provide cross-border banking and investment and other services in E.U. Member States without the need for separate regulatory authorizations in each member state. These changes must be approved bySee also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Regulatory Developments.” However, as a result of the relevant regulatory authorities and thereforepolitical uncertainty described above, it is currently unclear what the final post-Brexit structure of our European operations will be. DependingGiven the potential negative disruption to regional and global financial markets, and depending on the extent to which we may be required to make material changes to our European operations beyond those currently planned, our results of operations and business prospects could be negatively affected.

Acquisition, Divestiture and Joint Venture Risk

We may be unable to fully capture the expected value from acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, minority stakes or strategic alliances.

In connection with past or future acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, minority stakes or strategic alliances (including with MUFG), we face numerous risks and uncertainties combining, transferring, separating or integrating the relevant businesses and systems, including the need to combine or separate accounting and data processing systems and management controls and to integrate relationships with clients, trading counterparties and business partners. In the case of joint ventures and minority stakes, we are subject to additional risks and uncertainties because we may be dependent upon, and subject to liability, losses or reputational damage relating to systems, controls and personnel that are not under our control.

In addition, conflicts or disagreements between us and any of our joint venture partners may negatively impact the benefits to be achieved by the relevant joint venture.

There is no assurance that any of our acquisitions or divestitures will be successfully integrated or disaggregated or yield all of the positive benefits anticipated. If we are not able to integrate or disaggregate successfully our past and future acquisitions or dispositions, there is a risk that our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows may be materially and adversely affected.

Certain of our business initiatives, including expansions of existing businesses, may bring us into contact, directly or indirectly, with individuals and entities that are not within our traditional client and counterparty base and may expose us to new asset classes and new markets. These business activities expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign and

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 2122 December 2017 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

expose us to new and enhanced risks, greater regulatory scrutiny of these activities, increased credit-related, sovereign and operational risks, and reputational concerns regarding the manner in which these assets are being operated or held.

For more information regarding the regulatory environment in which we operate, see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation.”

Unresolved Staff Comments

We, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receive written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding our periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that we received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that we believe are material.

Properties

We have offices, operations and data centers located around the world. Our properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. We believe the facilities we own or occupy are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well- maintained. Our principal offices include the following properties:

Location

Owned/Leased

Lease
Expiration

Approximate

Square Footage
at

December 31,
20171

    U.S. Locations

1585 Broadway New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities Headquarters)

OwnedN/A

1,335,500

square feet

2000 Westchester   Avenue Purchase,   New York

(Wealth Management Headquarters)

OwnedN/A626,100 square feet

522 Fifth Avenue
New York, New York

(Investment Management Headquarters)

OwnedN/A

564,900

square feet

    International Locations

20 Bank Street London

(London Headquarters)

Leased2038

546,500

square feet

1 Austin Road West Kowloon

(Hong Kong Headquarters)

Leased2019499,900 square feet

Otemachi Financial City South Tower
Otemachi,  Chiyoda-ku

(Tokyo Headquarters)

Leased2028245,600 square feet

1.

The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space leased by our branch offices.

December 2017 Form 10-K22


Legal Proceedings

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.

The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Firm cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Firm believes, based on current

knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Firm, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Firm’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Firm’s revenues or income for such period.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by government and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, while the Firm has identified below certain proceedings that the Firm believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styledChina Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief,pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On August 8, 2012, U.S. Bank, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint on behalf of Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2006-14SL, Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-4SL and Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series2007-4SL against the Firm styledMorgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust 2006-14SL, et al. v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, as successor in interest to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trusts, which had original principal balances of approximately $354 million and

 

 

 23 December 20172018 Form 10-K


$305 million respectively, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, rescission of the mortgage loan purchase agreements underlying the transactions, specific performance and unspecified damages and interest. On August 16, 2013, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 1, 2017, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

On December 14, 2012, Royal Park Investments SA/NV filed a complaint against the Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Merrill Lynch et al. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff filed a new complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al., alleging that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $597 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on December 1, 2015. On April 12, 2017, the Supreme Court of the State of New York granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On May 12, 2017, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal from that decision.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.filed a complaint against the Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $634 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaint. The Firm perfected its appeal from that decision on June 12, 2015. On June 20, 2017, the Appellate Division, First Department (“Appellate Division”), affirmed the order granting in part and denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On October 3, 2017, the Appellate Division denied the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal that decision.

On May 17, 2013, plaintiff inIKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation, and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On July 2, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC1 (MSAC2007-NC1) v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National TrustCompany, as Trustee for the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. On February 3, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.25 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission and interest. On April 12, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims except a single claim alleging failure to notify, regarding which the motion was denied without prejudice. On December 9, 2016, the Firm renewed its motion to dismiss that notification claim. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s April 12, 2016 order. On April 13, 2017, the Appellate Division denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledU.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as

December 2017 Form 10-K24


Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC,Successor-by-Merger to MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On November 24, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On November 6, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan StanleyABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC3 (MSAC2007-NC3) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC3 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.3 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and costs. On April 12, 2016, the court granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint, and granted the plaintiff the ability to seek to replead certain aspects of the complaint. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s order granting the motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 9, 2017, plaintiff filed a motion to amend its complaint. On April 13, 2017, the Appellate Division denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-12, filed a complaint against the Firm styledWilmington Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warran-

ties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. On June 14, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On July 11, 2017, the Appellate Division affirmed in part and reversed in part an order granting in part and denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On September 26, 2017, the Appellate Division denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 10, 2018, the court reinstated plaintiff’s breach of contract claim based on failure to notify, which had been dismissed in its April 3, 2015 order. On January 25, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion for summary judgment. On February 5, 2018, the Firm filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings and a renewed motion for summary judgment.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017.

25December 2017 Form 10-K


On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial GuarantyInsurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a notice of appeal of that order, and the appeal was fully briefed on August 19, 2016.

On April 1, 2016, the California Attorney General’s Office filed an action against the Firm in California state court styledCalifornia v. Morgan Stanley, et al., on behalf of California investors, including the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the California Teachers’ Retirement System. The complaint alleges that the Firm made misrepresentations and omissions regarding RMBS and notes issued by the Cheyne SIV, and asserts violations of the California False Claims Act and other state laws and seeks treble damages, civil penalties, disgorgement, and injunctive relief. On September 30, 2016, the court granted the Firm’s demurrer, with leave to replead. On October 21, 2016, the

California Attorney General filed an amended complaint. On January 25, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s demurrer with respect to the amended complaint.

Currency Related Matters

The Firm is responding to a number of regulatory and governmental inquiries both in the U.S. and abroad related to its foreign exchange business. In addition, on June 29, 2015, the Firm and a number of other financial institutions were named as respondents in a proceeding before Brazil’s Council for Economic Defense related to alleged anticompetitive activity in the foreign exchange market for the Brazilian Real.

European Matters

On October 11, 2011, an Italian financial institution, Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa (“Banco Popolare”), filed a civil claim against the Firm in the Milan courts, styledBanco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc & others, related to its purchase of €100 million of bonds issued by Parmalat. The claim asserted by Banco Popolare alleges, among other things, that the Firm was aware of Parmalat’s impending insolvency and conspired with others to deceive Banco Popolare into buying bonds by concealing both Parmalat’s true financial condition and certain features of the bonds from the market and Banco Popolare. Banco Popolare seeks damages of €76 million (approximately $91 million) plus damages for loss of opportunity and moral damages. The Firm filed its answer on April 20, 2012, and the hearing on the parties’ final submissions is scheduled for March 20, 2018.

On June 22, 2017, the public prosecutor for the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy filed a claim against the Firm styled Case No. 2012/00406/MNV, which is pending in the Regional Prosecutor’s Office at the Judicial Section of the Court of Auditors for Lazio, Italy. The claim relates to certain derivative transactions between the Republic of Italy and the Firm. The transactions were originally entered into between 1999 and 2005, and were restructured (and certain of the transactions were terminated) in December 2011 and January 2012. The claim alleges, inter alia, that the Firm effectively acted as an agent of the state in connection with these transactions and asserts claims related to, among other things, whether the Ministry of Finance was authorized to enter into these transactions, whether the transactions were appropriate and whether the Firm’s conduct related to the termination of certain transactions was proper. The prosecutor is seeking damages through an administrative process against the Firm for €2.76 billion (approximately $3.3 billion). A hearing regarding this matter has been scheduled for April 19, 2018.

In matters styledCase number 15/3637andCase number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) is

December 2017 Form 10-K26


challenging in the District Court in Amsterdam the priorset-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $149 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’scorporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013. TheDutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled toreceive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, thata Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securitiessubject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to providecertain information to the Dutch Authority and keep adequate books and records. A hearing in this matter took place on September 19, 2017.

On October 5, 2017, various institutional investors filed a claim against the Firm and another bank in a matter styledCase number BS99-6998/2017,in the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark concerning their roles as underwriters of the initial public offering (“IPO”) in March 2014 of the Danish company OW Bunker A/S. The claim seeks damages of DKK 534,270,456 (approximately $86 million) plus interest in respect of alleged losses arising from investing in shares in OW Bunker, which entered into bankruptcy in November 2014. Separately, on November 29, 2017, another group of institutional investors joined the Firm and another bank as defendants to pending proceedings in the High Court of Eastern Denmark against various other parties involved in the IPO in a matter styledCase numberB-2073-16. The investors claim damages of DKK 767,235,885 (approximately $124 million) plus interest, from the Firm and the other bank on a joint and several basis with the Defendants to these proceedings. Both claims are based on alleged prospectus liability; the second claim also alleges professional liability of banks acting as financial intermediaries.

Other Litigation

On October 20, 2014, a purported class action complaint was filed against the Firm and other defendants styledGeneseeCounty Employees’ Retirement System v. Bank of America Corporation et al. in the SDNY. The action was later consolidated with four similar actions in SDNY under the lead case styledAlaska Electrical Pension Fund v. Bank of America Corporation et al. A consolidated amended complaint was filed on February 2, 2015 asserting claims for alleged violations of the Sherman Act, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust enrichment, and tortious interference with contract. The consolidated amended complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants engaged in antitrust violations with regards to the process of setting ISDAfix, a financial benchmark and seeks treble damages, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and other relief. On March 28, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the consolidated amended complaint. On February 7, 2017, the

plaintiffs filed a second consolidated amended complaint. On February 2, 2018, the court denied a partial motion to dismiss that complaint. On November 3, 2017, the Firm filed its opposition to plaintiffs’ motion for class certification.

Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the SDNY styledInRe: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest rates swaps trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest rates swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of two swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, among other relief, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints.

The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December 31, 2017:

On August 26, 2013, a complaint was filed against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY, styledPhoenix Light SF Limited et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al., which was amended on April 23, 2015 and June 15, 2017. The amended complaint alleges that defendants made untrue statements and material omissions in the sale to plaintiffs, or their assignors, of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm and/or sold to plaintiffs or their assignors by the Firm was approximately $344 million. The amended complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation and rescission based on mutual mistake and seeks, among other things, compensatory damages, punitive damages or alternatively rescission or rescissionary damages associated with the purchase of such certificates. On July 7, 2017, the courtso-ordered a stipulation of partial discontinuance dismissing claims relating to certificates having an original face value of approximately $76 million. On January 3, 2018, the parties reached an agreement in principle to settle the litigation.

On June 2, 2015, the Firm submitted to the Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) a self-disclosure that certain reformulated blendstock the Firm blended and sold during

27December 2017 Form 10-K


2013 and 2014 potentially did not meet the applicable volatile organic compound reduction standards of the EPA’s Phase II Reformulated Gasoline standard. On December 1, 2017, the parties reached an agreement to settle the litigation. On December 18, 2017, the final settlement of approximately $1 million was approved by the District Court for the Southern District of Texas.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

December 2017 Form 10-K28


Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades under the symbol “MS” on the New York Stock Exchange. As of February 15, 2018, we had 61,442 holders of record; however, we believe the number of beneficial owners of our common stock exceeds this number.

The table below sets forth, for each of the last eight quarters, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock and the amount of dividends declared per common share by our Board of Directors for such quarter.

   2017      2016 
                High                       Low           Dividend
Declared per
Common Share
                   High                       Low       Dividend
Declared per
Common Share
 

First quarter

  $47.33   $40.06   $0.20       $31.70   $21.16   $0.15 

Second quarter

   45.98    40.43    0.20        28.29    23.11    0.15 

Third quarter

   48.90    43.84    0.25        32.44    24.57    0.20 

Fourth quarter

   54.25    47.42    0.25        44.04    30.96    0.20 

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2017.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

$ in millions, except per share data  Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
   

Average
Price

Paid Per
Share

   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs1
   

Approximate Dollar
Value of

Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans

or Programs

 

Month #1 (October 1, 2017-October 31, 2017)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   4,810,000   $50.55    4,810,000   $3,507 

Employee transactions3

   312,377   $48.66       $ 

Month #2 (November 1, 2017-November 30, 2017)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   11,310,000   $49.29    11,310,000   $2,949 

Employee transactions3

   189,235   $49.63       $ 

Month #3 (December 1, 2017-December 31, 2017)

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   8,531,166   $52.67    8,531,166   $2,500 

Employee transactions3

   194,165   $52.78       $ 

Quarter ended December 31, 2017

        

Share Repurchase Program2

   24,651,166   $50.71    24,651,166   $2,500 

Employee transactions3

   695,777   $50.08       $ 

1.

Share purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices we deem appropriate and may be suspended at any time.

2.

The Firm’s Board of Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (“Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval. On June 28, 2017 the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) announced that it did not object to our 2017 capital plan, which included a share repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock during the period beginning July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018. During the quarter ended December 31, 2017, the Firm repurchased approximately $1.25 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management.”

3.

Includes shares acquired by us in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards and the exercise of stock options granted under our stock-based compensation plans.

29December 2017 Form 10-K


Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of our common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index for the last five years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 2012 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. This graph does not forecast future performance of our common stock.

Cumulative Total Return

December 31, 2012 – December 31, 2017

   At December 31, 
    2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2017 

Morgan Stanley

  $100.00   $165.33   $206.81   $172.16   $234.24   $296.60 

S&P 500 Stock Index

   100.00    132.37    150.48    152.55    170.78    208.05 

S&P 500 Financials Sector Index

   100.00    135.59    156.17    153.73    188.69    228.59 

December 2017 Form 10-K30


 LOGO

 

Selected Financial Data

 

Income Statement Data

 

$ in millions 2017 2016 2015 2014 2013 

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2015

 

2014

Revenues

          

Totalnon-interest revenues

 $  34,645  $  30,933  $  32,062  $  32,540  $  31,715 

Totalnon-interest revenues1

 

$

  36,301

 

 

$

  34,645

 

 

$

  30,933

 

 

$

  32,062

 

 

$

  32,540

 

Interest income

  8,997  7,016  5,835  5,413  5,209  

 

13,892

 

 

 

8,997

 

 

 

7,016

 

 

 

5,835

 

 

 

5,413

 

Interest expense

  5,697  3,318  2,742  3,678  4,431  

 

10,086

 

 

 

5,697

 

 

 

3,318

 

 

 

2,742

 

 

 

3,678

 

Net interest

  3,300  3,698  3,093  1,735  778  

 

3,806

 

 

 

3,300

 

 

 

3,698

 

 

 

3,093

 

 

 

1,735

 

Net revenues

  37,945  34,631  35,155  34,275  32,493  

 

40,107

 

 

 

37,945

 

 

 

34,631

 

 

 

35,155

 

 

 

34,275

 

Non-interest expenses

          

Compensation and benefits

  17,166  15,878  16,016  17,824  16,277  

 

17,632

 

 

 

17,166

 

 

 

15,878

 

 

 

16,016

 

 

 

17,824

 

Non-compensation expenses

  10,376  9,905  10,644  12,860  11,658 

Non-compensation expenses1

 

 

11,238

 

 

 

10,376

 

 

 

9,905

 

 

 

10,644

 

 

 

12,860

 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  27,542  25,783  26,660  30,684  27,935  

 

28,870

 

 

 

27,542

 

 

 

25,783

 

 

 

26,660

 

 

 

30,684

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  10,403  8,848  8,495  3,591  4,558   11,237  10,403  8,848  8,495  3,591 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  4,168  2,726  2,200  (90 902   2,350  4,168  2,726  2,200  (90

Income from continuing operations

  6,235  6,122  6,295  3,681  3,656   8,887  6,235  6,122  6,295  3,681 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (19 1  (16 (14 (43  (4 (19 1  (16 (14

Net income

 $6,216  $6,123  $6,279  $3,667  $3,613  $8,883  $6,216  $6,123  $6,279  $3,667 

Net income applicable to redeemable non-controlling interests

             222 

Net income applicable to nonredeemable non-controlling interests

  105  144  152  200  459 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  135  105  144  152  200 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $6,111  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467  $2,932  $8,748  $6,111  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467 

Preferred stock dividends and other

  523  471  456  315  277   526  523  471  456  315 

Earnings (loss) applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $5,588  $5,508  $5,671  $3,152  $2,655 

Earnings applicable to
Morgan Stanley
common shareholders

 $8,222  $5,588  $5,508  $5,671  $3,152 

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

  

Amounts applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

  

Income from continuing operations

 $6,130  $5,978  $6,143  $3,481  $2,975  $8,752  $6,130  $5,978  $6,143  $3,481 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (19 1  (16 (14 (43  (4 (19 1  (16 (14

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $6,111  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467  $2,932  $8,748  $6,111  $5,979  $6,127  $3,467 

Effective income tax rate from continuing operations

  40.1 30.8 25.9 (2.5)%  19.8  20.9 40.1 30.8 25.9 (2.5)% 

Per Share Data

in millions, except
per share amounts
 2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 

Earnings (loss) per basic common share1

 

  

Income from continuing operations

 $3.15  $2.98  $2.98  $1.65  $1.42 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01     (0.01  (0.01  (0.03

Earnings (loss) per basic common share

 $3.14  $2.98  $2.97  $1.64  $1.39 

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share1

 

  

Income from continuing operations

 $3.08  $2.92  $2.91  $1.61  $1.38 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01     (0.01  (0.01  (0.02

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share

 $3.07  $2.92  $2.90  $1.60  $1.36 

Book value per common share

 $    38.52  $    36.99  $    35.24  $    33.25  $    32.24 

Common shares outstanding at December 31st

  1,788   1,852   1,920   1,951   1,945 

Dividends declared per common share

  0.90   0.70   0.55   0.35   0.20 

Average common shares outstanding

 

  

Basic

  1,780   1,849   1,909   1,924   1,906 

Diluted

  1,821   1,887   1,953   1,971   1,957 

Balance Sheet and Other Operating Data

 

Trading assets

 $    298,282  $    262,154  $    239,505  $    278,117  $    301,252 

Loans2

  104,126   94,248   85,759   66,577   42,874 

GLR3

  192,660   202,297   203,264   193,169   201,842 

Total assets

  851,733   814,949   787,465   801,510   832,702 

Deposits

  159,436   155,863   156,034   133,544   112,379 

Borrowings

  192,582   165,716   155,941   155,033   155,717 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  77,391   76,050   75,182   70,900   65,921 

Common shareholders’ equity

  68,871   68,530   67,662   64,880   62,701 

ROE4

  8.0%   8.0%   8.5%   4.8%   4.3% 
          2018      2017      2016      2015      2014 

ROE2, 3

  

 

        11.8

 

 

        8.0

 

 

        8.0

 

 

        8.5

 

 

        4.8

ROTCE2, 3

  

 

13.5

 

 

9.2

 

 

9.3

 

 

9.9

 

 

5.7

Common Share-Related Data

   

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

Per common share

     

Earnings (basic)4

 

$

        4.81

 

 

$

        3.14

 

 

$

        2.98

 

 

$

        2.97

 

 

$

        1.64

 

Earnings (diluted)4

 

 

4.73

 

 

 

3.07

 

 

 

2.92

 

 

 

2.90

 

 

 

1.60

 

Book value5

 

 

42.20

 

 

 

38.52

 

 

 

36.99

 

 

 

35.24

 

 

 

33.25

 

Tangible book value3, 5

 

 

36.99

 

 

 

33.46

 

 

 

31.98

 

 

 

30.26

 

 

 

28.26

 

Dividends declared

 

 

1.10

 

 

 

0.90

 

 

 

0.70

 

 

 

0.55

 

 

 

0.35

 

 

Common shares outstanding

in millions

     

At December 31

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

1,788

 

 

 

1,852

 

 

 

1,920

 

 

 

1,951

 

Annual average:

     

Basic

 

 

1,708

 

 

 

1,780

 

 

 

1,849

 

 

 

1,909

 

 

 

1,924

 

Diluted

 

 

1,738

 

 

 

1,821

 

 

 

1,887

 

 

 

1,953

 

 

 

1,971

 

Balance Sheet Data

$ in millions

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

  

2015

  

2014

 

GLR6

 

$

  249,735

 

 

$

  192,660

 

 

$

  202,297

 

 

$

  203,264

 

 

$

  193,169

 

Loans7

 

 

115,579

 

 

 

104,126

 

 

 

94,248

 

 

 

85,759

 

 

 

66,577

 

Total assets

 

 

853,531

 

 

 

851,733

 

 

 

814,949

 

 

 

787,465

 

 

 

801,510

 

Deposits

 

 

187,820

 

 

 

159,436

 

 

 

155,863

 

 

 

156,034

 

 

 

133,544

 

Borrowings

 

 

189,662

 

 

 

192,582

 

 

 

165,716

 

 

 

155,941

 

 

 

155,033

 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

 

 

80,246

 

 

 

77,391

 

 

 

76,050

 

 

 

75,182

 

 

 

70,900

 

Common shareholders’ equity

 

 

71,726

 

 

 

68,871

 

 

 

68,530

 

 

 

67,662

 

 

 

64,880

 

Tangible common shareholders’ equity3

 

 

62,879

 

 

 

59,829

 

 

 

59,234

 

 

 

58,098

 

 

 

55,137

 

 

GLR—Global1.

Liquidity ReserveEffective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related toRevenue from Contracts with Customers, which, among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. Prior periods have not been restated pursuant to this guidance. Refer to note 21 to the financial statements for further information on the full impact of adoption of this new accounting guidance.

1.2.

The calculation of ROE and ROTCE equal net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively.

3.

Represents anon-GAAP measure. See “Executive Summary—SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information.”

4.

For the calculation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share, see Note 16 to the financial statements.

2.5.

Book value per common share and tangible book value per common share equal common shareholders’ equity and tangible common shareholders’ equity, respectively, divided by common shares outstanding.

6.

For a discussion of the GLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.

7.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

3.

For a discussion of the GLR, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity Risk Management Framework—Global Liquidity Reserve.”

4.

The calculation of ROE equals net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity. For further discussion on ROE, see “Executive Summary — SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information.”

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 3124 December 2017 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Introduction

 

Morgan Stanley an FHC, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley,” “Firm,” “us,” “we” or “our” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. We define the following as part of our consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”): consolidated income statements (“income statements”), consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”), and consolidated cash flow statements (“cash flow statements”). See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitionsthe definition of certain acronyms used throughout the 20172018 Form10-K.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of our business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securitiesprovides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including prime brokerage services, global macro, creditforeign exchange and commodities products.commodities. Lending servicesactivities include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, and financing extended to equitiessales and commodities customerstrading customers. Other activities include investments and municipalities. Other services include investment and research activities.research.

Wealth Managementprovides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small tomedium-sized businesses/businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services,services; financial and wealth planning services,services; annuity and insurance products, creditproducts; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products,products; banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Managementprovides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are servicedserved through intermediaries, including affiliated andnon-affiliated distributors.

The results of operations in the past have been, and in the future may continue to be, materially affected by competition; risk factors; and legislative, legal and regulatory developments; as well as other factors. These factors also may have an adverse impact on our ability to achieve our strategic objectives. Additionally, the discussion of our results of operations herein may contain forward-looking statements. These statements, which reflect management’s beliefs and expectations, are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially. For a discussion of the risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Forward-Looking Statements,” “Business—Competition” andCompetition,” “Business—Supervision and Regulation,” “Risk Factors” and “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K 3225 December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Executive Summary

Overview of Financial Results

Consolidated Results

Net Revenues1

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley1

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

Earnings per Common Share21, 2

 

LOGO

Financial ResultsNet Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley and Diluted EPS on a U.S. GAAP and Adjusted Basis

 

$ in millions, except per share data  2017   2016   2015 

Net revenues

      

U.S. GAAP

  $    37,945   $    34,631   $    35,155 

Adjusted3

   37,945    34,631    34,537 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

    

U.S. GAAP1

  $6,111   $5,979   $6,127 

Adjusted3

   7,079    5,911    5,164 

Earnings per diluted common share

      

U.S. GAAP1

  $3.07   $2.92   $2.90 

Adjusted3

   3.60    2.88    2.41 

$ in millions, except per share data

  

2018

   

2017

   

2016

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

    

U.S. GAAP

  

$

    8,748

 

  

$

    6,111

 

  

$

    5,979

 

Adjusted—Non-GAAP3

  

 

8,545

 

  

 

7,079

 

  

 

5,911

 

Earnings per diluted common share

 

    

U.S. GAAP2

  

$

4.73

 

  

$

3.07

 

  

$

2.92

 

Adjusted—Non-GAAP3

  

 

4.61

 

  

 

3.60

 

  

 

2.88

 

 

1.

SubsequentEffective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related toRevenue from Contracts with Customers, which among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. Prior periods have not been restated pursuant to this guidance. Refer to note 21 to the releasefinancial statements for further information on the full impact of the Firm’s 2017 earnings on January 18, 2018, the net discrete tax provision associated with the enactmentadoption of the Tax Act increased by $43 million due to a change in estimate. For further discussion, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.this new accounting guidance.

2.

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16 to the financial statements.

3.

Represents anon-GAAP measure, see “Selectednon-GAAP Financial Information” herein. Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) for all periods presented. For 2015, results are also adjusted to exclude DVA. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.. Beginning in 2017, income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each year. See Note 2 to the financial statementsFor further information on the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-BasedPayment Accounting.For further information onnon-GAAP measures,net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “SelectedNon-GAAP“Supplemental Financial Information”Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

2018 Compared with 2017

We reported net revenues of $40,107 million in 2018 compared with $37,945 million in 2017. For 2018, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $8,748 million, or $4.73 per diluted common share, compared with $6,111 million, or $3.07 per diluted common share, in 2017.

Results for 2018 include intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $203 million, or $0.12 per diluted common share, primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations. In addition, the effective tax rate in 2018 is lower than in 2017, Comparedprimarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”).

Results for 2017 included an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $968 million, or $0.53 per diluted common share, primarily related to the impact of the Tax Act, partially offset by net discrete tax benefits related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations. For a discussion of the Tax Act and the net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

December 2018 Form 10-K26


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Excluding the intermittent net discrete tax items, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $8,545 million, or $4.61 per diluted common share, compared with $7,079 million, or $3.60 per diluted common share, in 2017 (see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

2017 compared with 2016

 

We reported net revenues of $37,945 million in 2017 compared with $34,631 million in 2016. For 2017, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $6,111 million, or $3.07 per diluted common share, compared with $5,979 million, or $2.92 per diluted common share, in 2016.

 

ResultsRefer to the 2018 compared with 2017 commentary above for the 2017 included an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $968 million, or $0.53 per diluted common share, primarily related to the impact of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”), partially offset by net discrete tax benefits related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations.impact. Results for 2016 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $68 million, or $0.04 per diluted common share, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters. For a further discussion of the

33December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Tax Act and the net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

Excluding the intermittent net discrete tax items, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $7,079 million, or $3.60 per diluted common share, in 2017 compared with $5,911 million, or $2.88 per diluted common share, in 2016 (see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

Non-interest Expenses1, 2

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

1.

The percentages on the bars in the chart represent the contribution of compensation and benefits expenses andnon-compensation expenses to the total.

2.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related toRevenue from Contracts with Customers, which among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. Prior periods have not been restated pursuant to this guidance. Refer to note 21 to the financial statements for further information on the full impact of adoption of this new accounting guidance.

2018 Compared with 2017

Compensation and benefits expenses of $17,632 million in 2018 increased 3% from $17,166 million in 2017. The 2018 results reflected increases in discretionary incentive compensation mainly driven by higher revenues and a reduction in the portion of discretionary incentive compensation subject to deferral (“compensation deferral modification”), as well as salaries across all business segments, the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives, and amortization of deferred cash and equity awards. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses were $11,238 million in 2018 compared with $10,376 million in 2017, representing an 8% increase. This increase was primarily a result of higher volume-related expenses, the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting updateRevenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 21 to the financial statements for further information) and increased investment in technology, partially offset by lower litigation expenses.

2017 Compared with 2016

 

Compensation and benefits expenses of $17,166 million in 2017 increased 8% from $15,878 million in 2016. The 2017 results primarily reflected increases in the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher revenues, the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, discretionary incentive compensation mainly driven by higher revenues and deferred compensation associated with carried interest in the Investment Management business segment.

 

Non-compensation expenses were $10,376 million in 2017 compared with $9,905 million in 2016, representing a 5% increase. This increase was primarily a result of higher volume-related expenses and litigation costs.

2016 Compared with 2015

We reported net revenues of $34,631 million in 2016, compared with $35,155 million in 2015. For 2016, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,979 million, or $2.92 per diluted common share, compared with $6,127 million, or $2.90 per diluted common share, in 2015.

Results for 2016 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $68 million, or $0.04 per diluted common share, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters. Results for 2015 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, or $0.29 per diluted common share, primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated and positive revenues due to the impact of DVA of $618 million, or $0.20 per diluted common share. For a further discussion of the net discrete tax benefits, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Effective January 1, 2016, we early adopted a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities that requires unrealized gains and losses from debt-related credit spreads and other credit factors (i.e., DVA) to be presented in OCI as opposed to Trading revenues. Results for 2015 are not restated pursuant to that guidance.

Net revenues were $34,631 million in 2016 compared with net revenues of $34,537 million excluding DVA in 2015. Excluding the intermittent net discrete tax benefits, net income applicable to Morgan Stanley was $5,911 million, or $2.88 per diluted common share, in 2016 compared with $5,164 million, or $2.41 per diluted common share, excluding both DVA and the intermittent net discrete tax benefits in 2015 (see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein).

Compensation and benefits expenses of $15,878 million in 2016 decreased 1% from $16,016 million in 2015, primarily due to a decrease in salaries, severance costs, discretionary incentive compensation and employer taxes, partially offset by an increase in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses were $9,905 million in 2016 compared with $10,644 million in 2015, representing a 7% decrease, primarily due to lower litigation costs and expense management.

 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K 3427 December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Expense Efficiency Ratio

Return on Average Common Equity1, 3

Return on Average Tangible Common Equity1, 3

1.

Represents anon-GAAP measure. See “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

2.

The calculation used in determining the expense efficiency ratio for 2015 excludes DVA.

3.

Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) for all periods presented. For 2015, results are also adjusted to exclude DVA. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein. Beginning in 2017, income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each year. See Note 2 to the financial statements on the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.

Business Segment Results

Net Revenues by Segment1, 2, 3

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment1, 34

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

1.

The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each business segment to the total. Amounts do not necessarily total to 100% due to intersegment eliminations, where applicable.

2.

The total amount of Net Revenues by Segment also includes intersegment eliminations of $(463) million in 2018, $(290) million in 2017 and $(290) million in 2016 and $(213) million in 2015.2016.

3.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related toRevenues from Contracts with Customers, which had the effect of increasing the revenues reported in the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments. For further information, see “Business Segments––Institutional Securities” and “Business Segments—Investment Management.”

4.

The total amount of Net Income Applicable to Morgan Stanley by Segment also includes intersegment eliminations of $(6) million in 2018, $4 million in 2017 and $1 million in 2016.

2018 Compared with 2017

Institutional Securities net revenues of $20,582 million in 2018 increased 9% from 2017, primarily reflecting higher revenues from both sales and trading and Investment banking.

 

35December 2017 Form 10-K

Wealth Management net revenues of $17,242 million in 2018 increased 2% from 2017, primarily reflecting growth in Asset management revenues, partially offset by reduced Trading revenues.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Investment Management net revenues of $2,746 million in 2018 increased 6% from 2017, primarily reflecting higher Asset management revenues, partially offset by lower investment gains.

2017 Compared with 2016

 

Institutional Securities net revenues of $18,813 million in 2017 increased 8% from 2016, primarily reflecting higher revenues from Investment banking.

 

Wealth Management net revenues of $16,836 million in 2017 increased 10% from 2016, primarily reflecting growth in Asset management revenues and Net interest income.

 

Investment Management net revenues of $2,586 million in 2017 increased 22% from 2016, primarily reflecting higher revenues from Investments and Asset management.

2016 Compared with 2015

Institutional Securities net revenues of $17,459 million in 2016 decreased 3% compared with $17,953 million in 2015. The decrease was primarily a result of lower Investment banking and sales and trading revenues, which included DVA gains in 2015, partially offset by higher Other revenues.

Wealth Management net revenues of $15,350 million in 2016 increased 2% from $15,100 million in 2015, primarily as a result of growth in Net interest income, partially offset by lower Commissions and fees and Investment banking revenues.

Investment Management net revenues of $2,112 million in 2016 decreased 9% from $2,315 million in 2015, primarily reflecting weaker investment performance compared with 2015. This was partially offset by carried interest losses in 2015 associated with Asia private equity that did notre-occur in 2016. Asset management fees in 2016 were relatively unchanged from 2015.

Net Revenues by Region1, 21

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

 

1.

For a discussion of how the geographic breakdown for net revenues is determined, see Note 21 to the financial statements.

2.

The percentages on the bars in the charts represent the contribution of each region to the total.

Capital Ratios

December 2018 Form 10-K28


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Selected Financial Information and Other Statistical Data

 

    At December 31,
2017
   At December 31,
2016
 

 Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio1

   16.5%    16.9% 

 Tier 1 capital ratio1

   18.9%    19.0% 

 Total capital ratio1

   21.7%    22.0% 

 Tier 1 leverage ratio

   8.3%    8.4% 
$ in millions      2018             2017             2016        

Expense efficiency ratio1

  

 

72.0%

 

  

 

72.6%

 

  

 

74.5%

 

ROE2

  

 

11.8%

 

  

 

8.0%

 

  

 

8.0%

 

Adjusted ROE2,3

  

 

11.5%

 

  

 

9.4%

 

  

 

7.9%

 

ROTCE2

  

 

13.5%

 

  

 

9.2%

 

  

 

9.3%

 

Adjusted ROTCE2, 3

  

 

13.2%

 

  

 

10.8%

 

  

 

9.1%

 

Worldwide employees

  

 

60,348

 

  

 

57,633

 

  

 

55,311

 

    

At

December 31,
2018

   

At

December 31,
2017

 

 Capital ratios4

    

 Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  

 

16.9%

 

  

 

16.5%

 

 Tier 1 capital

  

 

19.2%

 

  

 

18.9%

 

 Total capital

  

 

21.8%

 

  

 

21.7%

 

 Tier 1 leverage

  

 

8.4%

 

  

 

8.3%

 

 SLR5

  

 

6.5%

 

  

 

6.5%

 

 

1.

At December 31,The expense efficiency ratio represents totalnon-interest expense as a percentage of net revenues.

2.

Represents anon-GAAP measure. See “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

3.

Adjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). Beginning in 2017, income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each year. For further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits), see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

4.

Beginning in 2018, our risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach transitionalfullyphased-in rules. At December 31, 2016,2017, our risk-based capital ratios were based on the AdvancedStandardized Approach transitional rules. For a discussion of our regulatory capital ratios, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.

5.
December

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018; the SLR for 2017 Form 10-K

36was anon-GAAPpro-forma estimate. For a discussion of the SLR, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements” herein.


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information

We prepare our financial statements using U.S. GAAP. From time to time, we may disclose certain“non-GAAP financial measures” in this document or in the course of our earnings releases, earnings and other conference calls, financial presentations, Definitive Proxy Statement and otherwise. A“non-GAAP financial measure” excludes, or includes, amounts from the most directly comparable measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We consider thenon-GAAP financial measures we disclose to be useful to us, investors and analysts by providing further transparency about, or an alternate means of assessing, our financial condition, operating results, prospective regulatory capital requirements or capital adequacy.

These measures are not in accordance with, or a substitute for, U.S. GAAP and may be different from or inconsistent withnon-GAAP financial measures used by other companies. Whenever we refer to anon-GAAP financial measure, we will also generally define it or present the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP, along with a reconciliation of the differences between the U.S. GAAP financial measure and thenon-GAAP financial measure.

The principalnon-GAAP financial measures presented in this document are set forth below.

Reconciliations from U.S. GAAP toNon-GAAP Consolidated Financial Measures

 

$ in millions, except per share data  2017   2016   2015 

Net revenues

  $        37,945   $    34,631   $    35,155  

Impact of adjustments1

           (618) 

Adjusted netrevenue—non-GAAP

   37,945    34,631    34,537  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $6,111   $5,979   $6,127  

Impact of adjustments1

   968    (68)    (963) 

Adjusted net income applicable to MorganStanley—non-GAAP

   7,079    5,911    5,164  

Earnings per diluted common share

  $3.07   $2.92   $2.90  

Impact of adjustments1

   0.53    (0.04)    (0.49) 

Adjusted earnings per diluted commonshare—non-GAAP

  $3.60   $2.88   $2.41  

Effective income tax rate

   40.1%    30.8%    25.9% 

Impact of adjustments1

   (9.3)%    0.8%    6.4% 

Adjusted effective income taxrate—non-GAAP

   30.8%    31.6%    32.3% 
  At
December 31,
2017
  At
December 31,
2016
  Average Monthly Balance
Twelve Months Ended
 
    December 31, 
$ in millions   2017  2016  2015 

Tangible Equity

                    

U.S. GAAP

     

Common equity

 $        68,871  $      68,530  $  69,787  $    68,870  $    66,936 

Preferred equity

  8,520   7,520   8,443   7,520   7,174 

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

 $77,391  $76,050  $78,230  $76,390  $74,110 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

           1,753   3,640 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,042  (9,296  (9,158  (9,410  (9,661

Morgan Stanley tangible shareholders’equity—non-GAAP

 $68,349  $66,754  $69,072  $68,733  $68,089 

U.S. GAAP

     

Common equity

 $68,871  $68,530  $69,787  $68,870  $66,936 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  (9,042  (9,296  (9,158  (9,410  (9,661

Tangible commonequity—non-GAAP

 $59,829  $59,234  $60,629  $59,460  $57,275 

ConsolidatedNon-GAAP Financial Measures

$ in millions, except per share data

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 

$

        8,748

 

 

$

        6,111

 

 

$

        5,979

 

Impact of adjustments

 

 

(203

 

 

968

 

 

 

(68

Adjusted net income applicable to MorganStanley—non-GAAP1

 

$

8,545

 

 

$

7,079

 

 

$

5,911

 

Earnings per diluted common share

 

$

4.73

 

 

$

3.07

 

 

$

2.92

 

Impact of adjustments

 

 

(0.12

 

 

0.53

 

 

 

(0.04

Adjusted earnings per diluted common share—non-GAAP1

 

$

4.61

 

 

$

3.60

 

 

$

2.88

 

Effective income tax rate

 

 

20.9%

 

 

 

40.1%

 

 

 

30.8%

 

Impact of adjustments

 

 

1.8%

 

 

 

(9.3)%

 

 

 

0.8%

 

Adjusted effective income taxrate—non-GAAP1

 

 

22.7%

 

 

 

30.8%

 

 

 

31.6%

 

 

$ in billions 2017  2016  2015 

Average common equity

   

Unadjusted

 $      69.8  $68.9  $66.9 

Adjusted1, 2

  69.9   68.9   67.1 

ROE

   

Unadjusted

  8.0%   8.0%   8.5% 

Adjusted1, 2

  9.4%   7.9%   7.0% 

Average tangible common equity

   

Unadjusted

 $60.6  $59.5  $57.3 

Adjusted1, 2

  60.7   59.5   57.5 

ROTCE

   

Unadjusted

  9.2%   9.3%   9.9% 

Adjusted1, 2

  10.8%   9.1%   8.2% 

Expense efficiency ratio3

  72.6%   74.5%   77.2% 

    

At

December 31,
2017

   

At

December 31,
2016

 

Tangible book value per common share4

  $33.46   $31.98 

$ in millions

  

At
December 31,
2018

  

At
December 31,
2017

 

Tangible equity

   

U.S. GAAP

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

  

$

80,246

 

 

$

77,391

 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  

 

(8,847

 

 

(9,042

Tangible Morgan Stanley
shareholders’equity—non-GAAP

  

$

71,399

 

 

$

68,349

 

U.S. GAAP

   

Common equity

  

$

71,726

 

 

$

68,871

 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

  

 

(8,847

 

 

(9,042

Tangible commonequity—non-GAAP

  

$

62,879

 

 

$

59,829

 

 

 

 3729 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

  

Average Monthly Balance

Twelve Months Ended

 
  

December 31,

 

$ in millions

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Tangible equity

   

U.S. GAAP

   

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

 

$

      78,497

 

 

$

      78,230

 

 

$

    76,390

 

Junior subordinated debentures issued to capital trusts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,753

 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

 

 

(8,985

 

 

(9,158

 

 

(9,410

Tangible Morgan Stanley shareholders’equity—non-GAAP

 

$

69,512

 

 

$

69,072

 

 

$

68,733

 

U.S. GAAP

   

Common equity

 

$

69,977

 

 

$

69,787

 

 

$

68,870

 

Less: Goodwill and net intangible assets

 

 

(8,985

 

 

(9,158

 

 

(9,410

Tangible commonequity—non-GAAP

 

$

60,992

 

 

$

60,629

 

 

$

59,460

 

ConsolidatedNon-GAAP Financial Measures

$ in billions

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Average common equity

   

Unadjusted

 

$

      70.0

 

 

$

      69.8

 

 

$

      68.9

 

Adjusted1

 

 

69.9

 

 

 

69.9

 

 

 

68.9

 

ROE2

   

Unadjusted

 

 

11.8%

 

 

 

8.0%

 

 

 

8.0%

 

Adjusted1, 3

 

 

11.5%

 

 

 

9.4%

 

 

 

7.9%

 

Average tangible common equity

   

Unadjusted

 

$

61.0

 

 

$

60.6

 

 

$

59.5

 

Adjusted1

 

 

60.9

 

 

 

60.7

 

 

 

59.5

 

ROTCE2

   

Unadjusted

 

 

13.5%

 

 

 

9.2%

 

 

 

9.3%

 

Adjusted1, 3

 

 

13.2%

 

 

 

10.8%

 

 

 

9.1%

 

Non-GAAP Financial Measures by Business Segment

 

$ in billions  2017   2016   2015  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

Pre-tax profit margin5

      

Pre-tax margin4

   

Institutional Securities

   30%    29%    26%  

 

30%

 

 

 

30%

 

 

 

29%

 

Wealth Management

   26%    22%    22%  

 

26%

 

 

 

26%

 

 

 

22%

 

Investment Management

   18%    14%    21%  

 

17%

 

 

 

18%

 

 

 

14%

 

Consolidated

   27%    26%    24%  

 

28%

 

 

 

27%

 

 

 

26%

 

Average common equity6

      

Average common equity5

   

Institutional Securities

  $        40.2   $        43.2   $      34.6  

$

40.8

 

 

$

40.2

 

 

$

43.2

 

Wealth Management

   17.2    15.3    11.2  

 

16.8

 

 

 

17.2

 

 

 

15.3

 

Investment Management

   2.4    2.8    2.2  

 

2.6

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

2.8

 

Parent Company

   10.0    7.6    18.9 

Parent

 

 

9.8

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

7.6

 

Consolidated average common equity

  $69.8   $68.9   $66.9  

$

70.0

 

 

$

69.8

 

 

$

68.9

 

ROE2, 7

      

Average tangible common equity5

Average tangible common equity5

 

  

Institutional Securities

 

$

40.1

 

 

$

39.6

 

 

$

42.6

 

Wealth Management

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

9.3

 

 

 

7.1

 

Investment Management

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

2.0

 

Parent

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

 

7.8

 

Consolidated average
tangible common equity

 

$

61.0

 

 

$

60.6

 

 

$

59.5

 

ROE2, 6

   

Institutional Securities

   7.8%    7.6%    9.9%  

 

11.0%

 

 

 

7.8%

 

 

 

7.6%

 

Wealth Management

   12.9%    13.3%    16.9%  

 

        20.0%

 

 

 

        12.9%

 

 

 

        13.3%

 

Investment Management

   10.1%    7.7%    15.8%  

 

14.2%

 

 

 

10.1%

 

 

 

7.7%

 

Consolidated

   8.0%    8.0%    8.5%  

 

11.8%

 

 

 

8.0%

 

 

 

8.0%

 

ROTCE2, 6

   

Institutional Securities

 

 

11.2%

 

 

 

7.9%

 

 

 

7.7%

 

Wealth Management

 

 

36.6%

 

 

 

23.8%

 

 

 

28.5%

 

Investment Management

 

 

22.2%

 

 

 

14.8%

 

 

 

10.7%

 

Consolidated

 

 

13.5%

 

 

 

9.2%

 

 

 

9.3%

 

 

1.

Adjustments to the related U.S. GAAP figures are made toAdjusted amounts exclude intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) for all periods presented.. Beginning in 2017, income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements but are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each year. See Note 2 to the financial statements for information on the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to EmployeeShare-Based Payment Accounting.For 2015, results are also adjusted to exclude DVA, whereas in 2017 and 2016 unrealized DVA gains (losses) were recorded within OCI in the comprehensive income statements in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities.The effect of DVA on Net revenues and Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley in 2015 was $618 million and $399 million, respectively. The effect of DVA on average common equity and average tangible common equity for 2015 was $637 million. See Note 15 to the financial statements for further information on DVA. See “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein forFor further information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits)., see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

2.

The calculations used in determining the Firm’s “ROE and ROTCE Targets” are the Adjusted ROE and Adjusted ROTCE amounts shown in the previous table. ROE and ROTCE equal net income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferred dividends as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, on a consolidated basis as indicated. When excluding intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) for all periods presented and DVA for 2015,, both the numerator and average denominator are adjusted.

3.

The expense efficiency ratio represents totalnon-interest expenses as a percentage of net revenues. For 2015,calculations used in determining our “ROE and ROTCE Targets” referred to in the expense efficiency ratio is adjusted to exclude DVA.following section are the Adjusted ROE and Adjusted ROTCE amounts shown in this table.

4.

Tangible book value per common share equals tangible common equity divided by common shares outstanding.

5.

Pre-tax profit margin represents income from continuing operations before income taxes as a percentage of net revenues.

6.5.

Average common equity and average tangible common equity for each business segment isare determined using our Required Capital framework (see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework” herein).

7.6.

The calculation of the ROE and ROTCE by segment uses the net income applicable to Morgan Stanley by segment less preferred dividends allocated to each segment as a percentage of average common equity and average tangible common equity, respectively, allocated to each segment. Adjusted ROE excludes intermittent net discrete tax items by business segment for all periods presented. Adjusted ROE for 2015 also excludes DVA. Adjusted ROE for 2017: IS 8.9%, WM 15.3%, IM 13.6%; for 2016: IS 7.4%, WM 13.4%, IM 7.6%; and for 2015: IS 7.1%, WM 16.9%, IM 15.8%.

December 2018 Form 10-K30


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Return on Equity and Tangible Common Equity Targets

We previouslyhave established an ROE Target of 9%10% to 11%13% and an ROTCE Target of 11.5% to be achieved by 2017.14.5%. Excluding the impact of intermittent net discrete tax items, primarily related to the Tax Act, we generated an 11.5% ROE and a 9.4% ROE13.2% ROTCE for 2017.

In January 2018, we established an ROE Target of 10% to 13% for the medium term. This is equivalent to an ROTCE Target range of 11.5% to 14.5%.2018.

Our ROE and ROTCE Targets are forward-looking statements that may be materially affected by many factors, including, among other things: macroeconomic and market conditions; legislative and regulatory developments; industry trading and investment banking volumes; equity market levels; interest rate environment; outsizeoutsized legal expenses or penalties and the ability to maintain a reduced level of expenses; and capital levels; and intermittent discrete tax items. Given the uncertainties surrounding these and other factors, there are significant risks that our ROE and ROTCE Targets may not be realized. Actual results may differ from our objectives and the differences may be material and adverse. Accordingly, we caution that undue reliance should not be placed on any of these forward-looking statements.levels. See “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for additional information regarding these forward-looking statements.information.

Fornon-GAAP measures (ROE and ROTCE), see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein. For information on the impact of intermittent net discrete tax items, including the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

Business Segments

Substantially all of our operating revenues and operating expenses are directly attributable to our business segments. Certain revenues and expenses have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues,non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

As a result of treating certain intersegment transactions as transactions with external parties, we include an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to our consolidated results. See Note 21 to the financial statements for further information.

December 2017 Form 10-K38


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Revenues

Investment Banking.Investment banking revenues are composed of fees from advisory services and revenues from the underwriting of securities offerings and syndication of loans, net of syndication expenses.

Trading.Trading revenues include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of financial instruments in which we act as a market maker, as well as gains and losses on our related positions and other positions carried at fair value. Trading revenues include the realized gains and losses from sales of cash instruments and derivative settlements, unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of our positions related to market-making activities, and gains and losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans and other positions carried at fair value. In many markets, the realized and unrealized gains and losses

from the purchase and sale transactions will include any spreads between bids and offers. Certain fees received on loans carried at fair value and dividends from equity securities are also recorded in Trading revenues since they relate to positions carried at fair value.

As a market maker, we stand ready to buy, sell or otherwise transact with customers under a variety of market conditions and to provide firm or indicative prices in response to customer requests. Our liquidity obligations can be explicit in some cases, and in others, customers expect us to be willing to transact with them. In order to most effectively fulfill our market-making function, we engage in activities across all of our trading businesses that include, but are not limited to:

 

(i)

taking positions in anticipation of, and in response to, customer demand to buy or sell and—depending on the liquidity of the relevant market and the size of the position—to hold those positions for a period of time;

 

(ii)

building, maintaining and rebalancing inventory through trades with other market participants;

 

(iii)

managing and assuming basis risk (risk associated with imperfect hedging) between customized customer risks and the standardized products available in the market to hedge those risks;

 

(iv)

trading in the market to remain current on pricing and trends; and

 

(v)

engaging in other activities to provide efficiency and liquidity for markets.

Interest income and expense are also impacted by market-making activities, as debt securities held by us earn interest and securities are loaned, borrowed, sold with agreements to repurchase and purchased with agreements to resell.

We invest in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge our obligations under certain deferred compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments are recorded in either Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Expenses associated with the related deferred compensation plans are recorded in Compensation and benefits. See “Compensation Expense” herein for more details.

Investments.Our investments are generally are held for long-term appreciation, or, as discussed above, for hedging purposes, and generally are subject to significant sales restrictions. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions. In some cases, such investments are required or are a necessaryas part of offering other products.related products or services.

Typically, there are no fee revenues from these investments. The revenues recorded are the result of realized gains and losses from sales and unrealized gains and losses from ongoing fair value changes of our holdings,positions, as well as from investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation andco-investment plans. Estimates of the fair value of the investments may involve significant judgment

31December 2018 Form 10-K

Typically, there


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

and may fluctuate significantly over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.

Certain investments are no fee revenues from these investments. Thesubject to sales restrictions on the investments relate primarilyor are required to redemption and withdrawal restrictions on investmentsbe held in certain Investment Management funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans (see Note 3order to the financial statements). Restrictions on interests in exchanges and clearinghouses generally include a requirement to hold those interests for the period of time where we are clearing trades on that exchange or clearinghouse. Additionally, there are certain sponsored Investment Management funds consolidated by us primarilycarry out related to holders of noncontrolling interests.activities.

Commissions and Fees.Commission and fee revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities, services related to sales and trading activities, and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commissions received for purchasing and selling listed equity securities and options are recorded in Commissions and fees. Other cash and derivative instruments typically do not have fees associated with them, and fees for any related services are recorded in Commissions and fees.

Asset Management.Asset management revenues include fees associated with the management and supervision of assets, account services and administration, performance-based fees relating to certain funds, separately managed accounts, shareholder servicing and the distribution of certain open-ended mutual funds.

39December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Net Interest.Interest income and Interest expense are a functionfunctions of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities, including Trading assets and Trading liabilities, Investment securities (which include AFS securities and HTM securities), Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell, Securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, Loans, Deposits and Borrowings. In addition, Net interest is a function of trading strategies, customer activity in the prime brokerage business, and the prevailing level, term structure and volatility of interest rates.

Other.Other revenues include revenues from equity method investments, realized gains and losses on AFS securities, gains and losses on loan commitments and loans held for sale, provision for loan losses, and other miscellaneous revenues.

Net Revenues by Segment

Institutional Securities

Net revenues are composed of Investment banking revenues, sales and trading net revenues, Investments and Other revenues.

For information about the composition of Investment banking revenues, see “Net Revenues” herein.

Sales and trading net revenues are composed of Trading revenues, Commissions and fees, Asset management revenues and Net interest. In assessing the profitability of our sales and trading activities, we view these net revenues in the aggregate. In addition, decisionsDecisions relating to trading are based on an overall review of

aggregate revenues and costs associated with each transaction or series of transactions. This review includes, among other things, an assessment of the potential gain or loss associated with a transaction, including any associated commissions and fees, dividends, the interest income or expense associated with financing or hedging our positions and other related expenses.

Following is a description of the sales and trading activities within our equities and fixed income businesses, as well as how their results impact the income statement line items.

Equities—Financing.We provide financing and prime brokerage services to our clients active in the equity markets through a variety of products, including margin lending, securities lending and swaps. Results from this business are largely driven by the difference between financing income earned and financing costs incurred, which are reflected in Net interest for securities and equity lending products and in Trading revenues for derivative products.

Equities—Execution services. A significant portion of the results for this business is generated by commissions and fees from executing and clearing client transactions on major

stock and derivative exchanges, as well as from OTC transactions. We make markets for our clients in equity-related securities and derivative products, including providing liquidity and hedging products. Market-makingMarket making also generates gains and losses on inventory positions, which are reflected in Trading revenues.

Fixed income—Within fixed income, we make markets in order to facilitate client activity as part of the following products and services:

 

 

Global macro products. We make markets for our clients in interest rate, foreign exchange and emerging market products, including exchange-traded and OTC securities and derivative instruments. The results of this market-making activity are primarily driven by gains and losses from buying and selling positions to stand ready for and satisfy client demand and are recorded in Trading revenues.

 

 

Credit products. We make markets in credit-sensitive products, such as corporate bonds and mortgage securities and other securitized products, and related derivative instruments. The values of positions in this business are sensitive to changes in credit spreads and interest rates, which result in gains and losses reflected in Trading revenues. We undertake lending activities, which include commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to municipalities.customers. Due to the amount and type of the interest-bearing securities and loans making up this business, a significant portion of the results is also reflected in Net interest revenues.

 

December 2018 Form 10-K32


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

 

Commodities products and Other.We make markets in various commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and precious metals, with the results primarily reflected in Trading revenues. Other activities primarily include the results from the centralized management of our fixed income derivative counterparty exposures, which are primarily recorded in Trading revenues.

Other sales and trading revenues include impacts from certain central treasury functions, such as liquidity costs and gains (losses) on economic hedges related to certain borrowings, as well as certain activities associated with corporate lending.

For information about revenuerevenues from Investments, see “Net Revenues” herein.

Other revenues include revenues from equity method investments, gains and losses on loans held for sale loans and loanlending commitments, fees earned in association with lending activities, provision for loan losses and other miscellaneous revenues.

Wealth Management

Net revenues are composed of Transactional, Asset management, Net interest and Other revenues.

December 2017 Form 10-K40


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Transactional revenues include Investment banking, Trading, and Commissions and fees. Investment banking revenues include revenues from the distribution of equity and fixed income securities, including initial public offerings, secondary offerings,closed-end funds and unit trusts. Trading revenues primarily include revenues from customers’ purchases and sales of fixed income financial instruments, in which we act as principal, and gains and losses associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans. Revenues from Commissions and fees primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities and sales of mutual funds, futures, insurance products and options.

Asset management revenues includeprimarily consist of revenues from individual and institutional investors electing afee-based pricing arrangement and fees from Investment Management. Mutualarrangement. Wealth Management also receives mutual fund distribution fees, which are based on either the average daily fund net asset balances or average daily aggregate net fund sales and are affected by changes in the overall level and mix of AUM.

Net interest income includes interest related to bank deposits,on lending activities, interest on AFS securities and HTM securities, interest on lending activitiesrelated to Deposits and other net interest. Interest income and Interest expense are a functionfunctions of the level and mix of total assets and liabilities. Net interest is driven by securities-based lending, mortgage lending, margin loans, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions, bank deposit activity,brokerage sweep deposits, time deposits and savings deposits.other funding sources.

Other revenues include revenues from realized gains and losses on AFS securities, provision for loan losses, referral fees and other miscellaneous revenues.

Investment Management

Net revenues are composed of Investments and Asset management revenues.

Investments revenue isrevenues are primarily earned onderived from investments inmade as part of our product offerings. In certainclosed-end funds that generally cases these investments are held for long-term appreciation and generally subject to sales restrictions. Estimates ofIn addition to the fair value of the investments involve significant judgmentgains and may fluctuate materially over time in light of business, market, economic and financial conditions generally or in relation to specific transactions.losses discussed previously, Investments revenuerevenues for Investment Management also containscontain performance fees from fund management activities in the form of carried interest, that area portion of which is subject to reversal. Additionally, there are certain sponsored Investment Management funds consolidated by us where revenues are primarily related to holders of noncontrolling interests.

Asset management revenues include revenues from investment management services we provide to investment vehicles pursuant to various contractual arrangements. We receive

fees primarily based upon mutual fund daily average net assets or based on monthly or quarterly invested equity for other vehicles. Performance-based fees, not in the form of carried interest, are earned on certain products as a percentage of appreciation earned by those products and, in certain cases, are based upon the achievement of performance criteria. These fees are normally earned annually and aregenerally recognized on a monthly or quarterly basis.annually.

Compensation Expense

Compensation and benefits expense includes accruals for base salaries and fixed allowances, formulaic programs, discretionary incentive compensation, amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, changes in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, carried interest, severance costs, and other items such as health and welfare benefits.

The factors that drive compensation for our employees vary from quarter to quarter, from segment to segment and within a segment. For certain revenue-producing employees in the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, compensation is largely paid on the basis of formulaic payouts that link employee compensation to revenues. Compensation for certainmost other employees, including revenue-producing employees in the Institutional Securities business segment, may also include incentive compensation that is determined following the assessment of the Firm,Firm’s, business unitunit’s and individualindividual’s performance. Compensation for our remaining employees is largely fixed in nature (i.e., base salary and benefits).

33December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for upward and downward changes in fair value of the referenced investment, and is recognized ratably over the prescribed vesting period for the award. However, there may be a timing difference between the immediate revenue recognition of gains and losses on our investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

Income Taxes

The income tax provision for our business segments is generally determined based on the revenues, expenses and activities directly attributable to each business segment. Certain items have been allocated to each business segment, generally in proportion to its respective net revenues or other relevant measures.

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 4134 December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Institutional Securities

Income Statement Information

 

        % Change         

% Change

 
$ in millions 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

Revenues

          

Investment banking

 $5,537  $4,476  $5,008   24%  (11)%  

$

6,088

 

 

$

5,537

 

 

$

4,476

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

24%

 

Trading

  10,295  9,387  9,400   10%  —%  

 

11,191

 

 

 

10,295

 

 

 

9,387

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

10%

 

Investments

  368  147  274   150%  (46)%  

 

182

 

 

 

368

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

(51)%

 

 

 

150%

 

Commissions and fees

  2,433  2,456  2,616   (1)%  (6)%  

 

2,671

 

 

 

2,433

 

 

 

2,456

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

(1)%

 

Asset management

  359  293  281   23%  4%  

 

421

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

17%

 

 

 

23%

 

Other

  630  535  221   18%  142%  

 

535

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

535

 

 

 

(15)%

 

 

 

18%

 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  19,622  17,294  17,800   13%  (3)%  

 

21,088

 

 

 

19,622

 

 

 

17,294

 

 

 

7%

 

 

 

13%

 

Interest income

  5,377  4,005  3,190   34%  26%  

 

9,271

 

 

 

5,377

 

 

 

4,005

 

 

 

72%

 

 

 

34%

 

Interest expense

  6,186  3,840  3,037   61%  26%  

 

9,777

 

 

 

6,186

 

 

 

3,840

 

 

 

58%

 

 

 

61%

 

Net interest

  (809 165  153   N/M  8%  

 

(506

 

 

(809

 

 

165

 

 

 

37%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Net revenues

  18,813  17,459  17,953   8%  (3)%  

 

20,582

 

 

 

18,813

 

 

 

17,459

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

8%

 

Compensation and benefits

  6,625  6,275  6,467   6%  (3)%  

 

6,958

 

 

 

6,625

 

 

 

6,275

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

6%

 

Non-compensation expenses

  6,544  6,061  6,815   8%  (11)%  

 

7,364

 

 

 

6,544

 

 

 

6,061

 

 

 

13%

 

 

 

8%

 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  13,169  12,336  13,282   7%  (7)%  

 

14,322

 

 

 

13,169

 

 

 

12,336

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

7%

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  5,644  5,123  4,671   10%  10%  

 

6,260

 

 

 

5,644

 

 

 

5,123

 

 

 

11%

 

 

 

10%

 

Provision for income taxes

  1,993  1,318  825   51%  60%  

 

1,230

 

 

 

1,993

 

 

 

1,318

 

 

 

(38)%

 

 

 

51%

 

Income from continuing operations

  3,651  3,805  3,846   (4)%  (1)%  

 

5,030

 

 

 

3,651

 

 

 

3,805

 

 

 

38%

 

 

 

(4)%

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations net of income taxes

  (19 (1 (17  N/M  94% 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 

 

(6

 

 

(19

 

 

(1

 

 

68%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Net income

  3,632  3,804  3,829   (5)%  (1)%  

 

5,024

 

 

 

3,632

 

 

 

3,804

 

 

 

38%

 

 

 

(5)%

 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  96  155  133   (38)%  17%  

 

118

 

 

 

96

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

23%

 

 

 

(38)%

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $3,536  $3,649  $3,696   (3)%  (1)%  

$

4,906

 

 

$

3,536

 

 

$

3,649

 

 

 

39%

 

 

 

(3)%

 

Investment Banking

Investment Banking Revenues

 

              % Change         

% Change

 
$ in millions  2017   2016   2015   2017   2016  

    2018

 

    2017

 

    2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

Advisory

  $  2,077   $  2,220   $  1,967    (6)%    13%  

$

  2,436

 

 

$

  2,077

 

 

$

  2,220

 

 

 

17%

 

 

 

(6)%

 

Underwriting:

               

Equity

   1,484    887    1,398    67%    (37)%  

 

1,726

 

 

 

1,484

 

 

 

887

 

 

 

16%

 

 

 

67%

 

Fixed income

   1,976    1,369    1,643    44%    (17)%  

 

1,926

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

1,369

 

 

 

(3)%

 

 

 

44%

 

Total underwriting

   3,460    2,256    3,041    53%    (26)%  

 

3,652

 

 

 

3,460

 

 

 

2,256

 

 

 

6%

 

 

 

53%

 

Total investment banking

  $5,537   $4,476   $5,008    24%    (11)% 

Total Investment banking

 

$

6,088

 

 

$

5,537

 

 

$

4,476

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

24%

 

Investment Banking Volumes

 

$ in billions  2017   2016   2015 

Completed mergers and acquisitions1

  $    733   $    1,021   $    664 

Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3

   65    45    67 

Fixed income offerings2, 4

   260    236    254 

$ in billions

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Completed mergers and acquisitions1

 

$

    1,098

 

 

$

    749

 

 

$

    1,023

 

Equity and equity-related offerings2, 3

 

 

64

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

45

 

Fixed income offerings2, 4

 

 

223

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

236

 

Source: Thomson Reuters, data atas of January 2, 2018.2019. Transaction volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period. In addition, transaction volumes for prior periods may vary from amounts previously reported due to the subsequent withdrawal or change in the value of a transaction.

 

1.

Amounts includeIncludes transactions of $100 million or more. Completed mergers and acquisitions volumes are basedBased on full credit to each of the advisors in a transaction.

2.

Equity and equity-related offerings and fixed income offerings are basedBased on full credit for single book managers and equal credit for joint book managers.

3.

Amounts includeIncludes Rule 144A issuances and registered public offerings of common stock and convertible securities and rights offerings.

4.

Amounts includeIncludes Rule 144A and publicly registered issuances,non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, and taxable municipal debt. Amounts include publicly registered and Rule 144A issuances. Amounts excludeExcludes leveraged loans andself-led issuances.

2018 Compared with 2017

Investment banking revenues of $6,088 million in 2018 increased 10% from 2017. The adoption of the accounting updateRevenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing the revenues reported in investment banking by approximately $283 million in 2018 compared with 2017 (see Notes 2 and 21 to the financial statements for further information). The drivers of the increase in our Investment banking revenues, other than the effect of the above accounting update, were:

Advisory revenues increased primarily as a result of higher volumes of completed M&A activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table), partially offset by lower fee realizations.

Equity underwriting revenues increased as a result of higher fee realizations. Revenues increased in IPOs and convertible offerings, partially offset by lower revenues from secondary block share trades.

35December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased primarily as a result of lower volumes, partially offset by the effect of higher fee realizations. Revenues decreased in bond underwriting fees, partially offset by higher loan fees.

2017 Compared with 2016

Investment banking revenues of $5,537 million in 2017 increased 24% from 2016 due to higher underwriting revenues, partially offset by lower advisory revenues.

 

Advisory revenues decreased reflecting the lower volumes of completed M&A (see Investment Banking Volumes table), partially offset by the positive impact of higher fee realizations.

 

Equity underwriting revenues increased as a result of higher global market volumes in bothfollow-on and initial public offerings (see Investment Banking Volumes table) combined with a higher share of fees.

Fixed income underwriting revenues increased due to higher bond fees andnon-investment grade loan fees.

2016 Compared with 2015

Investment banking revenues of $4,476 million in 2016 decreased 11% from 2015 due to lower underwriting revenues, partially offset by an increase in advisory revenues in 2016.

Advisory revenues increased reflecting the higher dollar volume of completed M&A activity (see Investment Banking Volumes table). As the number of completed transactions decreased in 2016 versus 2015, the 2016 revenue increase was at a lower rate than the percentage increase in dollar volume.

Equity underwriting revenues decreased as a result of lower equity-related offerings in 2016 (see Investment Banking Volumes table). Fixed income underwriting revenues decreased in 2016, primarily due to lower bond and loan fees.

December 2017 Form 10-K42


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Sales and Trading Net Revenues

By Income Statement Line Item

 

            % Change         

  % Change

 
$ in millions 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016  

      2018

 

        2017

 

       2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

Trading

 $10,295  $9,387  $9,400   10%   00  

$

  11,191

 

 

$

  10,295

 

 

$

9,387

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

10%

 

Commissions and fees

  2,433  2,456  2,616   (1)%  (6)%  

 

2,671

 

 

 

2,433

 

 

 

2,456

 

 

 

10%

 

 

 

(1)%

 

Asset management

  359  293  281   23%  4%  

 

421

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

293

 

 

 

17%

 

 

 

23%

 

Net interest

  (809 165  153   N/M  8%  

 

(506

 

 

(809

 

 

165

 

 

 

37%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Total

 $        12,278  $    12,301  $    12,450   N/M  (1)%  

$

13,777

 

 

$

12,278

 

 

$

  12,301

 

 

 

12%

 

 

 

N/M

 

By Business

 

               % Change 
$ in millions 2017  

2016

  2015  2017      2016 

Equity—U.S. GAAP

 $7,982  $8,037  $8,288   (1)%   (3)% 

Impact of DVA1

        (163  —%   N/M 

Equity—non-GAAP

 $7,982  $8,037  $8,125   (1)%   (1)% 
Fixed Income—
U.S. GAAP2
 $4,928  $5,117  $4,758   (4)%   8% 

Impact of DVA1

        (455  —%   N/M 

Fixedincome—non-GAAP

 $4,928  $5,117  $4,303   (4)%   19% 

Other—U.S. GAAP

  (632  (853  (596  26%   (43)% 

Total—U.S. GAAP

 $12,278  $12,301  $12,450    00   (1)% 

Total—Impact of DVA

        (618  —%   N/M 

Total

 $      12,278  $    12,301  $    11,832    00   4% 
           

% Change    

 

$ in millions

 

      2018

  

        2017

  

       2016

  

2018

  

2017

 

Equity

 

$

8,976

 

 

$

7,982

 

 

$

8,037

 

 

 

12%

 

 

 

(1)%

 

Fixed income

 

 

5,005

 

 

 

4,928

 

 

 

5,117

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

(4)%

 

Other

 

 

(204

 

 

(632

 

 

(853

 

 

68%

 

 

 

26%

 

Total

 

$

  13,777

 

 

$

  12,278

 

 

$

  12,301

 

 

 

12%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Sales and Trading Revenues—Equity and Fixed Income

 

1.

In 2017 and 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the comprehensive income statements. In 2015, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the income statements. For further information, see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein and Note 15 to the financial statements.

2.

Effective in 2016, the Institutional Securities “Fixed Income and Commodities” business has been renamed the “Fixed Income” business.

  

2018

 

$ in millions

 

Trading

  

Fees1

  

Net
Interest2

  

Total

 

Financing

 

$

4,841

 

 

$

394

 

 

$

(661

 

$

4,574

 

Execution services

 

 

2,362

 

 

 

2,376

 

 

 

(336

 

 

4,402

 

Total Equity

 

$

7,203

 

 

$

    2,770

 

 

$

(997

 

$

8,976

 

Total Fixed income

 

$

        4,793

 

 

$

322

 

 

$

        (110

 

$

    5,005

 

 

  2017 
$ in millions Trading  Fees1  Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

 $        4,140  $363  $(762 $3,741 

Execution services

  2,294   2,191   (244  4,241 

Total Equity

 $6,434  $    2,554  $(1,006 $7,982 

Total Fixed income

 $4,453  $238  $        237  $    4,928 
  2016 
$ in millions Trading  Fees1  Net
Interest2
  Total 

Financing

 $3,668  $347  $(283 $3,732 

Execution services

  2,231   2,241   (167  4,305 

Total Equity

 $5,899  $2,588  $(450 $8,037 

Total Fixed income

 $4,115  $162  $840  $5,117 
 2015  

2017

 
$ in millions Trading Fees1 Net
Interest2
 Total  

Trading

 

Fees1

 

Net
Interest2

 

Total

 

Financing

 $3,300  $322  $126  $3,748  

$

4,140

 

 

$

363

 

 

$

(762

 

$

3,741

 

Execution services

 2,210  2,437  (270 4,377  

 

2,294

 

 

 

2,191

 

 

 

(244

 

 

4,241

 

Impact of DVA3

 163        163 

Total Equity

 $        5,673  $    2,759  $(144 $8,288  

$

6,434

 

 

$

2,554

 

 

$

(1,006

 

$

7,982

 

Fixed Income

 $3,333  $139  $831  $4,303 

Impact of DVA3

 455        455 

Total Fixed income

 $3,788  $139  $831  $    4,758  

$

4,453

 

 

$

238

 

 

$

237

 

 

$

4,928

 

  

2016

 

$ in millions

 

Trading

  

Fees1

  

Net
Interest2

  

Total

 

Financing

 

$

3,668

 

 

$

347

 

 

$

(283

 

$

3,732

 

Execution services

 

 

2,231

 

 

 

2,241

 

 

 

(167

 

 

4,305

 

Total Equity

 

$

5,899

 

 

$

    2,588

 

 

$

    (450

 

$

    8,037

 

Total Fixed income

 

$

        4,115

 

 

$

162

 

 

$

840

 

 

$

5,117

 

 

1.

Includes Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues.

2.

FundingIncludes funding costs, which are allocated to the businesses based on funding usage and are included in Net interest.

3.

In 2017 and 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the comprehensive income statements. In 2015, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the income statements. For further information, see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein and Note 15 to the financial statements.usage.

As discussed in “Net Revenues by Segment” herein, we manage each of the sales and trading businesses based on its aggregate net revenues, which are comprisedcomposed of the income statement line items quantified in the previous table. Trading revenues are affected by a variety of market dynamics, including volumes,bid-offer spreads and inventory prices, as well as impacts from hedging activity, which are interrelated. We provide qualitative commentary in the discussion of results that follow on the key drivers of period-over-period variances, as the quantitative impact of the various market dynamics typically cannot be disaggregated.

For additional information on total Trading revenues, see the table “Trading Revenues by Product Type” in Note 421 to the financial statements.

2018 Compared with 2017

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $8,976 million in 2018 increased 12% from 2017, reflecting higher results in both our financing and execution services businesses.

Financing increased from 2017, primarily due to higher average client balances and changes in client balance mix, which resulted in increased Trading and Net interest revenues.

December 2018 Form 10-K36


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Execution services increased from 2017, primarily reflecting higher Commissions and fees due to higher client activity in cash equities products. Trading revenues increased due to effective inventory management in derivatives products. Net interest revenues declined due to increased funding costs.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $5,005 million in 2018 were 2% higher than in 2017, primarily driven by higher results in commodities products and other, partially offset by lower results in credit products.

Global macro products revenues remained relatively unchanged as revenues from higher client activity in foreign exchange products were offset by unfavorable inventory management results in both rates and foreign exchange products. These results were driven by significant movements in interest rates in the fourth quarter of 2018 with a breakdown of historical correlations, which increased basis risk in the portfolio. Net interest revenues declined due to increased funding costs.

Credit products Trading revenues decreased in both corporate credit and securitized products, driven by significant credit spread widening in the fourth quarter of 2018, partially offset by growth in lending products.

Commodities products and Other Trading revenues increased primarily due to increased Commodities client flow and structured transactions, as well as positive results from a reduction in derivative counterparty credit risk.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $204 million in 2018 decreased from 2017, primarily due to improved results from hedge accounting applied to our long-term borrowings, lower net funding costs reflecting changes in the balance sheet and lower losses associated with corporate loan hedging activity, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

2017 Compared with 2016

Equity

Equity sales and trading net revenues of $7,982 million in 2017 decreased 1% from 2016, reflecting lower results in execution services.

 

Financing revenues remained relatively unchanged from 2016. The results reflected higher client activity in equity swaps reflected in Trading revenues, offset by a decline in Net

interest revenues from higher net interest costs, reflecting the business’ increased portion of GLR requirements and a shift in the mix of financing transactions.

43December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Execution services decreased from 2016, primarily reflecting lower results in derivativesderivative products mainly driven by lower corporate activity and volatility, partially offset by higher gains on cash equity products recorded in Trading revenues.

Fixed Income

Fixed income net revenues of $4,928 million in 2017 were 4% lower than in 2016, driven by lower results in global macro products, partially offset by higher results in credit products, and commodities products and other.

 

Global macro products decreased primarily due to the lack of a constructive market environment, inventory positioning, and lower client activity reflected in both Trading and Net interest.

 

Credit products increased primarily due to the absence of losses driven by a widening spread environment in 2016 and increased securitization activity reflected in Trading revenues, partially offset by reduced Net interest revenues. Net interest revenues decreased as a result of a lower level of interest realized in securitized products and lower net interest spreads, partially offset by increased lending activity.

 

Commodities products and Other increased primarily due to higher revenues in other lending and OTC client clearing.

Other

 

Other sales and trading net losses of $632 million in 2017 decreased from 2016, primarily reflecting lower losses associated with corporate loan hedging activity and increases in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, partially offset by higher funding costs.

2016 Compared with 2015

Equity

Excluding the $163 million positive impact of DVA on 2015 results, equity sales and trading net revenues of $8,037 million in 2016 were lower than in 2015.

Financing revenues were in line with the results from 2015 as Net interest revenues declined from higher net interest costs, reflecting the business’ increased portion of GLR requirements, offset by increased client activity in equity swaps reflected in Trading.

Execution services decreased 2% from 2015, primarily reflecting a decrease in fee revenues of $196 million due to reduced client activity.

Fixed Income

Excluding the $455 million positive impact of DVA on 2015 results, fixed income net revenues of $5,117 million in 2016 were 19% higher than in 2015, primarily due to improved results in credit products.

Credit products Trading revenues were the primary driver for the overall increase in fixed income Trading revenues of $782 million, reflecting an improved credit market environment that resulted in gains on inventory in 2016 compared with losses in 2015.

Overall results from other fixed income businesses were relatively unchanged. There was a net increase in Trading revenues from global macro products, reflecting gains on inventory in interest rate products, offset by declines in commodities activities, primarily due to the absence of revenues from the global oil merchanting business, which was sold on November 1, 2015. For more information on the sale of the global oil merchanting business, see “Investments, Other Revenues,Non-interest Expenses, Income Tax Items, Dispositions and Noncontrolling Interests—2016 Compared with 2015—Dispositions” herein.

Other

Other sales and trading net losses of $853 million in 2016 increased from 2015, primarily reflecting losses in 2016 associated with corporate loan hedging activity.

Investments, Other Revenues,Non-interest Expenses, and Income Tax Items Dispositions

2018 Compared with 2017

Investments

Net investment gains of $182 million in 2018 decreased from 2017 as a result of lower gains on business-related investments, losses due to the market deterioration of a publicly traded investment subject to sale restrictions and Noncontrolling Interestslower results from real estate limited partnership investments.

37December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Other Revenues

Other revenues of $535 million in 2018 decreased from 2017, primarily reflectingmark-to-market losses onheld-for-sale corporate loans compared with gains in 2017, partially offset by higher loan fee revenues, the recovery in 2018 of an energy industry loan charged off in 2017 and improved results from other equity method investments.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $14,322 million in 2018 increased from 2017, primarily reflecting a 5% increase in Compensation and benefits expenses and a 13% increase inNon-compensation expenses in 2018.

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2018, primarily due to increases in discretionary incentive compensation driven by higher revenues and the compensation deferral modification, as well as salaries and amortization of deferred cash and equity awards, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses increased in 2018, primarily due to higher volume-related expenses and the gross presentation of certain expenses due to the adoption of the accounting updateRevenue from Contracts with Customers (see Notes 2 and 21 to the financial statements for further information), partially offset by lower litigation expenses and the reversal of a portion of previously recorded provisions related to U.K. VAT matters.

2017 Compared with 2016

Investments

 

Net investment gains of $368 million in 2017 increased from 2016 as a result of higher gains on business-related and real estate limited partnership investments. In addition, in 2017, we recorded gains on investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced compared with losses in 2016.

Other Revenues

 

Other revenues of $630 million in 2017 increased from 2016, primarily reflecting a decrease in the provision on loans held for investment and higher results from other investments, partially offset by lowermark-to-market gains on loans held for sale.

December 2017 Form 10-K44


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $13,169 million in 2017 increased from 2016, primarily reflecting a 6% increase in Compensation and benefits expenses and an 8% increase inNon-compensation expenses in 2017.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2017, primarily due to increases in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced, and discretionary incentive compensation driven mainly by higher revenues.

 

Non-compensation expenses increased in 2017, primarily due to higher volume-related expenses and litigation costs related to legacy RMBS matters.

2016 ComparedIncome Tax Items

The effective tax rate in 2018 is lower compared with 2015

Investments

Net investment gains of $147 million in 2016 decreased from 20152017, primarily as a result of lower gains on real estatethe enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act and business-related investmentsother discrete items, see “Supplemental Financial Information and losses on investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced in 2016 compared with gains in 2015.

Other

Other revenues of $535 million in 2016 increased from 2015, primarily reflectingmark-to-market gains on loans held for sale in 2016 compared withmark-to-market losses in 2015, partially offset by lower results related to our 40% stake in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”) (seeDisclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein and Note 820 to the financial statementsstatements. In 2018, we recognized in Provision for further information).

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expensesincome taxes an intermittent net discrete tax benefit of $12,336$182 million, in 2016 decreased from 2015, primarily reflecting a 3% reduction in Compensationassociated with the remeasurement of reserves and benefits expenses and an 11% reduction inNon-compensation expenses in 2016.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in 2016, primarilyrelated interest due to a decrease in salaries, severance costs, discretionary incentive compensation and employer taxes, partially offset by an increase in the fair valueresolution of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses decreased in 2016, primarily due to lower litigation costs and Professional services expense. In 2015,Non-compensation expenses included increases to reserves for the settlement of a CDS antitrust litigation matter and legacy RMBS.

Income Tax Itemsmulti-jurisdiction tax examinations.

In 2017, we recognized in Provision for income taxes an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $471 million. This net discrete tax provision included an approximate $705 million impact from the Tax Act, partially offset by net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations. For a further discussion of the Tax Act and other discrete items, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein and Note 21 to the financial statements.

In 2016, we recognized in Provision for income taxes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $83 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters.

In 2015, we recognized in Provision for income taxes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $564 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify our legal entity organization in the U.K.

Dispositions

On November 1, 2015, we completed the sale of our global oil merchanting unit of the commodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC. The loss on sale of approximately $71 million was recognized in Other revenues.

Noncontrolling Interests

Noncontrolling interests primarily relate to MUFG’s interest in Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co. Ltd. (“MSMS”).

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 4538 December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Wealth Management

Income Statement Information

 

        % Change             

% Change    

 
$ in millions 2017 20161 20151 2017 2016  

      2018

 

      2017

 

    20161

 

2018

 

2017

 

Revenues

Investment banking

 $533  $484  $623   10%  (22)% 

Revenues

     

Investment banking

 

$

475

 

 

$

533

 

 

$

484

 

 

 

(11)%

 

 

 

10%

 

Trading

  848  861  731   (2)%  18%  

 

279

 

 

 

848

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

(67)%

 

 

 

(2)%

 

Investments

  3     18   N/M  N/M  

 

1

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

(67)%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Commissions and fees

  1,737  1,745  1,981   —%  (12)%  

 

1,804

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

1,745

 

 

 

4%

 

 

 

—%

 

Asset management

  9,342  8,454  8,536   11%  (1)%  

 

  10,158

 

 

 

  9,342

 

 

 

  8,454

 

 

 

9%

 

 

 

11%

 

Other

  268  277  255   (3)%  9%  

 

248

 

 

 

268

 

 

 

277

 

 

 

(7)%

 

 

 

(3)%

 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  12,731  11,821  12,144   8%  (3)%  

 

12,965

 

 

 

  12,731

 

 

 

  11,821

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

8%

 

Interest income

  4,591  3,888  3,105   18%  25%  

 

5,498

 

 

 

4,591

 

 

 

3,888

 

 

 

20%

 

 

 

18%

 

Interest expense

  486  359  149   35%  141%  

 

1,221

 

 

 

486

 

 

 

359

 

 

 

151%

 

 

 

35%

 

Net interest

  4,105  3,529  2,956   16%  19%  

 

4,277

 

 

 

4,105

 

 

 

3,529

 

 

 

4%

 

 

 

16%

 

Net revenues

  16,836  15,350  15,100   10%  2%  

 

17,242

 

 

 

16,836

 

 

 

15,350

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

10%

 

Compensation and benefits

  9,360  8,666  8,595   8%  1%  

 

9,507

 

 

 

9,360

 

 

 

8,666

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

8%

 

Non-compensation expenses

  3,177  3,247  3,173   (2)%  2%  

 

3,214

 

 

 

3,177

 

 

 

3,247

 

 

 

1%

 

 

 

(2)%

 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  12,537  11,913  11,768   5%  1%  

 

12,721

 

 

 

12,537

 

 

 

11,913

 

 

 

1%

 

 

 

5%

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  4,299  3,437  3,332   25%  3%  

 

4,521

 

 

 

4,299

 

 

 

3,437

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

25%

 

Provision for income taxes

  1,974  1,333  1,247   48%  7%  

 

1,049

 

 

 

1,974

 

 

 

1,333

 

 

 

(47)%

 

 

 

48%

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $     2,325  $    2,104  $    2,085   11%  1%  

$

3,472

 

 

$

2,325

 

 

$

2,104

 

 

 

49%

 

 

 

11%

 

 

1.

Effective July 1, 2016, the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments entered into an agreement, whereby Institutional Securities assumed management of Wealth Management’s fixed income client-driven trading activities and employees. Institutional Securities now pays fees to Wealth Management based on distribution activity (collectively, the “Fixed Income Integration”). Results prior to the Fixed Income Integration have not been recast for this new intersegment agreement due to immateriality.

Financial Information and Statistical Data

 

$ in billions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

$ in billions, except employee data

  

At
December 31,
2018

   

At
December 31,
2017

 

Client assets

  $2,373   $2,103   

$

2,303

 

  

$

2,373

 

Fee-based client assets1

  $1,045   $877   

$

1,046

 

  

$

1,045

 

Fee-based client assets as a percentage of total client assets

   44%    42%   

 

45%

 

  

 

44%

 

Client liabilities2

  $80   $73   

$

83

 

  

$

80

 

Investment securities portfolio

  $59.2   $63.9   

$

68.6

 

  

$

59.2

 

Loans and lending commitments

  $77.3   $68.7   

$

82.9

 

  

$

77.3

 

Wealth Management representatives

   15,712    15,763   

 

15,694

 

  

 

15,712

 

 

       2017           2016           2015     

Revenues per representative
(dollars in thousands)3

 $1,068   $968   $950 

Client assets per representative
(dollars in millions)4

 $151   $133   $125 

Fee-based asset flows5
(dollars in billions)

 $75.4   $48.5   $46.3 
    

2018

   

2017

   

2016

 

Per representative:

      

Revenues ($ in thousands)3

  

$

  1,100

 

  

$

  1,068

 

  

$

  968

 

Client assets ($ in millions)4

  

$

147

 

  

$

151

 

  

$

133

 

Fee-based asset flows ($ in billions)5

  

$

65.9

 

  

$

75.4

 

  

$

48.5

 

 

1.

Fee-based client assets represent the amount of assets in client accounts where the basis of payment for services is a fee calculated on those assets.

2.

Client liabilities include securities-based and tailored lending, residential real estate loans and margin lending.

3.

Revenues per representative equal Wealth Management’s net revenues divided by the average representative headcount.

4.

Client assets per representative equal totalperiod-end client assets divided byperiod-end representative headcount.

5.

Fee-based asset flows include net newfee-based assets, net account transfers, dividends, interest and client fees and exclude institutional cash management-related activity.

Transactional Revenues

 

        % Change         

% Change    

 
$ in millions 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016  

2018

 

2017

 

2016

 

2018

 

2017

 

Investment banking

 $  533  $  484  $  623   10%  (22)%  

$

475

 

 

$

533

 

 

$

484

 

 

 

(11)%

 

 

 

10%

 

Trading

  848  861  731   (2)%  18%  

 

279

 

 

 

848

 

 

 

861

 

 

 

(67)%

 

 

 

(2)%

 

Commissions and fees

  1,737  1,745  1,981   —%  (12)%  

 

1,804

 

 

 

1,737

 

 

 

1,745

 

 

 

4%

 

 

 

—%

 

Total

 $  3,118  $  3,090  $  3,335   1%  (7)%  

$

  2,558

 

 

$

  3,118

 

 

$

  3,090

 

 

 

(18)%

 

 

 

1%

 

Transactional revenues as a % of Net revenues

  19%  20%  22%    

 

15%

 

 

 

19%

 

 

 

20%

 

  

39December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

2018 Compared with 2017

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $2,558 million in 2018 decreased 18% from 2017 as a result of lower Trading revenues and Investment banking fees, partially offset by higher Commissions and fees.

Investment banking revenues decreased in 2018, primarily due to lower revenues from structured product and equity issuances.

Trading revenues decreased in 2018, primarily due to losses related to investments associated with certain employee deferred compensation plans compared with gains in 2017, and lower fixed income fee revenues driven by product mix.

Commissions and fees increased in 2018 compared with 2017 primarily as a result of increased client transactions in alternative products, options and futures, partially offset by reduced activity in mutual funds.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $10,158 million in 2018 increased 9% compared with 2017, primarily due to the effect of higherfee-based client assets levels in 2018 on the dates on which billings were calculated, generally the beginning of each calendar quarter. Beginning of quarterfee-based client assets increased in 2018 due to market appreciation and net positive flows, but the effect on revenues was partially offset by lower average fee rates across all account types.

See“Fee-Based Client Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Net Interest

Net interest of $4,277 million in 2018 increased 4% compared with 2017, primarily as a result of higher loan interest rates and balances, partially offset by the effect of higher interest rates on Deposits due to changes in our funding mix.

Other

Other revenues of $248 million in 2018 decreased 7% compared with 2017, primarily due to lower realized gains from the AFS securities portfolio.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $12,721 million in 2018 increased 1% compared with 2017 primarily as a result of higher Compensation and benefits expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2018 primarily due to the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher revenues and increases in salaries, partially offset by a decrease in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

Non-compensation expenses were relatively unchanged in 2018, with increased investment in technology offset by a decrease in consulting and litigation expenses.

2017 Compared with 2016

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $3,118 million in 2017 were relatively unchanged from 2016, as increased Investment banking revenues were offset by decreased Trading revenues.

 

December 2017 Form 10-K46


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Investment banking revenues increased in 2017, primarily due to higher revenues from structured products and equity syndicate activities, partially offset by lower preferred stock syndicate activity.

 

Trading revenues decreased in 2017, primarily due to lower revenues related to the Fixed Income Integration and lower client activity in fixed income products, partially offset by gains on investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

 

Commissions and fees were relatively unchanged in 2017 compared with 2016.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $9,342 million in 2017 increased 11% compared with 2016, primarily due to market appreciation and net positive flows. These increases were partially offset by decreases in average fee rates across all account types.

See“Fee-Based Client Assets” herein for more details.Assets Rollforwards” herein.

Net Interest

Net interest of $4,105 million in 2017 increased 16% compared with 2016, primarily due to higher loan balances and higher interest rates, partially offset by higher interest expense on deposits.

December 2018 Form 10-K40


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Other

Other revenues of $268 million in 2017 decreased 3% compared with 2016, primarily due to lower realized gains from the AFS securities portfolio.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $12,537 million in 2017 increased 5% compared with 2016 due to higher Compensation and benefits expenses, partially offset by a decrease inNon-compensation expenses.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2017, primarily due to the formulaic payout to Wealth Management representatives linked to higher revenues, and due to increases in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

 

Non-compensation expenses decreased in 2017, primarily due to the absence of a $70 million provision recorded in 2016 related to certain brokerage service reporting activities (see prior year explanation for “Non-interest Expenses” herein) and lower litigation and information processing costs, partially offset by higher consulting fees related to strategic initiatives and higher FDIC insurance expenses.

2016 Compared with 2015Income Tax Items

Net Revenues

Transactional Revenues

Transactional revenues of $3,090 millionThe effective tax rate in 2016 decreased 7%2018 is lower compared with 2015, primarily reflecting lower revenues related to commissions and fees and investment banking revenues, partially offset by higher trading revenues.

Investment banking revenues decreased in 2016, primarily due to lower revenues from the distribution of unit investment trusts, and equity and structured products.

Trading revenues increased in 2016, primarily due to gains on investments to which certain employee deferred compensation plans are referenced compared with losses in 2015.

Commissions and fees decreased in 2016, reflecting lower daily average commissions, primarily due to reduced client activity in equity, annuity and mutual fund products. This decrease was partially offset by increased fees due to the Fixed Income Integration.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $8,454 million in 2016 decreased 1% compared with 2015, primarily due to the decrease in mutual fund fees. Revenues fromfee-based accounts were relatively flat with decreased client fee rates, partially offset by positive flows.

See“Fee-Based Client Assets” herein for more details.

Net Interest

Net interest of $3,529 million in 2016 increased 19% compared with 2015, primarily due to higher loan balances and investment portfolio yields.

Other

Other revenues of $277 million in 2016 increased 9% compared with 2015 due to the combination of higher referral fees in 2016 and a decrease in provision for loan losses in 2016.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $11,913 million in 2016 increased 1% compared with 2015.

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2016, primarily due to an increase in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

47December 2017, Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Non-compensation expenses increased in 2016, primarily as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. For a $70 million provision related to identified operational issues that resulted indiscussion of the reporting of incorrect cost basis tax information to the IRSTax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and retail brokerage clients for tax years 2011 through 2016.

Disclosures—Income Tax ItemsMatters” herein.

In 2017, we recognized in Provision for income taxes an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $411 million, which included approximately $402 million related to the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein. For the impact of other discrete tax items, see Note 21 to the financial statements.

Fee-Based Client Assets

Wealth Management earns fees based on a contractual percentage offee-based client assets related to certain account types that we offer. These fees, which we record in the Asset management line on our income statement, are earned based on the client assets in the specific account types in which the client participates and are generally not driven by asset class. For most account types, fees are billed in the first month of each quarter based on the related client assets as of the endbeginning of the prior quarter. Across the account types, fees will vary based on both the distinct services provided within each account type and on the level of household assets under supervision in Wealth Management.

Fee-Based Client Assets RollforwardRollforwards

 

$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2016

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

December 31,
2017

 
     

Separately managed1, 2

 $222  $39  $(21 $12  $252 

Unified managed2

  204   47   (30  29   250 

Mutual fund advisory

  21   2   (4  2   21 

Advisor

  125   34   (25  15   149 

Portfolio manager

  285   74   (41  35   353 

Subtotal

 $857  $196  $(121 $93  $1,025 

Cash management

  20   13   (13     20 

Totalfee-based client assets

 $877  $209  $(134 $93  $1,045 
$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2015

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

December 31,
2016

 
  

At

December 31,
2017

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Market
Impact

 

At

December 31,

2018

 

Separately managed1

 $283  $33  $(97 $3  $222  

    $

252

 

 

    $

40

 

 

$

(18

 

    $

5

 

 

    $

279

 

Unified managed

 105  107  (17 9  204  

 

250

 

 

 

46

 

 

 

(31

 

 

(25

 

 

240

 

Mutual fund advisory

 25  2  (6    21  

 

21

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3

 

 

(3

 

 

17

 

Advisor

 115  31  (26 5  125  

 

149

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

(28

 

 

(13

 

 

137

 

Portfolio manager

 252  63  (41 11  285  

 

353

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

(42

 

 

(29

 

 

353

 

Subtotal

 $780  $236  $(187 $28  $857  

    $

1,025

 

 

    $

188

 

 

$

(122

 

    $

(65

 

    $

1,026

 

Cash management

 15  14  (9    20  

 

20

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

(16

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Totalfee-based client assets

 $795  $250  $(196 $28  $877  

    $

1,045

 

 

    $

 204

 

 

$

(138

 

    $

(65

 

    $

1,046

 

 

$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2014

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  

At

December 31,
2015

 
  

At

December 31,
2016

 

Inflows

 

Outflows

 

Market
Impact

 

At

December 31,

2017

 

Separately managed1

 $285  $42  $(32 $(12 $283  

    $

222

 

 

    $

39

 

 

    $

(21

 

    $

12

 

 

    $

252

 

Unified managed

 93  29  (14 (3 105  

 

204

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

(30

 

 

29

 

 

 

250

 

Mutual fund advisory

 31  3  (6 (3 25  

 

21

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(4

 

 

2

 

 

 

21

 

Advisor

 119  29  (25 (8 115  

 

125

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

(25

 

 

15

 

 

 

149

 

Portfolio manager

 241  58  (38 (9 252  

 

285

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

(41

 

 

35

 

 

 

353

 

Subtotal

 $769  $161  $(115 $(35 $780  

    $

857

 

 

    $

196

 

 

    $

(121

 

    $

93

 

 

    $

1,025

 

Cash management

 16  9  (10    15  

 

20

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(13

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Totalfee-based client assets

 $785  $170  $(125 $(35 $795  

    $

877

 

 

    $

 209

 

 

    $

(134

 

    $

93

 

 

    $

1,045

 

$ in billions

 

At

December 31,
2015

  

Inflows

  

Outflows

  

Market
Impact

  

At

December 31,
2016

 

Separately managed1,  2

 

    $

283

 

 

    $

33

 

 

    $

(97

 

    $

3

 

 

    $

222

 

Unified managed2

 

 

105

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

(17

 

 

9

 

 

 

204

 

Mutual fund advisory

 

 

25

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

(6

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

Advisor

 

 

115

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

(26

 

 

5

 

 

 

125

 

Portfolio manager

 

 

252

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

(41

 

 

11

 

 

 

285

 

Subtotal

 

    $

780

 

 

    $

236

 

 

    $

(187

 

    $

28

 

 

    $

857

 

Cash management

 

 

15

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

(9

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

Totalfee-based client assets

 

    $

795

 

 

    $

 250

 

 

    $

(196

 

    $

28

 

 

    $

877

 

41December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Average Fee Rates3

 

Fee rate in bps

  2017   

2016

   2015 
    2018   2017   20163 

Separately managed2

   17    34    40    16    17    34 

Unified managed2

   99    107    114    97    99    107 

Mutual fund advisory

   120    121    122    119    120    121 

Advisor

   86    88    90    84    86    88 

Portfolio manager

   97    101    105    95    97    101 

Subtotal

   77    79    81    76    77    79 

Cash management

   6    6    6    6    6    6 

Totalfee-based client assets

   76    77    80    74    76    77 

 

1.

Includesnon-custody account values reflecting priorquarter-end balances due to a lag in the reporting of asset values by third-party custodians.

2.

A shift in client assets of approximately $66 billion in the fourth quarter of 2016 from separately managed accounts to unified managed accounts resulted in a lower average fee rate for those platforms but did not impact the average fee rate for totalfee-based client assets.

3.

Certain data enhancements made in the first quarter of 2017 resulted in a modification to the fee rate calculations. Prior periods have2016 has been restated to reflect the revised calculations.

 

 

Inflows—include new accounts, account transfers, deposits, dividends and interest.

 

 

Outflows—include closed or terminated accounts, account transfers, withdrawals and client fees.

 

December 2017 Form 10-K48


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 

Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments.

 

 

Separately managed—accounts by which third-party and affiliated asset managers are engaged to manage clients’ assets with investment decisions made by the asset manager. OneOnly one third-party asset manager strategy can be held per account.

 

Unified managed—accounts that provide the client with the ability to combine separately managed accounts, mutual funds and exchange tradedexchange-traded funds all in one aggregate account. Unified managed accounts canInvestment decisions and discretionary authority may be client-directed,exercised by the client, financial advisor-directedadvisor or directed by us (with “directed” referring to the investment direction or decision/discretion/ power of attorney).portfolio manager.

 

 

Mutual fund advisory—accounts that give the client the ability to systematically allocate assets across a wide range of mutual funds. Investment decisions are made by the client.

 

 

Advisor—accounts where the investment decisions must be approved by the client and the financial advisor must obtain approval each time a change is made to the account or its investments.

 

 

Portfolio manager—accounts where a financial advisor has discretion (contractually approved by the client) to make ongoing investment decisions without the client’s approval for each individual change.

 

 

Cash management—accounts where the financial advisor provides discretionary cash management services to institutional clients, whereby securities or proceeds are invested and reinvested in accordance with the client’s investment criteria. Generally, the portfolio will be invested in short-term fixed income and cash equivalent investments.

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 4942 December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Investment Management

Income Statement Information

        

% Change

         % Change 
$ in millions 2017 2016 2015 2017 2016      2018 2017 2016 2018 2017 

Revenues

      

Investment banking

 $  $  $1   —%  (100)% 

Trading

  (22 (2 (1  N/M  (100)%  

$

25

 

 

$

(22

 

$

(2

 

 

N/M

 

 

 

N/M

 

Investments

  449  13  249   N/M  (95)%  

 

254

 

 

 

449

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

(43)%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Commissions and fees

    3  1   (100)%  200%  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

—%

 

 

 

(100)%

 

Asset management

  2,196  2,063  2,049   6%  1%  

 

2,468

 

 

 

2,196

 

 

 

2,063

 

 

 

12%

 

 

 

6%

 

Other

  (37 31  32   N/M  (3)%  

 

(30

 

 

(37

 

 

31

 

 

 

19%

 

 

 

N/M

 

Totalnon-interest revenues

  2,586  2,108  2,331   23%  (10)%  

 

2,717

 

 

 

2,586

 

 

 

2,108

 

 

 

5%

 

 

 

23%

 

Interest income

  4  5  2   (20)%  150%  

 

57

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

N/M

 

 

 

(20)%

 

Interest expense

  4  1  18   N/M  (94)%  

 

28

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

N/M

 

 

 

N/M

 

Net interest

    4  (16  (100)%  125%  

 

29

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

N/M

 

 

 

(100)%

 

Net revenues

  2,586  2,112  2,315   22%  (9)%  

 

2,746

 

 

 

2,586

 

 

 

2,112

 

 

 

6%

 

 

 

22%

 

Compensation and benefits

  1,181  937  954   26%  (2)%  

 

1,167

 

 

 

1,181

 

 

 

937

 

 

 

(1)%

 

 

 

26%

 

Non-compensation expenses

  949  888  869   7%  2%  

 

1,115

 

 

 

949

 

 

 

888

 

 

 

17%

 

 

 

7%

 

Totalnon-interest expenses

  2,130  1,825  1,823   17%  —%  

 

2,282

 

 

 

2,130

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

7%

 

 

 

17%

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  456  287  492   59%  (42)%  

 

464

 

 

 

456

 

 

 

287

 

 

 

2%

 

 

 

59%

 

Provision for income taxes

  201  75  128   168%  (41)%  

 

73

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

(64)%

 

 

 

168%

 

Income from continuing operations

  255  212  364   20%  (42)%  

 

391

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

212

 

 

 

53%

 

 

 

20%

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

    2  1   (100)%  100%  

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

N/M

 

 

 

(100)%

 

Net income

  255  214  365   19%  (41)%  

 

393

 

 

 

255

 

 

 

214

 

 

 

54%

 

 

 

19%

 

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  9  (11 19   182%  (158)% 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

17

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(11

 

 

89%

 

 

 

182%

 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $246  $225  $346   9%  (35)%  

$

376

 

 

$

246

 

 

$

225

 

 

 

53%

 

 

 

9%

 

2018 Compared with 2017

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $254 million in 2018 compared with $449 million in 2017 reflect lower carried interest in certain infrastructure and Asia private equity funds and losses on seed investments in certain Alternative/Other products.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $2,468 million increased 12% compared with 2017, primarily as a result of higher average long-term AUM. See “AUM Rollforwards” herein.

In addition, the adoption of the accounting updateRevenue from Contracts with Customers had the effect of increasing Asset management revenues due to the gross presentation of distribution fees (approximately $78 million in 2018). See Notes 2 and 21 to the financial statements for further details.

Other

Other losses of $30 million in 2018 and $37 million in 2017 primarily reflect an impairment of an equity method investment in a third-party asset manager in both years.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $2,282 million in 2018 increased 7% compared with 2017, primarily due to higherNon-compensation expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased in 2018 primarily due to decreases in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced and deferred compensation associated with carried interest, partially offset by increases in salaries and the compensation deferral modification.

Non-compensation expenses increased in 2018, primarily as a result of the gross presentation of $78 million of distribution fees due to the adoption of the accounting updateRevenue from Contracts with Customersand higher fee sharing on increased average AUM balances (see “Asset Management” above).

2017 Compared with 2016

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gains of $449 million in 2017 compared with $13 million in 2016 reflected higher carried interest and performance gains in all asset classes.

Asset Management

Asset management revenues of $2,196 million increased 6% compared with 2016, primarily as a result of higher average AUM across all asset classes. This increase was partially offset by lower effective fee rates in Alternative/Other due to a shift in product mix and the absence of fees recognized in 2016 related to the completion of certain fund raisings.

See “Assets under Management or Supervision”“Average AUM” herein.

Other

Other losses of $37 million were recognized in 2017 compared with other revenues of $31 million in 2016, primarily as a result of an impairment of an equity method investment in a third-party asset manager.

43December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $2,130 million in 2017 increased 17% compared with 2016.

 

Compensation and benefits expenses increased in 2017 due to higher incentive compensation, increases in deferred compensation associated with carried interest, and increases in the fair value of investments to which certain deferred compensation plans are referenced.

 

Non-compensation expenses increased in 2017, primarily due to higher brokerage, clearing and exchange fees.

2016 Compared with 2015Income Tax Items

Net Revenues

Investments

Investments gainsThe effective tax rate in 2018, which is inclusive of $13an intermittent net discrete tax benefit of $21 million, in 2016 decreased 95% from 2015, reflecting weaker investment performanceis lower compared with 2017, primarily as a result of the prior year. This was partially offset by carried interest losses in 2015 associated with Asia private equity that did notre-occur in 2016.

Asset Management

Asset management revenuesenactment of $2,063 million in 2016 were relatively unchanged from 2015, as increases in management fees resulting from higher AUMthe Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and average fee rates in certain products were offset by lower performance fees.

See “Assets under Management or Supervision” herein.

Non-interest Expenses

Non-interest expenses of $1,825 million in 2016 were relatively unchanged from 2015, primarily due to higherNon-compensation expenses offset by lower Compensation and benefits expenses.

Compensation and benefits expenses decreased, primarily due to a decrease in salaries.

Non-compensation expenses increased, primarily due to higher brokerage, clearing and exchange fees, partially offset by lower litigation costs and expense management.

December 2017 Form 10-K50


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Disclosures—Income Tax ItemsMatters” herein.

In 2017, we recognized in Provision for income taxes an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $86 million, which included approximately $94 million related to the enactment of the Tax Act. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein. For the impact of other discrete tax items, see Note 21 to the financial statements.

Assets underUnder Management or Supervision

AUM Rollforwards

 

$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2016

 Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
 Other 

At

December 31,
2017

  

At

December 31,

2017

 Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
 Other 

At

December 31,

2018

 

Equity

 $79  $23  $(21 $23  $1  $105  

  $

105

 

 

$

38

 

 

$

(32

 

$

(8

 

$

 

 

  $

103

 

Fixed income

 60   27   (21  4   3   73  

 

73

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

(27

 

 

(2

 

 

(1

 

 

68

 

Liquidity

 163   1,239   (1,227  1      176 

Alternative/Other

 115   24   (18  8   (1  128  

 

128

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

(19

 

 

(1

 

 

(2

 

 

128

 

Long-term AUM subtotal

 

 

306

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

(78

 

 

(11

 

 

(3

 

 

299

 

Liquidity1

 

 

176

 

 

 

1,351

 

 

 

(1,362

 

 

2

 

 

 

(3

 

 

164

 

Total AUM

 $417  $1,313  $(1,287 $36  $3  $482  

  $

482

 

 

$

 1,436

 

 

$

(1,440

 

$

(9

 

$

(6

 

  $

463

 

Shares of minority stake assets

 8   7  

 

7

 

 

 

7

 

 

$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2015

  Inflows  Outflows  Market
Impact
  Other  

At

December 31,
2016

 

Equity

 $83  $19  $(24 $1  $  $79 

Fixed income

  60   25   (26  2   (1  60 

Liquidity

  149   1,325   (1,310     (1  163 

Alternative/Other

  114   27   (27  4   (3  115 

Total AUM

 $406  $1,396  $(1,387 $7  $(5 $417 

Shares of minority stake assets

  8                   8 

$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2014

  Inflows1  Outflows  Market
Impact
  Other  

At

December 31,
2015

 

Equity

 $99  $15  $(30 $  $(1 $83 

Fixed income

  65   21   (23  (1  (2  60 

Liquidity

  128   1,259   (1,238        149 

Alternative/Other

  111   28   (18     (7  114 

Total AUM

 $403  $1,323  $(1,309 $(1 $(10 $406 

Shares of minority stake assets

  7                   8 

Average AUM

$ in billions          2017                   2016                   2015          

At

December 31,
2016

 Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
 Other 

At

December 31,

2017

 

Equity

  $93   $81   $93  

  $

79

 

 

$

23

 

 

$

(21

 

$

23

 

 

$

1

 

 

  $

105

 

Fixed income

   66    61    63  

 

60

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

(21

 

 

4

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

73

 

Alternative/Other

 

 

115

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

(18

 

 

8

 

 

 

(1

 

 

128

 

Long-term AUM subtotal

 

 

254

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

(60

 

 

35

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

306

 

Liquidity

   157    151    136  

 

163

 

 

 

1,239

 

 

 

(1,227

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

176

 

Alternative/Other

   122    115    113 

Total AUM

  $438   $408   $405  

  $

417

 

 

$

 1,313

 

 

$

(1,287

 

$

36

 

 

$

3

 

 

  $

482

 

Shares of minority stake assets

   7    8    7  

 

8

 

 

 

7

 

Average Fee Rate

Fee rate in bps          2017                   2016                   2015         
$ in billions 

At

December 31,
2015

 Inflows Outflows Market
Impact
 Other 

At

December 31,
2016

 

Equity

   73    72    69  

 $

83

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

(24

 

$

1

 

 

$

 

 

$

79

 

Fixed income

   33    32    32  

 

60

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

(26

 

 

2

 

 

 

(1

 

 

60

 

Alternative/
Other

 

 

114

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

(27

 

 

4

 

 

 

(3

 

 

115

 

Long-term AUM subtotal

 

 

257

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

(77

 

 

7

 

 

 

(4

 

 

254

 

Liquidity

   17    18    10  

 

149

 

 

 

1,325

 

 

 

(1,310

 

 

 

 

 

(1

 

 

163

 

Alternative/Other

   70    75    79 

Total AUM

   46    47    46  

 $

406

 

 

$

 1,396

 

 

$

(1,387

 

$

7

 

 

$

(5

 

$

417

 

Shares of minority
stake assets

 

 

8

 

 

 

8

 

 

1.

Includes $4.6Included in Liquidity products outflows in 2018 is $18 billion related to the transferredesign of certain equity portfolio managersour brokerage sweep deposits program. See “Liquidity and their portfolios from the Wealth Management business segment to the Investment Management business segment.Capital Resources—Unsecured Financing” herein for more information.

Average AUM

 $ in billions      2018             2017             2016       

 Equity

  

$

111

 

  

$

93

 

  

$

81

 

 Fixed income

  

 

71

 

  

 

66

 

  

 

61

 

 Alternative/Other

  

 

131

 

  

 

122

 

  

 

115

 

 Long-term AUM subtotal

  

 

313

 

  

 

281

 

  

 

257

 

 Liquidity

  

 

158

 

  

 

157

 

  

 

151

 

 Total AUM

  

$

471

 

  

$

438

 

  

$

408

 

Shares of minority
stake assets

  

 

7

 

  

 

7

 

  

 

8

 

Average Fee Rate    

 Fee rate in bps      2018             2017             2016       

 Equity

  

 

76

 

  

 

73

 

  

 

72

 

 Fixed income

  

 

33

 

  

 

33

 

  

 

32

 

 Alternative/Other

  

 

66

 

  

 

70

 

  

 

75

 

 Long-term AUM

  

 

62

 

  

 

62

 

  

 

64

 

 Liquidity

  

 

17

 

  

 

17

 

  

 

18

 

 Total AUM

  

 

47

 

  

 

46

 

  

 

47

 

 

 

Inflows—represent investments or commitments from new and existing clients in new or existing investment products, including reinvestments of client dividends and increases in invested capital. Inflows exclude the impact of exchanges, occurring, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

 

 

Outflows—represent redemptions from clients’ funds, transition of funds from the committed capital period to the invested capital period and decreases in invested capital. Outflows exclude the impact of exchanges, occurring, whereby a client changes positions within the same asset class.

 

 

Market impact—includes realized and unrealized gains and losses on portfolio investments. This excludes any funds where market impact does not impact management fees.

 

 

Other—contains both distributions and foreign currency impact.impact for all periods and the impact of the Mesa West Capital, LLC acquisition in 2018. Distributions represent decreases in invested capital due to returns of capital after

December 2018 Form 10-K44


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

the investment period of a fund. It also includes fund dividends for whichthat the client has not elected to reinvest.reinvested. Foreign currency impact reflects foreign currency changes fornon-U.S. dollar denominated funds.

 

 

Alternative/Otherasset class includes products in fund of funds, real assets, private equity and credit strategies, as well as multi-asset portfolios.

 

 

Shares of minority stake assets—represent the Investment Management business segment’s proportional share of assets managed by entitiesthird-party asset managers in which it owns a minority stake.we hold investments accounted for under the equity method.

 

 

Average fee rate—based on Asset management revenues, net of waivers. It excludes performance-based fees and othernon-management fees. For certainnon-U.S. funds, it includes the portion of advisory fees that the advisor collects on behalf of third-party distributors. The payment of those fees to the distributor is included inNon-compensation expenses in the income statements.

51December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Supplemental Financial Information and

Disclosures

Income Tax Matters

Effective Tax Rate from Continuing Operations

 

  2017       

2016    

   2015     
$ in millions      2018           2017           2016     

U.S. GAAP

   40.1%    30.8%    25.9%   

 

20.9%

 

  

 

40.1%

 

  

 

30.8%

 

Adjusted effective income taxrate—non-GAAP1

   30.8%    31.6%    32.3%   

 

    22.7%

 

  

 

    30.8%

 

  

 

    31.6%

 

Net discrete tax provisions/(benefits)

         

Recurring2

  

    $

(165)

 

  

    $

(155)

 

  

      $

— 

 

Intermittent3

  

    $

(203)

 

  

    $

968 

 

  

      $

(68)

 

 

1.

Adjusted effective income tax rate is anon-GAAP measure that excludes intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). For further information onnon-GAAP measures, see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

2.

Beginning in 2017, with the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, the income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements butstatements. We consider these employee share-based award related provisions (benefits) to be recurring-type (“Recurring”) discrete tax items, as we anticipate some level of conversion activity each year. Accordingly, these Recurring discrete tax provisions (benefits) are excluded from the intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits) adjustment as we anticipate conversion activity each year. See Note 2 to the financial statements on the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-BasedPayment Accounting. For 2015, adjusted effective income tax rate also excludes DVA. For further information onnon-GAAP measures, see “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein.adjustment.

3.

Includes all tax provisions (benefits) that have been determined to be discrete, other than Recurring items as defined above.

2018

The effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2018 includes intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $203 million, primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations.

The effective tax rate reflects our current assumptions, estimates and interpretations related to the Tax Act and other

factors. The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain expenses and implementing a modified territorial tax system. The modified territorial tax system includes a one-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries and also imposes a minimum tax on GILTI and an alternative BEAT on U.S. corporations with operations outside of the U.S. The U.S. Treasury Department has issued proposed regulations and guidance on certain provisions in the Tax Act during 2018, although some of these regulations have not yet been finalized, and are, therefore, still subject to change. Our income tax estimates may change as additional clarification and implementation guidance continue to be received from the U.S. Treasury Department and as the interpretation of the Tax Act evolves over time.

2017

The effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2017 included an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $968 million, primarily related to the impact of the Tax Act, partially offset by net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations.

The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by, among other things, reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, and implementing a modified territorial tax system that includes aone-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings ofnon-U.S. subsidiaries; imposes a minimum tax on global intangiblelow-taxed income (“GILTI”) and an alternative base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”) on U.S. corporations that make deductible payments tonon-U.S. related persons in excess of specified amounts; and broadens the tax base by partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain historically deductible expenses (e.g., FDIC premiums and executive compensation).

We recorded an approximate $1.2 billion net discrete tax provision as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act, primarily from the remeasurement of certain deferred tax assets using the lower enacted corporate tax rate. This provision incorporatesincorporated the best available information as of the enactment date, as well as assumptions made based upon our current interpretation of the Tax Act. Our estimates may change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from the U.S. Treasury Department and as the

interpretation of the Tax Act evolves over time. The ultimate

impact of the income tax effects of the Tax Act will be determined in connection with the preparation of our U.S. consolidated federal income tax return.

Taking into account our current assumptions, estimates and interpretations related to the Tax Act and other factors, we expect our effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2018 to be approximately 22% to 25%, depending on factors such as the geographic mix of earnings and employee share-based awards (see “Forward-Looking Statements”).

Subsequent to the release of the Firm’s 2017 earnings on January 18, 2018, certain estimates related to the net discrete tax provision associated with the enactment of the Tax Act were revised, resulting in a $43 million increase in the Provision for income taxes and a reallocation of impacts among segments. This decreased diluted EPS and diluted EPS from continuing operations by $0.03 and $0.02 in the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2017, respectively. On a business segment basis, the change resulted in an $89 million increase in Provision for income taxes for Wealth Management, a $45 million decrease for Institutional Securities, and a $1 million decrease for Investment Management.

2016

The effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2016 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $68 million, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters.

2015

The effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $564 million, primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the legal entity organization in the U.K.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

We provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, primarily through ourOur U.S. bank subsidiaries, Morgan Stanley Bank N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”) (collectively, “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). accept deposit accounts, provide loans to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals, and invest in securities. The lending activities in the Institutional Securities business segment primarily include loans and lending commitments to corporate clients. The lending activities in the Wealth Management business segment primarily include securities-based lending that allows clients to borrow

 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K 5245 December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Management business segment primarily include securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, and also include residential real estate loans.

We expect our lending activities to continue to grow through further market penetration of theour client base. For a further discussion of our credit risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk.” For a further discussion about loans and lending commitments, see Notes 7 and 12 to the financial statements.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Supplemental Financial Information1

 

$ in billions

  

At

December 31,

2017

   At December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Assets2

  $185.3   $176.8 

Assets

  

$

216.9

 

  

$

185.3

 

Investment securities portfolio:

        

Investment securities—AFS

   42.0    50.3   

 

45.5

 

  

 

42.0

 

Investment securities—HTM

   17.5    13.6   

 

23.7

 

  

 

17.5

 

Total investment securities

  $59.5   $63.9   

$

69.2

 

  

$

59.5

 

Deposits3

  $159.1   $154.7 

Deposits2

  

$

187.1

 

  

$

159.1

 

Wealth Management

Wealth Management

 

Wealth Management

 

Securities-based lending and other loans4

  $41.2   $36.0 

Securities-based lending and other loans3

  

$

44.7

 

  

$

41.2

 

Residential real estate loans

   26.7    24.4   

 

27.5

 

  

 

26.7

 

Total

  $67.9   $60.4   

$

72.2

 

  

$

67.9

 

Institutional Securities

Institutional Securities

 

Institutional Securities

 

Corporate loans

  $24.2   $20.3   

$

30.9

 

  

$

24.2

 

Wholesale real estate loans

   12.2    9.9   

 

10.5

 

  

 

12.2

 

Total

  $36.4   $30.2   

$

41.4

 

  

$

36.4

 

 

1.

Amounts exclude transactions withbetween the bank subsidiaries, as well as deposits from the Parent Company and between the bank subsidiaries.affiliates.

2.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

3.

For further information on deposits, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Funding Management—Unsecured Financing” herein.

4.3.

Other loans primarily include tailored lending.

Accounting Development Updates

The Financial Accounting Standards Board has issued certain accounting updates that apply to us. Accounting updates not listed below were assessed and determined to be either not applicable or are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.

The following accounting update wasupdates were adopted on January 1, 2018.2019:

 

 

Revenue from Contracts with Customers.Derivatives and Hedging (ASU2018-16) This accounting. The amendments in this update aims to clarify the principles of revenue recognition, develop a common revenue recognition standard across all industries for U.S. GAAP and provide enhanced disclosures for userspermit use of the financial statements. The core principle ofOIS rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes. We adopted this guidance is that an entity should recognizeupdate on a prospective basis for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships; this update does not impact our existing hedges.

revenues to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The update is not applicable to financial instruments.

We applied the modified retrospective method of adoption which resulted in an immaterial impact to Retained earnings as of January 1, 2018.

This accounting update will change the presentation of certain costs related to underwriting and advisory activities so that such costs will be recorded in the relevantnon-compensation expense line item versus the current practice of netting such costs against Investment banking revenues. This change is estimated to gross up Investment banking revenues andnon-compensation expenses for the Institutional Securities business segment by approximately 5%. Similarly, certain costs related to the selling and distribution of investment funds will no longer be netted against Asset management revenues, and therefore is expected to result in a gross-up of such revenues by less than 5% andnon-compensation expenses by less than 10% for the Investment Management business segment. These changes will not have an impact on net income.

In addition, the timing of the recognition of certain performance fees from fund management activities, not in the form of carried interest, is generally expected to be deferred within a fiscal year until the fees are no longer probable of being reversed. Thus, the recognition of a greater portion of such revenues are expected to be recognized in the second half of each fiscal year based on current fee arrangements. These revenues are recorded in Asset management revenues within the Investment Management business segment, which approximated $80 million in 2017 and were recognized throughout the year.

The recognition of performance fees from fund management activities in the form of carried interest that are subject to reversal will remain essentially unchanged. We will apply the equity method of accounting to such carried interest, thus excluding them from the scope of this standard.

The following accounting updates are currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

Hedge Accounting.This accounting update aims to better align the hedge accounting requirements with an entity’s risk management strategies and improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships. It will also result in simplification of the application of hedge accounting related to the assessment of hedge effectiveness. This update is effective as of January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted.

53December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Currently, we plan to early adopt this accounting update in the first quarter of 2018 and estimate that the resulting transition adjustment to 2018 opening retained earnings would not be significant. This adjustment would represent the cumulative effect of applying the new rules from the inception of certain fair value hedges of the interest rate risk of our borrowings, in particular the provision allowing only the benchmark rate component of coupon cash flows to be hedged.

Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This accounting update allows companies the option to reclassify from AOCI to retained earnings the stranded tax effects that resulted from the remeasurement of and other adjustments to deferred tax assets and liabilities upon enactment of the Tax Act. The total impact of the remeasurement and other adjustments was reflected in 2017 income from continuing operations, regardless of where deferred taxes were originally recorded. This update is effective as of January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted. For a discussion of the Tax Act, see “Supplemental Financial Information and Disclosures—Income Tax Matters” herein.

 

Leases. This accounting update requires lessees to recognize in the balance sheet all leases with terms exceeding one year in the balance sheet, which results in the recognition of a right of use asset and corresponding lease liability, including for those leases that we currently classify as operating leases. The right of use asset and lease liability will initially be measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. The accounting for leases where we are the lessor is largely unchanged. This update is effective as of January 1, 2019 with early adoption permitted.

The right of use asset and lease liability were initially measured using the present value of the remaining rental payments. We adopted this accounting update through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings.

At transition on January 1, 2019, the adoption of this standard resulted in a balance sheetgross-up of approximately $4 billion reflected in Other assets and Other liabilities and accrued expenses. In addition, previously deferred gains from sale-leaseback transactions of approximately $60 million were recognized directly into retained earnings. Prior period amounts were not restated.

The following accounting update is currently being evaluated to determine the potential impact of adoption:

 

 

Financial Instruments—Instruments–Credit Losses. This accounting update impacts the impairment model for certain financial assets measured at amortized cost by requiring a CECL methodology to estimate expected credit losses over the entire life of the financial asset, recorded at inception or purchase. CECL will replace the loss model currently applicable to loans held for investment, HTM securities and other receivables carried at amortized cost.cost, such as employee loans.

The update also eliminates the concept of other-than-temporary impairment for AFS securities. Impairments on AFS securities will be required to be recognized in earnings through an allowance when the fair value is less than amortized cost and a credit loss exists or the securities are expected to be sold before recovery of amortized cost.

Under the update, there may be an ability to determine there are no expected credit losses in certain circumstances, e.g.e.g., based on collateral arrangements for lending and financing transactions or based on the credit quality of the borrower or issuer.

Overall,Based on preliminary estimates, we expect the amendmentsimpact from the adoption of this standard will primarily result from the employee loans, wholesale real estate, corporate and residential real estate portfolios. The models we expect to use for these portfolios are in this update are expected to accelerate the recognitionprocess of credit losses for portfolios where CECL models will be applied.being tested. This update is effective as of January 1, 2020 with early adoption permitted as of January 1, 2019.2020.

December 2018 Form 10-K46


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Critical Accounting Policies

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make estimates and assumptions (see Note 1 to the financial statements). We believe that of our significant accounting policies (see Note 2 to the financial statements), the following policies involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity.

Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

A significant number of our financial instruments are carried at fair value. We make estimates regarding the valuation of assets and liabilities measured at fair value in preparing the financial statements. These assets and liabilities include, but are not limited to:

 

Trading assets and Trading liabilities;

 

Investment Securities—AFS securities;

 

Certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell;

 

Certain Deposits, primarily structured certificates of deposits;

 

Certain Securities sold under agreements to repurchase;

 

Certain Other secured financings; and

 

Certain Borrowings, primarily structured notes.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, we use various valuation approaches. A hierarchy for inputs is used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of observable prices and inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable prices and inputs by requiring that the relevant observable inputs be used when available. The hierarchy is broken down into three levels, wherein Level 1 represents quoted prices in active markets, Level 2 represents valuations based on quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, and Level 3 consists of valuation techniques that incorporate significant unobservable inputs and, therefore, require the greatest use of judgment.

December 2017 Form 10-K54


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

In periods of market disruption, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This conditioninstruments, which could cause an instrument to be recategorized from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3. In addition, a downturn in market conditions could lead to declines in the valuation of many instruments. For further information on the valuation process,definition of fair value, definition, Level 1, Level 2, Level 3 and related valuation techniques, and quantitative information about and sensitivity of significant unobservable inputs used in Level 3 fair value measurements, see Notes 2 and 3 to the financial statements.

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk(bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty and concentration risk in order to arrive at fair value. For a further discussion of valuation adjustments that we apply, see Note 2 to the financial statements.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on aNon-recurring Basis

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, certainCertain of our assets and liabilities wereare measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis, primarily relating to loans, other investments, premises, equipment and software costs, intangible assets, other assets, and other liabilities and accrued expenses. We incur losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets to fair value. A downturn in market conditions could result in impairment charges in future periods.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiring that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

See Note 3 to the financial statements for further information on assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis.

Fair Value Control Processes

We employ control processes designed to validate the fair value of our financial instruments, including those derived from pricing models. These control processes are designed to ensure that the values used for financial reporting are based on observable inputs wherever possible. In the event that observable inputs are not available, the control processes are designed to ensure that the valuation approach utilized is appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions are reasonable.

See Note 2 to the financial statements for additional information regarding our valuation policies, processes and procedures.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Evaluating goodwill for impairment requires management to make significant judgments. Goodwill impairment tests are performed at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below itsour business segments. Goodwill no longer retains its association with a particular acquisition once it has been assigned to a reporting unit. As such, all the activities of a reporting unit, whether acquired or organically developed, are available to support the value of the goodwill.

47December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

We test goodwill for impairment on an annual basis as of July 1 and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist.

For both the annual and interim tests, we have the option to either (a)(i) perform a quantitative impairment test or (b)(ii) first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.

When performing a quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the lesser of the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, orlimited by the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The estimated fair value of the reporting units is derived based on valuation techniques we believe market participants would use for each of the reporting units. The estimated fair value is generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporateprice-to-book andprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies. At each annual goodwill impairment testing date, each of our reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

Intangible Assets

Amortizable intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances exist. An impairment exists when the carrying amount of the intangible asset exceeds its fair value. An impairment loss will be recognized only if the carrying amount of the intangible asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount

55December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

of the intangible asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the expected undiscounted cash flows.

For both goodwill and intangible assets, to the extent an impairment loss is recognized, the loss establishes the new cost basis of the asset. Subsequent reversal of impairment losses is not permitted. For amortizable intangible assets, the new cost basis is amortized over the remaining useful life of that asset. Adverse market or economic events could result in impairment charges in future periods.

See Notes 2, 3 and 9 to the financial statements for additional information about goodwill and intangible assets.

Legal and Regulatory Contingencies

In the normal course of business, we have been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with our activities as a global diversified financial services institution.

Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or in financial distress.

We are also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding our business and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, wealth and investment management services, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by us, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

Accruals for litigation and regulatory proceedings are generally determined on acase-by-case basis. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and we can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, we accrue the estimated loss by a charge to income. In many proceedings, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss.

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, we can estimate possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued. For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, we cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties.

Numerous issues may need to be resolved before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question.

December 2018 Form 10-K48


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Significant judgment is required in deciding when and if to make these accruals, and the actual cost of a legal claim or regulatory fine/penalty may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals.

See Note 12 to the financial statements for additional information on legal proceedings.

Income Taxes

We are subject to the income and indirect tax laws of the U.S., its states and municipalities and those of the foreign jurisdictions in which we have significant business operations. These tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and the relevant governmental taxing authorities. We must make judgments and interpretations about the application of these inherently complex tax laws when determining the provision for income taxes and the expense for indirect taxes and must also make estimates about when certain items affect taxable income in the various tax jurisdictions.

Disputes over interpretations of the tax laws may be settled with the taxing authority upon examination or audit. We periodically evaluate the likelihood of assessments in each taxing jurisdiction resulting from current and subsequent years’ examinations, and unrecognized tax benefits related to potential losses that may arise from tax audits are established in accordance with the guidance onrelevant accounting for unrecognized tax benefits.guidance. Once established, unrecognized tax benefits are adjusted when there is more information available or when an event occurs requiring a change.

Our provision for income taxes is composed of current and deferred taxes. Current income taxes approximate taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. Our deferredDeferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the applicable enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.

Our deferred tax balances may also include deferred assets related to tax attribute carryforwards, such as net operating losses and tax credits that will be realized through reduction of future tax liabilities and, in some cases, are subject to expiration if not

December 2017 Form 10-K56


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

utilized within certain periods. We perform regular reviews to ascertain whether deferred tax assets are realizable. These reviews include management’s estimates and assumptions regarding future taxable income and incorporate various tax planning strategies, including strategies that may be available to tax attribute carryforwards before they expire.

Once the deferred tax asset balances have been determined, we may record a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset balances to reflect the amount of these balances (net of valuation allowance) that we estimate it is more likely than not to realizebe realized at a future date. Both current and deferred income taxes couldmay reflect adjustments related to our unrecognized tax benefits.

Significant judgment is required in estimating the consolidated provision for (benefit from) income taxes, current and deferred tax balances (including valuation allowance, if any), accrued interest or penalties and uncertain tax positions. Revisions in estimates and/or the actual costs of a tax assessment may ultimately be materially different from the recorded accruals and unrecognized tax benefits, if any.

See Note 2 to the financial statements for additional information on our significant assumptions, judgments and interpretations associated with the accounting for income taxes and Note 20 to the financial statements for additional information on our tax examinations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Senior management, with oversight by the Asset and Asset/Liability Management Committee and the Board of Directors (“Board”), establishes and maintains our liquidity and capital policies. Through various risk and control committees, senior management reviews business performance relative to these policies, monitors the availability of alternative sources of financing, and oversees the liquidity, interest rate and currency sensitivity of our asset and liability position. The Treasury department, Firm Risk Committee, (“FRC”), Asset and Asset/Liability Management Committee, and other committees and control groups assist in evaluating, monitoring and controlling the impact that our business activities have on our balance sheet, liquidity and capital structure. Liquidity and capital matters are reported regularly to the Board and the Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”).Board.

Balance Sheet

We monitor and evaluate the composition and size of our balance sheet on a regular basis. Our balance sheet management process includes quarterly planning, business-specific thresholds, monitoring of business-specific usage versus key performance metrics and new business impact assessments.

We establish balance sheet thresholds at the consolidated and business segment levels. We monitor balance sheet utilization and review variances resulting from business activity orand market fluctuations. On a regular basis, we review current performance versus established thresholds and assess the need tore-allocate our balance sheet based on business unit needs. We also monitor key metrics, including asset and liability size and capital usage.

49December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Total Assets by Business Segment

 

  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  IS   WM   IM   Total   IS   WM   IM   Total 

Assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents1

  $63,597   $16,733   $65   $80,395   $69,526   $17,621   $49   $87,196 

Trading assets at fair value

   295,678    59    2,545    298,282    263,870    60    2,369    266,299 

Investment securities

   19,556    59,246        78,802    23,273    68,559        91,832 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   74,732    9,526        84,258    80,660    17,862        98,522 

Securities borrowed

   123,776    234        124,010    116,207    106        116,313 

Customer and other receivables

   36,803    18,763    621    56,187    35,777    16,865    656    53,298 

Loans, net of allowance

   36,269    67,852    5    104,126 

Other assets2

   14,563    9,596    1,514    25,673 

Loans, net of allowance2

   43,380    72,194    5    115,579 

Other assets3

   13,734    9,125    1,633    24,492 

Total assets

  $ 664,974   $ 182,009   $ 4,750   $ 851,733   $ 646,427   $ 202,392   $ 4,712   $ 853,531 

 

  At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  IS   WM   IM   Total   IS   WM   IM   Total 

Assets

                

Cash and cash equivalents1, 3

  $56,190   $21,102   $68   $77,360 

Cash and cash equivalents1

  $63,597   $16,733   $65   $80,395 

Trading assets at fair value

   259,680    64    2,410    262,154    295,678    59    2,545    298,282 

Investment securities

   16,222    63,870        80,092    19,556    59,246        78,802 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   96,735    5,220        101,955    74,732    9,526        84,258 

Securities borrowed

   124,840    396        125,236    123,776    234        124,010 

Customer and other receivables

   26,624    19,268    568    46,460    36,803    18,763    621    56,187 

Loans, net of allowance

   33,816    60,427    5    94,248 

Other assets2, 3

   15,042    10,788    1,614    27,444 

Loans, net of allowance2

   36,269    67,852    5    104,126 

Other assets3

   14,563    9,596    1,514    25,673 

Total assets

  $629,149   $181,135   $4,665   $814,949   $ 664,974   $ 182,009   $ 4,750   $ 851,733 

IS—Institutional Securities

WM—Wealth Management

IM—Investment

IM—Investment Management

1.

Cash and cash equivalents includes Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash.

2.

Amounts include loans held for investment (net of allowance) and loans held for sale but exclude loans at fair value, which are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets (see Note 7 to the financial statements).

3.

Other assets primarily includes Goodwill, Intangible assets, premises, equipment, software, other investments and deferred tax assets.

3.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

A substantial portion of total assets consists of liquid marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. Total assets increased toof $853.5 billion at December 31, 2018 were relatively unchanged compared with $851.7 billion at December 31, 2017 from $814.9 billion at December 31, 2016, primarily due2017. In 2018, Loans increased in the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments; deposit growth in the Wealth Management business segment led to increases in Investment securities and Securities purchased under agreements to resell; Trading assets within the Institutional Securities business segment declined due to reductions in Equities inventory, which resulted in greater liquidity, as reflected by increases in Cash and cash equivalents and Securities purchased under agreements to resell; and Securities borrowed within the Institutional Securities business segment decreased due to lower client balances and Trading liabilities.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goal of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding across a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support client activity,the execution of our business strategies.

The following principles guide our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and

Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the GLR, which support our target liquidity profile.

Required Liquidity Framework

Our Required Liquidity Framework establishes the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.

Liquidity Stress Tests

We use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity flows across multiple scenarios and a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.

The assumptions used by us in our various Liquidity Stress Test scenarios include, but are not limited to, the following:

No government support;

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

December 2018 Form 10-K50


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchanges and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputes and uncalled collateral;

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties; and

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions.

Liquidity Stress Tests are produced and results are reported at different levels, including increasedmajor operating subsidiaries and major currencies, to capture specific cash requirements and cash availability across the Firm, including a limited number of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve

We maintain sufficient liquidity reserves to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the GLR is actively managed by us considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements. In addition, our GLR includes a discretionary surplus based on risk tolerance and is subject to change depending on market and Firm-specific events. The GLR is held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The GLR consists of cash and unencumbered securities sourced

from trading assets, suchinvestment securities and securities received as corporate equitiescollateral.

GLR by Type of Investment

 $ in millions 

At

December 31,
2018

  

At

December 31,
2017

 

 Cash deposits with banks1

 $10,441  $7,167 

 Cash deposits with central banks1

  36,109   33,791 

 Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

  

 U.S. government obligations

  119,138   73,422 

 U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

  41,473   55,750 

 Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2

  39,869   19,424 

 Other investment grade securities

  2,705   3,106 

 Total

 $            249,735  $                192,660 

1.

Included in Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.

2.

Primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, Brazilian and French government obligations.

GLR Managed by Bank and other sovereign government obligations, as well as customerNon-Bank Legal Entities

 $ in millions 

At

December 31,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

  

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

December 31, 2018

 

 Bank legal entities

   

 Domestic

 $88,809  $70,364  $79,824 

 Foreign

  4,896   4,756   4,691 

 Total Bank legal entities

  93,705   75,120   84,515 

 Non-Bank legal entities

   

 Domestic:

   

 Parent Company

  64,262   41,642   62,315 

 Non-Parent Company

  40,936   35,264   36,501 

 Total Domestic

  105,198   76,906   98,816 

 Foreign

  50,832   40,634   57,957 

 TotalNon-Bank legal entities

  156,030   117,540   156,773 

 Total

 $        249,735  $        192,660  $241,288 

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

We and other receivables resultingour U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to LCR requirements, including a requirement to calculate each entity’s LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensure that banking organizations have sufficient HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from client activity. Lendingsignificant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.

 

 

 5751 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

activityThe regulatory definition of HQLA is substantially the same as our GLR. GLR includes cash placed at institutions other than central banks that is considered an inflow for LCR purposes. HQLA includes a portion of cash placed at central banks, certain unencumbered investment grade corporate bonds and publicly traded common equities, which do not meet the definition of our GLR.

Based on our daily calculations, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR

  

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

 
 $ in millions 

    December 31,

    2018

   September 30,
2018
 

 HQLA

         

 Cash deposits with central banks

 $44,225   $48,962 

 Securities1

  150,792    140,060 

 Total

 $                195,017   $                189,022 

 LCR

  145%    135% 

1.

Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.

The increase in the LCR in the quarter ended December 31, 2018 is due to increased across bothHQLA consistent with higher liquidity levels, and a reduction in net outflows (i.e., the Wealth Managementdenominator of the ratio), primarily driven by lower secured funding and Institutional Securities loan portfolios. These increases were partially offset by reductions in securities purchased under agreements to reselllending commitment outflows.

The Firm’s calculations are based on our current understanding of the LCR and other typesfactors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators and as the interpretation of investmentsthe LCR evolves over time.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over aone-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) has previously finalized the NSFR framework. In May 2016, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the GLR.U.S. The proposal would require a covered company to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is measured with reference to sources of funding, including deposit and debt liabilities, that is no less than the amount of its required stable funding, which is measured by applying standardized weightings to its assets, derivatives exposures and certain other items.

If adopted as proposed, the requirements would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. We continue to evaluate the

potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to further rulemaking procedures. Our preliminary estimates, based on the current proposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we would expect to accomplish by the effective date of any final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For further information regardinga discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our GLR,future results, see “Global Liquidity Reserve” herein.“Risk Factors.”

Securities Repurchase AgreementsFunding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and Securities Lendingunsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

Securities borrowed or securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned orWe fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, are treatedsecurities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

The liquid nature of the marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment provides us with flexibility in managing the composition and size of our balance sheet. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.

We have established longer tenor secured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets as collateralized financings (see Notes 2government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and 6less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria.

To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the financial statements).amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, we obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of our GLR against the potential disruption to our secured financing capabilities.

December 2018 Form 10-K52


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

We generally maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which takes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and other regulatory requirements, and provides a valuable future source of liquidity.

Global Liquidity Reserve

Collateralized Financing TransactionsWe maintain sufficient liquidity reserves to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the GLR is actively managed by us considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements. In addition, our GLR includes a discretionary surplus based on risk tolerance and is subject to change depending on market and Firm-specific events. The GLR is held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The GLR consists of cash and unencumbered securities sourced

from trading assets, investment securities and securities received as collateral.

GLR by Type of Investment

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

  $208,268   $227,191 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

  $70,016   $70,472 

Securities received as collateral1

  $13,749   $13,737 

   

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

 
$ in millions  December 31,
2017
   December 31,
2016
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

  $214,343   $224,355 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

  $66,879   $68,908 
 $ in millions 

At

December 31,
2018

  

At

December 31,
2017

 

 Cash deposits with banks1

 $10,441  $7,167 

 Cash deposits with central banks1

  36,109   33,791 

 Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

  

 U.S. government obligations

  119,138   73,422 

 U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

  41,473   55,750 

 Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2

  39,869   19,424 

 Other investment grade securities

  2,705   3,106 

 Total

 $            249,735  $                192,660 

 

1.

Included in Trading assetsCash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.

2.

Primarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, Brazilian and French government obligations.

GLR Managed by Bank andNon-Bank Legal Entities

 $ in millions 

At

December 31,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

  

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

December 31, 2018

 

 Bank legal entities

   

 Domestic

 $88,809  $70,364  $79,824 

 Foreign

  4,896   4,756   4,691 

 Total Bank legal entities

  93,705   75,120   84,515 

 Non-Bank legal entities

   

 Domestic:

   

 Parent Company

  64,262   41,642   62,315 

 Non-Parent Company

  40,936   35,264   36,501 

 Total Domestic

  105,198   76,906   98,816 

 Foreign

  50,832   40,634   57,957 

 TotalNon-Bank legal entities

  156,030   117,540   156,773 

 Total

 $        249,735  $        192,660  $241,288 

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Customer SecuritiesLiquidity Coverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to LCR requirements, including a requirement to calculate each entity’s LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensure that banking organizations have sufficient HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations.

51December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

The regulatory definition of HQLA is substantially the same as our GLR. GLR includes cash placed at institutions other than central banks that is considered an inflow for LCR purposes. HQLA includes a portion of cash placed at central banks, certain unencumbered investment grade corporate bonds and publicly traded common equities, which do not meet the definition of our GLR.

Based on our daily calculations, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR

  

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

 
 $ in millions 

    December 31,

    2018

   September 30,
2018
 

 HQLA

         

 Cash deposits with central banks

 $44,225   $48,962 

 Securities1

  150,792    140,060 

 Total

 $                195,017   $                189,022 

 LCR

  145%    135% 

1.

Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.

The increase in the LCR in the quarter ended December 31, 2018 is due to increased HQLA consistent with higher liquidity levels, and a reduction in net outflows (i.e., the denominator of the ratio), primarily driven by lower secured funding and lending commitment outflows.

The Firm’s calculations are based on our current understanding of the LCR and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators and as the interpretation of the LCR evolves over time.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over aone-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) has previously finalized the NSFR framework. In May 2016, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. The proposal would require a covered company to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is measured with reference to sources of funding, including deposit and debt liabilities, that is no less than the amount of its required stable funding, which is measured by applying standardized weightings to its assets, derivatives exposures and certain other items.

If adopted as proposed, the requirements would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. We continue to evaluate the

potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to further rulemaking procedures. Our preliminary estimates, based on the current proposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we would expect to accomplish by the effective date of any final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors.”

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources include our equity capital, borrowings, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

The customer receivable portionliquid nature of the marketable securities financing transactions primarily includes customer margin loans, collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregatedand short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in accordancethe Institutional Securities business segment provides us with regulatory requirements. The customer payable portion of securities financing transactions primarily includes payables to our prime brokerage customers. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit our credit exposure to customersflexibility in managing the composition and liquidity reserves held against this risk exposure.

Liquidity Risk Management Framework

The primary goalsize of our balance sheet. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.

We have established longer tenor secured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria.

To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, we obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, is to ensure that we have access to adequate funding acrosshold a wide range of market conditions and time horizons. The framework is designed to enable us to fulfill our financial obligations and support the executionportion of our business strategies.

The following principles guideGLR against the potential disruption to our Liquidity Risk Management Framework:

Sufficient liquid assets should be maintained to cover maturing liabilities and other planned and contingent outflows;

Maturity profile of assets and liabilities should be aligned, with limited reliance on short-term funding;

Source, counterparty, currency, region and term of funding should be diversified; and

Liquidity Stress Tests should anticipate, and account for, periods of limited access to funding.

The core components of our Liquidity Risk Management Framework are the Required Liquidity Framework, Liquidity Stress Tests and the GLR, which support our target liquidity profile.

Required Liquidity Framework

Our Required Liquidity Framework establishes the amount of liquidity we must hold in both normal and stressed environments to ensure that our financial condition and overall soundness are not adversely affected by an inability (or perceived inability) to meet our financial obligations in a timely manner. The Required Liquidity Framework considers the most constraining liquidity requirement to satisfy all regulatory and internal limits at a consolidated and legal entity level.

Liquidity Stress Tests

We use Liquidity Stress Tests to model external and intercompany liquidity flows across multiple scenarios and a range of time horizons. These scenarios contain various combinations of idiosyncratic and systemic stress events of different severity and duration. The methodology, implementation, production and analysis of our Liquidity Stress Tests are important components of the Required Liquidity Framework.

The scenarios or assumptions used by us in our Liquidity Stress Tests include, but are not limited to, the following:

No government support;

No access to equity and unsecured debt markets;

Repayment of all unsecured debt maturing within the stress horizon;

Higher haircuts for and significantly lower availability of secured funding;financing capabilities.

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 5852 


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

Additional collateral that would be required by trading counterparties, certain exchangesWe generally maintain a pool of liquid and clearing organizations related to credit rating downgrades;

Additional collateral that would be required due to collateral substitutions, collateral disputeseasily fundable securities, which takes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and uncalled collateral;

Discretionary unsecured debt buybacks;

Drawdowns on lending commitments provided to third parties; and

Client cash withdrawals and reduction in customer short positions that fund long positions.

Liquidity Stress Tests are produced and results are reported at different levels including major operating subsidiaries and major currencies, to capture specific cashother regulatory requirements, and cash availability across the Firm, includingprovides a limited numbervaluable future source of asset sales in a stressed environment. The Liquidity Stress Tests assume that subsidiaries will use their own liquidity first to fund their obligations before drawing liquidity from the Parent Company and that the Parent Company will support its subsidiaries and will not have access to subsidiaries’ liquidity reserves. In addition to the assumptions underpinning the Liquidity Stress Tests, we take into consideration settlement risk related to intraday settlement and clearing of securities and financing activities.liquidity.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we maintained sufficient liquidity to meet current and contingent funding obligations as modeled in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Global Liquidity Reserve

We maintain sufficient liquidity reserves to cover daily funding needs and to meet strategic liquidity targets sized by the Required Liquidity Framework and Liquidity Stress Tests. The size of the GLR is actively managed by us considering the following components: unsecured debt maturity profile; balance sheet size and composition; funding needs in a stressed environment, inclusive of contingent cash outflows; legal entity, regional and segment liquidity requirements; regulatory requirements; and collateral requirements. In addition, our GLR includes a discretionary surplus based on risk tolerance and is subject to change depending on market and Firm-specific events. The GLR is held within the Parent Company and its major operating subsidiaries. The GLR consists of cash and unencumbered securities sourced

from trading assets, investment securities and securities received as collateral.

GLR by Type of Investment

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
  

At

December 31,
2018

 

At

December 31,
2017

 

Cash deposits with banks1

  $7,167   $8,679  $10,441  $7,167 

Cash deposits with central banks2

   33,791    30,568 

Cash deposits with central banks1

  36,109  33,791 

Unencumbered highly liquid securities:

      

U.S. government obligations

   73,422    78,615   119,138  73,422 

U.S. agency and agency mortgage-backed securities

   55,750    46,360   41,473  55,750 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations3

   19,424    30,884 

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations2

  39,869  19,424 

Other investment grade securities

   3,106    7,191   2,705  3,106 

Total

  $192,660   $202,297  $            249,735  $                192,660 

 

1.

Included in Cash and due from banks and Interest bearing deposits with banks in the balance sheets.

2.

Included in Restricted cash in the balance sheets.

3.

Non-U.S. sovereign obligations are primarilyPrimarily composed of unencumbered Japanese, U.K., German, French, Dutch, U.K.Brazilian and JapaneseFrench government obligations.

GLR Managed by Bank andNon-Bank Legal Entities

 

  

At
December 31,

2017

   

At
December 31,

2016

   Average Daily
Balance
Three Months Ended
 
$ in millions  December 31, 2017  

At

December 31,

2018

 

At

December 31,

2017

 

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

December 31, 2018

 

Bank legal entities

Bank legal entities

 

         

Domestic

  $70,364   $74,411   $69,192  $88,809  $70,364  $79,824 

Foreign

   4,756    4,238    4,242   4,896  4,756   4,691 

Total Bank legal entities

   75,120    78,649    73,434   93,705  75,120   84,515 

Non-Bank legal entities

Non-Bank legal entities

 

       

Domestic:

         

Parent Company

   41,642    66,514    45,319   64,262  41,642   62,315 

Non-Parent Company

   35,264    18,801    32,400   40,936  35,264   36,501 

Total Domestic

   76,906    85,315    77,719   105,198  76,906   98,816 

Foreign

   40,634    38,333    39,186   50,832  40,634   57,957 

TotalNon-Bank legal entities

   117,540    123,648    116,905   156,030  117,540   156,773 

Total

  $192,660   $202,297   $190,339  $        249,735  $        192,660  $241,288 

Regulatory Liquidity Framework

Liquidity Coverage Ratio

We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subject to the LCR requirements, including a requirement to calculate each entity’s LCR on each business day. The requirements are designed to ensure that banking organizations have sufficient HQLA to cover net cash outflows arising from significant stress over 30 calendar days, thus promoting the short-term resilience of the liquidity risk profile of banking organizations. We and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

 

 

 5951 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR

   

At

December 31,
2017

   

At

December 31,
2016

   Average Daily
Balance
Three Months Ended
 
$ in millions      

December 31,

2017

 

HQLA

               

Cash deposits with central banks

  $32,964   $30,569   $33,450 

Securities1

   125,993    129,524    125,269 

Total

  $158,957   $160,093   $158,719 

LCR

             128% 

1.

Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries; U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities; sovereign bonds; investment grade corporate bonds; and publicly traded common equities.

The regulatory definition of HQLA is substantially the same as our GLR. GLR includes cash placed at institutions other than central banks that is considered an inflow for LCR purposes. HQLA includes a portion of cash placed at central banks, certain unencumbered investment grade corporate bonds and publicly traded common equities, which do not meet the definition of our GLR.

Based on our daily calculations, we and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are compliant with the minimum required LCR of 100%.

HQLA by Type of Asset and LCR

  

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

 
 $ in millions 

    December 31,

    2018

   September 30,
2018
 

 HQLA

         

 Cash deposits with central banks

 $44,225   $48,962 

 Securities1

  150,792    140,060 

 Total

 $                195,017   $                189,022 

 LCR

  145%    135% 

1.

Primarily includes U.S. Treasuries, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities, sovereign bonds and investment grade corporate bonds.

The increase in the LCR in the quarter ended December 31, 2018 is due to increased HQLA consistent with higher liquidity levels, and a reduction in net outflows (i.e., the denominator of the ratio), primarily driven by lower secured funding and lending commitment outflows.

The Firm’s calculations are based on our current understanding of the LCR and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from regulators and as the interpretation of the LCR evolves over time.

Net Stable Funding Ratio

The objective of the NSFR is to reduce funding risk over aone-year horizon by requiring banking organizations to fund their activities with sufficiently stable sources of funding in order to mitigate the risk of future funding stress.

The Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (“Basel Committee”) has previously finalized the NSFR framework in 2014.framework. In May 2016, the U.S. banking agencies issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. The proposal would require a covered company to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is measured with reference to sources of funding, including deposit and debt liabilities, that is no less than the amount of its required stable funding, which is measured by applying standardized weightings to its assets, derivatives exposures and certain other items.

If adopted as proposed, the requirements would apply to us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. We continue to evaluate the

potential impact of the proposal, which is subject to further rulemaking procedures. Our preliminary estimates, based on the current proposal, indicate that actions will be necessary to meet the requirement, which we would expect to accomplish by the effective date of any final rule. Our preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results based on the final rule to differ materially from estimates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors.”

Funding Management

We manage our funding in a manner that reduces the risk of disruption to our operations. We pursue a strategy of diversification of secured and unsecured funding sources (by product, investor and region) and attempt to ensure that the tenor of our liabilities equals or exceeds the expected holding period of the assets being financed.

We fund our balance sheet on a global basis through diverse sources. These sources may include our equity capital, borrowings, Securitiessecurities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities lending, deposits, letters of credit and lines of credit. We have active financing programs for both standard and structured products targeting global investors and currencies.

Secured Financing

A substantial portionThe liquid nature of our total assets consist of liquidthe marketable securities and short-term receivables arising principally from sales and trading activities in the Institutional Securities business segment. The liquid nature of these assetssegment provides us with flexibility in managing the composition and size of our balance sheet. Our goal is to achieve an optimal mix of durable secured and unsecured financing. Secured financing investors principally focus on the quality of the eligible collateral posted. Accordingly, we actively manage our secured financings based on the quality of the assets being funded.

We utilize shorter-term secured financing only for highly liquid assets and have established longer tenor limitssecured funding requirements for less liquid asset classes, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption. We define highly liquid assets as government-issued or government-guaranteed securities with a high degree of fundability and less liquid assets as those that do not meet these criteria. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the weighted average maturity of our secured financing of less liquid assets was greater than 120 days.

To further minimize the refinancing risk of secured financing for less liquid assets, we have established concentration limits to diversify our investor base and reduce the amount of monthly maturities for secured financing of less liquid assets. Furthermore, we obtain term secured funding liabilities in excess of less liquid inventory as an additional risk mitigant to replace maturing trades in the event that secured financing markets, or our ability to access them, become limited. As a component of the Liquidity Risk Management Framework, we hold a portion of our GLR against the potential disruption to our secured financing capabilities.

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 6052 


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 LOGO

 

We alsogenerally maintain a pool of liquid and easily fundable securities, which providetakes into account HQLA classifications consistent with LCR definitions, and other regulatory requirements, and provides a valuable future source of liquidity. With

Collateralized Financing Transactions

$ in millions At
  December 31,  
2018
   At
  December 31,  
2017
 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

 $214,835   $208,268 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned

 $61,667   $70,016 

Securities received as collateral1

 $7,668   $13,749 

  

Average Daily Balance

Three Months Ended

 
 $ in millions   December 31,  
2018
     December 31,  
2017
 

 Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed

 

$

            213,974

 

  

$

214,343

 

 Securities sold under agreements
to repurchase and Securities loaned

 

$

57,677

 

  

$

66,879

 

1.

Securities received as collateral are included in Trading assets in the balance sheets.

See Notes 2 and 6 to the implementation offinancial statements for more details on collateralized financing transactions.

In addition to the collateralized financing transactions shown in the previous table, we engage in financing transactions collateralized by customer-owned securities, which are segregated in accordance with regulatory requirements. Receivables under these financing transactions, primarily margin loans, are included in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, and payables under these financing transactions, primarily to prime brokerage customers, are included in Customer and other payables in the balance sheets. Our risk exposure on these transactions is mitigated by collateral maintenance policies that limit our credit exposure to customers and liquidity standards, we have also incorporated HQLA classifications that are consistent with the LCR definitions into our encumbrance reporting, which further substantiates the demonstrated liquidity characteristics of the unencumbered asset pool and our ability to readily identify new funding sources for such assets.reserves held against this risk exposure.

Unsecured Financing

We view borrowingsdeposits and depositsborrowings as stable sources of funding. Unencumberedfunding for unencumbered securities andnon-security assets are financed with a combination of borrowings and deposits.assets. Our unsecured financings include structured borrowings, which are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are based onlinked to the performance of certain underlying assets,a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest-rate-related features, including equity, credit, foreign exchange, interest ratesstep-ups, step-downs and commodities.zero coupons. When appropriate, we may use derivative products to conduct asset and liability management and to make adjustments to

our interest rate and structured borrowings risk profile (see Note 4 to the financial statements).

Deposits

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
 

Savings and demand deposits:

       

Brokerage sweep deposits1

  $135,946   $153,042   

$

141,255

 

 

$

135,946

 

Savings and other

   8,541    1,517   

 

13,642

 

 

 

8,541

 

Total Savings and demand deposits   144,487    154,559   

 

154,897

 

 

 

144,487

 

Time deposits2

   14,949    1,304 

Time deposits

  

 

32,923

 

 

 

14,949

 

Total

  $159,436   $155,863   

$

187,820

 

 

$

159,436

 

 

1.

RepresentsAmounts represent balances swept from client brokerage accounts.

2.

Certain time deposit accounts are carried at fair value under the accounting fair value option (see Note 3 to the financial statements).

Deposits are primarily sourced from our Wealth Management clients and are considered to have stable,low-cost funding characteristics. Total deposits at December 31, 2017 were up slightly2018 increased compared with December 31, 2016, primarily2017, driven by proactive measures to increaseincreases in Time deposits, which primarily consist of brokered certificates of deposit with fixed interest rates and Savings and other deposits, partially offset by a reductionmaturity dates. The increase in Brokerage sweep deposits due toreflects the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposit program in 2018, resulting in inflows of approximately $18 billion, partially offset by client deployment of cash into investments throughout the markets.year. The increase in Savings and other deposits was driven by promotional client offerings.

The inflows related to the redesign of our brokerage sweep deposit program corresponded with outflows from Liquidity products AUM in the Investment Management business segment (see “Business Segments—Investment Management—Assets Under Management or Supervision” for more information).

Borrowings by Remaining Maturity at December 31, 20181

 $ in millions Parent
Company
  Subsidiaries  Total 

 Original maturities of one
year or less

 

$

 

 

$

1,545

 

 

$

1,545

 

 Original maturities greater than one year

 

 2019

 

$

19,849

 

 

$

4,845

 

 

$

24,694

 

 2020

 

 

18,575

 

 

 

2,705

 

 

 

21,280

 

 2021

 

 

21,208

 

 

 

3,434

 

 

 

24,642

 

 2022

 

 

14,969

 

 

 

1,816

 

 

 

16,785

 

 2023

 

 

11,553

 

 

 

2,385

 

 

 

13,938

 

 Thereafter

 

 

70,093

 

 

 

16,685

 

 

 

86,778

 

 Total

 

$

156,247

 

 

$

31,870

 

 

$

188,117

 

 Total Borrowings

 

$

156,247

 

 

$

33,415

 

 

$

189,662

 

1.

Original maturity in the table is generally based on contractual final maturity. For borrowings with put options, remaining maturity represents the earliest put date.

53December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Borrowings of $189,662 million as of December 31, 2018 remained relatively unchanged compared with $192,582 million at December 31, 2017.

We believe that accessing debt investors through multiple distribution channels helps provide consistent access to the unsecured markets. In addition, the issuance of borrowings with original maturities greater than one year allows us to reduce reliance on short-term credit sensitive instruments. Borrowings with original maturities greater than one year are generally managed to achieve staggered maturities, thereby mitigating refinancing risk, and to maximize investor diversification through sales to global institutional and retail clients across regions, currencies and product types.

The availability and cost of financing to us can vary depending on market conditions, the volume of certain trading and lending activities, our credit ratings and the overall availability of credit. We also engage in, and may continue to engage in, repurchases of our borrowings in the ordinary course of business.

Borrowings increased to $192,582 million as of December 31, 2017 compared with $165,716 million at December 31, 2016. This increase is a result of issuances, partially offset by maturities and retirements as presented in the following table.

$ in millions2017

Issued

$                    55,416 

Matured or retired

(35,825)

For further information on Borrowings, see Note 11 to the financial statements.

Credit Ratings

We rely on external sources to finance a significant portion of our daily operations. The cost and availability of financing generally are impacted by our credit ratings, among other things. In addition, our credit ratings can have an impact on certain trading revenues, particularly in those businesses where longer-term counterparty performance is a key consideration, such as OTC derivative transactions, including credit derivatives and interest rate swaps. When determining credit ratings, rating agencies consider company-specific factors, other industry factors such as regulatory or legislative changes and the macroeconomic environment, among other things.

Our credit ratings do not include any uplift from perceived government support from any rating agency given the significant progress of U.S. financial reform legislation and regulations. Some rating agencies have stated that they currently incorporate various degrees of credit rating uplift fromnon-governmental third-party sources of potential support.

61December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Parent Company and MSBNA Senior Unsecured Ratings at February 21, 20182019

 

  Parent Company
   Short-Term
Debt
 Long-Term
Debt
 Rating
Outlook

DBRS, Inc.

 

R-1 (middle)

 

A (high)

 

Stable

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

F1

 

A

 

Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

P-2

 

A3

 

Stable

Rating and Investment
Information, Inc.

 

a-1

 

A-

 Stable

Positive

S&P Global Ratings

 

A-2

 

BBB+

 

Stable

 

  MSBNA
   

Short-Term

Debt

 

Long-Term

Debt

 Rating
Outlook

Fitch Ratings, Inc.

 

F1

 

A+

 

Stable

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

P-1

 

A1

 

Stable

S&P Global Ratings

 

A-1

 

A+

 

Stable

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments

In connection with certain OTC trading agreementsderivatives and certain other agreements where we are a liquidity provider to certain financing vehicles associated with the Institutional Securities business segment, we may be required to provide additional collateral, immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties or pledge additional collateral to certain exchanges and clearing organizations in the event of a future credit rating downgrade irrespective of whether we are in a net asset or net liability position.

The See Note 4 to the financial statements for additional collateral or termination paymentsinformation on OTC derivatives that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract andcan be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings. The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchanges and clearing organizations in the event ofone-notch ortwo-notch downgrade scenarios, from the lowest of Moody’s ratings or S&P Global Ratings, based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.contain such contingent features.

Incremental Collateral or Terminating Payments upon Potential Future Rating Downgrade

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

One-notch downgrade

  $822   $1,292 

Two-notch downgrade

   596    875 

While certain aspects of a credit rating downgrade are quantifiable pursuant to contractual provisions, the impact it would have on our business and results of operations in future periods is inherently uncertain and would depend on a number of interrelated factors, including, among others,other things, the magnitude of the downgrade, the rating relative to peers, the rating assigned by the relevant agencypre-downgrade,

individual client behavior and future mitigating actions we might take. The liquidity impact of additional collateral requirements is included in our Liquidity Stress Tests.

Capital Management

We view capital as an important source of financial strength and actively manage our consolidated capital position based upon, among other things, business opportunities, risks, capital availability and rates of return together with internal capital policies, regulatory requirements and rating agency guidelines and, therefore, inguidelines. In the future, we may expand or contract our capital base to address the changing needs of our businesses. We attempt to maintain total capital, on a consolidated basis, at least equal to the sum of our operating subsidiaries’ required equity.

December 2018 Form 10-K54


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Common Stock

 

$ in millions  2017   2016  2018 2017 

Repurchases of common stock

  $    3,750   $    3,500 

Repurchases of common stock under our Share Repurchase Program

 $                4,860  $                3,750 

Our Board has authorized theFrom time to time we repurchase our outstanding common stock as part of our share repurchase program. On April 18, 2018, we entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”), whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s outstandingcommon stock underto us as part of our share repurchase program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”) and has no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and us, including our joint ventures in Japan. For a description of our share repurchase program, (“Share Repurchase Program”). Pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program, we consider, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under our program will be exercised from time to time at prices we deem appropriate subject to various factors, including our capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by us are subject to regulatory approval (seesee “Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities”).Securities.”

For a description of our capital plan, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Regulatory Requirements—Capital Plans and Stress Tests.”

Common Stock Dividend Announcement

 

Announcement date

   January 18, 201817, 2019 

Amount per share

   $0.250.30 

Date paid

   February 15, 20182019 

Shareholders of record as of

   January 31, 20182019 

Preferred Stock

Preferred Stock Dividend Announcement

 

Announcement date

   December 15, 201717, 2018 

Date paid

   January 16, 201815, 2019 

Shareholders of record as of

   December 29, 201731, 2018 

For additional information on common and preferred stock, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

December 2017 Form 10-K62


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and are subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”).

In December 2017, the Basel Committee released its agreement on a comprehensive set of revisions to its Basel III Framework. The revised requirements are expected to take effect starting January 2022, subject to U.S. banking agencies issuing implementation proposals. The impact on us of any revisions to the Basel Committee’s capital standards is uncertain and depends on future rulemakings by the U.S. banking agencies.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, RWAs and transition provisions follows.

Regulatory Capital. Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions. Certain of these adjustments and deductions are also subject to transitional provisions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, on a fullyphased-in basis by 2019, we will be subject to the following buffers:

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

Thephase-in amount for each of the buffers was 50% of the fullyphased-in buffer requirement in 2017, and increases to 75% in 2018. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a further discussion of theG-SIB capital surcharge, see“G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.

See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

Risk-Weighted Assets. RWAs reflect both ouron- andoff-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:

Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;

Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).

For a further discussion of our market, credit and operational risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”

Our risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWAs (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAs (“Advanced Approach”). The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWAs using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2017, our ratios are based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules. At December 31, 2016, the ratios were based on the Advanced Approach transitional rules.

The minimum risk-based capital ratios applicable to us will change through January 1, 2019 as presented in the following chart.

63December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios: Transitional Provisions

1.

These ratios assume the requirements for theG-SIB capital surcharge (3.0%) and CCyB (zero) remain at current levels. See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

Transitional and FullyPhased-In Regulatory Capital Ratios

  

At December 31, 2017

 
  Transitional  Pro Forma Fully Phased-In 
$ in millions Standardized  Advanced  Standardized  Advanced 

Risk-based capital

 

   

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $61,134  $61,134  $60,564  $60,564 

Tier 1 capital

  69,938   69,938   69,120   69,120 

Total capital

  80,275   80,046   79,470   79,240 

Total RWAs

  369,578   350,212   377,241   358,324 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  16.5%   17.5%   16.1%   16.9% 

Tier 1 capital ratio

  18.9%   20.0%   18.3%   19.3% 

Total capital ratio

  21.7%   22.9%   21.1%   22.1% 

Leverage-based capital

    

Adjusted average assets1

 $842,270   N/A  $841,756   N/A 

Tier 1 leverage ratio2

  8.3%   N/A   8.2%   N/A 

  At December 31, 2016 
  Transitional  Pro Forma Fully Phased-In 
$ in millions Standardized  Advanced  Standardized  Advanced 

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $60,398  $60,398  $58,616  $58,616 

Tier 1 capital

  68,097   68,097   66,315   66,315 

Total capital

  78,917   78,642   77,155   76,881 

Total RWAs

  340,191   358,141   351,101   369,709 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

  17.8%   16.9%   16.7%   15.9% 

Tier 1 capital ratio

  20.0%   19.0%   18.9%   17.9% 

Total capital ratio

  23.2%   22.0%   22.0%   20.8% 

Leverage-based capital

    

Adjusted average assets1

 $811,402   N/A  $810,288   N/A 

Tier 1 leverage ratio2

  8.4%   N/A   8.2%   N/A 
1.

Adjusted average assets represent the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and are composed of the average daily balance of consolidatedon-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

2.

The minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio requirement is 4.0%.

The fullyphased-in pro forma estimates in the previous tables are based on our current understanding of the capital rules and other factors, which may be subject to change as we receive additional clarification and implementation guidance from the Federal Reserve and as the interpretation of the regulations evolves over time. These fullyphased-in pro forma estimates arenon-GAAP financial measures because they were not yet effective at December 31, 2017. These preliminary estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially and should not be taken as a projection of what our capital, capital ratios, RWAs, earnings or other results will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors.”

Well-Capitalized Minimum Regulatory Capital Ratios for U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

At December 31, 2017

Common Equity Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

6.5%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

8.0%

Total risk-based capital ratio

10.0%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

5.0%

For us to remain an FHC, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must qualify as well-capitalized by maintaining the minimum ratio requirements set forth in the previous table. The Federal Reserve has not yet revised the well-capitalized standard for FHCs to reflect the higher capital standards required of us under the capital rules. Assuming that the Federal Reserve would apply the same or very similar well-capitalized standards to FHCs, each of our risk-based capital ratios and Tier 1 leverage ratio at December 31, 2017 would have exceeded the revised well-capitalized standard. The Federal Reserve may require an FHC to maintain risk- and leverage-based capital ratios substantially in excess of mandated minimum levels, depending upon general economic conditions and the FHC’s particular condition, risk profile and growth plans.

December 2017 Form 10-K64


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Regulatory Capital Calculated under Transitional Rules

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,
2017

  

At

December 31,

2016

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   

Common stock and surplus

  $14,354  $17,494  

Retained earnings

   57,577   53,679  

AOCI

   (3,060  (2,643) 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Net goodwill

   (6,599  (6,526) 

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

   (1,956  (1,631) 

Other adjustments and deductions1

   818   25  

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $61,134  $60,398  

Additional Tier 1 capital

   

Preferred stock

  $8,520  $7,520  

Noncontrolling interests

   494   613  

Other adjustments and deductions2

   146   (246) 

Additional Tier 1 capital

  $9,160  $7,887  

Deduction for investments in covered funds

   (356  (188) 

Total Tier 1 capital

  $69,938  $68,097  

Standardized Tier 2 capital

   

Subordinated debt

  $9,839  $10,303  

Noncontrolling interests

   83   62  

Eligible allowance for credit losses

   423   464  

Other adjustments and deductions

   (8  (9) 

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital

  $10,337  $10,820  

Total Standardized capital

  $80,275  $78,917  

Advanced Tier 2 capital

   

Subordinated debt

  $9,839  $10,303  

Noncontrolling interests

   83   62  

Eligible credit reserves

   194   189  

Other adjustments and deductions

   (8  (9) 

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital

  $10,108  $10,545  

Total Advanced capital

  $80,046  $78,642  

Regulatory Capital Rollforward Calculated under Transitional Rules

$ in millions 2017 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2016

 $        60,398 

Change related to the following items:

 

Value of shareholders’ common equity

  341 

Net goodwill

  (73

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

  (325

Other adjustments and deductions1

  793 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2017

 $61,134 

Additional Tier 1 capital

 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2016

 $7,887 

New issuance of qualifying preferred stock

  1,000 

Change related to the following items:

 

Noncontrolling interests

  (119

Other adjustments and deductions2

  392 

Additional Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2017

  9,160 

Deduction for investments in covered funds at December 31, 2016

  (188) 

Change in deduction for investments in covered funds

  (168

Deduction for investments in covered funds at December 31, 2017

  (356

Tier 1 capital at December 31, 2017

 $69,938 

Standardized Tier 2 capital

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2016

 $10,820 

Change related to the following items:

 

Eligible allowance for credit losses

  (41

Other changes, adjustments and deductions3

  (442

Standardized Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2017

 $10,337 

Total Standardized capital at December 31, 2017

 $80,275 

Advanced Tier 2 capital

 

Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2016

 $10,545 

Change related to the following items:

 

Eligible credit reserves

  5 

Other changes, adjustments and deductions3

  (442

Advanced Tier 2 capital at December 31, 2017

 $10,108 

Total Advanced capital at December 31, 2017

 $80,046 

1.

Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital include credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, net deferred tax assets, netafter-tax DVA and adjustments related to AOCI.

2.

Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Additional Tier 1 capital include credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, net deferred tax assets and netafter-tax DVA.

3.

Other changes, adjustments and deductions used in the calculations of Standardized and Advanced Tier 2 capital include changes in subordinated debt and noncontrolling interests.

65December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

RWAs Rollforward Calculated under Transitional Rules

   20171 

$ in millions

   Standardized   Advanced 

Credit risk RWAs

   

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $    278,874  $    169,231  

Change related to the following items:

   

Derivatives

   8,387   181  

Securities financing transactions

   7,455   2,663  

Securitizations

   1,609   1,485  

Investment securities

   (3,491  (1,936) 

Commitments, guarantees and loans

   2,716   (7,702) 

Cash

   (689  (997) 

Equity investments

   (1,007  (1,085) 

Other credit risk2

   429   802  

Total change in credit risk RWAs

  $15,409  $(6,589) 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $294,283  $162,642  

Market risk RWAs

   

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $61,317  $60,872  

Change related to the following items:

   

Regulatory VaR

   40   40  

Regulatory stressed VaR

   4,970   4,970  

Incremental risk charge

   3,878   3,878  

Comprehensive risk measure

   (2,610  (2,590) 

Specific risk:

         

Non-securitizations

   3,568   3,568  

Securitizations

   4,132   4,169  

Total change in market risk RWAs

  $13,978  $14,035  

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $75,295  $74,907  

Operational risk RWAs

   

Balance at December 31, 2016

  $N/A  $128,038  

Change in operational risk RWAs

   N/A   (15,375) 

Balance at December 31, 2017

  $N/A  $112,663  

Total RWAs

  $369,578  $350,212  

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

1.

The RWAs for each category in the table reflect bothon- andoff-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

2.

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category,non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions, as applicable.

Credit risk RWA increased $15,409 million in 2017 under the Standardized Approach, primarily driven by increased exposures in derivatives and margin lending. Credit risk RWA under the Advanced Approach decreased $6,589 million in 2017, primarily due to reduced exposures in corporate loans.

Market risk RWA increased $13,978 million and $14,035 million in 2017 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches, respectively, primarily driven by increases in stressed VaR, specific risk charges from securitizations andnon-securitizations, and incremental risk charges from broad-based increases in trading exposures in response to client demand.

The decrease of $15,375 million in operational risk RWAs in 2017 under the Advanced Approach reflects a reduction in the internal loss frequency related to litigation utilized in the operational risk capital model.

Supplementary Leverage Ratio

Pro Forma Supplementary Leverage Exposure and Ratio

  At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Transitional
Basis
  Fully
Phased-in1
  Transitional
Basis
  Fully
Phased-in1
 

Average total assets2

 $851,510  $851,510  $820,536  $820,536  

Adjustments3, 4

  231,173   230,660   242,113   240,999  

Pro forma supplementary leverage exposure

 $ 1,082,683  $ 1,082,170  $ 1,062,649  $ 1,061,535  

Pro forma SLR

  6.5%   6.4%   6.4%   6.2% 

1.

Estimated amounts utilize fullyphased-in Tier 1 capital and take into consideration the Tier 1 capital deductions that would be applicable in 2018 after thephase-in period has ended.

2.

Computed as the average daily balance of consolidated total assets under U.S. GAAP during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

3.

Computed as the average of themonth-end balances over the quarter ended December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

4.

Adjustments are to: (i) incorporate derivative exposures, including adding the related potential future exposure (including for derivatives cleared for clients), grossing up cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met and adding the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) reflect the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; (iii) add the credit equivalent amount foroff-balance sheet exposures; and (iv) apply other adjustments to Tier 1 capital, including disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets and certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

The SLR becomes effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. Beginning on that date, we will be required to maintain a Tier 1 supplementary leverage ratio of 3% as well as an SLR capital buffer of at least 2% (for a total of at least 5%) in order to avoid limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. In addition, our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must maintain an SLR of 6% to be considered well-capitalized.

U.S. Subsidiary Banks’ Pro Forma Supplementary Leverage Ratios on a Transitional Basis

    At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2016  

MSBNA

   9.1%    7.7% 

MSPBNA

   9.3%    10.2% 

The pro forma transitional and fullyphased-in supplementary leverage exposures and ratios for both us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries arenon-GAAP financial measures because they were not yet effective at December 31, 2017. Our estimates are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from estimates based on these regulations. Further, these expectations should not be taken as projections of what our SLR, earnings, assets or exposures will actually be at future dates. For a discussion of risks and uncertainties that may affect our future results, see “Risk Factors.”

G-SIB Capital Surcharge

We and other U.S.G-SIBs are subject to a risk-based capital surcharge. AG-SIB must calculate itsG-SIB capital

December 2017 Form 10-K66


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

surcharge under two methods and use the higher of the two surcharges. The first method considers theG-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability and complexity, which is generally consistent with the methodology developed by the Basel Committee (“Method 1”). The second method uses similar inputs, but replaces substitutability with the use of short-term wholesale funding (“Method 2”) and generally results in higher surcharges than the first method. TheG-SIB capital surcharge must be satisfied using Common Equity Tier 1 capital and functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. Our currentG-SIB surcharge is 3%. The surcharge is being phased in between January 1, 2016 and January 1, 2019. Thephase-in amount was 50% of the applicable surcharge in 2017, and increases to 75% in 2018 (see “Minimum Risk-Based Capital Ratios: Transitional Provisions” herein).

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule fortop-tier BHCs of U.S.G-SIBs (“covered BHC”), including the Parent Company, that establishes external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements. The final rule contains various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured, have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance and not have certain derivative-linked features, typically associated with certain types of structured notes. We expect to be in compliance with all requirements of the rule by January 1, 2019, the date that compliance is required.

The main purpose of the Federal Reserve’s minimum external TLAC and LTD requirements is to ensure that covered BHCs, including the Parent Company, will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where an SPOE resolution strategy is used (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”).

Under the final rule, a covered BHC is required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of 18% of total RWAs and 7.5% of its total leverage exposure (the denominator of its SLR). In addition, covered BHCs must meet a separate external LTD requirement equal to the greater of 6% of total RWAs plus the greater of the Method 1 and Method 2G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Parent Company and 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.

In addition, the final rule imposes TLAC buffer requirements on top of both the risk-based and leverage-exposure-based

external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, the covered BHC’s Method 1G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWAs. The leverage-exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of the covered BHC’s total leverage exposure. Failure to maintain the TLAC buffers would result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

The final rule provides permanent grandfathering for debt instruments issued prior to December 31, 2016 that would be eligible LTD but for having impermissible acceleration clauses or being governed by foreign law.

Furthermore, under the clean holding company requirements of the final rule, a covered BHC is prohibited from incurring any external short-term debt or certain other liabilities, regardless of whether the liabilities are fully secured or otherwise senior to eligible LTD, or entering into certain other prohibited transactions. Certain other external liabilities, including structured notes, are subject to a cap equal to 5% of the covered BHC’s outstanding external TLAC amount.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorporate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the requirements that are phased in over the planning horizon, and serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.

The capital plan rule requires that large BHCs receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan,

67December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

the BHC must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the BHC would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. A BHC’s ability to make capital distributions (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments) is also limited if its net capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan.

In January 2017, the Federal Reserve adopted revisions to the capital plan and stress test rules that, among other things, reduce thede minimis threshold for additional capital distributions that a firm may make during a capital plan cycle without seeking the Federal Reserve’s prior approval. The final rule also establishes a “blackout period” beginning in March of each year while the Federal Reserve is conducting CCAR reviews, during which firms are not permitted to submitde minimis exception notices or prior approval requests for additional capital distributions. The Federal Reserve is currently considering making further changes to CCAR requirements.

We submitted our 2017 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) andcompany-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on April 5, 2017. On June 22, 2017, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us. On June 28, 2017, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and announced that it did not object to the Capital Plan.

The Capital Plan includes the repurchase of up to $5.0 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2017 through June 30, 2018, an increase from $3.5 billion in the 2016 Capital Plan. Additionally, the Capital Plan includes an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.25 per share from $0.20 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend declared on July 19, 2017. We disclosed a summary of the results of ourcompany-run stress tests on June 23, 2017 on our Investor Relations website. In addition, we submitted the results of ourmid-cyclecompany-run stress test to the Federal Reserve on October 5, 2017 and disclosed a summary of the results on October 20, 2017 on our Investor Relations website.

For the 2018 capital planning and stress test cycle, we are required to submit our capital planand company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2018. We expect that the Federal Reserve will provide its response to our 2018 capital plan by June 30, 2018. The Federal Reserve is expected to publish summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us, by June 30, 2018. We are required to disclose a summary of the results ofour company-run stress tests within 15 days of the date the Federal Reserve discloses the results

of the supervisory stress tests. In addition, we must submit the results ofour mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by October 5, 2018 and disclose a summary of the results between October 5, 2018 and November 4, 2018.

In addition, we must conduct semiannualcompany-run stress tests and are subject to an annual Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2017 annualcompany-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2017 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 23, 2017 on our Investor Relations website. For the 2018 stress test cycle, MSBNA and MSPBNA must submit their annualcompany-run stress tests to the OCC by April 5, 2018 and publish the summary results between June 15, 2018 and July 15, 2018.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverageuse-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent Company equity. We generally hold Parent Company equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

Effective January 1, 2016, the common equity estimation and attribution to the business segments are based on our pro forma fullyphased-in regulatory capital estimates. Prior periods were attributed based on transitional regulatory capital provisions and have not been recast. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). Differences between available and Required Capital are attributed to Parent Company equity during the year.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory

December 2017 Form 10-K68


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

environment, for example, to incorporate changes in stress testing or enhancements to modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Average Common Equity Attribution1

$ in billions 2017  2016  2015 

Institutional Securities

 $            40.2  $            43.2  $            34.6  

Wealth Management

  17.2   15.3   11.2  

Investment Management

  2.4   2.8   2.2  

Parent Company

  10.0   7.6   18.9  

Total

 $69.8  $68.9  $66.9  

1.

Average common equity is anon-GAAP financial measure. See “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Regulatory Developments

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2017 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. We submitted our full 2017 resolution plan on June 30, 2017. As indicated in our 2017 resolution plan, the Parent Company has amended and restated its support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan. Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.

The obligations of the Parent Company under the secured amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material entities against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

In December 2017, we received joint feedback on our 2017 resolution plan from the Federal Reserve and the FDIC. The feedback identified no deficiencies in our 2017 resolution plan but noted one shortcoming to be remediated in our next resolution plan submission.

Further, the Federal Reserve and the FDIC have extended the next resolution plan filing deadline for eight large domestic banks, including us, by one year to July 1, 2019.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

Legacy Covered Funds under the Volcker Rule

The Volcker Rule prohibits “banking entities,” including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain “proprietary trading” activities, as defined in the Volcker Rule, subject to exemptions for underwriting, market-making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging and certain other activities. The Volcker Rule also prohibits certain investments and relationships by banking entities with “covered funds,” with a number of exemptions and exclusions. In June 2017, we received approval from the Federal Reserve of our application for a five-year extension of the transition period to conform investments in certain legacy Volcker covered funds that are also illiquid funds. The approval covered essentially all of ournon-conforming investments in, and relationships with, legacy covered funds subject to the Volcker Rule. For more information about the Volcker Rule, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Activities Restrictions under the Volcker Rule.”

U.S. Department of Labor Conflict of Interest Rule

The U.S. DOL’s final Conflict of Interest Rule under ERISA went into effect on June 9, 2017, with certain aspects subject tophased-in compliance. Full compliance with the rule’s related exemptions is currently scheduled to be required by July 1, 2019. In addition, the U.S. DOL is undertaking an examination of the rule that may result in changes to the rule or its related exemptions or a change in the full compliance date. For a discussion of the U.S. DOL Conflict of Interest Rule, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Institutional Securities and Wealth Management.”

U.K. Referendum

Following the U.K. electorate vote to leave the E.U., the U.K. invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty on March 29, 2017, which triggered atwo-year period, subject to extension (which would need the unanimous approval of the E.U. Member States), during which the U.K. government is expected to negotiate its withdrawal agreement with the E.U. For further discussion of U.K. referendum’s potential impact on our operations, see “Risk Factors—International Risk.” For further information regarding our exposure to the U.K., see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.”

69December 2017 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

Expected Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate

Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and others with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR based on observable market transactions. It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of LIBOR to alternative rates will occur over the course of the next few years.

Effects of Inflation and Changes in Interest and Foreign Exchange Rates

To the extent that an increased inflation outlook results in rising interest rates or has negative impacts on the valuation of financial instruments that exceed the impact on the value of our liabilities, it may adversely affect our financial position and profitability. Rising inflation may also result in increases in ournon-interest expenses that may not be readily recoverable in higher prices of services offered. Other changes in the interest rate environment and related volatility, as well as expectations about the level of future interest rates, could also impact our results of operations.

A significant portion of our business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar, therefore, can affect the value ofnon-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies are closely monitored, and, where cost-justified, strategies are adopted that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on our financial performance. These strategies may include the financing ofnon-U.S. dollar assets with direct or swap-based borrowings in the same currency and the use of currency forward contracts or the spot market in various hedging transactions related to net assets, revenues, expenses or cash flows. For information about cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments, see Note 15 to the financial statements.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Contractual Obligations

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We enter into variousoff-balance sheet arrangements, including through unconsolidated SPEs and lending-related financial instruments (e.g., guarantees and commitments), primarily in connection with the Institutional Securities and Investment Management business segments.

We utilize SPEs primarily in connection with securitization activities. For information on our securitization activities, see Note 13 to the financial statements.

For information on our commitments, obligations under certain guarantee arrangements and indemnities, see Note 12 to the financial statements. For further information on our lending commitments, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Lending Activities.Activities Included in Loans and Trading Assets.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations include certain borrowings, other secured financings, contractual interest payments, contractual payments on time deposits, operating leases and purchase obligations.

Contractual Obligations

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 
 Payments Due in:  Payments Due in: 
$ in millions 2018 2019-2020 2021-2022 Thereafter Total  2019 2020-2021 2022-2023 Thereafter Total 

Borrowings1

 $23,870   $    45,963   $    36,649   $    84,581  $    191,063   

$

    24,694

 

 

 

$    45,922

 

 

 

$    30,723

 

 

 

$    86,778

 

 

$

    188,117

 

Other secured financings1

  4,992   3,142   153   398   8,685   

 

5,900

 

 

 

600

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

6,772

 

Contractual interest payments2

  4,903   7,930   5,680   17,031   35,544   

 

4,895

 

 

 

7,606

 

 

 

5,565

 

 

 

15,842

 

 

 

33,908

 

Time deposits3

  12,300   2,481   108   129   15,018  

Operating leases—premises4

  664   1,183   938   2,639   5,424  

Time deposits—principal and interest payments

 

 

17,351

 

 

 

12,830

 

 

 

2,791

 

 

 

191

 

 

 

33,163

 

Operating leases— premises3

 

 

677

 

 

 

1,259

 

 

 

1,062

 

 

 

2,639

 

 

 

5,637

 

Purchase obligations

  598   607   217   197   1,619   

 

724

 

 

 

614

 

 

 

177

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

1,668

 

Total5

 $    47,327   $    61,306   $    43,745   $    104,975  $    257,353  

Total4

 

$

54,241

 

 

 

$    68,831

 

 

 

$    40,430

 

 

 

$  105,763

 

 

$

269,265

 

 

1.

For further information on Borrowings and Other secured financings, see Note 11 to the financial statements. Amounts presented for Borrowings and Other secured financings are financings with original maturities greater than one year. For further information on Borrowings and Other secured financings, see Note 11 to the financial statements.

2.

Amounts represent estimated future contractual interest payments related to unsecured borrowings with original maturities greater than one year based on applicable interest rates at December 31, 2017.2018.

3.

Amounts represent contractual principal and interest payments related to time deposits primarily held at our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

4.

For further information on operating leases covering premises and equipment, see Note 12 to the financial statements.

5.4.

Amounts exclude unrecognized tax benefits, as the timing and amount of future cash payments are not determinable at this time (see Note 20 to the financial statements for further information).

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments.

Purchase obligations for goods and services include payments for, among other things, consulting, outsourcing, computer and telecommunications maintenance agreements, and certain transmission, transportation and storage contracts related to the commodities business. Purchase obligations at December 31, 20172018 reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. These amounts exclude obligations for goods and services that already have been incurred

Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

We are an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHC Act”), and are reflectedsubject to the regulation and oversight of the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for us, including “well-capitalized” standards, and evaluates our compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. For us to remain an FHC, we must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the Federal Reserve and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with standards established by the OCC. For additional information on regulatory capital requirements for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, see Note 14 to the financial statements.

55December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve are largely based on the Basel III capital standards established by the Basel Committee and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”).

Regulatory Capital Requirements

We are required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverage-based capital ratios under regulatory capital requirements.

Risk-Based Regulatory Capital.Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the balance sheets.capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, we are subject to the following buffers in 2019:

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

In 2018 and 2017, each of the buffers was 75% and 50%, respectively, of the fullyphased-in 2019 requirement noted above. Failure to maintain the buffers would result in restrictions on our ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers. For a further discussion of theG-SIB capital surcharge, see“G-SIB Capital Surcharge” herein.

Risk-Weighted Assets.RWA reflects both ouron- andoff-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:

Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to us;

Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).

For a further discussion of our credit, market and operational risks, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk.”

Our risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWA (“Advanced Approach”). The credit risk RWA calculations between the two approaches differ in that the Standardized Approach requires calculation of RWA using prescribed risk weights, whereas the Advanced Approach utilizes models to calculate exposure amounts and risk weights. At December 31, 2018, our ratios for determining regulatory compliance are based on the Standardized Approach rules, while at December 31, 2017, the ratios were based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules.

Effective January 1, 2019, Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital requirements, inclusive of buffers, increase to 10.0%, 11.5% and 13.5%, respectively.

See “Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements” herein for additional capital requirements effective January 1, 2019.

Leverage-Based Regulatory Capital. Minimum leverage-based capital requirements include a Tier 1 leverage ratio and an SLR. The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018. We are required to maintain a Tier 1 SLR of 3%, as well as an enhanced SLR capital buffer of at least 2% (for a total of at least 5%) in order to avoid potential limitations on capital distributions, including dividends and stock repurchases, and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

Regulatory Capital Ratios

  At December 31, 2018 
  

Required

Ratio

  FullyPhased-In 
$ in millions Standardized   Advanced 

Risk-based capital

    

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

     

$

62,086

 

  

$

62,086

 

Tier 1 capital

     

 

70,619

 

  

 

70,619

 

Total capital

     

 

80,052

 

  

 

79,814

 

Total RWA

     

 

367,309

 

  

 

363,054

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

 

 

8.6%

 

 

 

16.9%

 

  

 

17.1%

 

Tier 1 capital ratio

 

 

10.1%

 

 

 

19.2%

 

  

 

19.5%

 

Total capital ratio

 

 

12.1%

 

 

 

21.8%

 

  

 

22.0%

 

Leverage-based capital

    

Adjusted average assets1

     

$

843,074

 

  

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

4.0%

 

 

 

8.4%

 

  

 

N/A

 

Supplementary leverage exposure2

     

 

N/A

 

  

$

  1,092,672

 

SLR

 

 

5.0%

 

 

 

N/A

 

  

 

6.5%

 

December 2018 Form 10-K56


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

  At December 31, 2017 
  

Required

Ratio

  Transitional3  Pro Forma Fully
Phased-In
 
$ in millions Standardized  Advanced  Standardized  Advanced 

Risk-based capital

     

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

     

$

61,134

 

 

$

61,134

 

 

$

60,564

 

 

$

60,564

 

Tier 1 capital

     

 

69,938

 

 

 

69,938

 

 

 

69,120

 

 

 

69,120

 

Total capital

     

 

80,275

 

 

 

80,046

 

 

 

79,470

 

 

 

79,240

 

Total RWA

     

 

369,578

 

 

 

350,212

 

 

 

377,241

 

 

 

358,324

 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio

 

 

7.3%

 

 

 

16.5%

 

 

 

17.5%

 

 

 

16.1%

 

 

 

16.9%

 

Tier 1 capital ratio

 

 

8.8%

 

 

 

18.9%

 

 

 

20.0%

 

 

 

18.3%

 

 

 

19.3%

 

Total capital ratio

 

 

10.8%

 

 

 

21.7%

 

 

 

22.9%

 

 

 

21.1%

 

 

 

22.1%

 

Leverage-based capital

 

    

Adjusted average assets1

     

$

842,270

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

841,756

 

 

 

N/A

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

4.0%

 

 

 

8.3%

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

8.2%

 

 

 

N/A

 

Supplementary leverage exposure2

     

 

N/A

 

 

$

    1,082,683

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

    1,082,170

 

Pro forma SLR

 

 

5.0%

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

6.5%

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

6.4%

 

1.

Adjusted average assets represents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and is composed of the average daily balance of consolidatedon-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the quarters ended December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other capital deductions.

2.

Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures,gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount foroff-balance sheet exposures.

3.

Regulatory compliance at December 31, 2017 was determined based on capital ratios calculated under transitional rules.

At December 31, 2017, the pro forma fully phased-in estimated amounts and the pro forma estimated SLR utilized fullyphased-in Tier 1 capital, including the fullyphased-in Tier 1 capital deductions that applied beginning January 1, 2018. These pro forma fully phased-in estimates were non-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017. These estimates were based on our understanding of the capital rules and other factors at the time.

Regulatory compliance was determined based on capital ratios, including regulatory capital and RWA, calculated under the transitional rules until December 31, 2017. The regulatory capital analyses in the following tables are presented using pro forma fullyphased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017, which are on an equivalent basis to amounts calculated as of December 31, 2018.

FullyPhased-In Regulatory Capital

$ in millions

 

At

December 31,

2018

  

At

December 31,

20171

  Change 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   

Common stock and surplus

 

$

9,843

 

 

$

    14,354

 

 

$

(4,511)

 

Retained earnings

 

 

  64,175

 

 

 

57,577

 

 

 

6,598 

 

AOCI

 

 

(2,292

 

 

(3,060

 

 

768 

 

Regulatory adjustments and deductions:

   

Net goodwill

 

 

(6,661

 

 

(6,599

 

 

(62)

 

Net intangible assets (other than goodwill and mortgage servicing assets)

 

 

(2,158

 

 

(2,446

 

 

288 

 

Other adjustments and deductions2

 

 

(821

 

 

738

 

 

 

(1,559)

 

Total Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 

$

62,086

 

 

$

60,564

 

 

$

  1,522 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

   

Preferred stock

 

$

8,520

 

 

$

8,520

 

 

$

— 

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

454

 

 

 

415

 

 

 

39 

 

Other adjustments and deductions

 

 

 

 

 

(23

 

 

23 

 

Additional Tier 1 capital

 

$

8,974

 

 

$

8,912

 

 

$

62 

 

Deduction for investments in covered funds

 

 

(441

 

 

(356

 

 

(85)

 

Total Tier 1 capital

 

$

70,619

 

 

$

69,120

 

 

$

1,499

 

Standardized Tier 2 capital

   

Subordinated debt

 

$

8,923

 

 

$

9,839

 

 

$

(916)

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

107

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

Eligible allowance for credit losses

 

 

440

 

 

 

423

 

 

 

17 

 

Other adjustments and deductions

 

 

(37

 

 

(10

 

 

(27)

 

Total Standardized Tier 2 capital

 

$

9,433

 

 

$

10,350

 

 

$

(917)

 

Total Standardized capital

 

$

80,052

 

 

$

79,470

 

 

$

582 

 

Advanced Tier 2 capital

   

Subordinated debt

 

$

8,923

 

 

$

9,839

 

 

$

(916)

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

107

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

 

Eligible credit reserves

 

 

202

 

 

 

193

 

 

 

 

Other adjustments and deductions

 

 

(37

 

 

(10

 

 

(27)

 

Total Advanced Tier 2 capital

 

$

9,195

 

 

$

10,120

 

 

$

(925)

 

Total Advanced capital

 

$

79,814

 

 

$

79,240

 

 

$

574 

 

1.

The pro forma fullyphased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 arenon-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

2.

Other adjustments and deductions used in the calculation of Common Equity Tier 1 capital include credit spread premium over risk-free rate for derivative liabilities, net deferred tax assets, netafter-tax DVA and adjustments related to AOCI.

57December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

FullyPhased-In RWA Rollforward

  20181 

$ in millions

 

Standardized  

  

Advanced    

 

Credit risk RWA

  

Balance at December 31, 20172

 

  $

          301,946

 

 

$

          170,754

 

Change related to the following items:

  

Derivatives

 

 

(1,589

 

 

661

 

Securities financing transactions

 

 

(5,492

 

 

2,384

 

Securitizations

 

 

2,859

 

 

 

2,974

 

Investment securities

 

 

83

 

 

 

7,449

 

Commitments, guarantees and loans

 

 

11,302

 

 

 

10,117

 

Cash

 

 

1,728

 

 

 

1,409

 

Equity investments

 

 

(3,441

 

 

(3,657

Other credit risk3

 

 

(1,865

 

 

(1,496

Total change in credit risk RWA

 

  $

3,585

 

 

$

19,841

 

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

  $

305,531

 

 

$

190,595

 

Market risk RWA

  

Balance at December 31, 20172

 

  $

75,295

 

 

$

74,907

 

Change related to the following items:

  

Regulatory VaR

 

 

1,342

 

 

 

1,342

 

Regulatory stressed VaR

 

 

(2,908

 

 

(2,908

Incremental risk charge

 

 

1,425

 

 

 

1,425

 

Comprehensive risk measure

 

 

(2,508

 

 

(2,041

Specific risk:

  

Non-securitizations

 

 

(5,616

 

 

(5,616

Securitizations

 

 

(5,252

 

 

(5,252

Total change in market risk RWA

 

  $

(13,517

 

$

(13,050

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

  $

61,778

 

 

$

61,857

 

Operational risk RWA

  

Balance at December 31, 20172

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

112,663

 

Change in operational risk RWA

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

(2,061

Balance at December 31, 2018

 

 

N/A

 

 

$

110,602

 

Total RWA

 

  $

367,309

 

 

$

363,054

 

Regulatory VaR—VaR for regulatory capital requirements

1.

The RWA for each category reflects bothon- andoff-balance sheet exposures, where appropriate.

2.

The pro forma fullyphased-in estimates as of December 31, 2017 arenon-GAAP financial measures as the related capital rules were not yet effective at December 31, 2017.

3.

Amount reflects assets not in a defined category,non-material portfolios of exposures and unsettled transactions, as applicable.

Credit risk RWA increased in 2018 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to increased corporate lending exposures within the Institutional Securities business segment. Under the Standardized Approach, this increase was partially offset by a reduction in RWA for Securities financing transactions due to a decline in the market value of associated securities. Under the Advanced Approach, Credit risk RWA also increased in 2018 for Investment securities driven by model revisions that increased the risk weighting for certain counterparty types.

Market risk RWA decreased in 2018 under the Standardized and Advanced Approaches primarily due to a decrease in non-securitization-specific risk charges mainly as a result of reduced exposures in equity derivatives and bonds. In addition, securitization-specific risk charges decreased primarily

due to reduced exposures in mortgage-backed securities and collateralized loan obligations.

The decrease in operational risk RWA under the Advanced Approach in 2018 reflects a continued reduction in the frequency and magnitude of internal losses utilized in the operational risk capital model related to litigation and execution and processing, partially offset by an increase associated with a risk scenario update.

G-SIB Capital Surcharge

We and other U.S.G-SIBs are subject to a risk-based capital surcharge. AG-SIB must calculate itsG-SIB capital surcharge under two methods and use the higher of the two surcharges. The first method considers theG-SIB’s size, interconnectedness, cross-jurisdictional activity, substitutability and complexity, which is generally consistent with the methodology developed by the Basel Committee (“Method 1”). The second method uses similar inputs but replaces substitutability with the use of short-term wholesale funding (“Method 2”) and generally results in higher surcharges than the first method. TheG-SIB capital surcharge must be satisfied using Common Equity Tier 1 capital and functions as an extension of the capital conservation buffer. As of January 1, 2019, our current fully phased-inG-SIB surcharge is 3%. In 2018 and 2017, thephase-in amount was 75% and 50%, respectively, of the applicable surcharge (see “Risk-Based Regulatory Capital” herein).

Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity, Long-Term Debt and Clean Holding Company Requirements

The Federal Reserve has established external TLAC, long-term debt (“LTD”) and clean holding company requirements fortop-tier BHCs of U.S.G-SIBs (“covered BHCs”), including the Parent Company. These requirements include various definitions and restrictions, such as requiring eligible LTD to be issued by the covered BHC and be unsecured, have a maturity of one year or more from the date of issuance and not have certain derivative-linked features typically associated with certain types of structured notes. We are in compliance with all relevant TLAC requirements as of the compliance date of January 1, 2019.

The main purpose of the Federal Reserve’s minimum external TLAC and LTD requirements is to ensure that covered BHCs, including the Parent Company, will have enough loss-absorbing resources at the point of failure to be recapitalized through the conversion of eligible LTD to equity or otherwise by imposing losses on eligible LTD or other forms of TLAC where an SPOE resolution strategy is used (see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk”).

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 7058 


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Under the final rule, a covered BHC is required to maintain minimum external TLAC equal to the greater of (i) 18% of total RWA and (ii) 7.5% of its total leverage exposure (the denominator of its SLR). In addition, covered BHCs must meet a separate external LTD requirement equal to the greater of (i) total RWA multiplied by the sum of 6% plus the higher of the Method 1 and Method 2G-SIB capital surcharge applicable to the Parent Company, and (ii) 4.5% of its total leverage exposure.

In addition, the final rule imposes TLAC buffer requirements on top of both the risk-based and leverage-exposure-based external TLAC minimum requirements. The risk-based TLAC buffer is equal to the sum of 2.5%, the covered BHC’s Method 1G-SIB surcharge and the CCyB, if any, as a percentage of total RWA. The leverage-exposure-based TLAC buffer is equal to 2% of the covered BHC’s total leverage exposure. Failure to maintain the TLAC buffers would result in restrictions on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers.

The final rule provides permanent grandfathering for debt instruments issued prior to December 31, 2016 that would be eligible LTD but for having impermissible acceleration clauses or being governed by foreign law.

Furthermore, under the clean holding company requirements of the final rule, a covered BHC is prohibited from incurring any external short-term debt or certain other liabilities, regardless of whether the liabilities are fully secured or otherwise senior to eligible LTD, or entering into certain other prohibited transactions. Certain other external liabilities, including structured notes, are subject to a cap equal to 5% of the covered BHC’s outstanding external TLAC amount.

The Federal Reserve has proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would also make corresponding changes to the calibration of the TLAC leverage-based requirements, as well as certain other technical changes to the TLAC rule. For a further discussion of the enhanced SLR, see “Regulatory Developments—Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries” herein.

Capital Plans and Stress Tests

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large BHCs, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s annual CCAR framework.

We must submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by us and the Federal Reserve, so that the Federal Reserve may assess our systems and processes that incorpo-

rate forward-looking projections of revenues and losses to monitor and maintain our internal capital adequacy.

The capital plan must include a description of all planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance or redemption of a debt or equity capital instrument, any capital distribution (i.e., payments of dividends or stock repurchases) and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could impact our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the requirements that are phased in over the planning horizon, and serve as a source of strength to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidance setting out its heightened expectations for capital planning practices at certain large financial institutions, including us.

The capital plan rule requires that large BHCs receive no objection from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. In addition, even with an approved capital plan, the BHC must seek the approval of the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution if, among other reasons, the BHC would not meet its regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution. A BHC’s ability to make capital distributions (other than scheduled payments on Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments) is also limited if its net capital issuances are less than the amount indicated in its capital plan.

In addition, we are currently required to conduct semiannualcompany-run stress tests and are subject to an annual Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve. The EGRRCPA modifies certain aspects of these stress-testing requirements, reducing the number of scenarios in the Federal Reserve’s supervisory stress test from three to two and modifying our obligation to performcompany-run stress-tests from semiannually to annually. The Federal Reserve has issued proposed rulemakings to implement these modifications and is currently considering making further changes to its capital planning and stress testing requirements. See “Regulatory Developments” herein.

Prior to the enactment of the EGRRCPA, each of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries was also required to conduct an annual stress test. MSBNA and MSPBNA submitted their 2018 annualcompany-run stress tests to the OCC on April 5, 2018 and published a summary of their stress test results on June 21, 2018. The EGRRCPA eliminated the statutory requirement to conductcompany-run stress-tests for banks with less than $250 billion of total assets, which includes both of our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

We submitted our 2018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) andcompany-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve on

59December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

April 5, 2018. On June 21, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of the Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us. On June 28, 2018, the Federal Reserve published summary results of CCAR, and we received a conditionalnon-objection to our Capital Plan, where the only condition was that our capital distributions not exceed the greater of the actual distributions we made over the previous four calendar quarters or the annualized average of actual distributions over the previous eight calendar quarters.

Our 2018 Capital Plan includes the repurchase of up to $4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019 and an increase in our quarterly common stock dividend to $0.30 per share, beginning with the common stock dividend announced on July 18, 2018. The total amount of expected 2018 capital distributions is consistent with the $6.8 billion of actual dividends and gross share repurchases included in our 2017 Capital Plan. We disclosed a summary of the results of ourcompany-run stress tests on June 21, 2018 on our Investor Relations webpage. In addition, we submitted the results ofour mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve and on October 22, 2018 disclosed a summary of the results on our Investor Relations webpage.

For the 2019 capital planning and stress test cycle, we are required to submit our capital planand company-run stress test results to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2019. The Federal Reserve is expected to publish summary results of the CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act supervisory stress tests of each large BHC, including us, by June 30, 2019. We are required to disclose a summary of the results ofour company-run stress tests within 15 days of the date the Federal Reserve discloses the results of the supervisory stress tests. In addition, we must submit the results ofour mid-cycle company-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by October 5, 2019 and disclose a summary of the results between October 5, 2019 and November 4, 2019.

Attribution of Average Common Equity According to the Required Capital Framework

Our required capital (“Required Capital”) estimation is based on the Required Capital framework, an internal capital adequacy measure. Common equity attribution to the business segments is based on capital usage calculated under the Required Capital framework, as well as each business segment’s relative contribution to our total Required Capital.

The Required Capital framework is a risk-based and leverageuse-of-capital measure, which is compared with our regulatory capital to ensure that we maintain an amount of going concern capital after absorbing potential losses from stress events, where applicable, at a point in time. We define the

difference between our total average common equity and the sum of the average common equity amounts allocated to our business segments as Parent common equity. We generally hold Parent common equity for prospective regulatory requirements, organic growth, acquisitions and other capital needs.

The estimation and attribution of common equity to the business segments are based on the fullyphased-in regulatory capital rules. The amount of capital allocated to the business segments is generally set at the beginning of each year and remains fixed throughout the year until the next annual reset unless a significant business change occurs (e.g., acquisition or disposition). Differences between available and Required Capital are attributed to Parent common equity during the year.

The Required Capital framework is expected to evolve over time in response to changes in the business and regulatory environment, for example, to incorporate changes in stress testing or enhancements to modeling techniques. We will continue to evaluate the framework with respect to the impact of future regulatory requirements, as appropriate.

Average Common Equity Attribution1

$ in billions

 

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Institutional Securities

 

$

40.8

 

 

$

40.2

 

 

$

43.2 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

16.8

 

 

 

17.2

 

 

 

15.3 

 

Investment Management

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

2.8 

 

Parent

 

 

9.8

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

7.6 

 

Total

 

$

        70.0

 

 

$

        69.8

 

 

$

        68.9 

 

1.

Average common equity is anon-GAAP financial measure. See “SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information” herein.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, we are required to periodically submit to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC a resolution plan that describes our strategy for a rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

Our preferred resolution strategy, which is set out in our 2017 resolution plan, is an SPOE strategy. The Parent Company has amended and restated its secured support agreement with its material entities, as defined in our 2017 resolution plan. Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to our material entities.

December 2018 Form 10-K60


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

The obligations of the Parent Company under the secured amended and restated support agreement are in most cases secured on a senior basis by the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company). As a result, claims of our material entities against the assets of the Parent Company (other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company) are effectively senior to unsecured obligations of the Parent Company.

In further development of our SPOE strategy, we have created a wholly owned, direct subsidiary of the Parent Company, MS Holdings LLC (the “Funding IHC”), to serve as a resolution funding vehicle. We expect that, prior to the submission of our 2019 resolution plan by July 1, 2019, the Parent Company will contribute certain of its assets to the Funding IHC and enter into an updated secured amended and restated support agreement with the Funding IHC as well as certain other subsidiaries to facilitate the execution of our SPOE strategy. Similar to the existing secured amended and restated support agreement, the updated secured amended and restated support agreement will obligate the Parent Company to transfer capital and liquidity, as revised, to the Funding IHC, and that the Parent Company and/or the Funding IHC will recapitalize and provide liquidity to material entities in the event of our material financial distress or failure.

For more information about resolution and recovery planning requirements and our activities in these areas, including the implications of such activities in a resolution scenario, see “Business—Supervision and Regulation—Financial Holding Company—Resolution and Recovery Planning” and “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

Regulatory Developments

Proposed Stress Buffer Requirements

In April 2018, the Federal Reserve issued a proposal to integrate its annual capital planning and stress testing requirements with existing applicable regulatory capital requirements. The proposal, which would apply to certain BHCs, including us, would introduce a stress capital buffer and a stress leverage buffer (collectively, “Stress Buffer Requirements”) and related changes to the capital planning and stress testing processes. Under the proposal, Stress Buffer Requirements would apply only with respect to Standardized Approach risk-based capital requirements and Tier 1 leverage regulatory capital requirements.

Under Standardized Approach risk-based capital requirements, the stress capital buffer would replace the existing Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer, which is 2.5% as of January 1, 2019. The Standardized Approach stress capital buffer would equal the greater of (i) the maximum decline in our Common Equity Tier 1 capital ratio under the severely adverse scenario over the supervisory

stress test measurement period plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected RWA for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period and (ii) 2.5%. Regulatory capital requirements under the Standardized Approach would include the stress capital buffer, as summarized above, as well as our Common Equity Tier 1G-SIB capital surcharge and any applicable Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB.

Like the stress capital buffer, the stress leverage buffer would be calculated based on the results of our annual supervisory stress tests. The stress leverage buffer would equal the maximum decline in our Tier 1 leverage ratio under the severely adverse scenario, plus the sum of the ratios of the dollar amount of our planned common stock dividends to our projected leverage ratio denominator for each of the fourth through seventh quarters of the supervisory stress test projection period. No floor would be established for the stress leverage buffer, which would apply in addition to the current minimum Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%.

The proposal would make related changes to capital planning and stress testing processes for BHCs subject to the Stress Buffer Requirements. In particular, for purposes of determining the size of Stress Buffer Requirements, the proposal would include only projected capital actions to planned common stock dividends in the fourth through seventh quarters of the stress test projection period and would assume that BHCs maintain a constant level of assets and RWA throughout the supervisory stress test projection period.

The proposal does not change regulatory capital requirements under the Advanced Approach or the SLR, although the Federal Reserve and the OCC have separately proposed to modify the enhanced SLR requirements, as summarized below. If the proposal is adopted in its current form, limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers would be determined by the most stringent limitation, if any, as determined under Standardized Approach risk-based capital requirements or the Tier 1 leverage ratio, inclusive of Stress Buffer Requirements, or the Advanced Approach or SLR or TLAC requirements, inclusive of applicable buffers.

While the proposal included an intended effective date of October 1, 2019, the Federal Reserve has not yet taken action to finalize or implement Stress Buffer Requirements.

Proposed Modifications to the Enhanced SLR and to the SLR Applicable to Our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries

The Federal Reserve has proposed modifications to the enhanced SLR that would replace the current 2% enhanced SLR buffer applicable to U.S.G-SIBs, including us, with a leverage buffer equal to 50% of ourG-SIB capital surcharge.

61December 2018 Form 10-K


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Under the proposal, our enhanced SLR buffer would become 1.5%, for a total enhanced SLR requirement of 4.5%, assuming that ourG-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

The Federal Reserve and the OCC have also proposed to modify the well-capitalized SLR standard applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The requirement would change from the current 6% to 3% plus 50% of ourG-SIB capital surcharge, for a total well-capitalized SLR requirement of 4.5% for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, assuming that ourG-SIB capital surcharge remains the same when the proposal becomes effective.

Regulatory Capital and Stress Testing Developments Related to Implementation of the Current Expected Credit Losses Methodology

In December 2018, the U.S. banking agencies finalized revisions to the regulatory capital framework applicable to banking organizations, including us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, to address the new accounting standard for credit losses, known as a CECL methodology that will be effective January 1, 2020. For a further discussion of CECL, see “Accounting Development Updates—Financial Instruments—Credit Losses.”

The revisions modify the regulatory capital rules to identify which credit loss allowances under the new accounting standard are eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital and provide banking organizations the option to phase in, over a three-year period, the adverse effects on regulatory capital that may result from the adoption of the new accounting standard. A banking organization that has adopted a CECL methodology must include the provision for credit losses beginning in the 2020 stress test cycle.

In addition, the Federal Reserve issued a statement that it will maintain the current framework for calculating allowances on loans in the supervisory stress test through the 2021 cycle.

Proposed Standardized Approach for Counterparty Credit Risk

The U.S. banking agencies have issued a proposal to incorporate the standardized approach for counterparty credit risk(“SA-CCR”), a new derivatives counterparty exposure methodology, into the regulatory capital framework and related regulatory standards. As proposed,SA-CCR would replace the current exposure method, on a mandatory basis, in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Standardized Approach RWA, central counterparty default fund contributions and, in modified form, in Supplementary Leverage Ratio exposure calculations.SA-CCR would be available as an alternative in our and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Advanced Approach

RWA for trade exposures, in single counterparty credit limits applicable to us, and in bank lending limits applicable to our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. The proposal would require us and our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to implementSA-CCR by July 1, 2020, with early adoption permitted after the rule is finalized.

Other Matters

U.K. Withdrawal from the E.U.

Following the U.K. electorate vote to leave the E.U., the U.K. invoked Article 50 of the Lisbon Treaty on March 29, 2017, which triggered atwo-year period, subject to extension (which would need the unanimous approval of the E.U. Member States), during which the U.K. government negotiated a form of withdrawal agreement with the E.U. The withdrawal agreement was rejected by the U.K. Parliament on January 15, 2019, and the U.K. government is in the process of negotiating changes to the withdrawal agreement that would be acceptable to the U.K. Parliament and the E.U.

We are continuing to prepare our European operations regardless of whether or not a withdrawal or transition agreement is reached. For example, we are taking steps to make changes to our European operations in an effort to ensure that we can continue to provide cross-border banking and investment and other services in E.U. Member States without the need for separate regulatory authorizations in each member state through the use of E.U. “passporting” arrangements, which allow for such cross-border activity. In the event that our U.K. licensed entities are unable to rely on E.U. passporting rights to provide services, we will adjust our operations in Europe to be able to carry out activities from within the E.U. These changes will include use of: a new licensed investment firm, Morgan Stanley Europe S.E., based in Germany, which will passport throughout the E.U. and serve E.U.-based clients where required; our existing German licensed bank, Morgan Stanley Bank AG, which will provide licensable banking activities where required; new licensed entities based in Ireland for licensable asset management activities; as well as branches of the previously noted entities in the E.U. and our existing regulated operations in France and Spain. We are continuing to build out the capabilities of these entities, including engagement with clients and local regulators. We also expect to add personnel to certain of our existing offices in the E.U.

However, given the present political uncertainty, it is currently unclear what the final post-Brexit structure of our European operations will be. For a further discussion of the potential impact of the U.K.’s withdrawal from the E.U. on our operations, see “Risk Factors—International Risk”. For further information regarding our exposure to the U.K., see also “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Risk—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.”

December 2018 Form 10-K62


Management’s Discussion and Analysis

LOGO

Expected Replacement of London Interbank Offered Rate and Replacement or Reform of Other Interest Rates

Central banks around the world, including the Federal Reserve, have commissioned working groups of market participants and official sector representatives with the goal of finding suitable replacements for LIBOR and replacements or reforms of other interest rate benchmarks, such as EURIBOR and EONIA (collectively, the “IBORs”). It is expected that a transition away from the widespread use of such rates to alternative reference rates selected by these central bank committees and working groups and other potential interest rate benchmark reforms, will occur over the course of the next few years. Although the full impact of such reforms and actions, together with any transition away from the IBORs, including the potential or actual discontinuance of any IBOR publication, remains unclear, we are preparing to transition from the IBORs to these alternative reference rates.

Our transition plan includes a number of key steps, including continued engagement with central bank and industry working groups and regulators, active client engagement, internal operational readiness, and risk management, among other things, to promote the transition to alternative reference rates.

There remain, however, a number of unknown factors regarding the transition from the IBORs and/or interest rate benchmark reforms that could impact our business, including, for example, the pace of the transition to replacement or reformed rates, the specific terms and parameters for and market acceptance of the alternative reference rates, prices of and the liquidity of trading markets for products based on the alternative reference rates, and our ability to transition to and develop appropriate systems and analytics for one or more alternative reference rates. For a further discussion of the various risks we face in connection with the expected replacement of the IBORs and/or reform of interest rate benchmarks on our operations, see “Risk Factors—Legal, Regulatory and Compliance Risk.”

63December 2018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Risk Management

Overview

 

Risk Management

Overview

Risk is an inherent part of our businesses and activities. We believe effective risk management is vital to the success of our business activities. Accordingly, we have an ERMEnterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) framework to integrate the diverse roles of risk management into a holistic enterprise structure and to facilitate the incorporation of risk assessment into decision-making processes across the Firm. Risk is an inherent part of our businesses and activities.

We have policies and procedures in place to identify, measure, monitor, advise, challenge and control the principal risks involved in the activities of the Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, as well as at the Parent Company level. The principal risks involved in our business activities include market (includingnon-trading interest rate risk), credit, operational, liquidity, model, compliance, cybersecurity, liquidity, strategic, reputational and reputationalconduct risk. Strategic risk is integrated into our business planning, embedded in the evaluation of all principal risks and overseen by the Board.

The cornerstone of our risk management philosophy is the pursuit of risk-adjusted returns through prudent risk taking that protects our capital base and franchise. This philosophy is implemented through the ERM framework. Five key principles underlie this philosophy: integrity, comprehensiveness, independence, accountability and transparency. To help ensure the efficacy of risk management, which is an essential component of our reputation, senior management requires

thorough and frequent communication and the appropriate escalation of risk matters. The fast-paced, complex and constantly evolving nature of global financial markets requires us to maintain a risk management culture that is incisive, knowledgeable about specialized products and markets, and subject to ongoing review and enhancement.

Our risk appetite defines the types of risk that the Firm is willing to accept in pursuit of our strategic objectives and business plan, taking into account the interest of clients and fiduciary duties to shareholders, as well as capital and other regulatory requirements. This risk appetite is embedded in our risk culture and linked to our short-term and long-term strategic, capital and financial plans, as well as compensation programs. This risk appetite and the related Board-level risk limits and risk tolerance statements are reviewed and approved by the BRC,Risk Committee of the Board (“BRC”) and the Board on at least an annual basis.

Risk Governance Structure

Risk management at the Firm requires independent Firm-level oversight, accountability of our business divisions, and effective communication of risk matters across the Firm, to senior management and ultimately to the Board. Our risk governance structure is composed ofset forth in the Board; the Board Risk Committee (“BRC”); the Audit Committee of the Board (“BAC”); the Operationschart below and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”); the Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”); the functional risk and control committees; senior management oversight (including the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer); the Internal Audit Department; andalso includes risk managers, committees, and groups within and across the business segments and operating legal entities. The ERM framework, composed of independent but complementary entities, facilitates efficient and comprehensive supervision of our risk exposures and processes.

 

 

71December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 

LOGO

Morgan Stanley Board Operations and Technology Committee Risk Committee Audit Committee Chief Executive Officer Firm Risk Committee Chief Financial Officer Chief Compliance Officer Chief Legal Officer Chief Risk Officer Business/Control Senior Management Other Committees CCAR RRP Strategic Transactions Internal Audit Global Audit Director Governance Process Review Subcommittee Functional Risk and Control Committees Firm Credit Risk Asset/Liability Management Global Compliance Firm Franchise Operational Risk Oversight Technology Governance Model Oversight Culture, Values and Conduct Enterprise Regulatory Oversight Commitment and Underwriting1 Global Legal Entity Oversight and Governance Segment Risk2

1.

Committees include Securities Risk Committee, Wealth Management Risk Committee and Investment Management Risk Committee.

2.

Committees includethe Capital Commitment Committee, Global Large Loan Committee, Equity Underwriting Committee, Leveraged Finance Underwriting Committee and Municipal Capital Commitment Committee.

2.

Committees include the Securities Risk Committee, Wealth Management Risk Committee and Investment Management Risk Committee.

December 2018 Form 10-K64


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

 

Morgan Stanley Board of Directors.Directors

The Board has oversight of the ERM framework and is responsible for helping to ensure that our risks are managed in a sound manner. The Board has authorized the committees within the ERM framework to help facilitate our risk oversight responsibilities. As set forth in our Corporate Governance Policies, the Board also oversees, and receives reports on, our financial performance, strategy and business plans, as well as our practices and procedures relating to reputational and franchise risk, and culture, values and conduct.

Risk Committee of the Board.Board

The BRC is composedassists the Board in its oversight ofnon-management directors. The BRC oversees our global the ERM framework; oversees the major risk exposures of the Firm, including market, credit, operational, model, liquidity, and reputational risk, against established risk measurement methodologies and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; oversees our risk appetite statement, including risk limits and tolerances; reviews capital, liquidity and funding strategy and related guidelines and policies; reviews the contingency funding plan and internal capital adequacy assessment process and capital plan; oversees our significant risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies; oversees the performance of the Chief Risk Officer; reviews reports from our Strategic Transactions Committee, CCAR Committee, and Resolution and Recovery Planning Committee (“RRP Committee”RRP”); Committee; reviews significant reputational risk, franchise risk, new product risk, emerging risks and regulatory matters; and reviews results ofthe Internal Audit reviews andreports on the assessment of the risk management, liquidity and capital functions. The BRC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis, and coordinates with other Board committees with respect to oversight of risk management and risk assessment guidelines.

Audit Committee of the Board.Board    The BAC is composed of independent directors.

The BAC oversees the integrity of our financial statements, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and system of internal controls; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines in coordination with the Board, BRC and BOTCOperations and Technology Committee of the Board (“BOTC”) and reviews the major legal and compliance risk exposures of the Firm and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; selects, determines the fees, evaluates and, when appropriate, replaces the independent auditor; oversees the qualifications, independence and performance of our independent auditor, andpre-approves audit and permittednon-audit services; oversees the performance of our Global Audit Director; and, after review, recommends to the Board the acceptance and inclusion of the annual audited financial statements in the Firm’s Annual Report on Form10-K. The BAC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis.

Operations and Technology Committee of the Board.BoardThe BOTC is composed ofnon-management directors.

The BOTC oversees our operations and technology strategy, including trends that may affect such strategy; reviews the operations and technology budget and significant expenditures and investments in support of such strategy; reviews the operations and technology metrics; oversees risk management and risk assessment guidelines and policies regarding operations and technology risk; reviews the major operations and technology risk exposures of the Firm, including information security and cybersecurity risks, and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures; and oversees our business continuity planning. The BOTC reports to the entire Board on a regular basis.

December 2017 Form 10-K72


Risk Disclosures

Firm Risk Committee.Committee

The Board has also authorized the FRC,Firm Risk Committee (“FRC”), a management committee appointed and chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Firm, including the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Legal Officer, to help oversee the global ERM framework. The FRC’s responsibilities include oversight of our risk management principles, procedures and limits and the monitoring of capital levels and material market, credit, operational, model, liquidity, legal, compliance and reputational risk matters, and other risks, as appropriate, and the steps management has taken to monitor and manage such risks. The FRC also establishes and communicates risk tolerance, including aggregate Firm limits and tolerance,tolerances, as appropriate. The Governance Process Review Subcommittee of the FRC oversees governance and process issues on behalf of the FRC. The FRC reports to the entire Board, the BAC, the BOTC and the BRC through the Chief Risk Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Legal Officer.

Functional Risk and Control Committees.Committees

Functional risk and control committees comprisingand other committees within the ERM framework including the Firm Credit Risk Committee, the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, the Asset/Liability Management Committee, the Global Compliance Committee, the Technology Governance Committee and the Firm Franchise Committee, facilitate efficient and comprehensive supervision of our risk exposures and processes. The Strategic Transactions Committee reviews large strategic transactions and principal investments for the Firm; the CCAR Committee oversees our CCAR and Dodd-Frank Act Stress Testing; our RRP Committee oversees our Title I Resolution Plan and Recovery Plan; the Global Legal Entity Oversight and Governance Committee monitors the governance framework that operates over our consolidated legal entity population; the Enterprise Regulatory Oversight Committee oversees significant regulatory and supervisory requirements and assessments; various commitment and underwriting committees are responsible for reviewing capital, lending and underwriting commitments on behalf of us; and the Culture, Values and Conduct Committee oversees Firm-wide standards and initiatives relating to culture, values and conduct, including training and enhancements to performance and compensation processes.

In addition, eachEach business segment has a risk committee that is responsible for helping to ensure that the business segment, as applicable, adheres to established limits for market, credit, operational and other risks; implements risk measurement, monitoring, and management policies, procedures, controls and systems that are consistent with the risk framework established by the FRC; and reviews, on a periodic basis, our aggregate risk exposures, risk exception experience, and the efficacy of our risk identification, measurement, monitoring and management policies and procedures, and related controls.

65December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

Chief Risk Officer.Officer

The Chief Risk Officer, who is independent of business units, reports to the BRC and the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Risk Officer oversees compliance with our risk limits; approves exceptions to our risk limits; independently reviews material market, credit, liquidity, model and operational risks; and reviews results of risk management processes with the Board, the BRC and the BAC, as appropriate. The Chief Risk Officer also coordinates with the Chief Financial Officer regarding capital and liquidity management and works with the Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board to help ensure that the structure and design of incentive compensation arrangements do not encourage unnecessary and excessive risk taking.

Independent Risk Management Functions.Functions

The risk management functions (Market Risk, Credit Risk, Operational Risk, Model Risk and Liquidity Risk Management departments) are independent of our business units and they report to the Chief Risk Officer. These functions assist senior management and the FRC in monitoring and controlling our risk through a number of control processes. Each function maintains its own risk governance structure with specified individuals and committees responsible for aspects of managing risk. Further discussion about the responsibilities of the risk management functions may be found under “Market Risk,” “Credit Risk,” “Operational Risk,” “Model Risk,”Risk” and “Liquidity Risk.”

Support and Control Groups.Groups

Our support and control groups include the Legal and Compliance Division, the Finance Division, the Operations Division, the Technology and Data Division, the Human Resources Department and Corporate Services. Our support and control groups coordinate with the business segment control groups to review the risk monitoring and risk management policies and procedures relating to, among other things, controls over financial reporting and disclosure; theeach business segment’s market, credit and operational risk profile; liquidity risks; model risks; sales practices; reputational, legal enforceability, compliance, conduct and regulatory risk; and technological risks. Participation by the senior officers of the Firm and business segment control groups helps ensure that risk policies and procedures, exceptions to risk limits, new products and business ventures, and transactions with risk elements undergo thorough review.

Internal Audit Department.Department

The Internal Audit Department provides independent risk and control assessment and reports to the BAC.assessment. The Internal Audit Department provides an independent assessment of the design and effectiveness of

our control environment and risk management processes using a risk-based audit coverage model and audit execution methodology developed from professional auditing standards. The Internal Audit Department also reviews and tests our compli-

73December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

ancecompliance with internal guidelines set for risk management and risk monitoring, as well as external rules and regulations governing the industry. It effects these responsibilities through periodic reviews (with specified minimum frequency) of our processes, activities, products or information systems; targeted reviews of specific controls and activities;pre-implementation or initiative reviews of new or significantly changed processes, activities, products or information systems; and special investigations and retrospective reviews required as a result of internal factors or regulatory requests. In addition to regular reports to the BAC, the Global Audit Director, alsowho reports functionally to the BAC and administratively to the Chief Executive Officer, periodically reports to the BRC and BOTC on risk-related control issues.

Culture, Values and Conduct of Employees.Employees

Employees of the Firm are accountable for conducting themselves in accordance with our core values:Putting Clients First, Doing the Right Thing, Leading with Exceptional IdeasandGiving Back. We are committed to reinforcing and confirming adherence to the core values through our governance framework, tone from the top, management oversight, risk management and controls, and three lines of defense structure (business, control functions such as Risk Management and Compliance, and Internal Audit).

The Board is responsible for overseeing the Firm’s practices and procedures relating to culture, values and conduct, as set forth in the Firm’s Corporate Governance Policies. Our Culture, Values and Conduct Committee which is part of the ERM framework, is the senior management committee that oversees the Firm-wide culture, values and conduct program. A fundamental building block of this program is the Firm’s Code of Conduct, which establishes standards for employee conduct that further reinforce the Firm’s commitment to integrity and ethical conduct. Every new hire and every employee annually must certify to their understanding of and adherence to the Code of Conduct. The Firm’s Global Conduct Risk Management Policy also sets out a consistent global framework for managing Conduct Risk (i.e., the risk arising from misconduct by employees or contingent workers) and Conduct Risk incidents at the Firm.

The employee annual performance review process includes evaluation of employee conduct related to risk management practices and the Firm’s expectations. We also have several mutually reinforcing processes to identify employee conduct that may have an impact on employment status, current year compensation and/or prior year compensation. For example, the Global Incentive Compensation Discretion Policy sets

December 2018 Form 10-K66


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

forth standards for managers when making annual compensation decisions and specifically provides that managers must consider whether their employees effectively managed and/or supervised risk control practices during the performance year. Management committees from control functions periodically meet to discuss employees whose conduct is not in line with our expectations. These results are incorporated into identified employees’ performance reviews and compensation and promotion decisions.

The Firm’s clawback and cancellation provisions apply to deferred incentive compensation and cover a broad scope of employee conduct, including any act or omission (including with respect to direct supervisory responsibilities) that constitutes a breach of obligation to the Firm or causes a restatement of the Firm’s financial results, constitutes a violation of the Firm’s global risk management principles, policies and standards, or causes a loss of revenue associated with a position on which the employee was paid and the employee operated outside of internal control policies.

Risk Management Process

The following is a discussion of our risk management policies and procedures for our principal risks. The discussion primarily focuses on our Institutional Securities trading activities and corporate lending and related activities. We believe that these activities generate a substantial portion of our principal risks. This discussion and the estimated amounts of our risk exposure generated by our statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due to events in the markets in which we operate and certain other factors described in the following paragraphs.

Risk Limits Framework

Risk limits and quantitative metrics provide the basis for monitoring risk taking activity and avoiding outsized risk-taking.risk taking. Our risk-taking capacity is sized through the Firm’s capital planning process where losses are estimated under the Firm’s BHC Severely Adverse stress testing scenario. We also maintain a comprehensive suite of risk limits and quantitative metrics to support and implement our risk appetite statement. Our risk limits support linkages between the overall risk appetite, which is reviewed by the Board, and more granular risk-taking decisions and activities.

Risk limits, once established, are reviewed and updated on at least an annual basis, with more frequent updates as necessary. Board-level risk limits address the most important Firm-wide aggregations of risk, including, but not limited to, stressed market, credit and liquidity risks. Additional risk limits approved by the FRC address more specific types of risk and are bound by the higher-level Board risk limits.

Risk Management Process

In subsequent sections we discuss our risk management policies and procedures for our primary risks. This discussion primarily focuses on our Institutional Securities trading activities and corporate lending and related activities. We believe that these activities generate a substantial portion of our primary risks. These sections and the estimated amounts of our risk exposure generated by our statistical analyses are forward-looking statements. However, the analyses used to assess such risks are not predictions of future events, and actual results may vary significantly from such analyses due

to events in the markets in which we operate and certain other factors described in the following paragraphs.

Market Risk

Market risk refers to the risk that a change in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity, will result in losses for a position or portfolio. Generally, we incur market risk as a result of trading, investing and client facilitation activities, principally within the Institutional Securities business segment where the substantial majority of our VaR for market risk exposures is generated. In addition, we incurnon-trading market risk within the Wealth Management and Investment

December 2017 Form 10-K74


Risk Disclosures

Management business segments. The Wealth Management business segment primarily incursnon-trading market risk from lending and deposit-taking activities. The Investment Management business segment primarily incursnon-trading market risk from capital investments in alternative and other funds.

Market risk includesnon-trading interest rate risk.Non-trading interest rate risk in the banking book (amounts classified for regulatory capital purposes under the banking book regime) refers to the exposure that a change in interest rates will result in prospective earnings changes for assets and liabilities in the banking book.

Sound market risk management is an integral part of our culture. The various business units and trading desks are responsible for ensuring that market risk exposures are well-managed and prudent. The control groups help ensure that these risks are measured and closely monitored and are made transparent to senior management. The Market Risk Department is responsible for ensuring transparency of material market risks, monitoring compliance with established limits and escalating risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

To execute these responsibilities, the Market Risk Department monitors our risk against limits on aggregate risk exposures, performs a variety of risk analyses, routinely reports risk summaries, and maintains our VaR and scenario analysis systems. These limits are designed to control price and market liquidity risk. Market risk is also monitored through various measures: by use of statistics (including VaR and related analytical measures); by measures of position sensitivity; and through routine stress testing, which measures the impact on the value of existing portfolios of specified changes in market factors and scenario analyses conductedscenarios designed by the Market Risk Department in collaboration with the business units. The material risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Market Risk Department that are circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board.

The Chief Risk Officer, among other things, monitors market risk through the Market Risk Department, which reports to the Chief Risk Officer and is independent of the business units, and has close interactions with senior management and the risk management control groups in the business units. The Chief Risk Officer is a member of the FRC, chaired by the Chief Executive Officer, which includes the most senior officers of the Firm, and regularly reports on market risk matters to this committee, as well as to the BRC and the Board.

Sales and Trading and Related Activities

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management.    During 2017, we had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and

commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which we conduct our trading activities.

We are exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of our market-making activities and other trading in interest rate-sensitive financial instruments (e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which we are active include, but are not limited to, the following: corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt (including mortgage-related securities).

We are exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions (including positions innon-public entities). Positions innon-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holdingnon-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

We are exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities in commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and precious metals. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production and transportation; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged.

We manage the market risk associated with our trading activities on a Firm-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. We manage and

 

 

 7567 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 LOGO

 

monitor our market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that we believe is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects our aggregate risk tolerance as established by our senior management.

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Firm across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by our senior management.

VaR.The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes dailyVaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

VaR Methodology, Assumptions and Limitations.    We estimate VaR using a model based on volatility-adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on the following: historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors; and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes.

Our VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over aone-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

Our VaR model generally takes into account linear andnon-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes andnon-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

We use VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a

portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR.

The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. We are aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, use VaR as only one component in our risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and Firm levels.

Our VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. We are committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of our regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of our future revenues or financial performance or of our ability to monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that our actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated in the following paragraphs or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar

December 2017 Form 10-K76


Risk Disclosures

portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

We utilize the same VaR model for risk management purposes and for regulatory capital calculations. Our regulators have approved our VaR model for use in regulatory calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for Management VaR differs from that used for Regulatory VaR. Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio, on aperiod-end, annual average, and annual high and low basis. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

Trading Risks

Primary Market Risk Exposures and Market Risk Management

During 2018, we had exposures to a wide range of interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and commodity prices—and the associated implied volatilities and spreads—related to the global markets in which we conduct our trading activities.

We are exposed to interest rate and credit spread risk as a result of our market-making activities and other trading in interest rate-sensitive financial instruments (e.g., risk arising from changes in the level or implied volatility of interest rates, the timing of mortgage prepayments, the shape of the yield curve and credit spreads). The activities from which those exposures arise and the markets in which we are active include, but are not limited to, the following: derivatives, and corporate and government debt across both developed and emerging markets and asset-backed debt, including mortgage-related securities.

We are exposed to equity price and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in equity securities and derivatives and maintaining other positions, including positions innon-public entities. Positions innon-public entities may include, but are not limited to, exposures to private equity, venture capital, private partnerships, real estate funds and other funds. Such positions are less liquid, have longer investment horizons and are more difficult to hedge than listed equities.

We are exposed to foreign exchange rate and implied volatility risk as a result of making markets in foreign currencies and foreign currency derivatives, from maintaining foreign exchange positions and from holdingnon-U.S. dollar-denominated financial instruments.

We are exposed to commodity price and implied volatility risk as a result of market-making activities in commodity products related primarily to electricity, natural gas, oil and precious metals. Commodity exposures are subject to periods of high price volatility as a result of changes in supply and demand. These changes can be caused by weather conditions; physical production and transportation; or geopolitical and other events that affect the available supply and level of demand for these commodities.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). Hedging

activities may not always provide effective mitigation against trading losses due to differences in the terms, specific characteristics or other basis risks that may exist between the hedge instrument and the risk exposure that is being hedged.

We manage the market risk associated with our trading activities on a Firm-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis. We manage and monitor our market risk exposures in such a way as to maintain a portfolio that we believe is well-diversified in the aggregate with respect to market risk factors and that reflects our aggregate risk tolerance as established by our senior management.

Aggregate market risk limits have been approved for the Firm across all divisions worldwide. Additional market risk limits are assigned to trading desks and, as appropriate, products and regions. Trading division risk managers, desk risk managers, traders and the Market Risk Department monitor market risk measures against limits in accordance with policies set by our senior management.

Value-at-Risk

The statistical technique known as VaR is one of the tools we use to measure, monitor and review the market risk exposures of our trading portfolios. The Market Risk Department calculates and distributes dailyVaR-based risk measures to various levels of management.

We estimate VaR using a model based on volatility-adjusted historical simulation for general market risk factors and Monte Carlo simulation for name-specific risk in corporate shares, bonds, loans and related derivatives. The model constructs a distribution of hypothetical daily changes in the value of trading portfolios based on historical observation of daily changes in key market indices or other market risk factors, and information on the sensitivity of the portfolio values to these market risk factor changes.

Our VaR model uses four years of historical data with a volatility adjustment to reflect current market conditions. VaR for risk management purposes (“Management VaR”) is computed at a 95% level of confidence over aone-day time horizon, which is a useful indicator of possible trading losses resulting from adverse daily market moves. The95%/one-day VaR corresponds to the unrealized loss in portfolio value that, based on historically observed market risk factor movements, would have been exceeded with a frequency of 5%, or five times in every 100 trading days, if the portfolio were held constant for one day.

Our VaR model generally takes into account linear andnon-linear exposures to equity and commodity price risk, interest rate risk, credit spread risk and foreign exchange

December 2018 Form 10-K68


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

rates. The model also takes into account linear exposures to implied volatility risks for all asset classes andnon-linear exposures to implied volatility risks for equity, commodity and foreign exchange referenced products. The VaR model also captures certain implied correlation risks associated with portfolio credit derivatives, as well as certain basis risks (e.g., corporate debt and related credit derivatives).

We use VaR as one of a range of risk management tools. Among their benefits, VaR models permit estimation of a portfolio’s aggregate market risk exposure, incorporating a range of varied market risks and portfolio assets. One key element of the VaR model is that it reflects risk reduction due to portfolio diversification or hedging activities. However, VaR has various limitations, which include, but are not limited to: use of historical changes in market risk factors, which may not be accurate predictors of future market conditions and may not fully incorporate the risk of extreme market events that are outsized relative to observed historical market behavior or reflect the historical distribution of results beyond the 95% confidence interval; and reporting of losses in a single day, which does not reflect the risk of positions that cannot be liquidated or hedged in one day. A small proportion of market risk generated by trading positions is not included in VaR.

The modeling of the risk characteristics of some positions relies on approximations that, under certain circumstances, could produce significantly different results from those produced using more precise measures. VaR is most appropriate as a risk measure for trading positions in liquid financial markets and will understate the risk associated with severe events, such as periods of extreme illiquidity. We are aware of these and other limitations and, therefore, use VaR as only one component in our risk management oversight process. This process also incorporates stress testing and scenario analyses and extensive risk monitoring, analysis and control at the trading desk, division and Firm levels.

Our VaR model evolves over time in response to changes in the composition of trading portfolios and to improvements in modeling techniques and systems capabilities. We are committed to continuous review and enhancement of VaR methodologies and assumptions in order to capture evolving risks associated with changes in market structure and dynamics. As part of our regular process improvements, additional systematic and name-specific risk factors may be added to improve the VaR model’s ability to more accurately estimate risks to specific asset classes or industry sectors.

Since the reported VaR statistics are estimates based on historical data, VaR should not be viewed as predictive of our future revenues or financial performance or of our ability to

monitor and manage risk. There can be no assurance that our actual losses on a particular day will not exceed the VaR amounts indicated in the following tables and paragraphs or that such losses will not occur more than five times in 100 trading days for a95%/one-day VaR. VaR does not predict the magnitude of losses that, should they occur, may be significantly greater than the VaR amount.

VaR statistics are not readily comparable across firms because of differences in the firms’ portfolios, modeling assumptions and methodologies. These differences can result in materially different VaR estimates across firms for similar portfolios. The impact of such differences varies depending on the factor history assumptions, the frequency with which the factor history is updated and the confidence level. As a result, VaR statistics are more useful when interpreted as indicators of trends in a firm’s risk profile rather than as an absolute measure of risk to be compared across firms.

Our regulators have approved the same VaR model we use for risk management purposes for use in regulatory calculations.

The portfolio of positions used for Management VaR differs from that used for Regulatory VaR. Management VaR contains certain positions that are excluded from Regulatory VaR. Examples include counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

The following table presents the Management VaR for the Trading portfolio, on aperiod-end, annual average, and annual high and low basis. To further enhance the transparency of the traded market risk, the Credit Portfolio VaR has been disclosed as a separate category from the Primary Risk Categories. The Credit Portfolio includes counterparty CVA and related hedges, as well as loans that are carried at fair value and associated hedges.

95%/One-Day Management VaR

 

 95%/One-Day VaR for 2017  2018 

$ in millions

 

Period

End

 Average High Low  

Period

End

 Average High2 Low2 

Interest rate and credit spread

 $32  $31  $44  $23   

$

38

 

 

$

34

 

 

$

51

 

 

$

25 

 

Equity price

  11   15   26   10   

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

11 

 

Foreign exchange rate

  9   10   18     

 

13

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Commodity price

  7   8   11     

 

13

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (20  (24  N/A   N/A  

Less: Diversification benefit1

 

 

(27

 

 

(27

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A 

 

Primary Risk Categories

 $39  $40  $      60  $      28   

$

51

 

 

$

41

 

 

$

62

 

 

$

33 

 

Credit Portfolio

  9   12   17     

 

15

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (5  (8  N/A   N/A  

Less: Diversification benefit1

 

 

(9

 

 

(8

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A 

 

Total Management VaR

 $          43  $44  $64  $33   

$

          57

 

 

$

45

 

 

$

      67

 

 

$

      38 

 

  95%/One-Day VaR for 2016 
$ in millions 

Period

End

  Average  High  Low 

Interest rate and credit spread

 $24  $29  $39  $22  

Equity price

  12   16   43   11  

Foreign exchange rate

  7   8   12    

Commodity price

  8   10   13    

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (21  (27  N/A   N/A  

Primary Risk Categories

 $30  $36  $61  $29  

Credit Portfolio

  15   19   24   12  

Less: Diversification benefit1, 2

  (11  (12  N/A   N/A  

Total Management VaR

 $          34  $43  $68  $34  

69December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

  2017 
$ in millions 

Period

End

  Average  High2  Low2 

Interest rate and credit spread

 

$

32

 

 

$

31

 

 

$

44

 

 

$

23 

 

Equity price

 

 

11

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

10 

 

Foreign exchange rate

 

 

9

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

Commodity price

 

 

7

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

11

 

 

 

 

Less: Diversification benefit1

 

 

(20

 

 

(24

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A 

 

Primary Risk Categories

 

$

39

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

60

 

 

$

28 

 

Credit Portfolio

 

 

9

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

Less: Diversification benefit1

 

 

(5

 

 

(8

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A 

 

Total Management VaR

 

$

          43

 

 

$

44

 

 

$

      64

 

 

$

      33 

 

 

1.

Diversification benefit equals the difference between the total Management VaR and the sum of the component VaRs. This benefit arises because the simulatedone-day losses for each of the components occur on different days; similar diversification benefits also are taken into account within each component.

2.

The high and low VaR values for the total Management VaR and each of the component VaRs might have occurred on different days during the quarter, and therefore, the diversification benefit is not an applicable measure.

Average total Management VaR and average Management VaR for the Primary Risk Categories of $44 million and $40 million, respectively, increasedwere relatively unchanged from 2016, primarily as a result of increases in trading inventory across the global macro, and credit businesses within Institutional Securities, in response to client demand.2017.

Distribution of VaR Statistics and Net Revenues for 2017.

One method of evaluating the reasonableness of our VaR model as a measure of our potential volatility of net revenues is to compare VaR with corresponding actual trading revenues. Assuming no intraday trading, for a95%/one-day VaR, the expected number of times that trading losses should exceed VaR during the year is 13, and, in general, if trading losses were to exceed VaR more than 21 times in a year, the adequacy of the VaR model would be questioned.

We evaluate the reasonableness of our VaR model by comparing the potential declines in portfolio values generated by the model with corresponding actual trading results for the Firm, as well as individual business units. For days where losses exceed the VaR statistic, we examine the drivers of trading losses to evaluate the VaR model’s accuracy relative to realized trading results. During 2017, we experienced netThere were no days in 2018 on which trading losses on 15 days, which were not in excess of the95%/one-day Total Managementexceeded VaR.

The distribution of VaR statistics and net revenues is presented in the following histograms for the Total Trading populations.

Total Trading.    As shown in the95%/One-Day Management VaR table, the average95%/one-day total Management VaR for 2017 was $44 million. The following histogram presents

77December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

the distribution of the daily95%/one-day total Management VaR for 2017, which was in a range between $35 million and $60 million for approximately 96% of trading days during the year.

Daily95%/One-Day Total Management VaR for 201720181

($ in millions)

 

LOGO

1.

The average95%/one-day total Management VaR for 2018 was $45 million.

Daily Net Trading Revenues for 2018

($ in millions)

LOGO

The followingprevious histogram shows the distribution for 2017 of daily net trading revenues includingfor 2018. Daily net trading revenues include profits and losses from Interest rate and credit spread, Equity price, Foreign exchange rate, Commodity price, and Credit Portfolio positions and intraday trading activities for our Tradingtrading businesses. Daily net trading revenues also include intraday trading activities but exclude certainCertain items not captured in the VaR model, such as fees, commissions and net interest income. Dailyincome are excluded from daily net trading revenues differ fromand the definition of revenuesVaR model. Revenues required for Regulatory VaR backtesting which further excludesexclude intraday trading.

Daily Net Trading Revenues for 2017

($ in millions)

 

December 2018 Form 10-K70


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

Non-Trading Risks

We believe that sensitivity analysis is an appropriate representation of ournon-trading risks. The following sensitivity analyses cover substantially all of thenon-trading risk in our portfolio.

Credit Spread Sensitivity to Our Own Credit Spread.

Credit Spread Risk Sensitivity1

 

$ in millions  At
December 31, 2017
   At
December 31, 2016
   

At

December 31,

2018

   

At

December 31,

2017

 

Derivatives

  $                    6   $                    6   

$

                           6

 

  

$

                           6 

 

Funding liabilities2

   29   ��17   

 

34

 

  

 

29 

 

 

1.

Amounts represent the increase in value for each 1 bps widening of our credit spread.

2.

Relates to structured note liabilities carried at fair value.

Credit spread risk sensitivity for funding liabilities per basis point as of December 31, 20172018 has increased compared with December 31, 2016,2017, primarily as a result of new structured note issuances.issuances in the Fixed Income Division of the Institutional Securities business segment.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Rate Risk Sensitivity.    Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,

2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

 

Basis point change

   

+200

  

$

                     340

 

 

$

                    489

 

+100

  

 

182

 

 

 

367

 

-100

  

 

(428

 

 

(500

The followingprevious table presents an analysis of selected instantaneous upward and downward parallel interest rate shocks on net interest income over the next 12 months for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries. These shocks are applied to our12-month forecast for our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries, which incorporates market expectations of interest rates and our forecasted business activity, including our deposit deployment strategy and asset-liability management hedges.activity.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Net Interest Income Sensitivity Analysis

$ in millions

  

At

December 31, 2017

  

At 

December 31, 2016

 

Basis point change

         

+200

  $                489  $                    550 

+100

   367   262 

-100

   (500  (655) 

We do not manage to any single rate scenario but rather manage net interest income in our U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to optimize across a range of possible outcomes, includingnon-parallel rate change scenarios. The sensitivity analysis assumes that we take no action in response to these scenarios, assumes there are no changes in other macroeconomic variables normally correlated with changes in interest rates, and includes subjective assumptions regarding customer and marketre-pricing behavior and other factors. The change in sensitivity to interest rates between December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 20162017 is related to overall changes in our asset-liability profile and higher market rates.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees

 

December 2017 Form 10-K78
   Loss from 10% Decline 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,

2018

   

At

December 31,

2017

 

Investments related to Investment Management activities

  

$

             298

 

  

$

             316 

 

Other investments:

    

MUMSS

  

 

165

 

  

 

168 

 

Other Firm investments

  

 

179

 

  

 

178 

 

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.


Risk Disclosures

Investments.We have exposure to public and private companies through direct investments, as well as through funds that invest in these assets. These investments are predominantly equity positions with long investment horizons, a portion of which areis for business facilitation purposes. The market risk related to these investments is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net income associated with a 10% decline in investment values and related impact on performance fees.

Investments Sensitivity, Including Related Performance Fees

   

Loss from 10% Decline

 
$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

 

Investments related to Investment Management activities

  

$

             316

 

  

$

             332

 

Other investments:

          

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

  

 

168

 

  

 

158

 

Other Firm investments

   178    130 

Investments sensitivity for other investments as of December 31, 2017 increased compared with December 31, 2016, primarily as a result of an increase in the value of underlying investments.

Equity Market Sensitivity.    Sensitivity

In the Wealth Management and Investment Management business segments, certainfee-based revenue streams are driven by the value of clients’ equity holdings. The overall level of revenues for these streams also depends on multiple additional factors that include, but are not limited to, the level and duration of the equity market increase or decline, price volatility, the geographic and industry mix of client assets, the rate and magnitude of client investments and redemptions, and the impact of such market increase or decline and price volatility on client behavior. Therefore, overall revenues do not correlate completely with changes in the equity markets.

Credit Risk

Credit risk refers to the risk of loss arising when a borrower, counterparty or issuer does not meet its financial obligations to us. We primarily incur credit risk to institutions and individuals through our Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments.

We may incur credit risk in our Institutional Securities business segment through a variety of activities, including, but not limited to, the following:

extending credit to clients through lending commitments;

 

entering into swap or other derivative contracts under which counterparties may have obligations to make payments to us;

 

71December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

providing short- or long-term funding that is secured by physical or financial collateral whose value may at times be insufficient to fully cover the repayment amount;

 

posting margin and/or collateral to clearinghouses, clearing agencies, exchanges, banks, securities firms and other financial counterparties;

 

placing funds on deposit at other financial institutions to support our clearing and settlement obligations; and

 

investing or trading in securities and loan pools, whereby the value of these assets may fluctuate based on realized or expected defaults on the underlying obligations or loans.

We incur credit risk in our Wealth Management business segment, primarily through lending to individuals and entities, including, but not limited to, the following:

 

margin loans collateralized by securities;

 

securities-based lending and other forms of secured loans, including tailored lending, to high net worth clients; and

 

single-family residential mortgage loans in conforming,non-conforming or HELOC form, primarily to existing Wealth Management clients.

Monitoring and Control

In order to help protect us from losses, the Credit Risk Management Department (“CRM”) establishes Firm-wide practices to evaluate, monitor and control credit risk at the transaction, obligor and portfolio levels. CRM approves extensions of credit, evaluates the creditworthiness of the counterparties and borrowers on a regular basis, and helps ensure that credit exposure is actively monitored and managed. The evaluation of counterparties and borrowers includes an assessment of the probability that an obligor will default on its financial obligations and any losses that may occur when an obligor defaults. In addition, credit risk exposure is actively managed by credit professionals and committees within CRM and through various risk committees, whose membership includes individuals from CRM. A comprehensive and global Credit Limits Framework is utilized to manage credit risk levels across the Firm. The Credit Limits Framework is calibrated within our risk tolerance and includes single-name limits and portfolio concentration limits by country, industry and product type.

79December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

CRM helps ensure timely and transparent communication of material credit risks, compliance with established limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management. CRM also works closely with the Market Risk Department and applicable business units to monitor risk exposures and to perform stress tests to identify, analyze and

control credit risk concentrations arising from the lending and trading activities. The stress tests shock market factors (e.g., interest rates, commodity prices, credit spreads), risk parameters ((e.g., default probabilities and loss given default), recovery rates and expected losses in order to assess the impact of stresses on exposures, profit and loss, and our capital position. Stress tests are conducted in accordance with our established policies and procedures.

Credit Evaluation

The evaluation of corporate and institutional counterparties and borrowers includes assigning obligor credit ratings, which reflect an assessment of an obligor’s probability of default and loss given default. Credit evaluations typically involve the assessment of financial statements; leverage; liquidity; capital strength; asset composition and quality; market capitalization; access to capital markets; adequacy of collateral, if applicable; and in the case of certain loans, cash flow projections and debt service requirements. CRM also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, management and other factors that could affect the obligor’s risk profile. Additionally, CRM evaluates the relative position of our exposure in the borrower’s capital structure and relative recovery prospects, as well as other structural elements of the particular transaction.

The evaluation of consumer borrowers is tailored to the specific type of lending. Margin and securities-based loans are evaluated based on factors that include, but are not limited to, the amount of the loan, the degree of leverage and the quality, diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral. The underwriting of residential real estate loans includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral,loan-to-value ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for individual loans is performed at the portfolio level, and collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

Credit risk metrics assigned to our borrowers during the evaluation process are incorporated into CRM maintenance of the allowance for loan losses for the

loans held for the investment portfolio.investment. Such allowance serves as a reserve for probable inherent losses, as well as probable losses related to loans identified for impairment.as impaired. For more information on the allowance for loan losses, see Notes 2 and 7 to the financial statements.

Risk Mitigation

We may seek to mitigate credit risk from our lending and trading activities in multiple ways, including collateral provisions, guarantees and hedges. At the transaction level, we seek to mitigate risk through management of key risk elements such as size, tenor, financial covenants, seniority and collateral. We actively hedge our lending and derivatives exposure through various

December 2018 Form 10-K72


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

exposure. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, that may include single-name, portfolioincluding a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps, and structured credit derivatives.options). Additionally, we may sell, assign or syndicate loans and lending commitments to other financial institutions in the primary and secondary loan markets.

In connection with our derivatives trading activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master agreement in the event of a counterparty default. A collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information about our collateralized transactions.

Lending Activities Included in Loans and Trading AssetsLending Commitments

We provide loans and lending commitments to a variety of customers, from large corporate and institutional clients to high net worth individuals. In addition, we purchase loans in the secondary market. In the balance sheets, these loans and lending commitments are carried as held for investment, which are recorded at amortized cost; as held for sale, which are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value; or at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in earnings. Loans held for investment and loans held for sale are classified in Loans, and loans held at fair value are classified in Trading assets in the balance sheets. See Notes 3, 7 and 12 to the financial statements for further information.

December 2017 Form 10-K80


Risk Disclosures

Loans and Lending Commitments

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 IS  WM  IM1  Total 

Corporate loans

 $15,332  $14,417  $5  $29,754 

Consumer loans

     26,808      26,808 

Residential real estate loans

     26,635      26,635 

Wholesale real estate loans

  9,980         9,980 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  25,312   67,860   5   93,177 

Allowance for loan losses

  (182  (42     (224

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  25,130   67,818   5   92,953 

Corporate loans

  9,456         9,456 

Residential real estate loans

  1   34      35 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,682         1,682 

Loans held for sale

  11,139   34      11,173 

Corporate loans

  8,336      22   8,358 

Residential real estate loans

  799         799 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,579         1,579 

Loans held at fair value

  10,714      22   10,736 

Total loans

  46,983   67,852   27   114,862 

Lending commitments2, 3

  92,588   9,481      102,069 

Total loans and lending commitments2, 3

 $    139,571  $    77,333  $            27  $    216,931 
  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM1  Total 

Corporate

 

$

20,020

 

 

$

16,884

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

36,909

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

27,868

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,868

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

27,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,466

 

Wholesale real estate

 

 

7,810

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,810

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

 

 

27,830

 

 

 

72,218

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

100,053

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(193

 

 

(45

 

 

 

 

 

(238

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

 

 

27,637

 

 

 

72,173

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

99,815

 

Corporate

 

 

13,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,886

 

Residential real estate

 

 

1

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

Wholesale real estate

 

 

1,856

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,856

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

15,743

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,764

 

Corporate

 

 

9,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

9,171

 

Residential real estate

 

 

1,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,153

 

Wholesale real estate

 

 

601

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

601

 

Loans held at fair value

 

 

10,904

 

 

 

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

10,925

 

Total loans

 

 

54,284

 

 

 

72,194

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

126,504

 

Lending commitments2, 3

 

 

95,065

 

 

 

10,663

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,728

 

Total loans and lending commitments2, 3

 

$

    149,349

 

 

$

    82,857

 

 

$

            26

 

 

$

    232,232

 

 

  At December 31, 2016     

$ in millions

 IS  WM  IM1  Total 

Corporate loans

 $13,858  $11,162  $5  $25,025 

Consumer loans

     24,866      24,866 

Residential real estate loans

     24,385      24,385 

Wholesale real estate loans

  7,702         7,702 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

  21,560   60,413   5   81,978 

Allowance for loan losses

  (238  (36     (274

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

  21,322   60,377   5   81,704 

Corporate loans

  10,710         10,710 

Residential real estate loans

  11   50      61 

Wholesale real estate loans

  1,773         1,773 

Loans held for sale

  12,494   50      12,544 

Corporate loans

  7,199      18   7,217 

Residential real estate loans

  966         966 

Wholesale real estate loans

  519         519 

Loans held at fair value

  8,684      18   8,702 

Total loans

  42,500   60,427   23   102,950 

Lending commitments2, 3

  90,143   8,299      98,442 

Total loans and lending commitments2, 3

 $    132,643  $    68,726  $            23  $    201,392 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM1  Total 

Corporate

 

$

15,332

 

 

$

14,417

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

29,754

 

Consumer

 

 

 

 

 

26,808

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,808

 

Residential real estate

 

 

 

 

 

26,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

26,635

 

Wholesale real estate

 

 

9,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,980

 

Loans held for investment, gross of allowance

 

 

25,312

 

 

 

67,860

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

93,177

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

(182

 

 

(42

 

 

 

 

 

(224

Loans held for investment, net of allowance

 

 

25,130

 

 

 

67,818

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

92,953

 

Corporate

 

 

9,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,456

 

Residential real estate

 

 

1

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

35

 

Wholesale real estate

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,682

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

11,139

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,173

 

Corporate

 

 

8,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

8,358

 

Residential real estate

 

 

799

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

799

 

Wholesale real estate

 

 

1,579

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,579

 

Loans held at fair value

 

 

10,714

 

 

 

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

10,736

 

Total loans

 

 

46,983

 

 

 

67,852

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

114,862

 

Lending commitments2, 3

 

 

92,588

 

 

 

9,481

 

 

 

 

 

 

102,069

 

Total loans and lending commitments2, 3

 

$

    139,571

 

 

$

    77,333

 

 

$

            27

 

 

$

    216,931

 

 

1.

Investment Management business segment loans are entered into in conjunction with certain investment advisory activities.

2.

Lending commitments represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for lending transactions. Since commitments associated with these business activities may expire unused or may not be utilized to full capacity, they do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

3.

For syndications led by us, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of amounts syndicated. For syndications that we participate in and do not lead, any lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that we expect will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of our obligations under the commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties.

Our credit

73December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

In 2018, total loans and lending commitments increased by approximately $15 billion primarily due to increases in corporate collateralized and event-driven loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment and growth in securities-based lending within the Wealth Management business segment.

Credit exposure arising from our loans and lending commitments is measured in accordance with our internal risk management standards. Risk factors considered in determining the aggregate allowance for loan and commitment losses include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan, collateral type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion,industry, facility structure, loan-to-value ratio, debt service ratio, covenantscollateral and counterparty type.covenants. Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio and lending terms, and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered.

Allowance for Loans and Lending Commitments Held for Investment

 

$ in millions    At
December 31,
2017
    At
December 31,
2016
   

At

December 31,

2018

   

At

December 31,

2017

 

Loans

 $   224  $  274   

$

                           238

 

  

$

                           224 

 

Commitments

  198  190 

Lending commitments

  

 

203

 

  

 

198 

 

Total allowance for loans and lending commitments

  

$

441

 

  

$

422 

 

The aggregate allowance for loanloans and lending commitment losses decreased in 2017,increased during 2018, primarily due to overall portfolio changes and qualitative and environmental factors impacting thecharge-off of an energy industry related loan. inherent allowance within the Institutional Securities business segment. See Note 7 to the financial statements for further information.

Status of Loans Held for Investment

 

  At December 31, 2017       At December 31, 2016       At December 31, 2018       At December 31, 2017     
  IS       WM       IS        WM       IS       WM       IS        WM     

Current

   99.5%    99.9%    98.6%    99.9%   

 

99.8%

 

  

 

99.9%

 

  

 

99.5%

 

  

 

99.9%

 

Non-accrual1

   0.5%    0.1%    1.4%    0.1% 

Nonaccrual1

  

 

0.2%

 

  

 

0.1%

 

  

 

0.5%

 

  

 

0.1%

 

 

1.

These loans are on nonaccrual status because the loans were past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest was in doubt.

Institutional Securities

In connection with certain Institutional Securities business segment activities, we provide loans and lending commitments to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients. These activities include originating and purchasing corporateWe also purchase a variety of loans commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending, financing extended to equities and commodities customers and loans to municipalities. Thesein the secondary market. Our loans and lending commitments may have varying terms; may be senior or subordinated; may be secured or unsecured; are generally contingent upon representations, warranties and contractual conditions applicable to the borrower; and may be syndicated, traded or hedged by us.

81December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

We also participate in securitization activities, whereby we extend short-termshort- or long-term funding to clients throughcollateralized lines of credit and term loans with various types of collateral, including residential real estate, commercial real estate, corporate and financial assets. These collateralized loans and lending commitments that are secured by the assets of the borrower and generally provide for over-collateralization, including commercial real estate loans, loans secured by loan pools, corporate loans and secured lines of revolving credit.over-collateralization. Credit risk with respect to these loans and lending commitments arises from the failure of a borrower to perform according to the terms of the loan agreement or a decline in the underlying collateral value. The Firm monitors collateral levels against the requirements of lending agreements. See Note 13 to the financial statements for information about our securitization activities. In addition, a collateral management group monitors collateral levels against requirements and oversees the administration of the collateral function. See Note 6 to the financial statements for additional information about our collateralized transactions.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Credit Rating1

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 
 Years to Maturity     Years to Maturity    
$ in millions 

Less than

1

 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total  Less than 1 1-3 3-5 Over 5 Total 

Loans

          

AAA

 $  $  $  $  $ 

AA

  14   503   30   5   552  

$

7

 

 

$

430

 

 

$

 

 

$

19

 

 

$

456

 

A

  1,608   1,710   1,235   693   5,246  

 

565

 

 

 

1,580

 

 

 

858

 

 

 

267

 

 

 

3,270

 

BBB

  2,791   6,558   3,752   646   13,747  

 

3,775

 

 

 

4,697

 

 

 

4,251

 

 

 

495

 

 

 

13,218

 

NIG

  4,760   12,311   4,480   3,245   24,796  

 

7,151

 

 

 

12,882

 

 

 

9,313

 

 

 

5,889

 

 

 

35,235

 

Unrated2

  243   291   621   1,487   2,642  

 

88

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

1,762

 

 

 

2,105

 

Total loans

  9,416   21,373   10,118   6,076   46,983  

 

11,586

 

 

 

19,684

 

 

 

14,582

 

 

 

8,432

 

 

 

54,284

 

Lending commitments

Lending commitments

 

    

Lending commitments

 

    

AAA

     165         165  

 

90

 

 

 

75

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

165

 

AA

  3,745   1,108   3,002      7,855  

 

2,491

 

 

 

1,177

 

 

 

2,863

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,531

 

A

  3,769   5,533   11,774   197   21,273  

 

2,892

 

 

 

6,006

 

 

 

9,895

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

19,295

 

BBB

  3,987   12,345   16,818   1,095   34,245  

 

2,993

 

 

 

11,825

 

 

 

19,461

 

 

 

638

 

 

 

34,917

 

NIG

  4,159   9,776   12,279   2,698   28,912  

 

1,681

 

 

 

10,604

 

 

 

16,075

 

 

 

5,751

 

 

 

34,111

 

Unrated2

  9   40   42   47   138  

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

38

 

 

 

 

 

 

46

 

Total lending

          

commitments

  15,669   28,967   43,915   4,037   92,588  

 

10,155

 

 

 

29,687

 

 

 

48,332

 

 

 

6,891

 

 

 

95,065

 

Total exposure

 $25,085  $  50,340  $  54,033  $  10,113  $  139,571  

$

21,741

 

 

$

  49,371

 

 

$

  62,914

 

 

$

  15,323

 

 

$

  149,349

 

  At December 31, 2016 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions 

Less than

1

  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

     

AAA

 $  $  $  $  $ 

AA

        38      38 

A

  235   775   1,391   552   2,953 

BBB

  1,709   6,473   2,768   1,362   12,312 

NIG

  4,667   12,114   5,629   2,304   24,714 

Unrated2

  699   126   175   1,483   2,483 

Total loans

  7,310   19,488   10,001   5,701   42,500 

Lending commitments

 

    

AAA

  50   105   50      205 

AA

  3,724   451   3,989      8,164 

A

  1,994   4,610   11,135   392   18,131 

BBB

  6,261   9,006   18,148   653   34,068 

NIG

  2,839   8,934   14,267   3,418   29,458 

Unrated2

  107   6      4   117 

Total lending

     

commitments

  14,975   23,112   47,589   4,467   90,143 

Total exposure

 $22,285  $  42,600  $  57,590  $  10,168  $  132,643 

NIG—

December 2018 Form 10-K74


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

  At December 31, 2017 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

     

AA

 $14  $503  $30  $5  $552 

A

  1,608   1,710   1,235   693   5,246 

BBB

  2,791   6,558   3,752   646   13,747 

NIG

  4,760   12,311   4,480   3,245   24,796 

Unrated2

  243   291   621   1,487   2,642 

Total loans

  9,416   21,373   10,118   6,076   46,983 

Lending commitments

 

    

AAA

     165         165 

AA

  3,745   1,108   3,002      7,855 

A

  3,769   5,533   11,774   197   21,273 

BBB

  3,987   12,345   16,818   1,095   34,245 

NIG

  4,159   9,776   12,279   2,698   28,912 

Unrated2

  9   40   42   47   138 

Total lending commitments

  15,669   28,967   43,915   4,037   92,588 

Total exposure

 $25,085  $  50,340  $  54,033  $  10,113  $  139,571 

NIG–Non-investment grade

1.

Obligor credit ratings are internally determined by CRM.

2.

Unrated loans and lending commitments are primarily trading positions that are measured at fair value and risk managed as a component of Market Risk.market risk. For a further discussion of our Market Risk,market risk, see “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Market Risk” herein.

Institutional Securities Loans and Lending Commitments by Industry

 

$ in millions    At
December 31,
2017
    At
December 31,
2016
     At
December 31,
2018
    At
December 31,
20171
 

Industry

     

Financials

 $    32,655  $   22,112 

Real estate

 $   28,426  $  19,807   24,133  28,426 

Financials1

  22,112  20,624 

Industrials

  13,701  11,090 

Communications services

  11,244  9,126 

Healthcare

  10,158  9,956 

Information technology

  11,862  8,602   9,896  10,361 

Utilities

  9,856  9,592 

Energy

  9,847  10,233 

Consumer discretionary

  11,555  12,059   8,314  8,102 

Industrials

  11,090  11,465 

Energy

  10,233  11,757 

Healthcare

  9,956  11,534 

Utilities

  9,592  9,216 

Consumer staples

  8,315  7,329   7,921  8,315 

Materials

  5,069  7,630   5,969  5,069 

Insurance

  4,739  4,190   3,744  4,739 

Telecommunications services

  4,172  6,156 

Other

  2,450  2,274   1,911  2,450 

Total

 $   139,571  $  132,643  $    149,349  $   139,571 

 

1.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to reclassifications in the current presentation.Global Industry Classification Standard structure.

Institutional Securities business segment loans and lending commitments are mainly related to relationship-based and event-driven lending to select corporate clients. Relationship-based loans and lending commitments are used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity purposes by our investment banking clients and typically consist of revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities and term

December 2017 Form 10-K82


Risk Disclosures

loans. In connection with the relationship-based lending activities, we had hedges (which included single-name and index hedges) with a notional amount of $16.6 billion and $20.2 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Event-Driven Loans and Lending Commitments

 

  At December 31, 2018 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

 $2,582  $287  $656  $1,618  $5,143 

Lending commitments

  1,506   2,456   2,877   3,658   10,497 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $4,088  $    2,743  $    3,533  $    5,276  $    15,640 
  At December 31, 2017 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

 $1,458  $1,058  $639  $2,012  $5,167 

Lending commitments

  1,272   3,206   2,091   1,874   8,443 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $2,730  $    4,264  $    2,730  $    3,886  $  13,610 

  At December 31, 2016 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Loans

 $666  $  1,593  $  1,216  $  1,622  $5,097 

Lending commitments

  6,594   1,460   4,807   3,391   16,252 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $7,260  $3,053  $6,023  $5,013  $  21,349 

Event-driven loans and lending commitments, which comprise a portion of corporate loans and lending commitments within the Institutional Securities business segment, are associated with a particular event or transaction, such as to support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization andor project finance activities. Event-driven loans and lending commitments typically consist of revolving lines of credit, term loans and bridge loans.

Institutional Securities Lending Exposures Related to the Energy Industry.At December 31, 2017, Institutional Securities’ loans and The increase in event-driven lending commitments relatedin 2018 is primarily due to the energy industry were $10.2 billion, of which approximately 66% are accounted for as held for investment and 34% are accounted for as either held for sale or at fair value. Additionally, approximately 60% of the total energy industry loans and lendingan increase inheld-for-sale commitments were to investment grade counterparties.driven by client M&A transactions.

At December 31, 2017, the energy industry portfolio included $0.8 billion in loans and $2.0 billion in lending commitments to Oil and Gas Exploration and Production (“E&P”) companies. The E&P loans were tonon-investment grade counterparties, which are generally subject to periodic borrowing base reassessments based on the value of the underlying oil and gas reserves pledged as collateral. In limited situations, we may extend the period related to borrowing base reassessments typically in conjunction with taking certain risk mitigating actions with the borrower. Approximately 52% of the E&P lending commitments were to investment grade counterparties. To the extent oil and natural gas prices deteriorate, we may incur lending losses.

Wealth Management

The principal Wealth Management business segment lending activities include securities-based lending and residential real estate loans.

Securities-based lending provided to our retail clients is primarily conducted through our Portfolio Loan Account (“PLA”) and Liquidity Access Line (“LAL”) platforms. These loans allowplatform. The LAL platform allows the client to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities, generally for any purpose other than purchasing securities. We establish approved credit lines against qualifying securities and monitor limits daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, require customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce debt positions, when necessary. These credit lines are primarily uncommitted loan facilities, as we reserve the right to not make any advances or may terminate these credit lines at any time. Factors considered in the review of these loans include, but are not limited to, the loan amount, the client’s credit profile, the degree of leverage, collateral diversification, price volatility and liquidity of the collateral.

Residential real estate loans consist of first and second lien mortgages, including HELOC loans.HELOCs. Our underwriting policy is designed to ensure that all borrowers pass an assessment of capacity and willingness to pay, which includes an analysis utilizing industry standard credit scoring models (e.g., FICO scores), debt ratios and assets of the borrower.Loan-to-value ratios are determined based on independent third-party property appraisal/appraisals and valuations, and security lien position ispositions are established through title/title and ownership reports. The vast majority of mortgage and HELOC loans are held for investment in the Wealth Management business segment’s loan portfolio.

For the year ended December 31, 2017, loans and lending commitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment lending activities increased by approximately 13%, primarily due to growth in securities-based lending and other loans.

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments by Remaining Contractual Maturity

  At December 31, 2017 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans1

 $34,389  $3,687  $1,899  $1,231  $41,206 

Residential real estate loans

     24   15   26,607   26,646 

Total loans

 $34,389  $3,711  $1,914  $27,838  $67,852 

Lending commitments

  7,253   1,827   120   281   9,481 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $41,642  $    5,538  $    2,034  $    28,119  $    77,333 
 

 

 8375 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

 LOGO

 

  At December 31, 2016 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans1

 $30,547  $2,983  $1,304  $1,179  $36,013 

Residential real estate loans

        45   24,369   24,414 

Total loans

 $30,547  $2,983  $1,349  $25,548  $60,427 

Lending commitments

  6,372   1,413   268   246   8,299 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $36,919  $    4,396  $    1,617  $    25,794  $    68,726 

Wealth Management Loans and Lending Commitments

 

1.

PLA
  At December 31, 2018 
  Contractual Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans

 $38,144  $3,573  $2,004  $1,006  $44,727 

Residential real estate loans

     30   1   27,436   27,467 

Total loans

 $38,144  $3,603  $2,005  $28,442  $72,194 

Lending commitments

  9,197   1,151   42   273   10,663 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $47,341  $    4,754  $    2,047  $  28,715  $82,857 

Securities-based lending—LAL platform loans

 

         $  33,247 

  At December 31, 2017 
  Contractual Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Securities-based lending and other loans

 $34,389  $3,687  $1,899  $1,231  $41,206 

Residential real estate loans

     24   15   26,607   26,646 

Total loans

 $34,389  $3,711  $1,914  $27,838  $67,852 

Lending commitments

  7,253   1,827   120   281   9,481 

Total loans and lending commitments

 $41,642  $    5,538  $    2,034  $  28,119  $77,333 

Securities-based lending—LAL platform loans

 

         $  32,230 

In 2018, Loans and LAL platforms had an outstanding loan balance of $32.2 billion and $29.7 billion at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

Lending Activities Includedcommitments associated with the Wealth Management business segment increased by approximately 7%, primarily due to growth in securities-based lending and other loans.

Customer and Other Receivables

Margin Loans

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions IS WM Total  IS WM Total 

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

 $ 19,977  $ 12,135  $ 32,112 

Customer receivables representing margin loans

 $ 14,842  $ 11,383  $ 26,225 

 

 At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions IS WM Total  IS WM Total 

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

 $ 11,876  $ 12,483  $ 24,359 

Customer receivables representing margin loans

 $ 19,977  $ 12,135  $ 32,112 

The Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments provide margin lending arrangements which allow the clientcustomers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Margin lending activities generally have minimal credit risk due to the value of collateral held and their short-term nature. Amounts may fluctuate from period to period as overall client balances change as a result of market levels, client positioning and leverage.

Employee Loans

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
 At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
 

Employee loans:

   

Balance

  $4,185  $4,804   $3,415  $4,185 

Allowance for loan losses

   (77)  (89   (63 (77

Balance, net

  $4,108  $4,715   $3,352  $4,108 

Repayment term range, in years

   1 to 20  1 to 12    1 to 20  1 to 20 

In 2018, the balance of employee loans decreased as a result of the repayment of existing loans and a decline in new note issuances. Employee loans are generally granted to retain and recruit certain employees,Wealth Management representatives, are full recourse and generally require periodic repayments. We establish an allowance for loan amounts to terminated employees that we do not consider recoverable, which is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense. See Note 7 to the financial statements for a further description

Derivatives

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Contractual Maturity of our employee loans.OTC Derivative Assets at Fair Value

Credit Exposure—Derivatives

  Credit Rating1    
$ in millions AAA  AA  A  BBB  NIG  Total 

At December 31, 2018

 

    

<1 year

 $878  $7,430  $38,718  $15,009  $7,183  $69,218 

1-3 years

  664   2,362   22,239   10,255   7,097   42,617 

3-5 years

  621   2,096   11,673   6,014   2,751   23,155 

Over 5 years

  3,535   9,725   67,166   36,087   11,112   127,625 

Total, gross

 $5,698  $21,613  $139,796  $67,365  $28,143  $262,615 

Counterparty netting

   (2,325   (13,771   (113,045   (49,658   (16,681   (195,480

Cash and securities collateral

  (3,214  (5,766  (21,931  (12,702  (8,269  (51,882

Total, net

 $159  $2,076  $4,820  $5,005  $3,193  $15,253 

  Credit Rating1, 2    
$ in millions AAA  AA  A  BBB  NIG  Total 

At December 31, 2017

 

    

<1 year

 $356  $5,302  $36,001  $11,577  $5,904  $59,140 

1-3 years

  558   4,118   23,137   8,887   4,827   41,527 

3-5 years

  702   3,183   15,577   5,489   4,879   29,830 

Over 5 years

  5,470   11,667   78,779   37,286   12,079   145,281 

Total, gross

 $7,086  $24,270  $153,494  $63,239  $27,689  $275,778 

Counterparty netting

   (3,018   (15,261   (125,378   (45,421   (15,828   (204,906

Cash and securities collateral

  (3,188  (6,785  (23,257  (12,844  (9,123  (55,197

Total, net

 $880  $2,224  $4,859  $4,974  $2,738  $15,675 

1.

Obligor credit ratings are determined internally by CRM.

2.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

December 2018 Form 10-K76


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
20171
 

Industry

  

Financials

  $4,480   $3,330  

Utilities

   4,324    4,382  

Industrials

   1,335    1,124  

Healthcare

   787    882  

Regional governments

   779    1,005  

Information technology

   695    573  

Not-for-profit organizations

   583    703  

Sovereign governments

   385    1,084  

Communication services

   373    294  

Real estate

   283    374  

Materials

   275    329  

Insurance

   235    206  

Consumer staples

   216    161  

Energy

   199    646  

Consumer discretionary

   188    357  

Other

   116    225  

Total

  $15,253   $15,675  

1.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to reclassifications in the Global Industry Classification Standard structure.

We incur credit risk as a dealer in OTC derivatives. Credit risk with respect to derivative instruments arises from the possibility that a counterparty may fail to perform according

to the terms of the contract. In connection withFor a description of our OTC derivative activities, we generally enter into master netting agreements and collateral arrangements with counterparties. These agreements provide us with the ability to demand collateral, as well as to liquidate collateral and offset receivables and payables covered under the same master netting agreement in the event of counterparty default.

We manage our trading positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies, include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options).see “Credit Risk—Risk Mitigation” herein.

Fair values as shown below represent the Firm’s net exposure to counterparties related to its OTC derivative products. Obligor credit ratings are determined internally by CRM.

Counterparty Credit Rating and Remaining Contractual Maturity of OTC Derivative Assets

  Fair Value at December 31, 2017 
  Contractual Years to Maturity  

Total
Derivative

Assets

 
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  

Credit Rating

 

AAA

 $157  $404  $406  $3,759  $4,726 

AA

  1,586   2,070   1,030   5,802   10,488 

A

  6,473   4,738   4,434   20,613   36,258 

BBB

  3,941   2,379   1,764   13,135   21,219 

Non-investment grade

  2,691   2,816   3,663   2,294   11,464 

Total

 $14,848  $12,407  $11,297  $45,603  $84,155 

  Fair Value at December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Total
Derivative
Assets
  Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting1
  

Net

Amounts
Post-cash
Collateral

  Net
Amounts
Post-
Collateral2
 

Credit Rating

 

AAA

 $4,726  $(3,780 $946  $880 

AA

  10,488   (5,444  5,044   2,224 

A

  36,258   (27,277  8,981   4,859 

BBB

  21,219   (14,207  7,012   4,974 

Non-investment grade

  11,464   (5,409  6,055   2,738 

Total

 $84,155  $(56,117 $28,038  $15,675 

  Fair Value at December 31, 2016 
  Contractual Years to Maturity  

Total

Derivative

Assets

 
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  

Credit Rating

     

AAA

 $150  $428  $918  $2,931  $4,427 

AA

  3,177   2,383   2,942   10,194   18,696 

A

  9,244   6,676   5,495   21,322   42,737 

BBB

  4,423   3,085   2,434   13,023   22,965 

Non-investment grade

  2,283   1,702   1,722   1,794   7,501 

Total

 $    19,277  $    14,274  $    13,511  $    49,264  $    96,326 

December 2017 Form 10-K84


Risk Disclosures

  Fair Value at December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Total
Derivative
Assets
  Cross-
Maturity
and Cash
Collateral
Netting1
  

Net

Amounts
Post-cash
Collateral

  Net
Amounts
Post-
Collateral2
 

Credit Rating

 

AAA

 $4,427  $(3,900 $527  $485 

AA

  18,696   (11,813  6,883   4,114 

A

  42,737   (31,425  11,312   6,769 

BBB

  22,965   (16,629  6,336   4,852 

Non-investment grade

  7,501   (4,131  3,370   1,915 

Total

 $    96,326  $    (67,898 $    28,428  $    18,135 

1.

Amounts represent the netting of receivable balances with payable balances for the same counterparty across maturity categories. Receivable and payable balances with the same counterparty in the same maturity category are netted within such maturity category, where appropriate. Cash collateral received is netted on a counterparty basis, provided legal right of offset exists.

2.

Fair value is shown net of collateral received (primarily cash and U.S. government and agency securities).

OTC Derivative Products at Fair Value, Net of Collateral, by Industry

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,
20161

 

Industry

  

Utilities

  $4,382   $4,184 

Financials

   3,330    4,008 

Industrials

   1,124    1,644 

Sovereign governments

   1,084    709 

Regional governments

   1,005    1,352 

Healthcare

   882    1,103 

Information technology

   715    267 

Not-for-profit organizations

   703    830 

Energy

   646    533 

Consumer discretionary

   464    590 

Real estate

   374    503 

Materials

   329    235 

Insurance

   206    570 

Consumer staples

   161    567 

Other

   270    1,040 

Total2

  $                        15,675   $                    18,135 

1.

The amounts included in the December 31, 2016 industry categories have been revised due to previous misclassifications. The total remained unchanged.

2.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4 to the financial statements.

Credit Derivatives.

A credit derivative is a contract between a seller and buyer of protection against the risk of a credit event occurring on one or more debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity. The buyer typically pays a periodic premium over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. If a credit event occurs, the seller is required to make payment to the beneficiary based on the terms of the credit derivative contract. Credit events, as defined in the contract, may be one or more of the following defined events: bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay, obligation acceleration, repudiation, payment moratorium and restructurings.

We trade in a variety of credit derivatives and may either purchase or write protection on a single name or portfolio of referenced entities. In transactions referencing a portfolio of entities or securities, protection may be limited to a tranche of exposure or a single name within the portfolio. We are an active market maker in the credit derivatives markets. As a market maker, we work to earn abid-offer spread on client flow business and manage any residual credit or correlation risk on a portfolio basis. Further, we use credit derivatives to

manage our exposure to residential and commercial mortgage loans and corporate lending exposures. The effectiveness of our CDS protection as a hedge of our exposures may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the contractual terms of the CDS.

We actively monitor our counterparty credit risk related to credit derivatives. A majority of our counterparties are composed of banks, broker-dealers, insurance and other financial institutions. Contracts with these counterparties may include provisions related to counterparty rating downgrades, which may result in the counterparty posting additional collateral to us. As with all derivative contracts, we consider counterparty credit risk in the valuation of our positions and recognize CVAs as appropriate within Trading revenues in the income statements.

For additional credit exposure information on our credit derivative portfolio, see Note 4 to the financial statements.statements and “Single Name and Index Credit Derivatives Included in Net Inventory” herein.

Country Risk Exposure

Country risk exposure is the risk that events in, or that affect, a foreign country (any country other than the U.S.) might adversely affect us. We actively manage country risk exposure through a comprehensive risk management framework that combines credit and market fundamentals and allows us to effectively identify, monitor and limit country risk. Country risk exposure before and after hedging is monitored and managed.

Our obligor credit evaluation process may also identify indirect exposures, whereby an obligor has vulnerability or exposure to another country or jurisdiction. Examples of indirect exposures include mutual funds that invest in a single country, offshore companies whose assets reside in another country to that of the offshore jurisdiction and finance company subsidiaries of corporations. Indirect exposures identified through the credit evaluation process may result in a reclassification of country risk.

We conduct periodic stress testing that seeks to measure the impact on our credit and market exposures of shocks stemming from negative economic or political scenarios. When deemed appropriate by our risk managers, the stress test scenarios include possible contagion effects. Secondeffects and second order

85December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

risks such as the impact for core European banks of their peripheral exposures may also be considered. risks. This analysis, and results of the stress tests, may result in the amendment of limits or exposure mitigation.

In addition to our country risk exposure, we disclose our cross-border risk exposure in “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data—Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited).” It is based on the FFIEC’sFFIEC regulatory guidelines

77December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

for reporting cross-border information and represents the amounts that we may not be able to obtain from a foreign country due to country-specific events, including unfavorable economic and political conditions, economic and social instability, and changes in government policies.

There can be substantial differences between our country risk exposure and cross-border risk exposure. For instance, unlike the cross-border risk exposure, our country risk exposure includes the effect of certain risk mitigants. In addition, the basis for determining the domicile of the country risk exposure is different from the basis for determining the cross-border risk exposure. Cross-border risk exposure is reported based on the country of jurisdiction for the obligor or guarantor. For country risk exposure, we consider factors in addition to that of country of jurisdiction, including physical location of operations or assets, location and source of cash flows/flows or revenues and location of collateral (if applicable) in order to

determine the basis for country risk exposure. Furthermore, cross-border risk exposure incorporates CDS only where protection is purchased, while country risk exposure incorporates CDS where protection is purchased or sold.

Our sovereign exposures consist of financial instrumentscontracts and obligations entered into with sovereign and local governments. Ournon-sovereign exposures consist of exposures tofinancial contracts and obligations entered into primarily with corporations and financial institutions. The following table shows our 10 largestnon-U.S. country risk net exposures at December 31, 2017.

Index credit derivatives are included in the following country risk exposure table. Each reference entity within an index is allocated to that reference entity’s country of risk. Index exposures are allocated to the underlying reference entities in proportion to the notional weighting of the country of each reference entity in the index, adjusted for any fair value receivable/receivable or payable for that reference entity. Where credit risk crosses multiple jurisdictions, for example, a CDS purchased from an issuera counterparty in a specific country that references bonds issued by an entity in a different country, the fair value of the CDS is reflected in the Net Counterparty Exposure columnrow based on the country of the CDS issuer.counterparty. Further, the notional amount of the CDS adjusted for the fair value of the receivable/receivable or payable is reflected in the Net Inventory columnrow based on the country of the underlying reference entity.

Top 10Non-U.S. Country Exposures at December 31, 2018

United Kingdom

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $(827 $1,121  $294  

Net counterparty exposure2

   13   10,259   10,272  

Loans

      2,046   2,046  

Lending commitments

      4,524   4,524  

Exposure before hedges

   (814  17,950   17,136  

Hedges3

   (353  (1,381  (1,734) 

Net exposure

  $(1,167 $16,569  $        15,402  

Japan

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $7,051  $535  $7,586  

Net counterparty exposure2

   37   3,059   3,096  

Loans

      319   319  

Lending commitments

         —  

Exposure before hedges

   7,088   3,913   11,001  

Hedges3

   (118  (115  (233) 

Net exposure

  $6,970  $3,798  $        10,768  

Germany

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $1,843  $239  $2,082  

Net counterparty exposure2

   133   2,013   2,146  

Loans

      961   961  

Lending commitments

      3,174   3,174  

Exposure before hedges

   1,976   6,387   8,363  

Hedges3

   (268  (1,072  (1,340) 

Net exposure

  $1,708  $5,315  $        7,023  

Spain

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $(533 $73  $(460) 

Net counterparty exposure2

      201   201  

Loans

      4,732   4,732  

Lending commitments

      1,747   1,747  

Exposure before hedges

   (533  6,753   6,220  

Hedges3

      (199  (199) 

Net exposure

  $(533 $6,554  $        6,021  

Brazil

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $4,734  $51  $4,785  

Net counterparty exposure2

      211   211  

Loans

      23   23  

Lending commitments

      279   279  

Exposure before hedges

   4,734   564   5,298  

Hedges3

   (11  (18  (29) 

Net exposure

  $4,723  $546  $        5,269  

France

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $239  $(68 $171  

Net counterparty exposure2

   1   2,113   2,114  

Loans

      314   314  

Lending commitments

      2,092   2,092  

Exposure before hedges

   240   4,451   4,691  

Hedges3

   (56  (631  (687) 

Net exposure

  $184  $3,820  $        4,004  

China

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $156  $1,010  $1,166  

Net counterparty exposure2

   258   149   407  

Loans

      1,427   1,427  

Lending commitments

      619   619  

Exposure before hedges

   414   3,205   3,619  

Hedges3

   (40  (10  (50) 

Net exposure

  $374  $3,195  $        3,569  
 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 8678 


Risk Disclosures

 LOGO

 

Top Ten Country Exposures at December 31, 2017

India

      
$ in millions  Sovereigns   Non-sovereigns   Total 

Net inventory1

  $1,712   $617   $2,329  

Net counterparty exposure2

       637    637  

Loans

           —  

Lending commitments

           —  

Exposure before hedges

   1,712    1,254    2,966  

Hedges3

           —  

Net exposure

  $1,712   $1,254   $        2,966  

 

$ in millions  Net Inventory1  

Net

Counterparty

Exposure2

   Loans   Lending
Commitments
   Exposure
before Hedges
  Hedges3  Net Exposure 

Country

           

U.K.:

           

Sovereigns

  $(416 $35   $   $   $(381 $(357 $(738

Non-sovereigns

   1,301   9,753    2,429    6,748    20,231   (1,929  18,302 

Total

  $885  $9,788   $2,429   $6,748   $19,850  $(2,286 $17,564 

Germany:

           

Sovereigns

  $4,741  $783   $   $   $5,524  $(828 $4,696 

Non-sovereigns

   480   2,156    706    3,286    6,628   (1,465  5,163 

Total

  $5,221  $2,939   $706   $3,286   $12,152  $(2,293 $9,859 

Japan:

           

Sovereigns

  $5,379  $46   $   $   $5,425  $(118 $5,307 

Non-sovereigns

   421   3,292            3,713   (114  3,599 

Total

  $5,800  $3,338   $   $   $9,138  $(232 $8,906 

France:

           

Sovereigns

  $(227 $   $   $   $(227 $(50 $(277

Non-sovereigns

   318   1,580    171    3,119    5,188   (792  4,396 

Total

  $91  $1,580   $171   $3,119   $4,961  $(842 $4,119 

Brazil:

           

Sovereigns

  $3,449  $   $   $   $3,449  $(12 $3,437 

Non-sovereigns

   (77  205    28    83    239   (17  222 

Total

  $3,372  $205   $28   $83   $3,688  $(29 $3,659 

Spain:

           

Sovereigns

  $(540 $   $   $   $(540 $  $(540

Non-sovereigns

   99   235    191    3,658    4,183   (182  4,001 

Total

  $(441 $235   $191   $3,658   $3,643  $(182 $3,461 

Australia:

           

Sovereigns

  $2,193  $11   $   $   $2,204  $  $2,204 

Non-sovereigns

   163   332    168    753    1,416   (176  1,240 

Total

  $2,356  $343   $168   $753   $3,620  $(176 $3,444 

Canada:

           

Sovereigns

  $(332 $24   $   $   $(308 $  $(308

Non-sovereigns

   334   1,555    76    1,441    3,406   (342  3,064 

Total

  $2  $1,579   $76   $1,441   $3,098  $(342 $2,756 

China:

           

Sovereigns

  $186  $211   $   $   $397  $(54 $343 

Non-sovereigns

   994   280    689    449    2,412   (10  2,402 

Total

  $1,180  $491   $689   $449   $2,809  $(64 $2,745 

India:

           

Sovereigns

  $1,479  $   $   $   $1,479  $  $1,479 

Non-sovereigns

   589   545            1,134      1,134 

Total

  $                2,068  $                545   $                —   $                —   $                2,613  $                —  $                2,613 

Netherlands

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $(112 $592  $480  

Net counterparty exposure2

      758   758  

Loans

      921   921  

Lending commitments

      1,081   1,081  

Exposure before hedges

   (112  3,352   3,240  

Hedges3

   (32  (269  (301) 

Net exposure

  $(144 $3,083  $        2,939  

Canada

    
$ in millions  Sovereigns  Non-sovereigns  Total 

Net inventory1

  $(782 $405  $(377) 

Net counterparty exposure2

   59   1,796   1,855  

Loans

      70   70  

Lending commitments

      1,519   1,519  

Exposure before hedges

   (723  3,790   3,067  

Hedges3

      (206  (206) 

Net exposure

  $(723 $3,584  $        2,861  

 

1.

Net inventory represents exposure to both long and short single-name and index positions (i.e., bonds and equities at fair value and CDS based on a notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for anythe fair value of any receivable or payable).

2.

Net counterparty exposure (i.e., repurchase transactions, securities lending and OTC derivatives) takes into consideration legally enforceable master netting agreements and collateral. Net counterparty exposure is net of the benefit of collateral received. For more information, see “Additional Information—Top 10Non-U.S. Country Exposures” herein.

3.

Amounts represent CDS hedges (purchased and sold) on net counterparty exposure and lending executed by trading desks responsible for hedging counterparty and lending credit risk exposures for us.exposures. Amounts are based on the CDS notional amount assuming zero recovery adjusted for any fair value receivable or payable. For a further description of the contractual terms for purchased credit protection and whether they may limit the effectiveness of our hedges, see “Credit Exposure—Derivatives”“Derivatives” herein.

Additional Information—Top 10Non-U.S. Country Exposures

Single-Name and Index Credit Derivatives Included in Net Inventory

 

87December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2018

Gross purchased protection

$(70,035)

Gross written protection

68,543 

Net exposure

$(1,492)

As a market maker, we may transact in CDS positions to facilitate client trading. Exposures related to single-name and index credit derivatives for those countries shown in the previous table were as follows:

Credit Derivatives Included in Net Inventory

$ in millions  

At

December 31,
2017

 

Gross purchased protection

  $                (79,052

Gross written protection

   77,205 

Net exposure

  $(1,847

Net counterparty exposure shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table above are net of the benefit of collateral received, which is typically composed of cash and government obligations.

Benefit of Collateral Received against Net Counterparty Credit Exposure

 

$ in millions

At
December 31,
2018

Counterparty credit exposure

  Collateral1     
Counterparty credit exposure

Germany

  Collateral1Germany and France  At
December 31,
2017
$
8,937  

Germany

Belgium, Germany$                10,264

U.K.United Kingdom

  U.K., U.S., France and Spain   9,1108,661  

Other

  Spain,Japan, France and U.S.   13,89214,022  

 

1.

Collateral primarily consists of cash and government obligations.

Country Risk Exposures Related to the U.K.

At December 31, 2017,2018, our country risk exposures in the U.K. included net exposures of $17,564$15,402 million as shown in the Top Ten10 Country Exposures table, above, and overnight deposits of $6,920$4,590 million. The $18,302$16,569 million of exposures tonon-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors. Of these exposures, $5,686$5,053 million were to U.K.-focused counterparties that generate more thanone-third of their revenues in the U.K., $5,920$3,347 million were to geographically diversified counterparties, and $5,447$7,092 million were to exchanges and clearinghouses.

Country Risk Exposures Related to Brazil.At December 31, 2017, our country risk exposures in Brazil included net exposures of $3,659 million as shown in the Top Ten Country Exposures table above. Our sovereign net exposures in Brazil were principally in the form of local currency government bonds held onshore to support client activity. The $222 million of exposures tonon-sovereigns were diversified across both names and sectors.

Operational Risk

Operational risk refers to the risk of loss, or of damage to our reputation, resulting from inadequate or failed processes or

systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets). We may incur operational risk across the full scope of our business activities, including revenue-generating activities (e.g., sales and trading) and support and control groups (e.g., information technology and trade processing).

In December 2017, the Basel Committee released its agreement on a comprehensive set of revisions to its Basel III Framework, including an update to the calculation of operational risk regulatory capital requirements. Under the requirements, which would eliminate the use of an internal model-based approach, required levels of operational risk regulatory capital would generally be determined under a standardized approach based primarily on a financial statement-based measure of operational risk exposure and adjustments based on the particular institution’s historic operational loss record. The revised requirements are expected to take effect starting January 2022, subject to U.S. banking agencies issuing implementation proposals.

We have established an operational risk framework to identify, measure, monitor and control risk across the Firm. Effective operational risk management is essential to reducing the impact of operational risk incidents and mitigating legal, regulatory and reputational risks. The framework is continually evolving to account for changes in the Firm and to respond to the changing regulatory and business environment.

We have implemented operational risk data and assessment systems to monitor and analyze internal and external operational risk events, to assess business environment and internal control factors, and to perform scenario analysis. The collected data elements are incorporated in the operational risk capital model. The model encompasses both quantitative and qualitative elements. Internal loss data and scenario analysis results are direct inputs to the capital model, while external operational incidents, business environment and internal control factors are evaluated as part of the scenario analysis process.

79December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

In addition, we employ a variety of risk processes and mitigants to manage our operational risk exposures. These include a strong governance framework, a comprehensive risk management program and insurance. Operational risks and associated risk exposures are assessed relative to the risk tolerance reviewed and confirmed by the Board and are prioritized accordingly.

The breadth and range of operational risk are such that the types of mitigating activities are wide-ranging. Examples of activities includeinclude: continuous enhancement of defenses against cyber attacks; use of legal agreements and contracts to transfer and/or limit operational risk exposures; due diligence; implemen-

December 2017 Form 10-K88


Risk Disclosures

tationimplementation of enhanced policies and procedures; technology change management controls; exception management processing controls; and segregation of duties.

Primary responsibility for the management of operational risk is with the business segments, the control groups and the business managers therein. The business managers maintain processes and controls designed to identify, assess, manage, mitigate and report operational risk. Each of the business segments has a designated operational risk coordinator. The operational risk coordinator regularly reviews operational risk issues and reports to our senior management within each business. Each control group also has a designated operational risk coordinator and a forum for discussing operational risk matters with our senior management. Oversight of operational risk is provided by the Operational Risk Oversight Committee, legal entity risk committees, regional risk committees and senior management. In the event of a merger; joint venture; divestiture; reorganization; or creation of a new legal entity, a new product, or a business activity, operational risks are considered, and any necessary changes in processes or controls are implemented.

The Operational Risk Department provides independent oversight of operational risk management and independently assesses, measures and monitors operational risk.risk against tolerance. The Operational Risk Department works with the divisions and control groups to help ensure a transparent, consistent and comprehensive framework for managing operational risk within each area and across the Firm.

The Operational Risk Department scope includes oversight of the technology and data risk, management program (e.g., cybersecurity),cybersecurity risk, information security risk, the fraud risk management and prevention program, and supplierthird-party risk management (vendor(supplier and affiliate risk oversight and assessment) program. Furthermore, the Operational Risk Department supports the collection and reporting of operational risk incidents and the execution of operational risk assessments; provides the infrastructure needed for risk measurement and risk management; and ensures ongoing validation and verification of our advanced measurement approach for operational risk capital..

Business Continuity Management is responsible for identifying key risks and threats to our resiliency and planning to ensure that a recovery strategy and required resources are in place for the resumption of critical business functions following a disaster or other business interruption. Disaster recovery plans are in place for critical facilities and resources on a Firm-wide basis, and redundancies are built into the systems as deemed appropriate. The key components of our Business Continuity Management Program include: crisis management; business recovery plans; applications/data recovery; work area recovery; and other elements addressing management, analysis, training and testing.Cybersecurity

We maintain a program that oversees our cyber and information security risks. Our cybersecurity and information security policies, procedures, and technologies are designed to protect our, client and employee data against unauthorized disclosure, modification or misuse and are also designed to address regulatory requirements.require-

ments. These policies and procedures cover a broad range of areas, including: identification of internal and external threats, access control, data security, protective controls, detection of malicious or unauthorized activity, incident response and recovery planning.

Business Continuity Management and Disaster Recovery

We maintain global programs for business continuity management and technology disaster recovery that facilitate activities designed to mitigate risk to the Firm during a business continuity event. A business continuity event is an interruption with potential impact to normal business activity of the Firm’s people, operations, technology, suppliers and/or facilities. The business continuity management program’s core functions are business continuity planning and crisis management. As part of business continuity planning, business units within the Firm maintain business continuity plans, identifying processes and strategies to continue business-critical processes during a business continuity event. Crisis management is the process of identifying and managing the Firm’s operations during business continuity events. Disaster recovery plans supporting business continuity are in place for critical facilities and resources across the Firm.

Third Party Risk Management

In connection with our ongoing operations, we utilize the services of external vendors,third party suppliers, which we anticipate will continue and may increase in the future. These services include, for example, outsourced processing and support functions and other professional services. We manage our exposuresOur risk-based approach to managing exposure to these services through a variety of means such asincludes the performance of due diligence, consideration of operational risk, implementation of service level and other contractual agreements, consideration of operational risks and ongoing monitoring of the vendors’third-party suppliers’ performance. We maintain a supplierand continue to enhance our third-party risk management program withwhich includes appropriate governance, policies, procedures organization, governance and supporting technology that alignssupports alignment with our risk tolerance and is designed to meet regulatory requirements. The third-party risk management program includes the adoption of appropriate risk management controls and practices through the supplier management life cycle, including, but not limited to, assessment of information security, operationalservice failure, financial stability, disaster recoverability, reputational risk, contractual risk and safeguards against corruption and termination.corruption.

Model Risk

Model risk refers to the potential for adverse consequences from decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs. Model risk can lead to financial loss, poor business and strategic decision making or damage to a Firm’s reputation. The risk inherent in a model is a function of the materiality, complexity and uncertainty around inputs and assumptions.

December 2018 Form 10-K80


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

Model risk is generated from the use of models impacting financial statements, regulatory filings, capital adequacy assessments and the formulation of strategy.

Sound model risk management is an integral part of our Risk Management Framework. The Model Risk Management Department (“MRM”) is a distinct department in Risk Management responsible for the oversight of model risk.

MRM establishes a model risk tolerance in line with our risk appetite. The tolerance is based on an assessment of the materiality of the risk of financial loss or reputational damage due to errors in design, implementation and/or inappropriate use of models. The tolerance is monitored through model-specific and aggregate business-level assessments, which are based upon qualitative and quantitative factors.

89December 2017 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

A guiding principle for managing model risk is the “effective challenge” of models. The effective challenge of models is represented by the critical analysis by objective, informed parties who can identify model limitations and assumptions and drive appropriate changes. MRM provides effective challenge of models, independently validates and approves models for use, annually recertifies models, reports identified model validation limitations to key stakeholders,identifies and tracks remediation plans for model validation limitations and reports on model risk metrics. The department also developsoversees the development of controls to support a complete and accurate Firm-wide model inventory. The head of MRM reports on our model risk relative to risk tolerance and presents these reports to the Model Oversight Committee, the FRC and the Chief Risk Officer. The Chief Risk Officer and head of MRM also providesprovide quarterly updates to the BRC on model risk metrics.

Liquidity Risk

Liquidity risk refers to the risk that we will be unable to finance our operations due to a loss of access to the capital markets or difficulty in liquidating our assets. Liquidity risk also encompasses our ability (or perceived ability) to meet our financial obligations without experiencing significant business disruption or reputational damage that may threaten our viability as a going concern. Liquidity risk also encompasses the associated funding risks triggered by the market or idiosyncratic stress events that may negatively affect our liquidity and may impact our ability to raise new funding. Generally, we incur liquidity and funding risk as a result of our trading, lending, investing and client facilitation activities.

Our Liquidity Risk Management Framework is critical to helping ensure that we maintain sufficient liquidity reserves and durable funding sources to meet our daily obligations and to withstand unanticipated stress events. The Liquidity Risk Department is a distinct area in Risk Management responsible for the oversight and monitoring of liquidity risk. The

Liquidity Risk Department ensures transparency of material liquidity and funding risks, compliance with established risk limits and escalation of risk concentrations to appropriate senior management.

To execute these responsibilities, the Liquidity Risk Department establishes limits in line with our risk appetite, identifies and analyzes emerging liquidity and funding risks to ensure such risks are appropriately mitigated, monitors and reports risk exposures against metrics and limits, and reviews the methodologies and assumptions underpinning our Liquidity Stress Tests to ensure sufficient liquidity and funding under a range of adverse scenarios. The liquidity and funding risks identified by these processes are summarized in reports produced by the Liquidity Risk Department that are

circulated to and discussed with senior management, the FRC, the BRC and the Board, as appropriate.

The Treasury Department and applicable business units have primary responsibility for evaluating, monitoring and controlling the liquidity and funding risks arising from our business activities and for maintaining processes and controls to manage the key risks inherent in their respective areas. The Liquidity Risk Department coordinates with the Treasury Department and these business units to help ensure a consistent and comprehensive framework for managing liquidity and funding risk across the Firm. See also “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

Legal and Compliance Risk

Legal and compliance risk includes the risk of legal or regulatory sanctions, material financial loss, including fines, penalties, judgments, damages and/or settlements, or loss to reputation that we may suffer as a result of failure to comply with laws, regulations, rules, related self-regulatory organization standards and codes of conduct applicable to our business activities. This risk also includes contractual and commercial risk, such as the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable. It also includes compliance with AML, and terrorist financing, and anti-corruption rules and regulations. We are generally subject to extensive regulation in the different jurisdictions in which we conduct our business (see also “Business—Supervision and Regulation” and “Risk Factors”).

We have established procedures based on legal and regulatory requirements on a worldwide basis that are designed to facilitate compliance with applicable statutory and regulatory requirements and to require that our policies relating to business conduct, ethics and practices are followed globally. In addition, we have established procedures to mitigate the risk that a counterparty’s performance obligations will be unenforceable, including consideration of counterparty legal

81December 2018 Form 10-K


Risk Disclosures

LOGO

authority and capacity, adequacy of legal documentation, the permissibility of a transaction under applicable law and whether applicable bankruptcy or insolvency laws limit or alter contractual remedies. The heightened legal and regulatory focus on the financial services and banking industries globally presents a continuing business challenge for us.

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 9082 


Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, the related consolidated income statements, comprehensive income statements, cash flow statements and statements of changes in total equity for each of the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, and 2015,2016, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Firm as of December 31, 20172018 and 2016,2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years ended December 31, 2018, 2017, 2016, and 2015,2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,2018, based on criteria established inInternal Control—Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 27, 2018,26, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Firm’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 27, 201826, 2019

We have served as the Firm’s auditor since 1997.

 

 9183 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Consolidated Income Statements

 LOGO

 

in millions, except per share data      2017           2016           2015           2018           2017           2016     

Revenues

            

Investment banking

  $            6,003   $            4,933   $            5,594   $            6,482   $            6,003   $            4,933 

Trading

   11,116    10,209    10,114    11,551    11,116    10,209 

Investments

   820    160    541    437    820    160 

Commissions and fees

   4,061    4,109    4,554    4,190    4,061    4,109 

Asset management

   11,797    10,697    10,766    12,898    11,797    10,697 

Other

   848    825    493    743    848    825 

Totalnon-interest revenues

   34,645    30,933    32,062    36,301    34,645    30,933 

Interest income

   8,997    7,016    5,835    13,892    8,997    7,016 

Interest expense

   5,697    3,318    2,742    10,086    5,697    3,318 

Net interest

   3,300    3,698    3,093    3,806    3,300    3,698 

Net revenues

   37,945    34,631    35,155    40,107    37,945    34,631 

Non-interest expenses

            

Compensation and benefits

   17,166    15,878    16,016    17,632    17,166    15,878 

Occupancy and equipment

   1,329    1,308    1,382    1,391    1,329    1,308 

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees

   2,093    1,920    1,892    2,393    2,093    1,920 

Information processing and communications

   1,791    1,787    1,767    2,016    1,791    1,787 

Marketing and business development

   609    587    681    691    609    587 

Professional services

   2,169    2,128    2,298    2,265    2,169    2,128 

Other

   2,385    2,175    2,624    2,482    2,385    2,175 

Totalnon-interest expenses

   27,542    25,783    26,660    28,870    27,542    25,783 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   10,403    8,848    8,495    11,237    10,403    8,848 

Provision for income taxes

   4,168    2,726    2,200    2,350    4,168    2,726 

Income from continuing operations

   6,235    6,122    6,295    8,887    6,235    6,122 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

   (19   1    (16   (4   (19   1 

Net income

  $6,216   $6,123   $6,279   $8,883   $6,216   $6,123 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   105    144    152    135    105    144 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $6,111   $5,979   $6,127   $8,748   $6,111   $5,979 

Preferred stock dividends and other

   523    471    456    526    523    471 

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $5,588   $5,508   $5,671   $8,222   $5,588   $5,508 

Earnings per basic common share

            

Income from continuing operations

  $3.15   $2.98   $2.98   $4.81   $3.15   $2.98 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01       (0.01       (0.01    

Earnings per basic common share

  $3.14   $2.98   $2.97   $4.81   $3.14   $2.98 

Earnings per diluted common share

            

Income from continuing operations

  $3.08   $2.92   $2.91   $4.73   $3.08   $2.92 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01       (0.01       (0.01    

Earnings per diluted common share

  $3.07   $2.92   $2.90   $4.73   $3.07   $2.92 

Dividends declared per common share

  $0.90   $0.70   $0.55 

Average common shares outstanding

            

Basic

   1,780    1,849    1,909    1,708    1,780    1,849 

Diluted

   1,821    1,887    1,953    1,738    1,821    1,887 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 9284 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements

 LOGO

 

$ in millions      2017           2016           2015           2018           2017           2016     

Net income

  $        6,216   $6,123   $6,279   $        8,883   $6,216   $6,123 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

            

Foreign currency translation adjustments

  $251   $(11  $(304  $(90  $251   $(11

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) onavailable-for-sale securities

   41    (269   (246   (272   41    (269

Pension, postretirement and other

   (117   (100   138    137    (117   (100

Change in net debt valuation adjustment

   (588   (296       1,517    (588   (296

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

  $(413  $(676  $(412  $1,292   $(413  $(676

Comprehensive income

  $5,803   $        5,447   $        5,867   $10,175   $        5,803   $        5,447 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   105    144    152    135    105    144 

Other comprehensive income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

   4    (1   (4   87    4    (1

Comprehensive income applicable to Morgan Stanley

  $5,694   $5,304   $5,719   $9,953   $5,694   $5,304 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 9385 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Consolidated Balance Sheets

 LOGO

 

$ in millions, except share data  

At

December 31,
2017

 

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,
2018

 

At

December 31,
2017

 

Assets

      

Cash and cash equivalents:

      

Cash and due from banks

  $24,816  $22,017   $30,541  $24,816 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

   21,348  21,364    21,299  21,348 

Restricted cash

   34,231  33,979    35,356  34,231 

Trading assets at fair value ($169,735 and $152,548 were pledged to various parties)

   298,282  262,154 

Investment securities (includes$55,203 and $63,170 at fair value)

   78,802  80,092 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (includes$— and $302 at fair value)

   84,258  101,955 

Trading assets at fair value ($120,437 and $169,735 were pledged to various parties)

   266,299  298,282 

Investment securities (includes$61,061 and $55,203 at fair value)

   91,832  78,802 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

   98,522  84,258 

Securities borrowed

   124,010  125,236    116,313  124,010 

Customer and other receivables

   56,187  46,460    53,298  56,187 

Loans:

      

Held for investment (net of allowance of$224 and $274)

   92,953  81,704 

Held for investment (net of allowance of$238 and $224)

   99,815  92,953 

Held for sale

   11,173  12,544    15,764  11,173 

Goodwill

   6,597  6,577    6,688  6,597 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of$2,730and $2,421)

   2,448  2,721 

Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization of$2,877 and $2,730)

   2,163  2,448 

Other assets

   16,628  18,146    15,641  16,628 

Total assets

  $851,733  $814,949   $853,531  $851,733 

Liabilities

      

Deposits (includes$204 and $63 at fair value)

  $159,436  $155,863 

Deposits (includes$442 and $204 at fair value)

  $187,820  $159,436 

Trading liabilities at fair value

   131,295  128,194    126,747  131,295 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes$800 and $729 at fair value)

   56,424  54,628 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (includes$812 and $800 at fair value)

   49,759  56,424 

Securities loaned

   13,592  15,844    11,908  13,592 

Other secured financings (includes$3,863 and $5,041 at fair value)

   11,271  11,118 

Other secured financings (includes $5,245 and $3,863 at fair value)

   9,466  11,271 

Customer and other payables

   191,510  190,513    179,559  191,510 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   17,157  15,896    17,204  17,157 

Borrowings (includes$46,912 and $39,142 at fair value)

   192,582  165,716 

Borrowings (includes$51,184 and $46,912 at fair value)

   189,662  192,582 

Total liabilities

   773,267  737,772    772,125  773,267 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

      

Equity

      

Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity:

      

Preferred stock

   8,520  7,520    8,520  8,520 

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

      

Shares authorized:3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,788,086,805 and 1,852,481,601

   20  20 

Shares authorized:3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,699,828,943 and 1,788,086,805

   20  20 

Additionalpaid-in capital

   23,545  23,271    23,794  23,545 

Retained earnings

   57,577  53,679    64,175  57,577 

Employee stock trusts

   2,907  2,851    2,836  2,907 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   (3,060 (2,643   (2,292 (3,060

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (250,807,174 and 186,412,378 shares)

   (9,211 (5,797

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (339,065,036 and 250,807,174 shares)

   (13,971 (9,211

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

   (2,907 (2,851   (2,836 (2,907

Total Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity

   77,391  76,050    80,246  77,391 

Noncontrolling interests

   1,075  1,127    1,160  1,075 

Total equity

   78,466  77,177    81,406  78,466 

Total liabilities and equity

  $851,733  $814,949   $853,531  $851,733 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 9486 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity

 LOGO

 

$ in millions Preferred
Stock
 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Employee
Stock
Trusts
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
 Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
 Non-
controlling
Interests
 Total
Equity
  Preferred
Stock
 Common
Stock
 Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 Retained
Earnings
 Employee
Stock
Trusts
 Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 Common
Stock
Held in
Treasury
at Cost
 Common
Stock
Issued to
Employee
Stock
Trusts
 Non-
controlling
Interests
 Total
Equity
 

Balance at December 31, 2014

 $6,020  $20  $24,249  $  44,625  $2,127  $(1,248 $(2,766 $(2,127 $1,204  $  72,104 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

          6,127                 6,127 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                         152  152 

Dividends

          (1,548                (1,548

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

       (79    282     1,480  (282    1,401 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                   (2,773       (2,773

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                (408       (4 (412

Issuance of preferred stock

 1,500     (7                   1,493 

Deconsolidation of certain legal entities associated with a real estate fund

                         (191 (191

Other net decreases

       (10                (159 (169

Balance at December 31, 2015

 7,520  20  24,153  49,204  2,409  (1,656 (4,059 (2,409 1,002  76,184  7,520  20  24,153  49,204  2,409  (1,656 (4,059 (2,409 1,002  76,184 

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA1

          312     (312                      312     (312            

Net adjustment for accounting change related to consolidation2

                         106  106                          106  106 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

          5,979                 5,979           5,979                 5,979 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                         144  144                          144  144 

Dividends

          (1,816                (1,816

Preferred stock dividends3

          (468                (468

Common stock dividends ($0.70 per share)

          (1,348                (1,348

Shares issued under employee plans and related tax effects

       (892    442     2,195  (442    1,303        (892    442     2,195  (442    1,303 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                   (3,933       (3,933                   (3,933       (3,933

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                (675       (1 (676                (675       (1 (676

Other net increases (decreases)

       10                 (124 (114       10                 (124 (114

Balance at December 31, 2016

 7,520  20  23,271  53,679  2,851  (2,643 (5,797 (2,851 1,127  77,177  7,520  20  23,271  53,679  2,851  (2,643 (5,797 (2,851 1,127  77,177 

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes3

        45   (35                 10 

Cumulative adjustments for accounting changes4

       45  (35                10 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           6,111                  6,111           6,111                 6,111 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          105   105                          105  105 

Dividends

           (2,178                 (2,178

Preferred stock dividends3

          (523                (523

Common stock dividends ($0.90 per share)

          (1,655                (1,655

Shares issued under employee plans

        306      56      878   (56     1,184        306     56     878  (56    1,184 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (4,292        (4,292                   (4,292       (4,292

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                 (417        4   (413                (417       4  (413

Issuance of preferred stock

  1,000      (6                    994  1,000     (6                   994 

Other net decreases

        (71                 (161  (232       (71                (161 (232

Balance at December 31, 2017

 $8,520  $20  $23,545  $57,577  $2,907  $(3,060 $(9,211 $(2,907 $1,075  $78,466  $8,520  $20  $23,545  $57,577  $2,907  $(3,060 $(9,211 $(2,907 $1,075  $78,466 

Cumulative adjustments for accounting changes4

           306      (437           (131

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

           8,748                  8,748 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

                          135   135 

Preferred stock dividends3

           (526                 (526

Common stock dividends($1.10 per share)

           (1,930                 (1,930

Shares issued under employee plans

        249      (71     806   71      1,055 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

                    (5,566        (5,566

Net change in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

                         1,205         87   1,292 

Other net decreases

                          (137  (137

Balance at December 31, 2018

 $8,520  $20  $23,794  $64,175  $2,836  $(2,292 $  (13,971 $(2,836 $1,160  $  81,406 

 

1.

DVA—represents the change in fair value resulting from fluctuations in our credit spreads and other credit factors related to liabilities carried at fair value under the fair value option, primarily related to certain Borrowings (structured notes). In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, a cumulativecatch-up adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to move the cumulative unrealized DVA amount, net of noncontrolling interests and tax, related to outstanding liabilities under the fair value option election from Retained earnings into AOCI. See Note 15 for further information.

2.

In accordance with the accounting updateAmendments to the Consolidation Analysis, a net adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016 to both consolidate and deconsolidate certain entities under the new guidance.

3.

The cumulative adjustment relatesSee Note 15 for information regarding dividends per share for each class of preferred stock.

4.

Cumulative adjustments for accounting changes relate to the adoption of the followingcertain accounting updates on January 1, 2017: Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,for which the Firm recorded a cumulativecatch-up adjustment to reflect its election to account for forfeitures as they occur (see Noteduring 2018 and 2017. See Notes 2 and 15 for further information); andIntra-Entity Transfers of Assets Other Than Inventory, for which the Firm recorded a cumulativecatch-up adjustment to reflect the tax impact from an intercompany sale of assets.information.

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 9587 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Consolidated Cash Flow Statements

 LOGO

 

$ in millions     2017         2016         2015           2018         2017         2016     

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Net income

 $            6,216  $            6,123  $            6,279   $            8,883  $            6,216  $            6,123 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

       

Deferred income taxes

  2,747  1,579  1,189    449  2,747  1,579 

(Income) loss from equity method investments

  34  79  (114

Stock-based compensation expense

  1,026  1,136  1,104    920  1,026  1,136 

Depreciation and amortization

  1,753  1,736  1,433    1,844  1,753  1,736 

Net gain on sale ofavailable-for-sale securities

  (35 (112 (84

Impairment charges

  91  130  69 

Provision for credit losses on lending activities

  29  144  123 

(Release of) Provision for credit losses on lending activities

   (15 29  144 

Other operating adjustments

  63  (199 322    199  153  (102

Changes in assets and liabilities:

       

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

  (27,588 (24,079 30,212    23,732  (27,588 (24,079

Securities borrowed

  1,226  17,180  (5,708   7,697  1,226  17,180 

Securities loaned

  (2,252 (3,514 (5,861   (1,684 (2,252 (3,514

Customer and other receivables and other assets

  (9,315 (371 (434   (728 (9,315 (371

Customer and other payables and other liabilities

  2,007  1,913  4,633    (13,063 2,007  1,913 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  17,697  (14,298 (4,369   (14,264 17,697  (14,298

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  1,796  17,936  (33,257   (6,665 1,796  17,936 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  (4,505 5,383  (4,463   7,305  (4,505 5,383 

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Proceeds from (payments for):

       

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software, net

  (1,629 (1,276 (1,373   (1,865 (1,629 (1,276

Business dispositions, net of cash disposed

       998 

Changes in loans, net

  (12,125 (9,604 (15,816   (8,794 (12,125 (9,604

Investment securities:

       

Purchases

  (23,962 (50,911 (47,291   (27,800 (23,962 (50,911

Proceeds from sales

  18,131  33,716  37,926    3,208  18,131  33,716 

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

  7,445  8,367  5,663    12,668  7,445  8,367 

Other investing activities

  (251 200  (102   (298 (251 200 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

  (12,391 (19,508 (19,995   (22,881 (12,391 (19,508

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Net proceeds from (payments for):

       

Noncontrolling interests

  (83 (96 (96   (130 (83 (96

Other secured financings

  (1,573 1,333  (2,370   (1,226 (1,573 1,333 

Deposits

  3,573  (171 22,490    28,384  3,573  (171

Proceeds from:

       

Derivatives financing activities

  73     512 

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  994     1,493      994    

Issuance of Borrowings

  55,416  43,626  34,182    40,059  55,416  43,626 

Payments for:

       

Borrowings

  (35,825 (31,596 (27,377   (34,781 (35,825 (31,596

Derivatives financing activities

  (73 (120 (452

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  (4,292 (3,933 (2,773   (5,566 (4,292 (3,933

Cash dividends

  (2,085 (1,746 (1,455   (2,375 (2,085 (1,746

Other financing activities

  136  66       (160 136  (54

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  16,261  7,363  24,154    24,205  16,261  7,363 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  3,670  (1,430 (1,735   (1,828 3,670  (1,430

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  3,035  (8,192 (2,039   6,801  3,035  (8,192

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

  77,360  85,552  87,591    80,395  77,360  85,552 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $80,395  $77,360  $85,552   $87,196  $80,395  $77,360 

Cash and cash equivalents:

       

Cash and due from banks

 $24,816  $22,017  $19,827   $30,541  $24,816  $22,017 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  21,348  21,364  34,256    21,299  21,348  21,364 

Restricted cash

  34,231  33,979  31,469    35,356  34,231  33,979 

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $80,395  $77,360  $85,552   $87,196  $80,395  $77,360 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

       

Cash payments for:

       

Interest

 $5,377  $2,834  $2,672   $9,977  $5,377  $2,834 

Income taxes, net of refunds

  1,390  831  677    1,377  1,390  831 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 9688 See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

1. Introduction and Basis of Presentation

 

The Firm

Morgan Stanley an FHC, is a global financial services firm that maintains significant market positions in each of its business segments—Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. Morgan Stanley, through its subsidiaries and affiliates, provides a wide variety of products and services to a large and diversified group of clients and customers, including corporations, governments, financial institutions and individuals. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “Morgan Stanley” or the “Firm” mean Morgan Stanley (the “Parent Company”) together with its consolidated subsidiaries. See the “Glossary of Common Acronyms” for definitionsthe definition of certain acronyms used throughoutthe 20172018 Form10-K.

A description of the clients and principal products and services of each of the Firm’s business segments is as follows:

Institutional Securities provides investment banking, sales and trading, lending and other services to corporations, governments, financial institutions, and high to ultra-high net worth clients. Investment banking services consist of capital raising and financial advisory services, including services relating to the underwriting of debt, equity and other securities, as well as advice on mergers and acquisitions, restructurings, real estate and project finance. Sales and trading services include sales, financing, prime brokerage and market-making activities in equity and fixed income products, including foreign exchange and commodities, as well as prime brokerage services.commodities. Lending servicesactivities include originating and/or purchasing corporate loans, commercial and residential mortgage lending, asset-backed lending and financing extended to equitiessales and commodities customers, and loans to municipalities.trading customers. Other activities include investments and research.

Wealth Management provides a comprehensive array of financial services and solutions to individual investors and small tomedium-sized businesses and institutions covering brokerage and investment advisory services,services; financial and wealth planning services,services; annuity and insurance products, creditproducts; securities-based lending, residential real estate loans and other lending products,products; banking and retirement plan services.

Investment Managementprovides a broad range of investment strategies and products that span geographies, asset classes, and public and private markets to a diverse group of clients across institutional and intermediary channels. Strategies and products include equity, fixed income, liquidity and alternative/other products. Institutional clients include defined benefit/defined contribution plans, founda-

tions,foundations, endowments, government entities, sovereign wealth

funds, insurance companies, third-party fund sponsors and corporations. Individual clients are servicedserved through intermediaries, including affiliated andnon-affiliated distributors.

Basis of Financial Information

The consolidated financial statements (“financial statements”) are prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which require the Firm to make estimates and assumptions regarding the valuations of certain financial instruments, the valuation of goodwill and intangible assets, compensation, deferred tax assets, the outcome of legal and tax matters, allowance for credit losses and other matters that affect its financial statements and related disclosures. The Firm believes that the estimates utilized in the preparation of its financial statements are prudent and reasonable. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

Consolidation

The financial statements include the accounts of the Firm, its wholly owned subsidiaries and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, including certain VIEs (see Note 13). For consolidated subsidiaries that are less than wholly owned, the third-party holdings of equity interests are referred to as noncontrolling interests. The net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests in the consolidated income statements (“income statements”). The portion of shareholders’ equity that is attributable to noncontrolling interests for such subsidiaries is presented as noncontrolling interests, a component of total equity, in the consolidated balance sheets (“balance sheets”).

For entities where (1) the total equity investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support and (2) the equity holders bear the economic residual risks and returns of the entity and have the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly affect its economic performance, the Firm consolidates those entities it controls either through a majority voting interest or otherwise. For VIEs (i.e., entities that do not meet thesethe aforementioned criteria), the Firm consolidates those entities where it has the power to make the decisions that most significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

 

 

 9789 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

For investments in entities in which the Firm does not have a controlling financial interest but has significant influence over operating and financial decisions, it applies the equity method of accounting with net gains and losses recorded within Other revenues (see Note 8) unless the Firm has elected to measure the investment at fair value, in which case net gains and losses are recorded within Investments revenues (see Note 3).

Equity and partnership interests held by entities qualifying for accounting purposes as investment companies are carried at fair value.

The Firm’s significant regulated U.S. and international subsidiaries include Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC (“MS&Co.”), Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC (“MSSB LLC”), Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc (“MSIP”), Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd. (“MSMS”), Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. (“MSBNA”) and Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association (“MSPBNA”).

Consolidated Cash Flow Statements Presentation

For purposes of the consolidated cash flow statements (“cash flow statements”), cash and cash equivalents consist of Cash and due from banks, Interest bearing deposits with banks and Restricted cash. Cash and cash equivalents includes highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less that are held for investment purposes and are readily convertible to known amounts of cash.

Restricted cash represents cash subject to withdrawal or usage restrictions and includes cash in banks subject to withdrawal restrictions, restricted deposits held as compensating balances and cash segregated in compliance with federal or other regulations.

Dispositions

The Firm completed the sale of its global oil merchanting unit of the commodities division to Castleton Commodities International LLC on November 1, 2015. The Firm recognized an impairment charge of approximately $71 million in Other revenues. The transaction did not meet the criteria for discontinued operations and did not have a material impact on the Firm’s financial results.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Revenues are recognized when the promised goods or services are delivered to our customers, in an amount that is based on the consideration the Firm expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services when such amounts are not probable of significant reversal. These policies reflect the adoption ofRevenue from Contracts with Customers on January 1, 2018. Please see “Accounting Updates Adopted” herein for the more significant differences in policies applied in prior periods.

Investment Banking

UnderwritingRevenues from investment banking activities consist of revenues earned from underwriting primarily equity and fixed income securities and advisory fees fromfor mergers, acquisitions, restructurings and restructuring transactionsadvisory assignments.

Underwriting revenues are recorded when services forgenerally recognized on trade date if there is no uncertainty or contingency related to the transactions are determinedamount to be substantially completed, generally as set forth under the terms of the engagement. Transaction-related expenses, primarily consisting of legal, travel and otherpaid. Underwriting costs directly associated with the transaction, are deferred and recognized in the same period asrelevantnon-interest expenses line items when the related investment banking transaction revenues. Underwritingunderwriting revenues are presented netrecorded.

Advisory fees are recognized as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of related expenses.work and when revenues are not probable of a significant reversal. Advisory costs are recognized as incurred in the relevantNon-reimbursednon-interest expenses associated with advisory transactions are recorded withinNon-interest expenses.line items, including when reimbursed.

Commissions and Fees

Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date. Commission andresult from transaction-based arrangements in which the client is charged a fee for the execution of transactions. Such revenues primarily arise from agency transactions in listed and OTC equity securities; services related to sales and trading activities; and sales of mutual funds, alternative funds, futures, insurance products and options. Commission and fee revenues are recognized on trade date when the performance obligation is satisfied.

Asset Management Revenues

Asset management, distribution and administration fees are generally based on related asset levels being managed, such as the AUM of a customer’s account or the net asset value of a fund. These fees are generally recognized when services are performed and the fees become known. Management fees are reduced by estimated fee waivers and expense caps, if any, provided to the customer.

Performance-based fees not in the form of carried interest are recorded when the annual performance target is met and the revenues are recognized over the relevant contract period. not probable of a significant reversal.

Sales commissions paid by the Firm in connection with the sale of certain classes of shares of itsopen-end mutual fund products are accounted for as deferred commission assets.assets and amortized to expense over the expected life of the contract. The Firm periodically tests deferred commission assets for recoverability based on cash flows expected to be received in future periods. Other asset management and distribution costs are recognized as incurred in the relevantnon-interest expenses line items.

In certain management fee arrangements, theCarried Interest

The Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (which also may be referred to as incentive fees and which includein the form of carried interest)interest when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements,When the Firm earns carried interest from funds as specified performance fee revenuesthresholds are accrued (or reversed) quarterlymet, that carried interest and any related general or limited partner interest is accounted for under the equity method of

December 2018 Form 10-K90


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

accounting and measured based on measuring account or fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. Performance-based fees are recorded within Investments or Asset management revenues dependingFirm’s claim on the natureNAV of the arrangement.fund at the reporting date, taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held.

See Note 21 for information regarding the net cumulative unrealized cumulative amount of performance-based fee revenues.revenues at risk of reversal. See Note 12 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

December 2017 Form 10-K98
Other Items


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Revenues from certain commodities-related contracts are recognized as the promised goods or services are delivered to the customer.

Receivables from contracts with customers are recognized in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets when the underlying performance obligations have been satisfied and the Firm has the right per the contract to bill the customer. Contract assets are recognized in Other assets when the Firm has satisfied its performance obligations but customer payment is conditional. Contract liabilities are recognized in Other liabilities when the Firm has collected payment from a customer based on the terms of the contract but the underlying performance obligations are not yet satisfied.

For contracts with a term less than one year, incremental costs to obtain the contract are expensed as incurred. Revenues are not discounted when payment is expected within one year.

The Firm presents, net within revenues, all taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Firm from a customer.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Instruments within Trading assets and Trading liabilities are measured at fair value, either in accordance withas required by accounting guidance or through the fair value option election (discussed below). These financial instruments primarily represent the Firm’s trading and investment positions and include both cash and derivative products. In addition, debt and equity securities classified as AFS securities are measured at fair value.

Gains and losses on instruments carried at fair value are reflected in Trading revenues, Investments revenues or Investment banking revenues in the income statements, except for AFS securities (see “Investment Securities—AFS and HTM securities” section herein and Note 5) and derivatives accounted for as hedges (see “Hedge Accounting” section herein and Note 4).

Interest income and interest expense are recorded within the income statements depending on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When interest is included as a component of the instruments’ fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense. Dividend income is recorded in Trading revenues or Investments revenues depending on the business activity.

The fair value of OTC financial instruments, including derivative contracts related to financial instruments and commodities, is presented in the accompanying balance sheets on anet-by-counterparty basis, when appropriate. Additionally, the Firm nets the fair value of cash collateral paid or received against the fair value amounts recognized for net derivative positions executed with the same counterparty under the same master netting agreement.

Fair Value Option

The Firm has elected to measure certain eligible instruments at fair value, including certain Securities purchased under agreements to resell, loans and lending commitments, equity method investments, Deposits (structured(i.e., structured certificates of deposit), Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Other secured financings and Borrowings (primarily structured notes).

Fair Value Measurement—Definition and Hierarchy

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

Fair value is a market-based measure considered from the perspective of a market participant rather than an entity-specific measure. Therefore, even when market assumptions are not readily available, assumptions are set to reflect those that the Firm believes market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Where the Firm manages a group of financial assets, and financial liabilities, and nonfinancial items accounted for as derivatives on the basis of its net exposure to either market risks or credit risk, the Firm measures the fair value of that group of financial instruments consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.

In determining fair value, the Firm uses various valuation approaches and establishes a hierarchy for inputs used in measuring fair value that maximizes the use of relevant observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring thatrequires the most observable inputs be used when available.

Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that were developed based

91December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

on market data obtained from sources independent of the Firm. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions the Firm believes other market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability that are developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. The fair value hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows, with Level 1 being the highest and Level 3 being the lowest level:

Level 1.    Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets that the Firm has the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. Valuation adjustments and block discounts are not applied to Level 1 instruments. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

Level 2.    Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

Level 3.    Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary from product to product and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, the type of product, whether the product is new and not yet established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the product. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by the Firm in

99December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

determining fair value is greatest for instruments categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

The Firm considers prices and inputs that are current as of the measurement date, including during periods of market dislocation. In periods of market dislocation, the observability of prices and inputs may be reduced for many instruments. This condition could cause an instrument to be reclassified from Level 1 to Level 2 or from Level 2 to Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 3).hierarchy.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, for disclosure purposes,the total fair value amount is disclosed in the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement falls in its entirety is determined based onappropriate for the lowest level input that is significant to the total fair value measurement in its entirety.

For assets and liabilities that are transferred between levels in the fair value hierarchy during the period, fair values are ascribed as if the assets or liabilities had been transferred as of the beginning of the period.asset or liability.

Valuation Techniques

Many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts have bid and ask prices that can be observed in the marketplace. Bid prices reflect the highest price that a party is willing to pay for an asset. Ask prices represent the lowest price that a

party is willing to accept for an asset. The Firm carries positions at the point within thebid-ask range that meets its best estimate of fair value. For offsetting positions in the same financial instrument, the same price within thebid-ask spread is used to measure both the long and short positions.

Fair value for many cash instruments and OTC derivative contracts is derived using pricing models. Pricing models take into account the contract terms, as well as multiple inputs, including, where applicable, commodity prices, equity prices, interest rate yield curves, credit curves, correlation, creditworthiness of the counterparty, creditworthiness of the Firm, option volatility and currency rates.

Where appropriate, valuation adjustments are made to account for various factors such as liquidity risk(bid-ask adjustments), credit quality, model uncertainty and concentration risk. Adjustments for liquidity risk adjust model-derivedmid-market levels of Level 2 and Level 3 financial instruments for thebid-mid ormid-ask spread required to properly reflect the exit price of a risk position.Bid-mid andmid-ask spreads are marked to levels observed in trade activity, broker quotes or other external third-party data. Where these spreads are unobservable for the particular position in question, spreads are derived from observable levels of similar positions.

The Firm applies credit-related valuation adjustments to its Borrowings (primarily structured notes) for which the fair value option was elected and to OTC derivatives. The Firm considers the impact of changes in its own credit spreads based upon observations of the secondary bond market spreads when measuring the fair value for Borrowings.

For OTC derivatives, the impact of changes in both the Firm’s and the counterparty’s credit rating is considered when measuring fair value. In determining the expected exposure, the Firm simulates the distribution of the future exposure to a counterparty, then applies market-based default probabilities to the future exposure, leveraging external third-party CDS spread data. Where CDS spread data are unavailable for a specific counterparty, bond market spreads, CDS spread data based on the counterparty’s credit rating or CDS spread data that reference a comparable counterparty may be utilized. The Firm also considers collateral held and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate its exposure to each counterparty.

Adjustments for model uncertainty are taken for positions whose underlying models are reliant on significant inputs that are neither directly nor indirectly observable, hence requiring reliance on established theoretical concepts in their derivation. These adjustments are derived by making assessments of the possible degree of variability using statistical approaches and market-based information where possible.

December 2018 Form 10-K92


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

The Firm may apply a concentration adjustmentadjustments to certain of its OTC derivativesderivative portfolios to reflect the additional cost of closing out a particularly large risk exposure. Where possible, these adjustments are based on observable market information, but in many instances, significant judgment is required to estimate the costs of closing out concentrated risk exposures due to the lack of liquidity in the marketplace.

The Firm applies an FVA in the fair value measurements of OTC uncollateralized or partially collateralized derivatives and in collateralized derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not permit the reuse of the collateral received. In general, FVA reflects a market funding risk premium inherent in the noted derivative instruments. The methodology for measuring FVA leverages the Firm’s existing credit-related valuation adjustment calculation methodologies, which apply to both assets and liabilities.

See Note 3 for a description of valuation techniques applied to the major categories of financial instruments measured at fair value.

December 2017 Form 10-K100


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a NonrecurringNon-recurring Basis

Certain of the Firm’s assets and liabilities are measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis. The Firm incurs losses or gains for any adjustments of these assets or liabilities to fair value.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on anon-recurring basis, fair value is determined by using various valuation approaches. The same hierarchy for inputs as described above, which maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by generally requiringrequires that the observable inputs be used when available, is used in measuring fair value for these items.

Valuation Process

The Valuation Review Group (“VRG”) within the Firm’s Financial Control Group (“FCG”) is responsible for the Firm’s fair value valuation policies, processes and procedures. VRG is independent of the business units and reports to the Chief Financial Officer, who has final authority over the valuation of the Firm’s financial instruments. VRG implements valuation control processes designed to validate the fair value of the Firm’s financial instruments measured at fair value, including those derived from pricing models.

Model Review.    VRG, in conjunction with the Model Risk Management Department (“MRM”), which reports to the Chief Risk Officer, independently reviews valuation models’ theoretical soundness, the appropriateness of the valuation methodology and calibration techniques developed by the business units using observable inputs. Where inputs are not observable, VRG reviews the appropriateness of the proposed valuation methodology to determine that it is consistent with how a market participant would arrive at the unobservable input. The valuation methodologies utilized in the absence of observable inputs may include extrapolation techniques and the use of comparable observable inputs. As part of the review, VRG develops a methodology to independently verify the fair value generated by the business unit’s valuation models. The Firm generally subjects valuations and models to a review process initially and on a periodic basis thereafter.

Independent Price Verification.    The business units are responsible for determining the fair value of financial instruments using approved valuation models and valuation methodologies. Generally on a monthly basis, VRG independently validates the fair values of financial instruments determined using valuation models by determining the appropriateness of the inputs used by the business units and by testing compliance with the documented valuation methodologies approved in the model review process described above.

The results of this independent price verification and any adjustments made by VRG to the fair value generated by the business units are presented to management of the Firm’s three business segments (i.e., Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management), the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief Risk Officer on a regular basis.

VRG uses recently executed transactions, other observable market data such as exchange data, broker-dealer quotes, third-party pricing vendors and aggregation services for validating the fair value of financial instruments generated using valuation models. VRG assesses the external sources and their valuation methodologies to determine if the external providers meet the minimum standards expected of a third-party pricing source. Pricing data provided by approved external sources are evaluated using a number of approaches; for example, by corroborating the external sources’ prices to executed trades, by analyzing the methodology and assumptions used by the external source to generate a price, and/or by evaluating how active the third-party pricing source (or originating sources used by the third-party pricing source) is in the market. Based on this analysis, VRG generates a ranking of the observable market data designed to ensure that the highest-ranked market data source is used to validate the business unit’s fair value of financial instruments.

VRG reviews the models and valuation methodology used to price new material Level 2 and Level 3 transactions, and both FCG and MRM must approve the fair value of the trade that is initially recognized.

Level 3 Transactions.VRG reviews the business unit’s valuation techniques to assess whether these are consistent with market participant assumptions.

For further information on financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring andnon-recurring basis, see Note 3.

Offsetting of Derivative Instruments

In connection with its derivative activities, the Firm generally enters into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with its counterparties. These agreements provide the Firm with the right, in the event of a default by the counterparty, to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under the agreement and to liquidate and set off collateral against any net amount owed by the counterparty.

However, in certain circumstances, the Firm may not have such an agreement in place; the relevant insolvency regime may not support the enforceability of the master netting agreement or collateral agreement; or the Firm may not have

sought legal advice to support the enforceability of the agree-

101December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

ment.agreement. In cases where the Firm has not determined an agreement to be enforceable, the related amounts are not offset (see Note 4).

The Firm’s policy is generally to receive securities and cash posted as collateral (with rights of rehypothecation), irrespective of the enforceability determination regarding the master netting and collateral agreement. In certain cases, the Firm may agree for such collateral to be posted to a third-party custodian under a control agreement that enables it to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default. The enforceability of the master netting agreement is taken into account in the Firm’s risk management practices and application of counterparty credit limits.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives and certain collateralized transactions, see Notes 4 and 6, respectively.

Hedge Accounting

The Firm applies hedge accounting using various derivative financial instruments for the following types of hedges: hedges of changes in the fair value of assets and liabilities due to the risk being hedged (fair value hedges); and hedges of net investments in foreign operations whose functional currency is different from the reporting currency of the Parent Company (net investment hedges). These financial instruments are included within Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts or Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts in the balance sheets. For hedges where hedge accounting is being applied, the Firm performs effectiveness testing and other procedures.

Fair Value Hedges—Interest Rate Risk

The Firm’s designated fair value hedges consist primarily of interest rate swaps designated as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain fixed rate senior borrowings. In the third quarter of 2018, the Firm also began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of changes in the benchmark interest rate of certain AFS securities. The Firm is permitted to hedge the full, or part of the, contractual term of the hedged instrument. The Firm uses regression analysis to perform an ongoing prospective and retrospective assessment of the effectiveness of these hedging relationships. A hedging relationship is deemed effective if the change in fair value of the hedging instrument (derivative) and the change in fair value of the hedged item (debt liability)liability or AFS security) due to changes in the benchmark interest rate offset within a range of 80% to 125%. The Firm considers the impact of valuation adjustments related to its own credit spreads and counterparty credit spreads to determine whether they would cause the hedging relationship to be ineffective.

93December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

For qualifying fair value hedges of benchmark interest rates, the changeschange in the fair value of the derivative andis recognized in earnings each period, offset by the changeschange in the fair value attributable to the change in the benchmark interest rate risk of the hedged asset (liability), and is recorded in Interest income (expense). For AFS securities, the change in fair value of the hedged liability provide an offset of one another and, together with any resulting ineffectiveness, are recordeditem due to changes other than the risk being hedged will continue to be reported in Interest expense.OCI. When a derivative is

de-designated as a hedge, any basis adjustment remaining on the hedged liabilityasset (liability) is amortized to Interest expenseincome (expense) over the remaining life of the liabilityasset (liability) using the effective interest method.

Net Investment Hedges

The Firm uses forward foreign exchange contracts to manage a portion of the currency exposure relating to its net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency foreign operations. To the extent that the notional amounts of the hedging instruments equal the portion of the investments being hedged and the underlying exchange rate of the derivative hedging instrument relates tois the same as the exchange rate between the functional currency of the investee and the Parent Company’sintermediate parent entity’s functional currency, it is considered to be perfectly effective, with no hedge ineffectiveness is recognized in earnings.income statement recognition. If these exchange rates are not the same, the Firm uses regression analysis to assess the prospective and retrospective effectiveness of the hedge relationships, and any ineffectiveness is recognized in Interest income.relationships. The gain or loss from revaluing hedges of net investments in foreign operations at the spot rate is reported within AOCI. The forward points on the hedging instruments are excluded from hedge effectiveness testing and changes in the fair value of this excluded component are recorded currently in Interest income.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

InvestmentSecurities—Available-for-Sale andHeld-to-Maturity

AFS securities are reported at fair value in the balance sheets with unrealized gains and losses reported in AOCI, net of tax. Interest and dividend income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, is included in Interest income in the income statements. Realized gains and losses on sales of AFS securities are reportedclassified within Other revenues in the income statements (see Note 5). The Firm utilizes the“first-in,first-out” method as the basis for determining the cost of AFS securities.

HTM securities are reported at amortized cost in the balance sheets. Interest income, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on HTM securities, is included in Interest income in the income statements.

Other-than-Temporary Impairment

AFS debt securities and HTM securities with a current fair value less than their amortized cost are analyzed as part of the Firm’s periodic assessment of temporary versus OTTI at the individual security level. A temporary impairment is recognized in AOCI.AOCI for AFS debt securities. OTTI is recognized in the income statements with the exception of thenon-credit portion related to a debt security that the Firm does not intend to sell and is not likely to be required to sell, which is recognized in AOCI.

December 2017 Form 10-K102


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For AFS debt securities that the Firm either has the intent to sell or that the Firm is likely to be required to sell before recovery of its amortized cost basis, the impairment is considered OTTI.

For those AFS debt securities that the Firm does not have the intent to sell or is not likely to be required to sell, and for all HTM securities, the Firm evaluates whether it expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the debt security. If the Firm does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost of those AFS debt securities or HTM securities, the impairment is considered OTTI, and the Firm determines what portion of the impairment relates to a credit loss and what portion relates tonon-credit factors.

A credit loss exists if the present value of cash flows expected to be collected (discounted at the implicit interest rate at acquisition of the security or discounted at the effective yield for securities that incorporate changes in prepayment assumptions) is less than the amortized cost basis of the security. Changes in prepayment assumptions alone are not considered to result in a credit loss.

When determining if a credit loss exists, the Firm considers relevant information, including:

 

the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than the amortized cost basis;

 

adverse conditions specifically related to the security, its industry or geographic area;

 

changes in the financial condition of the issuer of the security, the presence of explicit or implicit guarantees of repayment by the U.S. Government for U.S. Government and Agency securities or, in the case of an asset-backed debt security, changes in the financial condition of the underlying loan obligors;

 

the historical and implied volatility of the fair value of the security;

 

the payment structure of the debt security and the likelihood of the issuer being able to make payments that increase in the future;

 

December 2018 Form 10-K94


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

failure of the issuer of the security to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

 

the current rating and any changes to the rating of the security by a rating agency;

 

recoveries or additional declines in fair value after the balance sheet date.

When estimating the present value of expected cash flows, information includes the remaining payment terms of the security, prepayment speeds, financial condition of the issuer(s), expected defaults and the value of any underlying collateral.

For AFS equity securities, the Firm considers various factors, including the intent and ability to hold the equity security for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value, in evaluating whether an OTTI exists. If the equity security is considered other-than-temporarily impaired, the entire OTTI (i.e., the difference between the fair value recorded in the balance sheet and the cost basis) will be recognized in the income statements.

Loans

The Firm accounts for loans based on the following categories: loans held for investment; loans held for sale; and loans at fair value.

Loans Held for Investment

Loans held for investment are reported at outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, any unamortized deferred fees or costs for originated loans, and any unamortized premiums or discounts for purchased loans.

Interest Income.Interest income on performing loans held for investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are amortized into interest income over the life of the loan to produce a level rate of return.

Allowance for Loan Losses.The allowance for loan losses estimatesrepresents an estimate of probable losses related to loans specifically identified for impairment in addition to the probable losses inherent in the held for investmentheld-for-investment loan portfolio.

The Firm utilizes the U.S. banking agencies’ definition of criticized exposures, which consist of the special mention, substandard, doubtfulSpecial Mention, Substandard, Doubtful and lossLoss categories as credit quality indicators. For further information on the credit quality indicators, see Note 7. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. Factors considered by management when

determining impairment include payment status, fair value of collateral, and probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. The impairment analysis required depends on the nature and type of loans. Loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired.

There are two components of the allowance for loan losses: the specific allowance component and the inherent allowance component.

The specific allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used to estimate probable losses fornon-homogeneous exposures that have been specifically identified for impairment analysis by the Firm and determined to be impaired. When a loan is specifically identified for impairment, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or as a practical expedient, the observable

103December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. If the present value of the expected future cash flows (or alternatively, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral) is less than the recorded investment in the loan, then the Firm recognizes an allowance and a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

The inherent allowance component of the allowance for loan losses is used torepresents an estimate of the probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio and includesnon-homogeneous loans that have not been identified as impaired and portfolios of smaller balance homogeneous loans.impaired. The Firm maintains methodologies by loan product for calculating an allowance for loan losses that estimates the inherent losses in the loan portfolio. Generally, inherent losses in the portfolio fornon-impaired loans are estimated using statistical analysis and judgment aroundregarding the exposure at default, the probability of default and the loss given default.

Qualitative and environmental factors such as economic and business conditions, nature and volume of the portfolio, and lending terms and volume and severity of past due loans may also be considered in the calculations. The allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level to ensure that it is reasonably likely to adequately absorb the estimated probable losses inherent in the portfolio. When the Firm recognizes an allowance, there is also a charge to the provision for loan losses within Other revenues.

Troubled Debt Restructurings.The Firm may modify the terms of certain loans for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial difficulties by granting one or more concessions that the Firm would not otherwise consider. Such modifications are accounted for and reported as a TDR. A loan that has been modified in a TDR is generally considered

95December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

to be impaired and is evaluated for the extent of impairment using the Firm’s specific allowance methodology. TDRs are also generally classified as nonaccrual and may only be returned to accrual status only after considering the borrower’s sustained repayment performance for a reasonable period.

Nonaccrual Loans.The Firm places loans on nonaccrual status if principal or interest is past due for a period of 90 days or more or payment of principal or interest is in doubt unless the obligation is well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is considered past due when a payment due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement has not been remitted by the borrower. Substandard loans, if identified as impaired, are categorized as nonaccrual. Loansnonaccrual, as are loans classified as Doubtful or Loss are categorized as nonaccrual.Loss.

Payments received on nonaccrual loans held for investment are applied to principal if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility of principal (i.e., cost recovery method).principal. If collection of the principal of nonaccrual loans held for investment is not in doubt, interest income is realized on a cash

basis. If neither principal nor interest collection is in doubt, loans are placed on accrual status and interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Loans that are on nonaccrual status may not be restored to accrual status until all delinquent principal and/or interest has been brought current after a reasonable period of performance, typically a minimum of six months.

Charge-offs.The Firm charges off a loan in the period that it is deemed uncollectible and records a reduction in the allowance for loan losses and the balance of the loan. In general, any portion of the recorded investment in a collateral dependent loan (including any capitalized accrued interest, net deferred loan fees or costs, and unamortized premium or discount) in excess of the fair value of the collateral that can be identified as uncollectible, and is therefore deemed a confirmed loss, is charged off against the allowance for loan losses. A loan is collateral dependent if the repayment of the loan is expected to be provided solely by the sale or operation of the underlying collateral. In addition, for loan transfers from loans held for investment to loans held for sale, at the time of transfer any reduction in the loan value is reflected as acharge-off of the recorded investment, resulting in a new cost basis.

Lending Commitments.The Firm records the liability and related expense for the credit exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be held for investment in a manner similar to outstanding loans discussed above. The analysis also incorporates a credit conversion factor, which is the expected utilization of the undrawn commitment. The liability is recorded in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheets, and the expense is recorded in Othernon-interest expenses in the income statements. For more information regarding loan commitments, standby letters of credit and financial guarantees, see Note 12.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in Other revenues. The Firm determines the valuation allowance on an individual loan basis, except for residential mortgage loans for which the valuation allowance is determined at the loan product level. Any decreases in fair value below the initial carrying amount and any recoveries in fair value up to the initial carrying amount are recorded in Other revenues. However, increasesIncreases in fair value above initial carrying value are not recognized.

Interest income on loans held for sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a contra loan accountas an adjustment to the loan’s cost basis until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees or costssold, and discounts or premiums

December 2017 Form 10-K104


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

are an adjustment to the basis of the loan and, therefore,as such, are included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/orand the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Lending Commitments. Commitments to fund mortgage loans held for sale are derivatives and are reported in Trading assets or Trading liabilities in the balance sheets with an offset to Trading revenues in the income statements.

CommitmentsFor commitments to fundnon-mortgage loans held for sale are not derivatives. Thethe Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure below cost of such commitments in Other liabilities and accrued expenses in the balance sheets with an offset to Other revenues in the income statements.

Loans and lending commitments held for sale are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above in the Loans Held for Investment—Nonaccrual loans section. Because loans and lending commitments held for sale are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the allowance for loan losses andcharge-off policies does not apply to these loans.

Loans at Fair Value

Loans for which the fair value option is elected are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. Loans carried at fair value are not evaluated for purposes of recording an allowance for loan losses. For further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as Trading assets and Trading liabilities, see Note 3.

Lending Commitments. The Firm records the liability and related expense for the fair value exposure related to commitments to fund loans that will be measured at fair value. The liability is recorded in Trading liabilities in the balance sheets, and the expense is recorded in Trading revenues in the income statements.

December 2018 Form 10-K96


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Loans and lending commitments at fair value are subject to the nonaccrual policies described above in the Loans Held for Investment—Nonaccrual loans section. Because such loans and lending commitments are reported at fair value, the allowance for loan losses andcharge-off policies do not apply to these loans.

For further information on loans, see Note 7.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when the Firm has relinquished control over the transferred assets. Any related gain or loss on sale is recorded in Net revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are treated as a collateralized financing, in certain cases referred to as “failed

sales.” Securities borrowed or purchased under agreements to resell and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase are treated as collateralized financings (see Note 6).

Securities purchased under agreements to resell (“reverse repurchase agreements”) and Securities sold under agreements to repurchase (“repurchase agreements”) are carried in the balance sheets at the amountsamount of cash paid or received, plus accrued interest, except for certain repurchase agreements for which the Firm has elected the fair value option (see Note 3). Where appropriate, repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Securities borrowed and securities loaned are recorded at the amount of cash collateral advanced or received.

In instances where the Firm is the lender insecurities-for-securities transactions and is permitted to sell or repledge these securities, the fair value of the collateral received is reported in Trading assets and the related obligation to return the collateral is reported in Trading liabilities in the balance sheets.Securities-for-securities transactions where the Firm is the borrower are not included in the balance sheets.

Premises, Equipment and Software Costs

Premises, equipment and software costs consist of buildings, leasehold improvements, furniture, fixtures, computer and communications equipment, power generation assets, terminals, pipelines and software (externally purchased and developed for internal use). Premises, equipment and software costs are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization and are included in Other assets in the balance sheets. Depreciation and amortization are provided by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the asset.

Estimated Useful Lives of Assets

Estimated Useful Lives of Assets

in years

  Estimated Useful Life 

Buildings

   39 

Leasehold improvements—Building

   term of lease to 25 

Leasehold improvements—Other

   term of lease to 15 

Furniture and fixtures

   7 

Computer and communications equipment

   3 to 9 

Power generation assets

   15 to 29 

Terminals, pipelines and equipment

   3 to 30 

Software costs

   32 to 10 

Premises, equipment and software costs are tested for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The Firm tests goodwill for impairment on an annual basis and on an interim basis when certain events or circumstances

105December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

exist. The Firm tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is generally at the level of or one level below its business segments. For both the annual and interim tests, the Firm has the option to either (a)(i) perform aquantitativeimpairment test or (b)(ii) first perform aqualitativeassessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, in which case the quantitative test would be performed.

When performing aquantitativeimpairment test, we comparethe Firm compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the goodwill impairment loss is equal to the lesser of the excess of the carrying value over the fair value, orlimited to the carrying amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The estimated fair values of the reporting units are derived based on valuation techniques the Firm believes market participants would use for each of therespective reporting units.unit. The estimated fair values are generally determined by utilizing a discounted cash flow methodology or methodologies that incorporateprice-to-book andprice-to-earnings multiples of certain comparable companies.

Goodwill is not amortized but, as noted above, is reviewed annually (or more frequently when certain events or circumstances exist) for impairment. Other intangibleIntangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment.impairment on an interim basis when impairment indicators are present. Impairment losses are recorded within Other expenses in the income statements.

97December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Earnings per Common Share

Basic EPS is computed by dividing earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Earnings available to Morgan Stanley common shareholders represents net income applicable to Morgan Stanley reduced by preferred stock dividends and allocations of earnings to participating securities.dividends. Common shares outstanding include common stock and vested RSUs where recipients have satisfied either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligibility requirements. Diluted EPS reflects the assumed conversion of all dilutive securities.

Unvested share-based awards that containnon-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents (whether paid or unpaid) are participating securities and are included in the computation of EPS pursuant to thetwo-class method. Share-based awards that pay dividend equivalents subject to vesting are not deemed participating securities and are included in diluted shares outstanding (if dilutive) under the treasury stock method.

The Firm has granted PSUs that vest and convert to shares of common stock only if they satisfy predetermined performance and market goals.goals are satisfied. Since the issuance of the shares is contingent upon the satisfaction of certain conditions, the PSUs are included in diluted EPS based on the number of shares (if any) that would be issuable if the end of the reporting period was the end of the contingency period.

For the calculation of basic and diluted EPS, see Note 16.

Deferred Compensation

Stock-Based Compensation

The Firm measures compensation costexpense for stock-based awards at fair value and recognizes compensation cost over the service period. The Firm accounts for forfeitures as they occur.value. The Firm determines the fair value of RSUs (including RSUsPSUs withnon-market performance conditions) based on the grant-date fair value of its common stock, measured as thevolume-weighted average price on the date of grant. Certain stock-based compensation withPSUs that contain market-based conditions isare valued using a Monte Carlo valuation model.

Compensation expense for stock-based compensation awards is recognized usingover the gradedrelevant vesting attribution method.period for each separately vesting portion of the award. Compensation expense for awards with performance conditions is recognized based on the probable outcome of the performance condition at each reporting date. Compensation expense for awards with market-based conditions is recognized irrespective of the probability of the market condition being achieved and is not reversed if the market condition is not met.

The Firm recognizes the expenseaccounts for stock-based awards over the requisite service period. Theseforfeitures as they occur.

Stock-based awards generally contain clawbackclaw back and cancellation provisions. Certain awards provide the Firm discretion to claw back or cancel all or a portion of the award under specified circumstances. Compensation expense for those awards is adjusted for changes in the fair value of the Firm’s

common stock or the relevant model valuation, as appropriate, until conversion, exercise or expiration.

Foryear-end stock-based awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

Employee Stock Trusts

In connection with certain stock-based compensation plans, the Firm maintains and utilizes Employeeemployee stock trusts at its discretion. The assets of the Employeeemployee stock trusts are consolidated and as such, are therefore accounted for in a

December 2017 Form 10-K106


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

manner similar to treasury stock, where the shares of common stock outstanding are offset by an equal amount in Commonof common stock issued to Employeeemployee stock trusts in the balance sheets.

The Firm uses the grant-date fair value of stock-based compensation as the basis for recognition of the assets in the Employeeemployee stock trusts. Subsequent changes in the fair value are not recognized as the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans do not permit diversification and must be settled by the delivery of a fixed number of shares of the Firm’s common stock.

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation

Compensation expense for deferred cash-based compensation plans is calculated based on the notional value of the award granted, adjusted for changes in the fair value of the referenced investments. For unvested awards, theinvestments that employees select. Compensation expense is recognized over the servicerelevant vesting period usingfor each separately vesting portion of the graded vesting attribution method. For vestedaward. Compensation expense for these awards with onlyis adjusted based on notional earnings onof the referenced investments the expense is fully recognized in the current period. Foryear-end awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.until distribution.

The Firm invests directly, as a principal, in investments or other financial instruments to economically hedge its obligations under its deferred cash-based compensation plans. Changes in the value of such investments made by the Firm are recorded in Trading revenues and Investments revenues. ChangesAlthough changes in compensation expense resulting from changes in the fair value of the referenced investments will generally be offset by changes in the fair value of investments made by the Firm. However,Firm, there may beis typically a timing difference between the immediate recognition of gains and losses on the Firm’s investments and the deferred recognition of the related compensation expense over the vesting period.

Retirement-Eligible Employee Compensation

Foryear-end stock-based awards and deferred cash-based compensation awards anticipated to be granted to retirement-eligible employees under award terms that do not contain a future service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated cost of the awards over the course of the calendar year preceding the grant date, which reflects the period over which the compensation is earned.

December 2018 Form 10-K98


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Income Taxes

The Firm accounts for income tax expense (benefit) using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferredDeferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded based upon the temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Such effects are recorded in income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations regardless of where deferred taxes were originally recorded.

The Firm recognizes net deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making such a determination, the Firm considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax planning strategies and results of recent operations. When performing the assessment, the Firm considers all types of deferred tax assets in combination with each other, regardless of the origin of the underlying temporary difference. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. If the Firm subsequently determines that it would be able to realize deferred tax assets in excess of their net recorded amount, it would make an adjustment to the deferred tax asset valuation allowance, which would reduce the provision for income taxes.

The Firm recognizes tax expense associated with global intangiblelow-taxed income provisions (“GILTI”)GILTI included in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“Tax Act”) as it is incurred as part of the current income taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period.

Uncertain tax positions are recorded on the basis of atwo-step process, whereby (1)(i) the Firm determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2)(ii) for those tax positions that meet themore-likely-than-not recognitionthis threshold, the Firm recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more likely than 50% likelynot to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes.

Notwithstanding the above, it may be appropriate to record future adjustments made to amounts related to the Tax Act as an adjustment to income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations in the reporting period the adjustments are determined, depending on the nature of the estimate and reason for the adjustment.

Foreign Currencies

Assets and liabilities of operations withnon-U.S. dollar functional currencies are translated atyear-end rates of exchange. Gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects, are reflected in AOCI a separate component of Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ equity in the balance sheets. Gains or losses resulting from remeasurement of foreign currency transactions are included in net income, and amounts recognized in the income statement are translated at the rate of exchange on the respective date of recognition for each amount.

Accounting Updates Adopted

The Firm adopted the following accounting updates in 2018. See Note 15 for a summary of the Retained earnings impacts of these and other minor adoptions effective in 2018.

Revenues from Contracts with Customers

On January 1, 2018, the Firm adoptedRevenues from Contracts with Customers using the modified retrospective method, which resulted in a net decrease to Retained earnings of $32 million, net of tax. Prior period amounts were not restated.

Our revised accounting policy in accordance with this adoption was effective January 1, 2018 and is included above.

The more significant differences to the accounting policy in place prior to adoption were (i) the presentation of certain costs related to underwriting and advisory activities in that such costs were recorded net of Investment Banking revenues versus the current practice of recording the costs in the relevantnon-compensation expense line item (ii) the presentation of certain costs related to the selling and distribution of investment funds in that such costs were recorded net of Asset Management revenues versus the current practice of recording the costs in the relevantnon-compensation expense line item (iii) the recognition of certain performance fees from fund management activities not in the form of carried interest that were recognized quarterly versus the current practice of deferring the revenues until the fees are not probable of a significant reversal, and (iv) the timing of the recognition of advisory fees in that such fees were recorded when realizable versus the current practice of recognizing the fees as advice is provided to the client, based on the estimated progress of work and when the revenue is not probable of a significant reversal.

Derivatives and Hedging–Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities

The Firm adopted this accounting update in the first quarter of 2018, with our revised accounting policy effective January 1, 2018. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded acumulative catch-up adjustment, decreasing Retained earnings by $99 million, net of tax. This adjustment represents the cumulative effect of applying the new rules from the inception of certain fair value hedges of the interest rate risk of our borrowings, in particular the provision allowing only the benchmark rate component of coupon cash flows to be hedged.

The more significant differences to the accounting policy in place prior to adoption were: the provision permitting the hedged item in a fair value hedge of interest rate risk to be defined as including only the benchmark rate component of

 

 

 10799 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Accounting Standards Adoptedcontractual coupon cash flows versus the previous requirement to include the total contractual coupon cash flows as the hedged item; and the allowance to hedge part of the contractual term of the hedged item by assuming maturity at the end of the hedge term, whereas previously it could not be assumed that the instrument matures at the end of the designated partial term.

TheReclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

This accounting update, which the Firm adoptedelected to early adopt as of January 1, 2018, allows companies to reclassify from AOCI to Retained earnings the following accounting updates instranded tax effects associated with enactment of the Tax Act on December 22, 2017.

Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting. This accounting update, adopted January 1, 2017, simplifies the accounting for employee share-based awards, including the recognition of forfeitures, the classification of related income tax consequences, and the classification oftax-related cash flows within the cash flow statements.

Beginning These stranded tax effects resulted from the requirement to reflect the total amount of the remeasurement of and other adjustments to deferred tax assets and liabilities in 2017 in income from continuing operations, regardless of whether the income tax consequences related to share-based awards are required to be recognizeddeferred taxes were originally recorded in Provision for income taxes in the income statements upon the conversionAOCI. Accordingly, as of employee share-based awards instead of Additionalpaid-in capital. The impact of the income tax consequences upon conversion of the awards may be either a benefit or a provision. Conversion of employee share-based awards to Firm shares will primarily occur in the first quarter of each year. The impact of recognizing excess tax benefits upon conversion of awards in the quarter in which the accounting update was adopted (three months ended March 31, 2017) was a $112 million benefit to Provision for income taxes. For full year impact of this discrete tax item, see Note 21. The classification of cash flows from excess tax benefits was moved from the financing section to the operating section of the cash flow statements, and was applied on a retrospective basis.

In addition, this accounting update permits an entity to elect whether to continue to estimate the total forfeitures, or to account for forfeitures on an actual basis as they occur. The Firm has elected to account for forfeitures on an actual basis as they occur. This change is required to be applied using a modified retrospective approach, and upon adoption,January 1, 2018, the Firm recorded a cumulativecatch-up adjustment, decreasingnet increase to Retained earnings by approximately $30as a result of the reclassification of $443 million net of such stranded tax increasing Additionalpaid-in capital by approximately $45 million and increasingeffects previously recorded in AOCI, which were primarily the result of the remeasurement of deferred tax assets by approximately $15 million.and liabilities associated with the change in tax rates.

Statement of Cash Flows—Restricted Cash. This accounting update requires that an entity include in its cash and cash equivalents amounts that are deemed to be restricted cash and cash equivalents and to present a reconciliation of such amounts in the cash flow statements. The Firm early adopted this accounting update in the fourth quarter of 2017. Prior periods were retrospectively adjusted to conform

Aside from the above treatment related to the Tax Act, the Firm releases stranded tax effects from AOCI into earnings once the related category of instruments or transactions giving rise to these effects no longer exists. For further detail on the tax effects reclassified, refer to Note 15 to the current period presentation. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded an increase of $2.9 billion and a decrease of $(8.3) billion in Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities, for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. These impacts were primarily related to reclassifying the changes in the Firm’s Restricted cash balance from the operating section to the cash and cash equivalent balances within the cash flow statements.

Income Tax Accounting Implications of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.This SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin addresses the recognition of the tax effects of the Tax Act in the period of enactment (2017). It allows companies to book provisional estimates of the effects, or to report that their accounting is incomplete when issuing financial statements. To the extent that provisional estimates are booked, it allows a one year measurement period during which any adjustments made to previous provisional amounts would be recorded as an adjustment to income tax expense (benefit) from continuing operations in the reporting period the adjustments are determined. The adoption of this accounting guidance in the fourth quarter of 2017 did not have a material impact on the Firm’s financial statements.

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 108100 


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

3. Fair Values

Fair Value Measurements

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

Asset and Liability / Liability/Valuation Technique

    

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

   

Trading Assets and Trading Liabilities

U.S. Treasury and Agency Securities

U.S. Treasury Securities

•  Fair value is determined using quoted market prices.

•  Generally Level 1

U.S. Agency Securities

•  Non-callable agency-issued debt securities are generally valued using quoted market prices, and callable agency-issued debt securities are valued by benchmarking model-derived prices to quoted market prices and trade data for comparable instruments.

•  The fair value of agency mortgage pass-through pool securities is model-driven based on spreads of comparableto-be-announced securities.

•  CMOs are generally valued using quoted market prices and trade data adjusted by subsequent changes in related indices for comparable instruments.

   

• Level 1

• Level 1 -non-callable agency-issued debt securities

• Generally Level 2 - callable agency-issued debt securities, agency mortgage pass-through pool securities and CMOs

• Level 3 - in instances where the inputs are unobservable

  

Other Sovereign Government Obligations

•  Fair value is determined using quoted prices in active markets when available.

   

• Generally Level 1

• Level 2 - if the market is less active or prices are dispersed

• Level 3 - in instances where the prices are unobservable

  

State and Municipal Securities

•  Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations or pricing models that factor in, where applicable, interest rates, bond or CDS spreads and volatility and/or volatility skew, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.

   

• Generally Level 2 – if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

• Level 3 in instances where market data is not observable

  

RMBS, CMBS, ABS (collectively known as Mortgage- and Asset-backed securities)securities (“MABS”))

•  Mortgage- and asset-backed securitiesmay be valued based on price or spread data obtained from observed transactions or independent external parties such as vendors or brokers.

•  When position-specific external price data are not observable, the fair value determination may require benchmarking to comparable instruments, and/or analyzing expected credit losses, default and recovery rates, and/or applying discounted cash flow techniques. When evaluating the comparable instruments for use in the valuation of each security, security collateral-specific attributes, including payment priority, credit enhancement levels, type of collateral, delinquency rates and loss severity, are considered. In addition, for RMBS borrowers, FICO scores and the level of documentation for the loan are considered.

•  Market standard models, such as Intex, Trepp or others, may be deployed to model the specific collateral composition and cash flow structure of each transaction. Key inputs to these models are market spreads, forecasted credit losses, and default and prepayment rates for each asset category.

•  Valuation levels of RMBS and CMBS indices are used as an additional data point for benchmarking purposes or to price outright index positions.

   

• Generally Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

• Level 3 - if external prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable, or if the comparability assessment involves significant subjectivity related to property type differences, cash flows, performance andor other inputs

  

Corporate and other debt

Corporate Bonds

•  Fair value is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations, bond spreads, CDS spreads, or at the money volatility and/or volatility skew obtained from independent external parties, such as vendors and brokers, adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments.

•  The spread data used are for the same maturity as the bond. If the spread data do not reference the issuer, then data that reference a comparable issuer are used. When position-specific external price data are not observable, fair value is determined based on either benchmarking to comparable instruments or cash flow models with yield curves, bond or single namesingle-name CDS spreads and recovery rates as significant inputs.

  

• Generally Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

• Level 3 - in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are unobservable

 

CDO

•  The Firm holds cash CDOs that typically reference a tranche of an underlying synthetic portfolio of single namesingle-name CDS spreads collateralized by corporate bonds (CLN) or cash portfolio of ABS/loans (“asset-backed CDOs”).

•  Credit correlation, a primary input used to determine the fair value of CLNs, is usually unobservable and derived using a benchmarking technique. Other model inputs such as credit spreads, including collateral spreads, and interest rates are typically observable.

•  Level 2 - when either comparable market transactions are observable or credit correlation input is insignificant

•  Level 3 - when either comparable market transactions are unobserv-

109December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Asset and Liability / Valuation Technique

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

•  Asset-backed CDOs are valued based on an evaluation of the market and model input parameters sourced from comparable instruments as indicated by market activity. Each asset-backed CDO position is evaluated independently taking into consideration available comparable market levels, underlying collateral performance and pricing, deal structures and liquidity.

   

able

• Level 2 - when either comparable market transactions are observable, or credit correlation input is insignificant

• Level 3 - when either comparable market transactions are unobservable, or the credit correlation input is significant

  

101December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Asset and Liability/Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification

Loans and Lending Commitments

•  Fair value of corporate loans is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, market observable CDS spread levels obtained from independent external parties adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

•  Fair value of contingent corporate lending commitments is determined by using executed transactions on comparable loans and the anticipated market price based on pricing indications from syndicate banks and customers. The valuation of loans and lending commitments also takes into account fee income that is considered an attribute of the contract.

•  Fair value of mortgage loans is determined using observable prices based on transactional data or third-party pricing for comparable instruments, when available.

•  Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is estimated based on benchmarking to prices and rates observed in the primary market for similar loan or borrower types or based on the present value of expected future cash flows using itsthe Firm’s best available estimates of the key assumptions, including forecasted credit losses, prepayment rates, forward yield curves and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved or a methodology that utilizes the capital structure and credit spreads of recent comparable securitization transactions.

•  Fair value of equity margin loans is determined by discounting future interest cash flows, net of estimated credit losses. The estimated credit losses are derived by benchmarking to market observable CDS spreads, implied debt yields or volatility metrics of the loan collateral company.

For further information on loans and lending commitments, see Note 7.collateral.

   

• Level 2 - if value based on observable market data for comparable instruments

• Level 3 - in instances where prices or significant spread inputs are
unobservable

  

Corporate Equities

•  Exchange-traded equity securities are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange. To the extent these securities are actively traded, valuation adjustments are not applied.

•  Unlisted equity securities are generally valued based on an assessment of each underlying security, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable Firm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.

•  Listed fund units are generally marked to the exchange-traded price while listed fund units if not actively traded, and unlistedor NAV if not. Unlisted fund units are generally marked to NAV.

   

• Level 1 - exchange-traded securities and fund units if actively traded

• Level 2 - exchange-traded securities if not actively traded, or if undergoing a recent mergers and acquisitionsM&A event or corporate action

• Level 3 - unlisted equity securities and exchange-traded securities if not actively traded, or if marked toundergoing an aged mergers and acquisitionsM&A event or corporate action

  

Derivative and Other Contracts

Listed Derivative Contracts

•  Listed derivatives that are actively traded are valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

•  Listed derivatives that are not actively traded are valued using the same approachestechniques as those applied to OTC derivatives.

• Level 1 - listed derivatives that are actively traded

• Level 2 - listed derivatives that are not actively traded

OTC Derivative Contracts

•  OTC derivative contracts include forward, swap and option contracts related to interest rates, foreign currencies, credit standing of reference entities, equity prices or commodity prices.

•  Depending on the product and the terms of the transaction, the fair value of OTC derivative products can be modeled using a series of techniques, including closed-form analytic formulas, such as the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, simulation models or a combination thereof. Many pricing models do not entail material subjectivity as the methodologies employed do not necessitate significant judgment since model inputs may be observed from actively quoted markets, as is the case for generic interest rate swaps, many equity, commodity and foreign currency option contracts, and certain CDS. In the case of more established derivative products, the pricing models used by the Firm are widely accepted by the financial services industry.

•  More complex OTC derivative products are typically less liquid and require more judgment in the implementation of the valuation technique since direct trading activity or quotes are unobservable. This includes certain types of interest rate derivatives with both volatility and correlation exposure, equity, commodity or foreign currency derivatives that are either longer-dated or include exposure to multiple underlyings, and credit derivatives, including CDS on certain mortgage- or asset-backed securities and basket CDS. Where theserequired inputs are unobservable, relationships to observ-

•  Level 1 - listed derivatives that are actively traded

•  Level 2 - listed derivatives that are not actively traded

•  Generally Level 2 - OTC derivative products valued using observable inputs, or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant

•  Level 3 – OTC derivative products for which the unobservable input is deemed significant

December 2017 Form 10-K110


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Asset and Liability / Valuation Technique

Valuation Hierarchy Classification

able data points, based on historichistorical and/or implied observations, may be employed as a technique to estimate the model input values.

 

For further information on the valuation techniques for OTC derivative products, see Note 2.

For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

   

• Generally Level 2 - OTC derivative products valued using observable inputs, or where the unobservable input is not deemed significant

• Level 3 - OTC derivative products for which the unobservable input is deemed significant

December 2018 Form 10-K102


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Asset and Liability/Valuation TechniqueValuation Hierarchy Classification   

Investments

•  Investments include direct investments in equity securities, as well as various investment management funds, which include investments made in connection with certain employee deferred compensation plans.

  For direct investments, initially, the transaction price is generally considered by the Firm as the exit price and is its best estimate of fair value.

•  After initial recognition, in determining the fair value ofnon-exchange-traded internally and externally managed funds, the Firm generally considers the NAV of the fund provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value.

  Fornon-exchange-traded investments either held directly or held within internally managed funds, fair value after initial recognition is based on an assessment of each underlying investment, considering rounds of financing and third-party transactions, discounted cash flow analyses and market-based information, including comparable Firm transactions, trading multiples and changes in market outlook, among other factors.

  Exchange-traded direct equity investments are generally valued based on quoted prices from the exchange.

   

• Level 1 - exchange-traded direct equity investments in an active market

• Level 2 -non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in various investment management funds if valued based on rounds of financing or third-party transactions; exchange-traded direct equity investments if not actively traded

• Level 3 -non-exchange-traded direct equity investments and investments in various investment management funds where rounds of financing or third-party transactions are not available

  

Physical Commodities

•  The Firm trades various physical commodities, including natural gas and precious metals.

•  Fair value is determined using observable inputs, including broker quotations and published indices.

   

• Generally Level 2 if value based on observable inputs

  

Investment Securities—AFS Securities

•  AFS securities are composed of U.S. government and agency securities (e.g., U.S. Treasury securities, agency-issued debt, agency mortgage pass-through securities and CMOs), CMBS, FFELP student loan ABS, auto loan ABS,state and municipal securities, corporate bonds, CLO and actively traded equity securities.CLOs.

 

For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability valuation techniqueValuation Technique described herein.

For further information on AFS securities, see Note 5.herein for the same instruments.

   

• For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification see corresponding Valuation Technique described herein.

  

Deposits

Certificates of Deposit

•  The Firm issues FDIC-insured certificates of deposit that pay either fixed coupons or that have repayment terms linked to the performance of debt or equity securities, indices or currencies. The fair value of these certificates of deposit is determined using valuation models that incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the deposits are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, equity prices, and the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads, adjusted for the impact of the FDIC insurance, which is based on vanilla deposit issuance rates.

   

• Generally Level 2

• Level 3 - in instances where the unobservable input is deemed significant

  

Securities Purchased under Agreements to Resell and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

•  Fair value is computed using a standard cash flow discounting methodology.

•  The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks, interestthe incremental spread over the OIS rate yield curves and option volatilities.for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).

   

• Generally Level 2

• Level 3 - in instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant

  

BorrowingsOther Secured Financings

•  Other secured financings are composed of short-dated notes secured by Corporate equities, agreements to repurchase Physical commodities, the liability portion of failed sales of Loans and lending commitments and contracts which are not classified as OTC derivatives because they fail net investment criteria.

For further information on the determination of fair value, refer to the corresponding asset/liability Valuation Technique described herein.

   

For further information on the determination of valuation hierarchy classification, see the corresponding Valuation Hierarchy Classification described herein.

  

Borrowings

Structured Notes

•  The Firm issues structured notes that have coupon or repayment termswhich are primarily composed of: instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of debta specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities.basket of credit exposures; and instruments with various interest-rate-related features includingstep-ups, step-downs, and zero coupons.

•  Fair value of structured notes is determined using valuation models for the derivative and debt portions of the notes. These models incorporate observable inputs referencing identical or comparable securities, including prices to which the notes are linked, interest rate yield curves, option volatility and currency rates, and commodity or equity prices.

•  Independent, external and traded prices for the notes are considered as well. Thewell as the impact of the Firm’s own credit spreads is also includedwhich are based on observed secondary bond market spreads.

   

• Generally Level 2

• Level 3 - in instances where the unobservable inputs are deemed significant

  

 

 111103 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Assets at fair value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $22,077  $26,888  $  $  $48,965 

Other sovereign government obligations2

  20,234   7,825   1      28,060 

State and municipal securities

     3,592   8      3,600 

MABS

     2,364   423      2,787 

Corporate bonds

     15,105   456      15,561 

CDO

     445   84      529 

Loans and lending commitments3

     4,791   5,945      10,736 

Other debt

     1,287   161      1,448 

Corporate equities4

  149,697   492   166      150,355 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

   

Interest rate

  472   178,704   1,763      180,939 

Credit

     7,602   420      8,022 

Foreign exchange

  58   53,724   15      53,797 

Equity

  1,101   40,359   3,530      44,990 

Commodity and other

  1,126   5,390   4,147      10,663 

Netting1

  (2,088  (216,764  (1,575  (47,171  (267,598

Total derivative and other contracts

  669   69,015   8,300   (47,171  30,813 

Investments5

  297   523   1,020      1,840 

Physical commodities

     1,024         1,024 

Total trading assets5

  192,974   133,351   16,564   (47,171  295,718 

Investment securities—AFS

  27,522   27,681         55,203 

Intangible assets

     3         3 

Total assets at fair value

 $  220,496  $  161,035  $  16,564  $  (47,171 $  350,924 
  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Assets at fair value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $38,767  $29,594  $54  $  $68,415 

Other sovereign government
obligations

  28,395   5,529   17      33,941 

State and municipal securities

     3,161   148      3,309 

MABS

     2,154   354      2,508 

Loans and lending commitments2

     4,055   6,870      10,925 

Corporate and other debt

     18,129   1,076      19,205 

Corporate equities3

  93,626   522   95      94,243 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

    

Interest rate

  2,793   155,027   1,045      158,865 

Credit

     5,707   421      6,128 

Foreign exchange

  62   63,023   161      63,246 

Equity

  1,256   45,596   1,022      47,874 

Commodity and other

  963   8,517   2,992      12,472 

Netting1

  (4,151  (210,190  (896  (44,175  (259,412

Total derivative and other contracts

  923   67,680   4,745   (44,175  29,173 

Investments4

  412   293   757      1,462 

Physical commodities

     536         536 

Total trading assets4

  162,123   131,653   14,116   (44,175  263,717 

Investment securities—AFS

  36,399   24,662         61,061 

Intangible assets

     5         5 

Total assets at fair value

 $  198,522  $  156,320  $  14,116  $  (44,175 $  324,783 

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting1 Total  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting1 Total 

Liabilities at fair value

          

Deposits

 $  $157  $47  $  $204  $  $415  $27  $  $442 

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

  17,802   24         17,826   11,272   543         11,815 

Other sovereign government obligations2

  24,857   2,016         26,873 

Other sovereign government obligations

  21,391   1,454         22,845 

Corporate and other debt

     7,141   3      7,144      8,550   1      8,551 

Corporate equities4

  52,653   82   22      52,757 

Corporate equities3

  56,064   199   15      56,278 

Derivative and other contracts:

Derivative and other contracts:

 

   

Derivative and other contracts:

 

    

Interest rate

  364   162,239   545      163,148   2,927   142,746   427      146,100 

Credit

     8,166   379      8,545      5,772   381      6,153 

Foreign exchange

  23   55,118   127      55,268   41   63,379   86      63,506 

Equity

  1,001   44,666   2,322      47,989   1,042   47,091   2,507      50,640 

Commodity and other

  1,032   5,156   2,701      8,889   1,228   6,872   940      9,040 

Netting1

  (2,088  (216,764  (1,575  (36,717  (257,144  (4,151  (210,190  (896  (32,944  (248,181

Total derivative and other contracts

  332   58,581   4,499   (36,717  26,695   1,087   55,670   3,445   (32,944  27,258 

Total trading liabilities

  95,644   67,844   4,524   (36,717  131,295   89,814   66,416   3,461   (32,944  126,747 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

     650   150      800      812         812 

Other secured financings

     3,624   239      3,863      5,037   208      5,245 

Borrowings

     43,928   2,984      46,912      47,378   3,806      51,184 

Total liabilities at fair value

 $  95,644  $  116,203  $  7,944  $  (36,717 $  183,074  $  89,814  $  120,058  $  7,502  $  (32,944 $  184,430 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Assets at fair value

     

Trading assets:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $22,077  $26,888  $  $  $48,965 

Other sovereign government obligations

  20,234   7,825   1      28,060 

State and municipal securities

     3,592   8      3,600 

MABS

     2,364   423      2,787 

Loans and lending commitments2

     4,791   5,945      10,736 

Corporate and other debt

     16,837   701      17,538 

Corporate equities3

  149,697   492   166      150,355 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

    

Interest rate

  472   178,704   1,763      180,939 

Credit

     7,602   420      8,022 

Foreign exchange

  58   53,724   15      53,797 

Equity

  1,101   40,359   3,530      44,990 

Commodity and other

  1,126   5,390   4,147      10,663 

Netting1

  (2,088  (216,764  (1,575  (47,171  (267,598

Total derivative and other contracts

  669   69,015   8,300   (47,171  30,813 

Investments4

  297   523   1,020      1,840 

Physical commodities

     1,024         1,024 

Total trading assets4

  192,974   133,351   16,564   (47,171  295,718 

Investment securities— AFS

  27,522   27,681         55,203 

Intangible assets

     3         3 

Total assets at fair value

 $  220,496  $  161,035  $  16,564  $  (47,171 $  350,924 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K112


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Netting1  Total 

Assets at fair value

 

    

Trading assets:

     

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $27,579  $20,392  $74  $  $48,045 

Other sovereign government obligations

  14,005   5,497   6      19,508 

State and municipal securities

     2,355   250   ���   2,605 

MABS

     1,691   217      1,908 

Corporate bonds

     11,051   232      11,283 

CDO

     602   63      665 

Loans and lending commitments3

     3,580   5,122      8,702 

Other debt

     1,360   180      1,540 

Corporate equities4

  131,574   352   446      132,372 

Derivative and other contracts:

 

   

Interest rate

  1,131   300,406   1,373      302,910 

Credit

     11,727   502      12,229 

Foreign exchange

  231   74,921   13      75,165 

Equity

  1,185   35,736   1,708      38,629 

Commodity and other

  2,808   6,734   3,977      13,519 

Netting1

  (4,378  (353,543  (1,944  (51,381  (411,246

Total derivative and other contracts

  977   75,981   5,629   (51,381  31,206 

Investments5

  237   197   958      1,392 

Physical commodities

     112         112 

Total trading assets5

  174,372   123,170   13,177   (51,381  259,338 

Investment securities—AFS

  29,120   34,050         63,170 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

     302         302 

Intangible assets

     3         3 

Total assets at fair value

 $  203,492  $   157,525  $  13,177  $  (51,381 $   322,813 
 At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting1 Total  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Netting1 Total 

Liabilities at fair value

Liabilities at fair value

 

         

Deposits

 $  $21  $42  $  $63  $  $157  $47  $  $204 

Trading liabilities:

          

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 11,636  61        11,697  17,802  24        17,826 

Other sovereign government obligations

 20,658  2,430        23,088  24,857  2,016        26,873 

Corporate and other debt

    6,121  36     6,157     7,141  3     7,144 

Corporate equities4

 57,847  54  35     57,936 

Corporate equities3

 52,653  82  22     52,757 

Derivative and other contracts:

Derivative and other contracts:

 

   

Derivative and other contracts:

 

    

Interest rate

 1,244  285,379  953     287,576  364  162,239  545     163,148 

Credit

    12,550  875     13,425     8,166  379     8,545 

Foreign exchange

 17  75,510  56     75,583  23  55,118  127     55,268 

Equity

 1,162  37,828  1,524     40,514  1,001  44,666  2,322     47,989 

Commodity and other

 2,663  6,845  2,377     11,885  1,032  5,156  2,701     8,889 

Netting1

 (4,378 (353,543 (1,944 (39,803 (399,668 (2,088 (216,764 (1,575 (36,717 (257,144

Total derivative and other contracts

 708  64,569  3,841  (39,803 29,315  332  58,581  4,499  (36,717 26,695 

Physical commodities

    1        1 

Total trading liabilities

 90,849  73,236  3,912  (39,803 128,194  95,644  67,844  4,524  (36,717 131,295 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

    580  149     729     650  150     800 

Other secured financings

    4,607  434     5,041     3,624  239     3,863 

Borrowings

 47  37,081  2,014     39,142     43,928  2,984     46,912 

Total liabilities at fair value

 $    90,896  $    115,525  $    6,551  $  (39,803 $   173,169  $  95,644  $  116,203  $  7,944  $  (36,717 $  183,074 

MABS—Mortgage- and asset-backed securities

1.

For positions with the same counterparty that cross over the levels of the fair value hierarchy, both counterparty netting and cash collateral netting are included in the column titled “Netting.” Positions classified within the same level that are with the same counterparty are netted within that level. For further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities, see Note 4.

2.

During 2017, the Firm transferred from Level 2 to Level 1 $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion of Trading assets—Other sovereign government obligations and Trading liabilities—Other sovereign government obligations, respectively, due to increased market activity in these instruments.

3.

For a further breakdown by type, see the following Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value table.

4.3.

For trading purposes, the Firm holds or sells short equity securities issued by entities in diverse industries and of varying sizes.

5.4.

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured at fair value using thebased on NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Investments“Fund Interests Measured atBased on Net Asset Value” herein.

Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value

$ in millions

  

At

December 31, 2017

   

At

December 31, 2016

 

Corporate

           $8,358            $7,217 

Residential real estate

   799    966 

Wholesale real estate

   1,579    519 

Total

           $10,736            $8,702 
 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 113104 December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Breakdown of Loans and Lending Commitments at Fair Value

 $ in millions  At    
December 31,    
2018    
   At    
December 31,    
2017    
 

 Corporate

  $9,171   $8,358  

 Residential real estate

   1,153    799  

 Wholesale real estate

   601    1,579  

 Total

  $10,925   $10,736  

Unsettled Fair Value of Futures Contracts1

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,
2017

   

At

December 31,
2016

   At    
December 31,    
2018    
   At    
December 31,    
2017    
 

Customer and other receivables, net

  $                    831     $610   $615   $831   

 

1.

These contracts are primarily Level 1, actively traded, valued based on quoted prices from the exchange and are excluded from the previous recurring fair value tables.

Changes in Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present additional information aboutRollforward of Level 3 assetsAssets and liabilities measuredLiabilities Measured at fair valueFair Value on a recurring basis. Recurring Basis

 $ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 U.S. Treasury and agency securities

   

 Beginning balance

 $  $            74  $—   

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  1   (1  (4)  

 Purchases

  53                  72   

 Sales

     (240  —   

 Settlements

        —   

 Net transfers

     167   6   

 Ending balance

 $            54  $  $74   

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $1  $  $(4)  

 Other sovereign government obligations

 

  

 Beginning balance

 $1  $6  $4   

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

        1   

 Purchases

  41      4   

 Sales

  (26  (5  (7)  

 Settlements

        —   

 Net transfers

  1      4   

 Ending balance

 $17  $1  $6   

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $  $  $—   

 State and municipal securities

   

 Beginning balance

 $8  $250  $19   

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

     3   —   

 Purchases

  147   6   249   

 Sales

  (9  (83  (18)  

 Settlements

        —   

 Net transfers

  2   (168  —   

 Ending balance

 $148  $8  $250   

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $  $  $—   
 $ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 MABS

   

 Beginning balance

 $423  $217  $438 

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  82   47   (69) 

 Purchases

  177   289   82 

 Sales

  (338  (158  (323) 

 Settlements

  (17  (37   

 Net transfers

  27   65   89 

 Ending balance

 $354  $423  $217 

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $(9 $(7 $(77) 

 Loans and lending commitments

   

 Beginning balance

 $        5,945  $5,122  $        5,936 

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  (100  182   (79) 

 Purchases1

  5,746   3,616   2,261 

 Sales

  (2,529  (1,561  (954) 

 Settlements

  (2,281  (1,463  (1,863) 

 Net transfers

  89   49   (179) 

 Ending balance

 $6,870  $        5,945  $5,122 

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $(137 $131  $(80) 

 Corporate and other debt

   

 Beginning balance

 $701  $475  $1,145 

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  106   82   40 

 Purchases

  734   487   350 

 Sales

  (251  (420  (708) 

 Settlements

  (11  (9   

 Net transfers

  (203  86   (352) 

 Ending balance

 $1,076  $701  $475 

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $70  $23  $(38) 

 Corporate equities

   

 Beginning balance

 $166  $446  $434 

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  29   (54  (2) 

 Purchases

  13   173   242 

 Sales

  (161  (632  (154) 

 Settlements

         

 Net transfers

  48   233   (74) 

 Ending balance

 $95  $166  $446 

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $17  $(6 $ 

 Net derivatives: Interest rate2

   

 Beginning balance

 $1,218  $420  $260 

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  111   322   529 

 Purchases

  63   29   1 

 Issuances

  (19  (18   

 Settlements

  (172  608   (83) 

 Net transfers

  (583  (143  (287) 

 Ending balance

 $618  $1,218  $420 

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $140  $341  $463 

 Net derivatives: Credit2

   

 Beginning balance

 $41  $(373 $(844) 

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  33   (43  (176) 

 Purchases

  13       

 Issuances

  (95  (1  (4) 

 Settlements

  56   455   623 

 Net transfers

  (8  3   28 

 Ending balance

 $40  $41  $(373

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $23  $(18 $(167

105December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

 $ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 Net derivatives: Foreign exchange2

 

  

 Beginning balance

 $(112 $(43 $141   

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  179   (108  (27)  

 Purchases

  3      —   

 Issuances

  (1  (1  —   

 Settlements

  2   31   (220)  

 Net transfers

  4   9   63   

 Ending balance

 $75  $(112 $(43)  

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $118  $(89 $(23)  

 Net derivatives: Equity2

   

 Beginning balance

 $1,208  $184  $(2,031)  

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  305   136   539   

 Purchases

  122   988   809   

 Issuances

  (1,179  (524  (337)  

 Settlements

  314   396   1,073   

 Net transfers3

  (2,255  28   131   

 Ending balance

 $(1,485 $1,208  $184   

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $211  $159  $376   

 Net derivatives: Commodity and other2

 

  

 Beginning balance

 $1,446  $1,600  $1,050   

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  500   515   544   

 Purchases

  34   24   24   

 Issuances

  (18  (57  (114)  

 Settlements

  (81  (343  (44)  

 Net transfers

  171   (293  140   

 Ending balance

 $        2,052  $        1,446  $        1,600   

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $272  $20  $304   

 Investments

   

 Beginning balance

 $1,020  $958  $707   

 Realized and unrealized gains (losses)

  (25  96   (32)  

 Purchases

  149   102   398   

 Sales

  (212  (57  (75)  

 Settlements

     (78  (59)  

 Net transfers

  (175  (1  19   

 Ending balance

 $757  $1,020  $958   

 Unrealized gains (losses)

 $(27 $88  $(50)  

 Deposits

   

 Beginning balance

 $47  $42  $19   

 Realized and unrealized losses (gains)

  (1  3   —   

 Purchases

        —   

 Issuances

  9   12   23   

 Settlements

  (2  (3  —   

 Net transfers

  (26  (7  —   

 Ending balance

 $27  $47  $42   

 Unrealized losses (gains)

 $(1 $3  $—   

 Trading liabilities4

   

 Beginning balance

 $25  $71  $22   

 Realized and unrealized losses (gains)

  (6  (1  (13)  

 Purchases

  (18  (139  (109)  

 Sales

  9   20   234   

 Settlements

        —   

 Net transfers

  6   74   (63)  

 Ending balance

 $16  $25  $71   

 Unrealized losses (gains)

 $(7 $  $—   
 $ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

  

 Beginning balance

 $150  $149  $151   

 Realized and unrealized losses (gains)

        (2)  

 Purchases

        —   

 Issuances

     1   —   

 Settlements

        —   

 Net transfers

  (150     —   

 Ending balance

 $  $150  $149   

 Unrealized losses (gains)

 $  $  $(2)  

 Other secured financings

 

  

 Beginning balance

 $239  $434  $461   

 Realized and unrealized losses (gains)

  (39  35   5   

 Purchases

        —   

 Issuances

  8   64   79   

 Settlements

  (17  (251  (45)  

 Net transfers

  17   (43  (66)  

 Ending balance

 $208  $239  $434   

 Unrealized losses (gains)

 $(39 $28  $5   

 Borrowings

   

 Beginning balance

 $        2,984  $        2,014  $        1,988   

 Realized and unrealized losses (gains)

  (385  196   19   

 Purchases

        —   

 Issuances

  1,554   1,968   648   

 Settlements

  (274  (424  (305)  

 Net transfers

  (73  (770  (336)  

 Ending balance

 $3,806  $2,984  $2,014   

 Unrealized losses (gains)

 $(379 $173  $30   

1.

Loan originations are included within Purchases.

2.

Net derivatives represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts shown are presented before counterparty netting.

3.

During 2018, the Firm transferred from Level 3 to Level 2 $2.4 billion of Equity Derivatives due to a reduction in the significance of the unobservable inputs relating to volatility.

4.

Includes corporate and other debt and corporate equities. Excludes derivatives which are reflected within net derivatives.

Level 3 instruments may be hedged with

instruments classified in Level 1 and Level 2. As a result, theThe realized and unrealized gains (losses) for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the followingprevious tables do not reflect the related realized and unrealized gains (losses) on hedging instruments that have been classified by the Firm within the Level 1 and/or Level 2 categories.

Additionally, theThe unrealized gains (losses) during the period for assets and liabilities within the Level 3 category presented in the following tables herein may include changes in fair value during the period that were attributable to both observable and unobservable inputs. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) are primarily included in Trading revenues in the income statements.

Additionally, in the previous tables, consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

 

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2017

$ in millions

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2016
  Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2017
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
 

Assets at fair value

        

Trading assets:

        

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

     $74      $(1     $      $(240     $      $167      $      $ 

Other sovereign government obligations

  6         (5        1    

State and municipal securities

  250   3   6   (83     (168  8    

MABS

  217   47   289   (158  (37  65   423   (7

Corporate bonds

  232   22   381   (218     39   456   (4

CDO

  63   22   40   (31  (9  (1  84   15 

Loans and lending commitments

  5,122   182   3,616   (1,561  (1,463  49   5,945   131 

Other debt

  180   38   66   (171     48   161   12 

Corporate equities

  446   (54  173   (632     233   166   (6

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  420   322   29   (18  608   (143  1,218   341 

Credit

  (373  (43     (1  455   3   41   (18

Foreign exchange

  (43  (108     (1  31   9   (112  (89

Equity

  184   136   988   (524  396   28   1,208   159 

Commodity and other

  1,600   515   24   (57  (343  (293  1,446   20 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  1,788   822   1,041   (601  1,147   (396  3,801   413 

Investments

  958   96   102   (57  (78  (1  1,020   88 

Liabilities at fair value

        

Deposits

     $42      $(3     $      $12      $(3     $(7     $47      $(3

Trading liabilities:

        

Corporate and other debt

  36      (63  11      19   3    

Corporate equities

  35   1   (76  9      55   22    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  149         1              —   150    

Other secured financings

  434   (35     64   (251  (43  239   (28

Borrowings

  2,014   (196     1,968   (424  (770  2,984   (173

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 114106 


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2016

$ in millions

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2015
  Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2016
  Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
 

Assets at fair value

        

Trading assets:

        

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

     $      $(4     $72      $      $      $6      $74        $(4

Other sovereign government obligations

  4   1   4   (7     4   6    

State and municipal securities

  19      249   (18        250    

MABS

  438   (69  82   (323     89   217   (77

Corporate bonds

  267   9   310   (357     3   232   (20

CDO

  430   11   14   (300     (92  63   (5

Loans and lending commitments

  5,936   (79  2,261   (954  (1,863  (179  5,122   (80

Other debt

  448   20   26   (51     (263  180   (13

Corporate equities

  434   (2  242   (154     (74  446    

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  260   529   1      (83  (287  420   463 

Credit

  (844  (176     (4  623   28   (373  (167

Foreign exchange

  141   (27        (220  63   (43  (23

Equity

  (2,031  539   809   (337  1,073   131   184   376 

Commodity and other

  1,050   544   24   (114  (44  140   1,600   304 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,424  1,409   834   (455  1,349   75   1,788   953 

Investments

  707   (32  398   (75  (59  19   958   (50

Intangible assets

  5               (5      

Liabilities at fair value

        

Deposits

     $19      $      $      $23      $      $      $42        $ 

Trading liabilities:

        

Corporate and other debt

  4   (4  (99  145      (18  36    

Corporate equities

  18   17   (10  89      (45  35    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  151   2               149   2 

Other secured financings

  461   (5     79   (45  (66  434   (5

Borrowings

  1,988   (19     648   (305  (336  2,014   (30

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

115December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Rollforward of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis for 2015

$ in millions

 Beginning
Balance at
December 31,
2014
  Realized and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
  Purchases1  Sales and
Issuances2
  Settlements1  Net Transfers  Ending
Balance at
December 31,
2015
  Unrealized Gains
(Losses)
 

Assets at fair value

        

Trading assets:

        

Other sovereign government obligations

     $41      $(1     $2      $(30     $        $(8     $4      $ 

State and municipal securities

     2   3         14   19   2 

MABS

  347   (13  226   (136     14   438   (20

Corporate bonds

  386   (44  374   (381  (53  (15  267   (44

CDOs

  1,152   123   325   (798  (344  (28  430   (19

Loans and lending commitments

  5,874   (42  3,216   (207  (2,478  (427  5,936   (76

Other debt

  285   (23  131   (5  (81  141   448   (9

Corporate equities

  272   (1  374   (333     122   434   11 

Net derivative and other contracts3:

        

Interest rate

  (173  (51  58   (54  207   273   260   20 

Credit

  (743  (172  19   (121  196   (23  (844  (179

Foreign exchange

  151   53   4   (2  (18  (47  141   52 

Equity

  (2,165  166   81   (311  22   176   (2,031  62 

Commodity and other

  1,146   433   35   (222  (116  (226  1,050   402 

Total net derivative and other contracts

  (1,784  429   197   (710  291   153   (1,424  357 

Investments

  1,158   (1  33   (139  (188  (156  707   (1

Intangible assets

  6            (1     5    

Liabilities at fair value

        

Deposits

     $      $(1     $      $18      $        $      $19      $(1

Trading liabilities:

        

Corporate and other debt

  121   5   (20  13   (104  (1  4   5 

Corporate equities

  45   79   (86  33      105   18   79 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  153   2               151   2 

Other secured financings

  149   192      327   (232  409   461   181 

Borrowings

  1,934   61      882   (364  (403  1,988   52 

1.

Loan originations and consolidations of VIEs are included in Purchases and deconsolidations of VIEs are included in Settlements.

2.

Amounts related to entering into Net derivative and other contracts, Deposits, Other secured financings and Borrowings primarily represent issuances. Amounts for other line items primarily represent sales.

3.

Net derivative and other contracts represent Trading assets—Derivative and other contracts, net of Trading liabilities—Derivative and other contracts. Amounts are presented before counterparty netting.

December 2017 Form 10-K116


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

The following disclosures provide information on the valuation techniques, significant unobservable inputs, and their ranges and averages for each major category of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring and nonrecurring basis with a significant Level 3 balance. The level of aggregation and breadth of products cause the range of inputs to be wide and not evenly distributed across the inventory. Further, the range of unobservable inputs may differ across firms in the financial services industry because of diversity in the types of products included in each firm’s inventory. There are no predictable relationships between multiple significant unobservable inputs attributable to a given valuation technique. A single amount is disclosed when there is no significant difference between the minimum, maximum and average (weighted average or simple average/median).average.

Valuation Techniques and Sensitivity of Unobservable Inputs

Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

Recurring Fair Value Measurement

   

Predominant Valuation Techniques/

Significant Unobservable Inputs

  Range (Weighted Average or Simple Average/Median)1
$ in millions, except inputs    At December 31, 2017      At December 31, 2016

Recurring Fair Value Measurement

    

Assets at fair value

    

U.S. Treasury and agency securities ($— and $74)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable bond price  N/A  96 to 105 points (102 points)

State and municipal securities ($8 and $250)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable bond price  N/M  53 to 100 points (91 points)

MABS ($423 and $217)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable bond price  0 to 95 points (26 points)  0 to 86 points (27 points)

Corporate bonds ($456 and $232)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable bond price  3 to 134 points (59 points)  3 to 130 points (70 points)

Discounted cash flow:

  Recovery rate  6% to 36% (27%)  N/A

CDO ($84 and $63)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable bond price  16 to 101 points (67 points)  0 to 103 points (50 points)

Loans and lending commitments ($5,945 and $5,122)

    

Expected recovery:

  Asset coverage  N/M  43% to 100% (83%)

Margin loan model:

  Discount rate  0% to 3% (1%)  2% to 8% (3%)
   Volatility skew  7% to 41% (22%)  21% to 63% (33%)

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable loan price  55 to 102 points (95 points)  45 to 100 points (84 points)

Discounted cash flow:

  WACC  N/M  5%
   Capitalization rate  N/M  4% to 10% (4%)

Other debt ($161 and $180)

    

Option model:

  At the money volatility  17% to 52% (52%)  16% to 52% (52%)

Discounted cash flow:

  Discount rate  7% to 20% (14%)  7% to 12% (11%)

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable loan price  N/M  1 to 74 points (23 points)

Corporate equities ($166 and $446)

    

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable equity price  100%  100%

Net derivative and other contracts2:

    

Interest rate ($1,218 and $420)

    

Option model:

  Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation  N/M  28% to 58% (44% / 43%)
   Interest rate volatility skew  31% to 97% (41% / 47%)  19% to 117% (55% / 56%)
   Interest rate quanto correlation  N/M  -17% to 31% (1% /-5%)
   Interest rate curve correlation  N/M  28% to 96% (68% / 72%)
   Inflation volatility  23% to 63% (44% / 41%)  23% to 55% (40% / 39%)
   Interest rate curve  2%  N/M

Credit ($41 and $(373))

    

Comparable pricing:

  Cash synthetic basis  12 to 13 points (12 points)  5 to 12 points (11 points)
   Comparable bond price  0 to 75 points (25 points)  0 to 70 points (23 points)

Correlation model:

  Credit correlation  38% to 100% (48%)  32% to 70% (45%)

Foreign exchange3 ($(112)and $(43))

    

Option model:

  Interest rate - Foreign exchange correlation  54% to 57% (56% / 56%)  28% to 58% (44% / 43%)
   Interest rate volatility skew  31% to 97% (41% / 47%)  34% to 117% (55% / 56%)
   Contingency probability  95% to 100% (96% / 95%)  N/M
   Interest rate quanto correlation  N/M  -17% to 31% (1% /-5%)

  Balance / Range (Average1) 
 $ in millions, except inputs At December 31, 2018  At December 31, 2017 

Assets at Fair Value

  

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

 $54    $—   

Comparable pricing:

  

Bond price

  100 to 104 points (100 points)  N/A  

State and municipal securities

 $148    $8   

Comparable pricing:

  

Bond price

  94 to 100 points (96 points)   N/M  

MABS

 $354    $423   

Comparable pricing:

  

Bond price

  0 to 97 points (38 points)   0 to 95 points (26 points)  

Loans and lending commitments

 $6,870    $5,945   

Margin loan model:

  

Discount rate

  1% to 7% (2%)   0% to 3% (1%)  

Volatility skew

  19% to 56% (28%)   7% to 41% (22%)  

Credit Spread

  14 to 90 bps (36 bps)   N/M  

Comparable pricing:

  

Loan price

  60 to 101 points (95 points)   55 to 102 points (95 points)  

Corporate and other debt

 $1,076    $701   

Comparable pricing:

  

Bond price

  12 to 100 points (72 points)   3 to 134 points (59 points)  

Discounted cash flow:

  

Recovery rate

  20%    6% to 36% (27%)  

Discount rate

  15% to 21% (16%)   7% to 20% (14%)  

Option model:

  

At the money volatility

  24% to 78% (50%)   17% to 52% (52%)  

Corporate equities

 $95    $166   

Comparable pricing:

  

Equity price

  100%     100%   
   Balance / Range (Average1) 
 $ in millions, except inputs  At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017 

 Net derivative and other contracts:

 

  

 Interest rate

  $618    $1,218   

 Option model:

    

IR volatility skew

   22% to 95% (48% / 51%)    31% to 97% (41% / 47%)  

Inflation volatility

   23% to 65% (44% / 40%)    23% to 63% (44% / 41%)  

IR curve

   1%    2%  

 Credit

  $40    $41   

 Comparable pricing:

    

Cash-synthetic basis

   8 to 9 points (9 points)    12 to 13 points (12 points)  

Bond price

   0 to 75 points (26 points)    0 to 75 points (25 points)  

Credit spread

   246 to 499 bps (380 bps)    N/M  

Funding spread

   47 to 98 bps (93 bps)    N/M  

 Correlation model:

    

Credit correlation

   36% to 69% (44%)    38% to 100% (48%)  

 Foreign exchange2

  $75    $(112)  

 Option model:

    

IR FX correlation

   53% to 56% (55% / 55%)    54% to 57% (56% / 56%)  

IR volatility skew

   22% to 95% (48% / 51%)    31% to 97% (41% / 47%)  

Contingency probability

   90% to 95% (93% / 95%)    95% to 100% (96% /95%)  

 Equity2

  $(1,485)   $1,208   

 Option model:

    

At the money volatility

   17% to 63% (38%)    7% to 54% (32%)  

Volatility skew

   -2% to 0%(-1%)    -5% to 0%(-1%)  

Equity correlation

   5% to 96% (71%)    5% to 99% (76%)  

FX correlation

   -60% to 55%(-26%)    -55% to 40% (36%)  

IR correlation

   -7% to 45% (15% / 12%)    -7% to 49% (18% / 20%)  

 Commodity and other

  $2,054    $1,446  

 Option model:

    

Forward power price

  $3 to $185 ($31) per MWh   $4 to $102 ($31) per MWh  

Commodity volatility

   7% to 187% (17%)    7% to 205% (17%)  

Cross-commodity correlation

   5% to 99% (93%)    5% to 99% (92%)  

 Investments

  $757    $1,020   

 Discounted cash flow:

    

WACC

   9% to 15% (10%)    8% to 15% (9%)  

Exit multiple

   7 to 10 times (10 times)    8 to 11 times (10 times)  

 Market approach:

    

EBITDA multiple

   6 to 24 times (12 times)    6 to 25 times (11 times)  

 Comparable pricing:

    

Equity price

   75% to 100% (96%)    45% to 100% (92%)  

 Liabilities at Fair Value

 

  

 Other secured financings

  $208    $239   

 Discounted cash flow:

    

Funding spread

   103 to 193 bps (148 bps)    39 to 76 bps (57 bps)  

 Option model:

       

Volatility skew

   -1%    -1%  

At the money volatility

   10% to 40% (25%)    10% to 40% (26%)  

 Borrowings

  $3,806    $2,984   

 Option model:

    

At the money volatility

   5% to 35% (22%)    5% to 35% (22%)  

Volatility skew

   -2% to 0% (0%)    -2% to 0% (0%)  

Equity correlation

   45% to 98% (85%)    39% to 95% (86%)  

Equity - FX correlation

   -75% to 50%(-27%)    -55% to 10%(-18%)  

IR Correlation

   58% to 97% (85% / 91%)    N/M  

IR FX Correlation

   28% to 58% (44% / 44%)    N/M  

 

 117107 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

   

Predominant Valuation Techniques/

Significant Unobservable Inputs

  Range (Weighted Average or Simple Average/Median)1
$ in millions, except inputs    At December 31, 2017      At December 31, 2016

Equity3 ($1,208 and $184)

    

Option model:

  At the money volatility  7% to 54% (32%)  7% to 66% (33%)
   Volatility skew  -5% to 0%(-1%)  -4% to 0%(-1%)
   Equity - Equity correlation  5% to 99% (76%)  25% to 99% (73%)
   Equity - Foreign exchange correlation  -55% to 40% (36%)  -63% to 30%(-43%)
   Equity - Interest rate correlation  -7% to 49% (18% / 20%)  -8% to 52% (12% / 4%)

Commodity and other ($1,446and $1,600)

    

Option model:

  Forward power price  $4 to $102 ($31) per MWh  $7 to $90 ($32) per MWh
   Commodity volatility  7% to 205% (17%)  6% to 130% (18%)
   Cross-commodity correlation  5% to 99% (92%)  5% to 99% (92%)

Investments ($1,020and $958)

    

Discounted cash flow:

  WACC  8% to 15% (9%)  10%
   Exit multiple  8 to 11 times (10 times)  10 to 24 times (11 times)

Market approach:

  EBITDA multiple  6 to 25 times (11 times)  6 to 24 times (12 times)

Comparable pricing:

  Comparable equity price  45% to 100% (92%)  75% to 100% (93%)

Liabilities at Fair Value

    

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase ($150 and $149)

  

Discounted cash flow:

  Funding spread  107 to 126 bps (120 bps)  118 to 127 bps (121 bps)

Other secured financings ($239 and $434)

    

Discounted cash flow:

  Funding spread  39 to 76 bps (57 bps)  63 to 92 bps (78 bps)

Option model:

  Volatility skew  -1%  -1%
   At the money volatility  10% to 40% (26%)  N/M

Discounted cash flow:

  Discount rate  N/M  4%

Borrowings ($2,984and $2,014)

    

Option model:

  At the money volatility  5% to 35% (22%)  7% to 42% (30%)
   Volatility skew  -2% to 0% (0%)  -2% to 0%(-1%)
   Equity - Equity correlation  39% to 95% (86%)  35% to 99% (84%)
   Equity - Foreign exchange correlation  -55% to 10%(-18%)  -63% to 13%(-40%)

Option model:

  Equity volatility discount  N/M  7% to 11% (10% / 10%)

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement

    

Assets at fair value

    

Loans ($924 and $2,443)

    

Corporate loan model:

  Credit spread  93 to 563 bps (239 bps)  90 to 487 bps (208 bps)

Expected recovery:

  Asset coverage  95% to 99% (95%)  73% to 99% (97%)
  Balance / Range (Average1) 
$ in millions, except inputs At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017 

Nonrecurring Fair Value Measurement

 

  

Loans

 $1,380   $924  

Corporate loan model:

   

Credit spread

  97 to 434 bps (181 bps)    93 to 563 bps (239 bps)  

Expected recovery:

   

Asset coverage

  N/M    95% to 99% (95%)  

Warehouse model:

   

Credit spread

  223 to 313 bps (247 bps)    N/M  

Points—Percentage of par

IR—Interest rate

FX—Foreign exchange

1.

Amounts represent weighted averages except where simple averages and the median of the inputs are provided when more relevant.

2.

CVA and FVA are included in the balance but excluded from the Valuation Technique(s) and Significant Unobservable Inputs. CVA is a Level 3 input when the underlying counterparty credit curve is unobservable. FVA is a Level 3 input in its entirety given the lack of observability of funding spreads in the principal market.

3.

Includes derivative contracts with multiple risks (i.e., hybrid products).

Significant Unobservable InputsDescription and Sensitivity

An increase (decrease) to the following inputs would generally result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Asset coverage: The ratio of a borrower’s underlying pledged assets less applicable costs relative to their outstanding debt (while considering the loan’s principal and the seniority and security of the loan commitment).

Comparable bond or loan price: A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, aprice-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan.

Comparable equity price: A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.

Contingency probability: Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple: The ratio of Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison

Significant Unobservable Inputs — DescriptionSensitivity

Asset coverage—The ratio of a borrower’s underlying pledged assets less applicable costs relative to their outstanding debt (while considering the loan’s principal and the seniority and security of the loan commitment).

  

In general,between companies from an increase (decrease) tooperational perspective as the asset coverage for an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Capitalization rate—The ratio between net operating income produced by an asseteffect of capital structure, taxation and its market value at the projected disposition date.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the capitalization rate for an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.

Cash synthetic basis—The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent pricedepreciation/amortization is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the cash synthetic basis for an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.

Comparable bond or loan price—A pricing input used when prices for the identical instrument are not available. Significant subjectivity may be involved when fair value is determined using pricing data available for comparable instruments. Valuation using comparable instruments can be done by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable bond or loan, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to derive a value for the bond or loan. The adjustment to yield (or spread) should account for relevant differences in the bonds or loans such as maturity or credit quality.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the comparable bond or loan price for an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.excluded.

 

December 2017 Form 10-K118

Recovery rate: Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is expected to be received when a credit event occurs.

An increase (decrease) to the following inputs would generally result in a lower (higher) fair value.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Cash-synthetic basis: The measure of the price differential between cash financial instruments and their synthetic derivative-based equivalents. The range disclosed in the table above signifies the number of points by which the synthetic bond equivalent price is higher than the quoted price of the underlying cash bonds.

Credit spread: The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or LIBOR.

Funding spread: The cost of borrowing defined as the incremental spread over the OIS rate for a specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral).

WACC: WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors. The WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant.

An increase (decrease) to the following inputs would generally result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

 

Significant Unobservable Inputs — DescriptionSensitivity

Alternatively, aprice-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable instrument and the bond or loan being valued in order to establish the value of the bond or loan. Additionally, as the probability of default increases for a given bond or loan (i.e., as the bond or loan becomes more distressed), the valuation of that bond or loan will increasingly reflect its expected recovery level assuming default. The decision to useprice-to-price or yield/spread comparisons largely reflects trading market convention for the financial instruments in question.Price-to-price comparisons are primarily employed for RMBS, CMBS, ABS, CDOs, CLOs, Other debt, interest rate contracts, foreign exchange contracts, Other secured financings and distressed corporate bonds. Implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) is utilized predominately fornon-distressed corporate bonds, loans and credit contracts.

Comparable equity price—A price derived from equity raises, share buybacks and external bid levels, etc. A discount or premium may be included in the fair value estimate.

 

In general, an increase (decrease) to the comparable equity price of an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Contingency probability—Probability associated with the realization of an underlying event upon which the value of an asset is contingent.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the contingency probability for an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Correlation—Correlation: A pricing input where the payoff is driven by more than one underlying risk. Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movement of two variables (i.e.i.e., how the change in one variable influences a change in the other variable). Credit correlation, for example, is the factor that describes the relationship between the probability of individual entities to default on obligations and the joint probability of multiple entities to default on obligations.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the correlation would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

Credit spread—The difference in yield between different securities due to differences in credit quality. The credit spread reflects the additional net yield an investor can earn from a security with more credit risk relative to one with less credit risk. The credit spread of a particular security is often quoted in relation to the yield on a credit risk-free benchmark security or reference rate, typically either U.S. Treasury or LIBOR.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the credit spread of an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.

EBITDA multiple / Exit multiple—The ratio of the Enterprise Value to EBITDA, where the Enterprise Value is the aggregate value of equity and debt minus cash and cash equivalents. The EBITDA multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year EBITDA, whereas the exit multiple reflects the value of the company in terms of its full-year expected EBITDA at exit. Either multiple allows comparison between companies from an operational perspective as the effect of capital structure, taxation and depreciation/amortization is excluded.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the EBITDA or Exit multiple of an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Funding spread—The difference between the general collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a broad class of U.S. Treasury issuances) and the specific collateral rate (which refers to the rate applicable to a specific type of security pledged as collateral, such as a municipal bond). Repurchase agreements and certain other secured financings are discounted based on collateral curves. The curves are constructed as spreads over the corresponding OIS or LIBOR curves, with the short end of the curve representing spreads over the corresponding OIS curves and the long end of the curve representing spreads over LIBOR.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the funding spread of an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.

WACC—The WACC implied by the current value of equity in a discounted cash flow model. The model assumes that the cash flow assumptions, including projections, are fully reflected in the current equity value, while the debt to equity ratio is held constant. The WACC theoretically represents the required rate of return to debt and equity investors.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the Implied weighted cost of capital of an asset would result in a lower (higher) fair value.

Interest rate curve—The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the interest rate curve would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

Recovery rate—Amount expressed as a percentage of par that is expected to be received when a credit event occurs.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the recovery rate for an asset would result in a higher (lower) fair value.

Volatility—The measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option (e.g., the volatility of a particular underlying equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular underlying commodity index), the tenor and the strike price of the option.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the volatility would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

Volatility skew—The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes. The implied volatility for an option with a strike price that is above or below the current price of an underlying asset will typically deviate from the implied volatility for an option with a strike price equal to the current price of that same underlying asset.

In general, an increase (decrease) to the volatility skew would result in an impact to the fair value, but the magnitude and direction of the impact would depend on whether the Firm is long or short the exposure.

Interest rate curve: The term structure of interest rates (relationship between interest rates and the time to maturity) and a market’s measure of future interest rates at the time of observation. An interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is a pricing input used in the discounting of any OTC derivative cash flow.

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 119108 December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Fair ValueVolatility: The measure of Investmentsvariability in possible returns for an instrument given how much that instrument changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options and, generally, the lower the volatility, the less risky the option. The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying that option, the tenor and the strike price of the option.

Volatility skew: The measure of the difference in implied volatility for options with identical underliers and expiry dates but with different strikes.

Fund Interests Measured atBased on Net Asset Value

Investments in Certain Funds Measured at NAV per Share

 At December 31, 2017 At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Fair Value Commitment Fair Value Commitment   Carrying
Value
   Commitment   Carrying
Value
   Commitment 

Private equity

   $1,674    $308    $1,566    $335   $1,374      $316   $1,674      $308 

Real estate

  800   183  1,103  136    1,105    161    800    183 

Hedge1

  90   4  147  4    103    4    90    4 

Total

   $2,564    $495    $2,816    $475   $2,582      $481   $2,564      $495 

 

1.

Investments in hedge funds may be subject to initial periodlock-up or gate provisions, which restrict an investor from withdrawing from the fund during a certain initial period or restrict the redemption amount on any redemption date, respectively.

Amounts in the previous table represent the Firm’s carrying value of general and limited partnership interests in fund investments, as well as any related performance fees in the form of carried interest. The carrying amounts are measured based on the NAV of the fund taking into account the distribution terms applicable to the interest held. This same measurement applies whether the fund investments are accounted for under the equity method or fair value.

Private Equity Funds.Equity.Funds that pursue multiple strategies, including leveraged buyouts, venture capital, infrastructure growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific domestic or foreign geographic regions.

Real Estate Funds.Estate.Funds that invest in real estate assets such as commercial office buildings, retail properties, multi-family residential properties, developments or hotels. In addition, the funds may be structured with a focus on specific geographic domestic or foreign geographic regions.

Investments in private equity and real estate funds generally are not redeemable due to the closed-ended nature of these funds. Instead, distributions from each fund will be received as the underlying investments of the funds are disposed and monetized.

Hedge Funds.Hedge.Funds that pursue various investment strategies, including long-short equity, fixed income/credit, event-driven and multi-strategy.

See Note 12 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received. See Note 21 for information regarding related performance fees at risk of reversal, including performance fees in the form of carried interest.

Nonredeemable Funds by Contractual Maturity

 

  Fair Value at December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Private Equity  Real Estate 

Less than 5 years

     $473      $62 

5-10 years

  1,033   499 

Over 10 years

  168   239 

Total

     $1,674      $800 

Fair

Carrying Value Optionat December 31, 2018
$ in millionsPrivate EquityReal Estate

Less than 5 years

     $707    $618

The Firm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.5-10 years

642440

Earnings Impact of Instruments under the Over 10 years

2547

Total

     $1,374    $1,105

Fair Value Option

The Firm elected the fair value option for certain eligible instruments that are risk managed on a fair value basis to mitigate income statement volatility caused by measurement basis differences between the elected instruments and their associated risk management transactions or to eliminate complexities of applying certain accounting models.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 
Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management

 

Equity

  $24,494   $25,903 

Interest rates

   22,343    19,230 

Commodities

   2,735    298 

Credit

   856    815 

Foreign exchange

   756    666 

Total

  $51,184   $46,912 

Earnings Impact of Borrowings under the Fair Value Option

 
$ in millions  2018  2017  2016 

Trading revenues

  $    2,679  $    (4,507 $(707

Interest expense

   (321  (443  (483

Net revenues1

  $2,358  $(4,950 $    (1,190

 

$ in millions  Trading
Revenues
  

Interest
Income
(Expense)

  Net
Revenues
 

2017

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    $(2   $3    $1 

Deposits

   (3     (3

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

   10   (18  (8

Borrowings1

   (4,507  (443  (4,950

2016

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    $(3   $7    $4 

Deposits

   (1  (1  (2

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

   6   (13  (7

Borrowings1

   (707  (483  (1,190

2015

    

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

    $(6   $10    $4 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase1

   13   (6  7 

Borrowings1

   2,467   (528  1,939 
1.

1.

In 2017 and 2016, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded in OCI and, when realized, in Trading revenues. In 2015, realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) were recorded in Trading revenues. See Note 15 for further information.

Gains (losses) are mainly attributable to changes in foreign currency rates or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index for Borrowings before the impact of related hedges.

The amounts in the previous table are included within Net revenues andAmounts do not reflect any gains or losses on related hedging instruments. In addition to the amounts in the previous table, as discussed in Note 2, instruments within Trading assets or Trading liabilities are measured at fair value.

Gains (losses) are mainly attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates, or interest rates or movements in the reference price or index.

 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K120


109December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Gains (Losses) DueNotes to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit RiskConsolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions

  Trading
Revenues
  OCI 

2017

   

Loans and other debt1

    $159    $ 

Lending commitments2

   (2   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase3

      (7

Borrowings3

   (12  (903

2016

   

Loans and other debt1

    $(71   $ 

Lending commitments2

   4    

Borrowings3

   31   (460

2015

   

Loans and other debt1

    $(193   $ 

Lending commitments2

   12    

Borrowings3

   618               — 

$ in millions  

At

December 31, 2017

  

At

December 31, 2016

 

Cumulativepre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

  $(1,831 $(921
LOGO

Gains (Losses) Due to Changes in Instrument-Specific Credit Risk

$ in millions  Trading
Revenues
   OCI 

2018

    

Borrowings

    $(24  $    1,962 

Loans and other debt1

   165     

Lending commitments2

   (3    

Other

   (32   41 

2017

    

Borrowings

    $(12  $(903

Loans and other debt1

   159     

Lending commitments2

   (2    

Other

       (7

2016

    

Borrowings

    $31   $(460

Loans and other debt1

   (71    

Lending commitments2

   4     

Other

        

$ in millions  

At

December 31, 2018

   

At

December 31, 2017

 

Cumulativepre-tax DVA gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

    $172     $(1,831

 

1.

Loans and other debt instrument-specific credit gains (losses) were determined by excluding thenon-credit components of gains and losses.

2.

Gains (losses) on lending commitments were generally determined based on the difference between estimated expected client yields and contractual yields at each respectiveperiod-end.

3.

In 2017 and 2016, unrealized DVA gains (losses)

Excess of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Loans and other debt1

    $13,094     $13,481 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status1

   10,831    11,253 

Borrowings2

   2,657    71 

1.

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

2.

Borrowings in this table do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

The previous tables excludenon-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Nonaccrual loans

  $1,497   $1,240 

Nonaccrual loans 90 or more days past due

  $812   $779 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a

Nonrecurring Basis

   At December 31, 2018 
   Fair Value 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 31   Total 

Assets

      

Loans

  $2,307   $1,380   $3,687 

Other assets—Other investments

   14    100    114 

Other assets—Premises, equipment
and software

            

Total

  $    2,321   $    1,480   $    3,801 

Liabilities

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

  $292   $65   $357 

Total

  $292   $65   $357 

   At December 31, 2017 
   Fair Value 
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 31   Total 

Assets

      

Loans

  $1,394   $924   $2,318 

Other assets—Other investments

       144    144 

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software

            

Total

  $    1,394   $    1,068   $    2,462 

Liabilities

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

  $158   $38   $196 

Total

  $158   $38   $196 

1.

For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

December 2018 Form 10-K110


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Gains (Losses) from Nonrecurring Fair Value Remeasurements1

$ in millions  2018  2017  2016 

Assets

    

Loans2

  $(68 $18  $40      

Other assets—Other investments3

   (56  (66  (52)     

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software

   (46  (25  (76)     

Intangible assets

               —               —   (2)     

Total

  $(170 $(73 $(90)     

Liabilities

    

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2

  $(48 $75  $          121      

Total

  $(48 $75  $121      

1.

Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale; otherwise they are recorded in OCI and, when realized, in Trading revenues. In 2015, realized and unrealized DVA gains (losses) were recorded in Trading revenues. See Note 15 for further information.

Borrowings Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Business Unit Responsible for Risk Management

 

Equity

    $25,903     $21,066 

Interest rates

   19,230    16,051 

Foreign exchange

   666    1,114 

Credit

   815    647 

Commodities

   298    264 

Total

    $46,912     $39,142 

Excess of Contractual Principal Amount Over Fair Value

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Loans and other debt1

    $13,481     $13,495 

Loans 90 or more days past due and/or on nonaccrual status1

   11,253    11,502 

Borrowings2

   71    720 

1.

The majority of the difference between principal and fair value amounts for loans and other debt relates to distressed debt positions purchased at amounts well below par.

2.

Borrowings do not include structured notes where the repayment of the initial principal amount fluctuates based on changes in a reference price or index.

Fair Value Loans on Nonaccrual Status

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Nonaccrual loans

    $1,240     $1,536 

Nonaccrual loans 90 or more days past due

    $779     $787 

The previous tables excludenon-recourse debt from consolidated VIEs, liabilities related to failed sales of financial assets, pledged commodities and other liabilities that have specified assets attributable to them.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

Carrying and Fair Values

   At December 31, 2017 
   Fair Value     
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 31   Total 

Assets

      

Loans

  $1,394   $924   $2,318 

Other assets—Other investments

       144    144 

Total

  $    1,394   $    1,068   $    2,462 

Liabilities

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

  $158   $38   $196 

Total

  $158   $38   $196 

   At December 31, 2016 
   Fair Value     
$ in millions  Level 2   Level 31   Total 

Assets

      

Loans

  $2,470   $2,443   $4,913 

Other assets—Other investments

       123    123 

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs

   22    3    25 

Total

  $    2,492   $    2,569   $    5,061 

Liabilities

      

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments

  $166   $60   $226 

Total

  $166   $60   $226 

1.

For significant Level 3 balances, refer to “Significant Unobservable Inputs Used in Recurring and Nonrecurring Level 3 Fair Value Measurements” section herein for details of the significant unobservable inputs used for nonrecurring fair value measurement.

121December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Gains (Losses)1

$ in millions  2017  2016  2015 

Assets

    

Loans2

  $        18  $        40  $(220

Other assets—Other investments3

   (66  (52  (3

Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs4

   (25  (76  (44

Intangible assets5

      (2              — 

Other assets6

         (22

Total

  $(73 $(90 $(289

Liabilities

    

Other liabilities and accrued expenses—Lending commitments2

  $75  $121  $(207

Total

  $75  $121  $(207

1.

Gains and losses for Loans and Other assets—Other investments are classified in Other revenues. For other items, gains and losses are recorded in Other revenues if the item is held for sale, otherwise in Other expenses.

2.

Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments were calculated as follows: for the held for investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for the held for sale
2.

Nonrecurring changes in the fair value of loans and lending commitments were calculated as follows: for theheld-for-investment category, based on the value of the underlying collateral; and for theheld-for-sale category, based on recently executed transactions, market price quotations, valuation models that incorporate market observable inputs where possible, such as comparable loan or debt prices and CDS spread levels adjusted for any basis difference between cash and derivative instruments, or default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

3.

Losses related to Other assets—Other investments were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models, methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies and recently executed transactions.

4.

Losses related to Other assets—Premises, equipment and software costs were determined using techniques that included a default recovery analysis and recently executed transactions.

5.

Losses related to Intangible assets were determined using techniques that included discounted cash flow models and methodologies that incorporate multiples of certain comparable companies.

6.

Losses related to Other assets were determined primarily using a default recovery analysis.

Valuation Techniques for Assets and Liabilities

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

 

  At December 31, 2018 
  

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Financial assets

 

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

    

Cash and due from banks

 $30,541  $30,541  $  $  $30,541 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  21,299   21,299         21,299 

Restricted cash

  35,356   35,356         35,356 

Investment securities—HTM

  30,771   17,473   12,018   474   29,965 

Securities purchased under
agreements to resell

  98,522      97,611   866   98,477 

Securities borrowed

  116,313      116,312      116,312 

Customer and other
receivables1

  47,972      44,620   3,219   47,839 

Loans2

  115,579      25,604   90,121   115,725 

Other assets

  461      461      461 

Financial liabilities

 

Deposits

 $187,378  $  $187,372  $  $187,372 

Securities sold under
agreements to
repurchase

  48,947      48,385   525   48,910 

Securities loaned

  11,908      11,906      11,906 

Other secured financings

  4,221      3,233   994   4,227 

Customer and other payables1

  176,561      176,561      176,561 

Borrowings

  138,478      140,085   30   140,115 
   Commitment
Amount
                 

Lending commitments3

 $104,844  $  $1,249  $321  $1,570 

111December 2018 Form 10-K

Investment Securities—HTM securities

• Fair value is determined using quoted market prices.

Securities purchased under agreements to resell/Securities sold under agreements to repurchase, Securities borrowed/Securities loaned, and Other secured financings

• Typically longer dated instruments for which the fair value is determined using standard cash flow discounting methodology.

• The inputs to the valuation include contractual cash flows and collateral funding spreads, which are estimated using various benchmarks and interest rate yield curves.

Customer and other receivables

• For the portion of the customer and other receivables where fair value does not equal carrying value, the fair value is determined using collateral information, historical resolution and recovery rates and employee termination data. The cash flow is then discounted using a market observable spread over LIBOR.

Loans

• The fair value of consumer and residential real estate loans and lending commitments where position-specific external price data are not observable is determined based on the credit risks of the borrower using a probability of default and loss given default method, discounted at the estimated external cost of funding level.

• The fair value of corporate loans and lending commitments is determined using recently executed transactions, market price quotations (where observable), implied yields from comparable debt, market observable CDS spread levels along with proprietary valuation models and default recovery analysis where such transactions and quotations are unobservable.

Borrowings

• The fair value is generally determined based on transactional data or third-party pricing for identical or comparable instruments, when available. Where position-specific external prices are not observable, fair value is determined based on current interest rates and credit spreads for debt instruments with similar terms and maturity.

The carrying value of the remaining assets and liabilities not measured at fair value in the following tables approximate fair value due to their short-term nature.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

 

December 2017 Form 10-K122


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Financial Instruments Not Measured at Fair Value

  At December 31, 2017 
  

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value 
$ in millions  Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Financial assets

 

                

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

    

Cash and due from banks

 $24,816  $24,816  $  $  $24,816 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

  21,348   21,348         21,348 

Restricted cash

  34,231   34,231         34,231 

Investment securities—HTM

  23,599   11,119   11,673   289   23,081 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

  84,258      78,239   5,978   84,217 

Securities borrowed

  124,010      124,018   1   124,019 

Customer and other receivables1

  51,269      47,159   3,984   51,143 

Loans2

  104,126      21,290   82,928   104,218 

Other assets

  433      433      433 

Financial liabilities

 

    

Deposits

 $  159,232  $  $  159,232  $  $  159,232 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

  55,624      51,752   3,867   55,619 

Securities loaned

  13,592      13,191   401   13,592 

Other secured financings

  7,408      5,987   1,431   7,418 

Customer and other payables1

  188,464      188,464      188,464 

Borrowings

  145,670      151,692   30   151,722 
 At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2017 
 

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value  

Carrying

Value

  Fair Value 
$ in millions Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total  Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total 

Financial assets

 

Financial assets

 

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

 

   

Cash and due from banks

 $22,017  $22,017  $  $  $22,017   $24,816  $24,816  $  $  $24,816 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 21,364  21,364        21,364  21,348  21,348        21,348 

Restricted cash

 33,979  33,979        33,979  34,231  34,231        34,231 

Investment securities— HTM

 16,922  5,557  10,896     16,453 

Investment
securities—HTM

 23,599  11,119  11,673  289  23,081 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 101,653     97,825  3,830  101,655  84,258     78,239  5,978  84,217 

Securities borrowed

 125,236     125,093  147  125,240  124,010     124,018  1  124,019 

Customer and other receivables1

 41,679     36,962  4,575  41,537  51,269     47,159  3,984  51,143 

Loans2

 94,248     20,906  74,121  95,027  104,126     21,290  82,928  104,218 

Other assets

 433     433     433 

Financial liabilities

     

Financial liabilities

 

Deposits

 $  155,800  $  $  155,800  $  $  155,800   $159,232  $  $    159,232  $  $159,232 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 53,899     50,941    2,972  53,913  55,624     51,752  3,867  55,619 

Securities loaned

 15,844     15,853     15,853  13,592     13,191  401  13,592 

Other secured financings

 6,077     4,792  1,290  6,082  7,408     5,987  1,431  7,418 

Customer and other payables1

 187,497     187,497     187,497  188,464     188,464     188,464 

Borrowings

 126,574     130,361  51  130,412  145,670     151,692  30  151,722 
 Commitment
Amount
             

Lending commitments3

  $100,151  $  $620  $174  $794 

 

1.

Accrued interest fees, and dividend receivables and payables where carrying value approximates fair value have been excluded.

2.

Amounts include loans measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

3.

Represents Lending Commitments—Commitments accounted for as Held for Investment and Held for Sale

   

Commitment

Amount1

   Fair Value 
$ in millions    Level 2   Level 3   Total 

December 31, 2017

  $100,151   $620   $174   $794 

December 31, 2016

   97,409    973    268      1,241 

1.

Sale. For a further discussion on lending commitments, see Note 12.

The previous tables exclude certain financial instruments such as equity method investments and allnon-financial assets and liabilities such as the value of the long-term relationships with the Firm’s deposit customers.

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging

Activities

The Firm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, equities, currencies, investment grade andnon-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, ABS indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other ABS, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firm-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K112
123December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Firm trades and makes markets globally in listed futures, OTC swaps, forwards, options and other derivatives referencing, among other things, interest rates, equities, currencies, investment grade andnon-investment grade corporate credits, loans, bonds, U.S. and other sovereign securities, emerging market bonds and loans, credit indices, ABS indices, property indices, mortgage-related and other ABS, and real estate loan products. The Firm uses these instruments for market-making, foreign currency exposure management, and asset and liability management.

The Firm manages its market-making positions by employing a variety of risk mitigation strategies. These strategies include diversification of risk exposures and hedging. Hedging activities consist of the purchase or sale of positions in related securities and financial instruments, including a variety of derivative products (e.g., futures, forwards, swaps and options). The Firm manages the market risk associated with its market-making activities on a Firm-wide basis, on a worldwide trading division level and on an individual product basis.

December 2017 Form 10-K124

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Derivative Fair Values

At December 31, 2017

   Assets 

$ in millions

  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC1
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  $1,057  $  $  $1,057 

Foreign exchange contracts

   57   6      63 

Total

   1,114   6      1,120 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

   177,948   1,700   234   179,882 

Credit contracts

   5,740   2,282      8,022 

Foreign exchange contracts

   52,878   798   58   53,734 

Equity contracts

   24,452      20,538   44,990 

Commodity and other contracts

   8,861      1,802   10,663 

Total

   269,879   4,780   22,632   297,291 

Total gross derivatives

  $    270,993  $4,786  $22,632  $        298,411 

Amounts offset

     

Counterparty netting

   (201,051  (3,856  (19,861  (224,768

Cash collateral netting

   (42,141  (689     (42,830

Total in Trading assets

  $27,801  $241  $2,771  $30,813 

Amounts not offset2

     

Financial instruments collateral

   (12,363        (12,363

Other cash collateral

   (4        (4

Net amounts3

  $15,434  $241  $2,771  $18,446 

Derivative assets not subject to legally enforceable master netting or collateral agreements3

 

 $3,154 

   Liabilities 

$ in millions

  Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC1
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  $67  $1  $  $68 

Foreign exchange contracts

   72   57      129 

Total

   139   58      197 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

   161,758   1,178   144     163,080 

Credit contracts

   6,273   2,272      8,545 

Foreign exchange contracts

   54,191   925   23   55,139 

Equity contracts

   27,993      19,996   47,989 

Commodity and other contracts

   7,117      1,772   8,889 

Total

   257,332   4,375   21,935   283,642 

Total gross derivatives

  $257,471  $4,433  $21,935  $283,839 

Amounts offset

     

Counterparty netting

   (201,051  (3,856  (19,861  (224,768

Cash collateral netting

   (31,892  (484     (32,376

Total in Trading liabilities

  $24,528  $93  $2,074  $26,695 

Amounts not offset2

     

Financial instruments collateral

   (5,523     (412  (5,935

Other cash collateral

   (18  (14     (32

Net amounts3

  $18,987  $79  $1,662  $20,728 

Derivative liabilities not subject to legally enforceable master netting or collateral agreements3

 

 $3,751 

At December 31, 2016

  Assets 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $1,924  $1,049  $  $2,973 

Foreign exchange contracts

  249   18      267 

Total

  2,173   1,067      3,240 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  200,336   99,217   384   299,937 

Credit contracts

  9,837   2,392      12,229 

Foreign exchange contracts

  73,645   1,022   231   74,898 

Equity contracts

  20,710      17,919   38,629 

Commodity and other
contracts

  9,792      3,727   13,519 

Total

  314,320   102,631   22,261   439,212 

Total gross derivatives

 $    316,493  $    103,698  $    22,261  $    442,452 

Amounts offset

    

Counterparty netting

  (243,488  (100,477  (19,607  (363,572

Cash collateral netting

  (45,875  (1,799     (47,674

Total in Trading assets

 $27,130  $1,422  $2,654  $31,206 

Amounts not offset2

    

Financial instruments
collateral

  (10,293        (10,293

Other cash collateral

  (124        (124

Net amounts3

 $16,713  $1,422  $2,654  $20,789 

Derivative assets not subject to legally enforceable master netting or collateral agreements3

 

 $3,656 

  Liabilities 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $77  $647  $  $724 

Foreign exchange contracts

  15   25      40 

Total

  92   672      764 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  183,063   103,392   397   286,852 

Credit contracts

  11,024   2,401      13,425 

Foreign exchange contracts

  74,575   952   16   75,543 

Equity contracts

  22,531      17,983   40,514 

Commodity and other contracts

  8,303      3,582   11,885 

Total

  299,496   106,745   21,978   428,219 

Total gross derivatives

 $   299,588  $   107,417  $   21,978  $   428,983 

Amounts offset

    

Counterparty netting

  (243,488  (100,477  (19,607  (363,572

Cash collateral netting

  (30,405  (5,691     (36,096

Total in Trading liabilities

 $25,695  $1,249  $2,371  $29,315 

Amounts not offset2

    

Financial instruments collateral

  (7,638     (585  (8,223

Other cash collateral

  (10  (1     (11

Net amounts3

 $18,047  $1,248  $1,786  $21,081 

Derivative liabilities not subject to legally enforceable master netting or collateral agreements3

 

 $3,497 

125December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements LOGO

 

Derivative Fair Values

At December 31, 2018

  Assets 
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $512  $1  $  $513 

Foreign exchange contracts

  27   8      35 

Total

  539   9      548 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  153,768   3,887   697   158,352 

Credit contracts

  4,630   1,498      6,128 

Foreign exchange contracts

  61,846   1,310   55   63,211 

Equity contracts

  24,590      23,284   47,874 

Commodity and other contracts

  10,538      1,934   12,472 

Total

  255,372   6,695   25,970   288,037 

Total gross derivatives

 $255,911  $6,704  $25,970  $288,585 

Amounts offset

    

Counterparty netting

  (190,220  (5,260  (24,548  (220,028

Cash collateral netting

  (38,204  (1,180     (39,384

Total in Trading assets

 $27,487  $264  $1,422  $29,173 

Amounts not offset1

    

Financial instruments collateral

  (12,467        (12,467

Other cash collateral

  (31        (31

Net amounts

 $14,989  $264  $1,422  $16,675 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $2,206 

  Liabilities 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $176  $  $  $176 

Foreign exchange contracts

  62   24      86 

Total

  238   24      262 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  142,592   2,669   663   145,924 

Credit contracts

  4,545   1,608      6,153 

Foreign exchange
contracts

  62,099   1,302   19   63,420 

Equity contracts

  27,119      23,521   50,640 

Commodity and other contracts

  6,983      2,057   9,040 

Total

  243,338   5,579   26,260   275,177 

Total gross derivatives

 $243,576  $5,603  $26,260  $275,439 

Amounts offset

    

Counterparty netting

  (190,220  (5,260  (24,548  (220,028

Cash collateral netting

  (27,860  (293     (28,153

Total in Trading liabilities

 $25,496  $50  $1,712  $27,258 

Amounts not offset1

    

Financial instruments collateral

  (4,709     (766  (5,475

Other cash collateral

  (53  (1     (54

Net amounts

 $20,734  $49  $946  $21,729 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $4,773 

At December 31, 2017

  Assets 
$ in millions Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $1,057  $  $  $1,057 

Foreign exchange contracts

  57   6      63 

Total

  1,114   6      1,120 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  177,948   1,700   234   179,882 

Credit contracts

  5,740   2,282      8,022 

Foreign exchange contracts

  52,878   798   58   53,734 

Equity contracts

  24,452      20,538   44,990 

Commodity and other contracts

  8,861      1,802   10,663 

Total

  269,879   4,780   22,632   297,291 

Total gross derivatives

 $270,993  $4,786  $22,632  $298,411 

Amounts offset

    

Counterparty netting

  (201,051  (3,856  (19,861  (224,768

Cash collateral netting

  (42,141  (689     (42,830

Total in Trading assets

 $27,801  $241  $2,771  $30,813 

Amounts not offset1

    

Financial instruments collateral

  (12,363        (12,363

Other cash collateral

  (4        (4

Net amounts

 $15,434  $241  $2,771  $18,446 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $3,154 

  Liabilities 

$ in millions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $67  $1  $  $68 

Foreign exchange contracts

  72   57      129 

Total

  139   58      197 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  161,758   1,178   144   163,080 

Credit contracts

  6,273   2,272      8,545 

Foreign exchange
contracts

  54,191   925   23   55,139 

Equity contracts

  27,993      19,996   47,989 

Commodity and other contracts

  7,117      1,772   8,889 

Total

  257,332   4,375   21,935   283,642 

Total gross derivatives

 $257,471  $4,433  $21,935  $283,839 

Amounts offset

    

Counterparty netting

  (201,051  (3,856  (19,861  (224,768

Cash collateral netting

  (31,892  (484     (32,376

Total in Trading liabilities

 $24,528  $93  $2,074  $26,695 

Amounts not offset1

    

Financial instruments collateral

  (5,523     (412  (5,935

Other cash collateral

  (18  (14     (32

Net amounts

 $18,987  $79  $1,662  $20,728 

Net amounts for which master netting or collateral agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

 $3,751 

1.

Effective in the first quarter of 2017, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange amended its rulebook for cleared OTC derivatives, resulting in the characterization of variation margin transfers as settlement payments as opposed to cash posted as collateral. In the quarter of adoption, the cleared OTC gross derivative assets and liabilities, and related counterparty and cash collateral netting amounts in total decreased by approximately $13 billion and $20 billion, respectively. Effective in the third quarter of 2017, derivatives cleared through LCH Clearnet Limited became subject to the rulebook under which variation margin transfers are settlement payments. As a result, cleared OTC gross derivative assets and liabilities, and related counterparty and cash collateral netting amounts in total decreased by approximately $62 billion and $59 billion, respectively.

2.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements and collateral agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

3.

Net amounts include transactions that are either not subject to master netting agreements or collateral agreements, or are subject to such agreements but the Firm has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.

See Note 3 for information related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the previous tables.

113December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Derivative Notionals

At December 31, 2018

  Assets 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $15  $52  $  $67 

Foreign exchange contracts

  5   1      6 

Total

  20   53      73 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  4,807   6,708   1,157   12,672 

Credit contracts

  162   74      236 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,436   118   14   2,568 

Equity contracts

  373      371   744 

Commodity and other contracts

  97      67   164 

Total

  7,875   6,900   1,609   16,384 

Total gross derivatives

 $7,895  $6,953  $1,609  $16,457 

  Liabilities 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2  $107  $  $109 

Foreign exchange contracts

  5   1      6 

Total

  7   108      115 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  4,946   5,735   781   11,462 

Credit contracts

  162   73      235 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,451   114   17   2,582 

Equity contracts

  389      602   991 

Commodity and other contracts

  72      65   137 

Total

  8,020   5,922   1,465   15,407 

Total gross derivatives

 $8,027  $6,030  $1,465  $15,522 

At December 31, 2017

  Assets 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $20  $46  $  $66 

Foreign exchange contracts

  4         4 

Total

  24   46      70 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  3,999   6,458   2,714   13,171 

Credit contracts

  194   100      294 

Foreign exchange contracts

  1,960   67   9   2,036 

Equity contracts

  397      334   731 

Commodity and other contracts

  86      72   158 

Total

  6,636   6,625   3,129   16,390 

Total gross derivatives

 $6,660  $6,671  $3,129  $16,460 
  Liabilities 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2  $102  $  $104 

Foreign exchange contracts

  4   2      6 

Total

  6   104      110 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  4,199   6,325   1,089   11,613 

Credit contracts

  226   80      306 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,014   78   51   2,143 

Equity contracts

  394      405   799 

Commodity and other contracts

  68      61   129 

Total

  6,901   6,483   1,606   14,990 

Total gross derivatives

 $6,907  $6,587  $1,606  $15,100 

The Firm believes that the notional amounts of derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure. In most circumstances notional amounts are only used as a reference point from which to calculate amounts owed between the parties to the contract. Furthermore, notional amounts do not reflect the benefit of legally enforceable netting arrangements or risk mitigating transactions.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges

$ in millions  2018  2017  2016 

Fair Value Hedges—Recognized in Interest Expense

 

Interest rate contracts

  $(1,529 $(1,591 $(1,738

Borrowings

   1,511   1,393   1,541 

Net Investment Hedges—Foreign exchange contracts

 

Recognized in OCI

  $        295  $(365 $(1

Forward points excluded from hedge effectiveness testing—Recognized in Interest income

   68           (20          (74

Fair Value Hedges—Hedged Items

$ in millions  At December 31,
2018
 

Investment Securities—AFS1

  

Carrying amount2currently or previously hedged

  $201 

Borrowings

  

Carrying amount2 currently or previously hedged

  $102,899 

Basis adjustments included in carrying amount3

  $(1,689

1.

In the third quarter of 2018, the Firm began designating interest rate swaps as fair value hedges of certain AFS securities. Amounts recognized in interest income and basis adjustments related to AFS securities were not material.

See Note 32.

Carrying amount represents amortized cost basis.

3.

Hedge accounting basis adjustments for informationBorrowings are primarily related to the unsettled fair value of futures contracts not designated as accounting hedges, which are excluded from the table above.outstanding hedges.

Derivative Notionals

At December 31, 2017

  Assets 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $20  $46  $  $66 

Foreign exchange contracts

  4         4 

Total

  24   46      70 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  3,999   6,458   2,714   13,171 

Credit contracts

  194   100      294 

Foreign exchange contracts

  1,960   67   9   2,036 

Equity contracts

  397      334   731 

Commodity and other contracts

  86      72   158 

Total

  6,636   6,625   3,129   16,390 

Total gross derivatives

 $6,660  $6,671  $3,129  $16,460 

  Liabilities 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  Exchange-
Traded
  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2  $102  $  $104 

Foreign exchange contracts

  4   2      6 

Total

  6   104      110 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  4,199   6,325   1,089   11,613 

Credit contracts

  226   80      306 

Foreign exchange contracts

  2,014   78   51   2,143 

Equity contracts

  394      405   799 

Commodity and other contracts

  68      61   129 

Total

  6,901   6,483   1,606   14,990 

Total gross derivatives

 $6,907  $6,587  $1,606  $15,100 

At December 31, 2016

  Assets 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  

Exchange-

Traded

  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $30  $38  $  $68 

Foreign exchange contracts

  6         6 

Total

  36   38      74 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  3,586   6,224   2,586   12,396 

Credit contracts

  333   112      445 

Foreign exchange contracts

  1,580   52   13   1,645 

Equity contracts

  338      242   580 

Commodity and other contracts

  67      79   146 

Total

  5,904   6,388   2,920   15,212 

Total gross derivatives

 $5,940  $6,426  $2,920  $15,286 

  Liabilities 

$ in billions

 Bilateral
OTC
  Cleared
OTC
  

Exchange-

Traded

  Total 

Designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

 $2  $52  $  $54 

Foreign exchange contracts

  1   1      2 

Total

  3   53      56 

Not designated as accounting hedges

 

Interest rate contracts

  3,462   6,087   897   10,446 

Credit contracts

  359   96      455 

Foreign exchange contracts

  1,557   48   14   1,619 

Equity contracts

  321      273   594 

Commodity and other contracts

  78      59   137 

Total

  5,777   6,231   1,243   13,251 

Total gross derivatives

 $5,780  $6,284  $1,243  $13,307 

The Firm believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

For information related to offsetting of certain collateralized transactions, see Note 6.

Gains (Losses) on Accounting Hedges

$ in millions 2017  2016  2015 

Fair Value Hedges—Recognized in Interest Expense

 

 

Derivatives

 $(1,591 $(1,738 $(700

Borrowings

  1,393   1,541   461 

Total

 $(198 $(197 $(239

Net Investment Hedges—Foreign exchange contracts

 

 

Effective portion—OCI

 $(365 $(1 $434 

Forward points excluded from hedge effectiveness testing—Interest income

 $(20 $(74 $(149
 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K114


December 2017 Form 10-K126

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements LOGO

 

Trading Revenues by Product Type

$ in millions 2017  2016  2015 

Interest rate contracts

 $2,091  $1,522  $1,249 

Foreign exchange contracts

  647   1,156   984 

Equity security and index contracts1

  6,291   5,690   5,695 

Commodity and other contracts

  740   56   793 

Credit contracts

  1,347   1,785   775 

Subtotal

 $11,116  $10,209  $9,496 

DVA2

        618 

Total

 $11,116  $10,209  $  10,114 

1.

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

2.

In 2017 and 2016, in accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, unrealized DVA gains (losses) are recorded within OCI in the comprehensive income statements. In 2015, the DVA gains (losses) were recorded within Trading revenues in the income statements. See note 15 for further information.

The previous table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the income statements. These activities include revenues related to derivative andnon-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

Credit Risk-Related Contingencies

In connection with certain OTC trading agreements, the Firm may be required to provide additional collateral or immediately settle any outstanding liability balances with certain counterparties in the event of a credit rating downgrade of the Firm.Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features

  $16,403   $20,675 

Collateral posted

   11,981    16,642 

The followingprevious table presents the aggregate fair value of certain derivative contracts that contain credit risk-related contingent features that are in a net liability position for which the Firm has posted collateral in the normal course of business.

Net Derivative Liabilities and Collateral Posted

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Net derivative liabilities with credit risk-related contingent features

  $20,675   $22,939 

Collateral posted

   16,642    17,040 

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings.The following table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event ofone-notch ortwo-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Incremental Collateral orand Termination Payments upon Potential Future Ratings Downgrade

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2018
 

One-notch downgrade

  $635   $460 

Two-notch downgrade

   382    321 

Bilateral downgrade agreements included in the amounts above1

  $823   $707 

 

1.

Amount represents arrangements between the Firm and other parties where upon the downgrade of one party, the downgraded party must deliver collateral to the other party. These bilateral downgrade arrangements are used by the Firm to manage the risk of counterparty downgrades.

The additional collateral or termination payments that may be called in the event of a future credit rating downgrade vary by contract and can be based on ratings by either or both of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) and S&P Global Ratings.The previous table shows the future potential collateral amounts and termination payments that could be called or required by counterparties or exchange and clearing organizations in the event ofone-notch ortwo-notch downgrade scenarios based on the relevant contractual downgrade triggers.

Credit Derivatives and Other Credit Contracts

The Firm enters into credit derivatives, principally CDS, under which it receives or provides protection against the risk of default on a set of debt obligations issued by a specified reference entity or entities. A majority of the Firm’s counterparties for these derivatives are banks, broker-dealers, and insurance and other financial institutions.

Maximum Potential Payout/Notional of Credit Protection Sold and Purchased with CDSs1

 

   At December 31, 2017 
   Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 
$ in millions  Notional   

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

  Notional   

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

 

Single name

  $    146,948   $(1,277 $164,773   $1,658 

Index and basket

   131,073    (341  120,348    209 

Tranched index and basket

   11,864    (342  24,498    616 

Total

  $289,885   $(1,960 $309,619   $2,483 

Single name andnon-tranched index and basket with identical underlying reference obligations

  $274,473   $  $  281,162   $ 
  Years to Maturity at December 31, 2018 
$ in millions < 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Single-name CDS

     

Investment grade

 $22,297  $23,876  $19,469  $7,844  $73,486 

Non-investment grade

  10,135   11,061   9,020   861   31,077 

Total

 $32,432  $34,937  $28,489  $8,705  $104,563 

Index and basket CDS

 

Investment grade

 $5,341  $9,901  $60,887  $6,816  $82,945 

Non-investment grade

  4,574   5,820   12,855   13,272   36,521 

Total

 $9,915  $15,721  $73,742  $20,088  $119,466 

Total CDS sold

 $42,347  $50,658  $102,231  $28,793  $224,029 

Other credit contracts

           116   116 

Total credit protection sold

 $42,347  $50,658  $102,231  $28,909  $224,145 

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased

 

     $209,972 

  Years to Maturity at December 31, 2017 
$ in millions < 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Single-name CDS

     

Investment grade

 $39,721  $42,591  $18,157  $8,872  $109,341 

Non-investment grade

  14,213   16,293   6,193   908   37,607 

Total

 $53,934  $58,884  $24,350  $9,780  $146,948 

Index and basket CDS

 

Investment grade

 $29,046  $15,418  $37,343  $6,807  $88,614 

Non-investment grade

  5,246   7,371   32,417   9,289   54,323 

Total

 $34,292  $22,789  $69,760  $16,096  $142,937 

Total CDS sold

 $88,226  $81,673  $94,110  $25,876  $289,885 

Other credit contracts

  2         134   136 

Total credit protection sold

 $88,228  $81,673  $94,110  $26,010  $290,021 

CDS protection sold with identical protection purchased

 

     $274,473 
 

 

 127115 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

  At December 31, 2016 
  Protection Sold  Protection Purchased 

$ in millions

 Notional  

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

  Notional  

Fair Value
(Asset)/

Liability

 

Single name

 $266,918  $(753 $269,623  $826 

Index and basket

  130,383   374   122,061   (481

Tranched index and basket

  32,429   (670  78,505   1,900 

Total

 $429,730  $(1,049 $470,189  $2,245 

Single name andnon-tranched index and basket with identical underlying reference obligations

 $395,536  $  $389,221  $ 

Fair Value (Asset)/Liability of Credit Protection Sold1

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
  At
December 31,
2017
 

Single-name CDS

   

Investment grade

  $(118 $(1,167

Non-investment grade

   403   (110

Total

  $285  $(1,277

Index and basket CDS

   

Investment grade

  $(314 $(1,091

Non-investment grade

   1,413   408 

Total

  $1,099  $(683

Total CDS sold

  $1,384  $(1,960

Other credit contracts

   14   16 

Total credit protection sold

  $1,398  $(1,944

1.

Investmentgrade/non-investment grade determination is based on the internal credit rating of the reference obligation.

The fair value amounts as shown in the previous table are prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

Protection Purchased with CDS

   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Fair Value (Asset)/Liability  Notional 

Single name

  $(277 $116,333 

Index and basket

   (1,333  117,022 

Tranched index and basket

                           251   13,524 

Total

  $(1,359 $                246,879 

   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Fair Value (Asset)/Liability   Notional 

Single name

  $1,658   $164,773 

Index and basket

   209    120,348 

Tranched index and basket

   616    24,498 

Total

  $                        2,483   $                309,619 

The purchase of credit protection does not represent the sole manner in which the Firm risk manages its exposure to credit derivatives. The Firm manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, which include managing the credit and correlation risk across single name,single-name,non-tranched indices and baskets, tranched

indices and baskets, and cash positions. Aggregate market risk limits have been established for credit derivatives, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm may also recover amounts on the underlying reference obligation delivered to the Firm under CDSsCDS where credit protection was sold.

Fair value amounts as shown in the table below are on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. In order to provide an indication of the current payment status or performance risk of the CDSs, a breakdown of CDSs based on the Firm’s internal credit ratings by investment grade andnon-investment grade is provided. Internal credit ratings serve as the Credit Risk Management Department’s (“CRM”) assessment of credit risk and the basis for a comprehensive credit limits framework used to control credit risk. The Firm uses quantitative models and judgment to estimate the various risk parameters related to each obligor.

Credit Ratings of Reference Obligation and Maturities of Credit Protection Sold

   At December 31, 2017 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   

Fair Value

(Asset)/

Liability

 
   Years to Maturity   
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   

Single name CDSs

                              

Investment grade

  $39,721   $42,591   $18,157   $8,872   $109,341   $(1,167

Non-investment grade

   14,213    16,293    6,193    908    37,607    (110

Total single name CDSs

   53,934    58,884    24,350    9,780    146,948    (1,277

Index and basket CDSs

            

Investment grade

   29,046    15,418    37,343    6,807    88,614    (1,091

Non-investment grade

   5,246    7,371    32,417    9,289    54,323    408 

Total index and basket CDSs

   34,292    22,789    69,760    16,096    142,937    (683

Total CDSs sold

  $88,226   $81,673   $94,110   $25,876   $289,885   $(1,960

Other credit contracts

   2            134    136    16 

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $88,228   $81,673   $  94,110   $  26,010   $  290,021   $(1,944
   At December 31, 2016 
   Maximum Potential Payout/Notional   

Fair Value

(Asset)/

Liability

 
   Years to Maturity   
$ in millions  Less than 1   1-3   3-5   Over 5   Total   

Single name CDSs

                              

Investment grade

  $79,449   $70,796   $34,529   $10,293   $195,067   $(1,060

Non-investment grade

   34,571    25,820    10,436    1,024    71,851    307 

Total single name CDSs

  $114,020   $96,616   $44,965   $11,317   $266,918   $(753

Index and basket CDSs

            

Investment grade

  $26,530   $21,388   $35,060   $9,096   $92,074   $(846

Non-investment grade

   26,135    22,983    11,759    9,861    70,738    550 

Total index and basket CDSs

  $52,665   $44,371   $46,819   $18,957   $162,812   $(296

Total CDSs sold

  $166,685   $140,987   $91,784   $30,274   $429,730   $(1,049

Other credit contracts

   49    6        215    270     

Total credit derivatives and other credit contracts

  $166,734   $  140,993   $91,784   $30,489   $430,000   $(1,049

December 2017 Form 10-K128


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Credit Contracts

Single NameSingle-Name CDS.    A CDS protects the buyer against the loss of principal on a bond or loan in case of a default by the

issuer. The protection buyer pays a periodic premium (generally quarterly) over the life of the contract and is protected for the period. The Firm, in turn, performs under a CDS if a credit event as defined under the contract occurs. Typical credit events include bankruptcy, dissolution or insolvency of the referenced entity, failure to pay and restructuring of the obligations of the referenced entity.

Index and Basket CDS.CDS.    Index and basket CDSsCDS are products where credit protection is provided on a portfolio of single name CDSs.CDS. Generally, in the event of a default on one of the underlying names, the Firm pays a pro rata portion of the total notional amount of the CDS.

The Firm also enters into tranched index and basket CDSsCDS where credit protection is provided on a particular portion of the portfolio loss distribution. The most junior tranches cover initial defaults, and once losses exceed the notional of the tranche, they are passed on to the next most senior tranche in the capital structure.

Other Credit Protection Sold through CLN and CDOContracts.    The Firm has invested in CLNs and CDOs, which are hybrid instruments containing embedded derivatives, in which credit protection has been sold to the issuer of the note. If there is a credit event of a reference entity underlying the instrument, the principal balance of the note may not be repaid in full to the Firm.

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K116


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

5. Investment Securities

AFS and HTM Securities

   At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

  Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value 

AFS debt securities

        

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

  $26,842   $   $589   $    26,253 

U.S. agency securities1

   22,803    28    247    22,584 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   49,645    28    836    48,837 

Corporate and other debt:

        

CMBS:

        

Agency

   1,370    2    49    1,323 

Non-agency

   1,102        8    1,094 

Corporate bonds

   1,379    5    12    1,372 

CLO

   398    1        399 

FFELP student loan ABS2

   2,165    15    7    2,173 

Total corporate and other debt

   6,414    23    76    6,361 

Total AFS debt securities

   56,059    51    912    55,198 

AFS equity securities

   15        10    5 

Total AFS securities

   56,074    51    922    55,203 

HTM securities

        

U.S. government and agency securities:

        

U.S. Treasury securities

   11,424        305    11,119 

U.S. agency securities1

   11,886    7    220    11,673 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   23,310    7    525    22,792 

Corporate and other debt:

        

CMBS:

        

Non-agency

   289    1    1    289 

Total corporate and other debt

   289    1    1    289 

Total HTM securities

   23,599    8    526    23,081 

Total investment securities

  $79,673   $59   $1,448   $78,284 

  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

AFS securities

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

 $36,268  $40  $656  $35,652 

U.S. agency securities1

  20,740   10   497   20,253 

Total U.S. government and
agency securities

  57,008   50   1,153   55,905 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Agency CMBS

  1,054      62   992 

Non-agency CMBS

  461      14   447 

Corporate bonds

  1,585      32   1,553 

State and municipal securities

  200   2      202 

FFELP student loan ABS2

  1,967   10   15   1,962 

Total corporate and other debt

  5,267   12   123   5,156 

Total AFS securities

  62,275   62   1,276   61,061 

HTM securities

    

U.S. government and
agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  17,832   44   403   17,473 

U.S. agency securities1

  12,456   8   446   12,018 

Total U.S. government and
agency securities

  30,288   52   849   29,491 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Non-agency CMBS

  483      9   474 

Total HTM securities

  30,771   52   858   29,965 

Total investment securities

 $93,046  $114  $2,134  $  91,026 
  At December 31, 2016 

$ in millions

 Amortized
Cost
   Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value 

AFS debt securities

       

U.S. government and agency securities:

       

U.S. Treasury securities

 $28,371   $1   $545   $    27,827 

U.S. agency securities1

  22,348    14    278    22,084 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  50,719    15    823    49,911 

Corporate and other debt:

       

CMBS:

       

Agency

  1,850    2    44    1,808 

Non-agency

  2,250    11    16    2,245 

Auto loan ABS

  1,509    1    1    1,509 

Corporate bonds

  3,836    7    22    3,821 

CLO

  540        1    539 

FFELP student loan ABS2

  3,387    5    61    3,331 

Total corporate and other debt

  13,372    26    145    13,253 

Total AFS debt securities

  64,091    41    968    63,164 

AFS equity securities

  15        9    6 

Total AFS securities

  64,106    41    977    63,170 

HTM securities

       

U.S. government and agency securities:

       

U.S. Treasury securities

  5,839    1    283    5,557 

U.S. agency securities1

  11,083    1    188    10,896 

Total HTM securities

  16,922    2    471    16,453 

Total investment securities

 $81,028   $43   $1,448   $79,623 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Amortized
Cost
  Gross
Unrealized
Gains
  Gross
Unrealized
Losses
  Fair
Value
 

AFS debt securities

    

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

 $26,842  $  $589  $26,253 

U.S. agency securities1

  22,803   28   247   22,584 

Total U.S. government and
agency securities

  49,645   28   836   48,837 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Agency CMBS

  1,370   2   49   1,323 

Non-agency CMBS

  1,102      8   1,094 

Corporate bonds

  1,379   5   12   1,372 

CLO

  398   1      399 

FFELP student loan ABS2

  2,165   15   7   2,173 

Total corporate and other debt

  6,414   23   76   6,361 

Total AFS debt securities

  56,059   51   912   55,198 

AFS equity securities

  15      10   5 

Total AFS securities

  56,074   51   922   55,203 

HTM securities

    

U.S. government and
agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  11,424      305   11,119 

U.S. agency securities1

  11,886   7   220   11,673 

Total U.S. government and
agency securities

  23,310   7   525   22,792 

Corporate and other debt:

    

Non-agency CMBS

  289   1   1   289 

Total HTM securities

  23,599   8   526   23,081 

Total investment securities

 $79,673  $59  $1,448  $  78,284 

 

1.

U.S. agency securities consist mainly of agency-issued debt, agency mortgage     pass-through pool securities and CMOs.

2.

Amounts    Underlying loans are backed by a guarantee, ultimately from the U.S. Department     of Education, of at least 95% of the principal balance and interest on such loans.outstanding.

 

 

 129117 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Investment Securities in an Unrealized Loss Position

 

  At December 31, 2018 
  Less than 12 Months       12 Months or Longer       Total 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS securities

                

U.S. government and agency securities:

                

U.S. Treasury securities

  $    19,937   $541      $5,994   $115      $25,931   $656 

U.S. agency securities

   12,904    383       4,142    114       17,046    497 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   32,841    924           10,136    229       42,977    1,153 

Corporate and other debt:

                

Agency CMBS

   808    62                  808    62 

Non-agency CMBS

              446    14       446    14 

Corporate bonds

   470    7       1,010    25       1,480    32 

FFELP student loan ABS

   1,366    15                  1,366    15 

Total corporate and other debt

   2,644    84       1,456    39       4,100    123 

Total AFS securities

   35,485    1,008       11,592    268       47,077    1,276 

HTM securities

                

U.S. government and agency securities:

                

U.S. Treasury securities

              11,161    403       11,161    403 

U.S. agency securities

   410    1       10,004    445       10,414    446 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   410    1       21,165    848       21,575    849 

Corporate and other debt:

                

Non-agency CMBS

   206    1       216    8       422    9 

Total HTM securities

   616    2       21,381    856       21,997    858 

Total investment securities

  $36,101   $1,010      $32,973   $1,124      $    69,074   $2,134 
  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2017 
  Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total   Less than 12 Months       12 Months or Longer       Total 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
       Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS debt securities

                            

U.S. government and agency securities:

                            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $    21,941   $495   $4,287   $94   $26,228   $589   $21,941   $495      $4,287   $94      $26,228   $589 

U.S. agency securities

   12,673    192    2,513    55    15,186    247    12,673    192       2,513    55       15,186    247 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   34,614    687    6,800    149    41,414    836    34,614    687       6,800    149       41,414    836 

Corporate and other debt:

                            

CMBS:

            

Agency

   930    49            930    49 

Non-agency

   257    1    559    7    816    8 

Agency CMBS

   930    49                  930    49 

Non-agency CMBS

   257    1       559    7       816    8 

Corporate bonds

   316    3    389    9    705    12    316    3       389    9       705    12 

FFELP student loan ABS

   984    7            984    7    984    7                  984    7 

Total corporate and other debt

   2,487    60    948    16    3,435    76    2,487    60       948    16       3,435    76 

Total AFS debt securities

   37,101    747    7,748    165    44,849    912    37,101    747       7,748    165       44,849    912 

AFS equity securities

           5    10    5    10               5    10       5    10 

Total AFS securities

   37,101    747    7,753    175    44,854    922    37,101    747       7,753    175       44,854    922 

HTM securities

                            

U.S. government and agency securities:

                            

U.S. Treasury securities

   6,608    86    4,512    219    11,120    305    6,608    86       4,512    219       11,120    305 

U.S. agency securities

   2,879    24    7,298    196    10,177    220    2,879    24       7,298    196       10,177    220 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   9,487    110    11,810    415    21,297    525    9,487    110       11,810    415       21,297    525 

Corporate and other debt:

                            

CMBS:

            

Non-agency

   124    1            124    1 

Total corporate and other debt

   124    1            124    1 

Non-agency CMBS

   124    1                  124    1 

Total HTM securities

   9,611    111    11,810    415    21,421    526    9,611    111       11,810    415       21,421    526 

Total investment securities

  $46,712   $858   $    19,563   $590   $    66,275   $1,448   $46,712   $858      $19,563   $590      $66,275   $1,448 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 130118 


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

   At December 31, 2016 
   Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total 
$ in millions  Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   Fair Value   Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

AFS debt securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

  $25,323   $545   $   $   $25,323   $545 

U.S. agency securities

   16,760    278    125        16,885    278 

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   42,083    823    125        42,208    823 

Corporate and other debt:

            

CMBS:

            

Agency

   1,245    44            1,245    44 

Non-agency

   763    11    594    5    1,357    16 

Auto loan ABS

   659    1    123        782    1 

Corporate bonds

   2,050    21    142    1    2,192    22 

CLO

   178        239    1    417    1 

FFELP student loan ABS

   2,612    61            2,612    61 

Total corporate and other debt

   7,507    138    1,098    7    8,605    145 

Total AFS debt securities

   49,590    961    1,223    7    50,813    968 

AFS equity securities

   6    9            6    9 

Total AFS securities

   49,596    970    1,223    7    50,819    977 

HTM securities

            

U.S. government and agency securities:

            

U.S. Treasury securities

   5,057    283            5,057    283 

U.S. agency securities

   10,612    188            10,612    188 

Total HTM securities

   15,669    471            15,669    471 

Total investment securities

  $        65,265   $            1,441   $        1,223   $            7   $        66,488   $            1,448 

 

The Firm believes there are no securities in an unrealized loss position that are other-than-temporarily impaired after performing the analysis described in Note 2. For AFS debt securities, the Firm does not intend to sell the securities and is not likely to be required to sell the securities prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis. Furthermore, for AFS and HTM debt securities, the securities have not experienced credit losses as

the net unrealized losses reported in the previous table are primarily due to higher interest rates since those securities were purchased.

See Note 13 for additional information on securities issued by VIEs, including U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities,non-agency CMBS, auto loan ABS, CLO and FFELP student loan ABS.

131December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Investment Securities by Contractual Maturity

 

  At December 31, 2018 
  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Average
Yield
   Amortized
Cost
   Fair
Value
   Annualized
Average
Yield
 

AFS debt securities

      

AFS securities

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

      

U.S. government and agency securities:

 

U.S. Treasury securities:

            

Due within 1 year

  $6,501   $6,478    0.9%   $4,419   $    4,387    1.6% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   15,195    14,901    1.5%    28,607    28,179    2.0% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   5,146    4,874    1.5%    3,242    3,086    1.9% 

Total

   26,842    26,253       36,268    35,652    

U.S. agency securities:

            

Due within 1 year

   46    45    1.1%    434    431    1.0% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   2,485    2,475    0.9%    796    784    1.2% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   1,280    1,263    1.9%    1,635    1,583    1.8% 

After 10 years

   18,992    18,801    1.9%    17,875    17,455    2.2% 

Total

   22,803    22,584       20,740    20,253    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   49,645    48,837    1.5%    57,008    55,905    2.0% 

Corporate and other debt:

            

CMBS:

      

Agency:

      

Due within 1 year

   3    3    0.9% 

Agency CMBS:

      

After 1 year through 5 years

   380    379    1.4%    283    281    1.4% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   153    154    1.1%    21    20    1.2% 

After 10 years

   834    787    1.6%    750    691    1.6% 

Total

   1,370    1,323       1,054    992    

Non-agency:

      

After 5 years through 10 years

   35    36    2.5% 

Non-agency CMBS:

         

After 1 year through 5 years

   36    34    2.5% 

After 10 years

   1,067    1,058    1.7%    425    413    2.4% 

Total

   1,102    1,094       461    447    

Corporate bonds:

            

Due within 1 year

   46    46    1.2%    70    70    1.7% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   1,248    1,243    2.3%    1,365    1,335    2.5% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   85    83    2.4%    150    148    3.3% 

Total

   1,379    1,372       1,585    1,553    

CLO:

      

State and municipal securities:

         

After 5 years through 10 years

   200    200    1.5%    200    202    3.7% 

After 10 years

   198    199    2.4% 

Total

   398    399       200    202    

FFELP student loan ABS:

 

After 1 year through 5 years

   50    49    0.8% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   404    401    0.8% 

After 10 years

   1,711    1,723    1.1% 

Total

   2,165    2,173    

Total corporate and other debt

   6,414    6,361    1.6% 

Total AFS debt securities

   56,059    55,198    1.5% 

AFS equity securities

   15    5    — % 

Total AFS securities

   56,074    55,203    1.5% 

HTM securities

      

U.S. government securities:

      

U.S. Treasury securities:

      

Due within 1 year

   499    496    1.2% 

After 1 year through 5 years

   5,085    5,034    1.6% 
 At December 31, 2018 
  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

  Amortized
Cost
   Fair Value   Average
Yield
  Amortized
Cost
 Fair Value Annualized
Average
Yield
 

After 5 years through 10 years

  $5,113   $4,923    1.9% 

After 10 years

   727    666    2.3% 

Total

   11,424    11,119    

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 10 years

   11,886    11,673    2.5% 

Total

   11,886    11,673    

Total U.S. government and agency securities

   23,310    22,792    2.3% 

Corporate and other debt:

      

CMBS:

 

    

Non-agency:

      

FFELP student loan ABS:

FFELP student loan ABS:

 

After 1 year through 5 years

   95    95    3.6%  $81  $80   0.8% 

After 5 years through 10 years

   175    175    3.8%   307   303   0.8% 

After 10 years

   19    19    4.1%   1,579   1,579   1.2% 

Total

   289    289      1,967   1,962   

Total corporate and other debt

   289    289    0.1%   5,267   5,156   1.8% 

Total AFS securities

  62,275   61,061   2.0% 

HTM securities

   

U.S. government and agency securities:

   

U.S. Treasury securities:

   

Due within 1 year

  1,875   1,870   1.2% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  7,478   7,435   2.3% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  7,753   7,536   2.2% 

After 10 years

  726   632   2.3% 

Total

  17,832   17,473   

U.S. agency securities:

      

After 5 years through 10 years

  30   29   1.9% 

After 10 years

  12,426   11,989   2.7% 

Total

  12,456   12,018   

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  30,288   29,491   2.4% 

Corporate and other debt:

   

Non-agency CMBS:

   

Due within 1 year

  65   65   3.5% 

After 1 year through 5 years

  70   69   4.4% 

After 5 years through 10 years

  302   294   4.0% 

After 10 years

  46   46   4.4% 

Total corporate and other debt

  483   474   4.1% 

Total HTM securities

   23,599    23,081    2.1%   30,771   29,965   2.4% 

Total investment securities

  $79,673   $78,284    1.7%  $93,046  $    91,026   2.1% 

Gross Realized Gains and Losses(Losses) on Sales of AFS Securities

 

$ in millions  2017  2016  2015 

Gross realized gains

  $46  $133  $116 

Gross realized (losses)

   (11  (21  (32
Total  $35  $112  $84 

Gross realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statements.

$ in millions  2018  2017  2016 

Gross realized gains

  $12  $46  $133 

Gross realized (losses)

   (4  (11  (21

Total1

  $8  $35  $112 

 

1.
December 2017 Form 10-K132

Realized gains and losses are recognized in Other revenues in the income statements.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

6. Collateralized Transactions

The Firm enters into securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned transactions to, among other things, acquire securities to cover short positions and settle other securities obligations, to accommodate customers’ needs and to finance its inventory positions.

The Firm manages credit exposure arising from such transactions by, in appropriate circumstances, entering into master netting agreements and collateral agreements with counterparties

119December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

that provide the Firm, in the event of a counterparty default (such as bankruptcy or a counterparty’s failure to pay or perform), with the right to net a counterparty’s rights and obligations under such agreement and liquidate and set off collateral held by the Firm against the net amount owed by the counterparty.

The Firm’s policy is generally to take possession of securities purchased or borrowed in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions, respectively, and to receive cash and securities delivered under securities sold under agreements to repurchase or securities loaned transactions (with rights of rehypothecation). In certain cases, the Firm may be permitted to post collateral to a third-party custodian under atri-party arrangement that enables the Firm to take control of such collateral in the event of a counterparty default.

The Firm also monitors the fair value of the underlying securities as compared with the related receivable or payable, including accrued interest, and, as necessary, requests additional collateral, as provided under the applicable agreement to ensure such transactions are adequately collateralized, or the return of excess collateral.

The risk related to a decline in the market value of collateral (pledgedpledged or received)received is managed by setting appropriate market-based haircuts. Increases in collateral margin calls on secured financing due to market value declines may be mitigated by increases in collateral margin calls on securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed transactions with similar quality collateral. Additionally, the Firm may request lower quality collateral pledged be replaced with higher quality collateral through collateral substitution rights in the underlying agreements.

The Firm actively manages its secured financings in a manner that reduces the potential refinancing risk of secured financ-

ingsfinancings of less liquid assets. The Firm considers the quality of collateral when negotiating collateral eligibility with counterparties, as defined by its fundability criteria. The Firm utilizes shorter-termshorter term secured financing for highly liquid assets and has established longer tenor limits for less liquid assets, for which funding may be at risk in the event of a market disruption.

Offsetting of Certain Collateralized Transactions

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 

$ in millions

 Gross
Amounts
 

Amounts

Offset

 Net
Amounts
Presented
 Amounts
Not Offset1
 Net
Amounts 
  Gross
Amounts
 

Amounts

Offset

 

Net

Amounts
Presented

 

Amounts

Not Offset1

 Net
Amounts
 

Assets

          

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $  199,044  $  (114,786 $84,258  $(78,009 $6,249   $  262,976  $  (164,454 $98,522  $(95,610 $2,912 

Securities borrowed

  133,431   (9,421    124,010     (119,358      4,652    134,711   (18,398    116,313     (112,551      3,762 

Liabilities

          

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $171,210  $(114,786 $56,424  $(48,067 $8,357   $214,213  $(164,454 $49,759  $(41,095 $8,664 

Securities loaned

  23,014   (9,422  13,592   (13,271  321    30,306   (18,398  11,908   (11,677  231 

Not subject to legally enforceable master netting agreements2

 

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 $5,687  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 $2,579 

Securities borrowed

  572    724 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

  6,945  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

  6,762 

Securities loaned

  307    191 
 At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Gross
Amounts
 Amounts
Offset
 Net
Amounts
Presented
 Amounts
Not Offset1
 Net
Amounts 
  Gross
Amounts
 Amounts
Offset
 Net
Amounts
Presented
 

Amounts

Not Offset1

 Net
Amounts
 

Assets

          

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 $  182,888  $  (80,933 $  101,955  $(93,365 $8,590   $  199,044  $  (114,786 $84,258  $(78,009 $    6,249 

Securities borrowed

 129,934  (4,698 125,236    (118,974     6,262   133,431  (9,421   124,010    (119,358 4,652 

Liabilities

          

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $135,561  $(80,933 $54,628  $(47,933 $6,695   $171,210  $(114,786 $56,424  $(48,067 $8,357 

Securities loaned

 20,542  (4,698 15,844  (15,670 174   23,014  (9,422 13,592  (13,271 321 

Not subject to legally enforceable master netting agreements2

 

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

Net amounts for which master netting agreements are not in place or may not be legally enforceable

 

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 $7,765  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell

 

 $5,687 

Securities borrowed

 2,591   572 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 6,500  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 6,945 

Securities loaned

 154   307 

 

1.

Amounts relate to master netting agreements that have been determined by the Firm to be legally enforceable in the event of default but where certain other criteria are not met in accordance with applicable offsetting accounting guidance.

2.

Represents amounts within Net Amounts related to transactions that are either not subject to master netting agreements or are subject to such agreements but the Firm has not determined the agreements to be legally enforceable.

For information related to offsetting of derivatives, see Note 4.

 

 

December 2018 Form 10-K 133120 December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Maturities and Collateral Pledged

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Remaining Contractual Maturity

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 

$ in millions

 

Overnight

and Open

 

Less than

30 Days

 30-90
Days
 

Over

90 Days

   Total  

Overnight

and Open

 

Less than

30 Days

 30-90
Days
 

Over

90 Days

 Total 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $41,332  $66,593  $28,682  $34,603   $171,210  $56,503  $93,427  $    35,692  $    28,591  $    214,213 

Securities loaned

  12,130   873   1,577   8,434    23,014   18,397   3,609   1,985   6,315   30,306 

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

 $53,462  $67,466  $30,259  $43,037   $194,224  $74,900  $97,036  $37,677  $34,906  $244,519 

Trading liabilities— Obligation to return securities received

as collateral

  22,555             22,555 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

  17,594            17,594 

Total

 $76,017  $67,466  $30,259  $43,037   $216,779  $92,494  $97,036  $37,677  $34,906  $262,113 
 At December 31, 2016  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 

Overnight

and Open

 

Less than

30 Days

 30-90
Days
 

Over

90 Days

   Total  

Overnight

and Open

 

Less than

30 Days

 30-90
Days
 

Over

90 Days

 Total 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 $41,549  $36,703  $24,648  $32,661   $135,561  $41,332  $66,593  $    28,682  $    34,603  $    171,210 

Securities loaned

 9,487  851  2,863  7,341    20,542  12,130  873  1,577  8,434  23,014 

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

 $51,036  $37,554  $27,511  $40,002   $156,103  $53,462  $67,466  $30,259  $43,037  $194,224 

Trading liabilities— Obligation to return securities received

as collateral

 20,262             20,262 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 22,555           22,555 

Total

 $71,298  $37,554  $  27,511  $  40,002   $  176,365  $76,017  $67,466  $30,259  $43,037  $216,779 

Gross Secured Financing Balances by Class of Collateral Pledged

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,
2016

   

At

December 31,

2018

   

At

December 31,
2017

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

U.S. government and agency securities

  $43,346   $56,372 

U.S. Treasury and agency securities

  $68,487   $43,346 

State and municipal securities

   2,451    1,363    925    2,451 

Other sovereign government obligations

   87,141    42,790    120,432    87,141 

ABS

   1,130    1,918    3,017    1,130 

Corporate and other debt

   7,737    9,086    8,719    7,737 

Corporate equities

   28,497    23,152    12,079    28,497 

Other

   908    880    554    908 

Total

  $171,210   $135,561   $214,213   $171,210 

Securities loaned

        

U.S. government and agency securities

  $81   $ 

Other sovereign government obligations

   9,489    4,762   $19,021   $9,489 

Corporate and other debt

   14    73 

Corporate equities

   13,174    15,693    10,800    13,174 

Other

   256    14    485    351 

Total

  $23,014   $20,542   $30,306   $23,014 

Total included in the offsetting disclosure

  $194,224   $156,103   $244,519   $194,224 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

Trading liabilities—Obligation to return securities received as collateral

 

Corporate equities

  $22,555   $20,262   $17,594   $22,555 

Total

  $            216,779   $            176,365   $262,113   $216,779 

Carrying Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without Counterparty Right to Sell or Repledge

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Trading assets

  $39,430   $31,324 

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses)

       228 

Total

  $39,430   $31,552 

Assets Pledged

The Firm pledges its trading assets and loans to collateralize securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities loaned, other secured financings and derivatives.derivatives and to cover customer short sales. Counterparties may or may not have the right to sell or repledge the collateral.

Pledged financial instruments that can be sold or repledged by the secured party are identified as Trading assets (pledged to various parties) in the balance sheets.

CarryingFair Value of Assets Loaned or Pledged without CounterpartyCollateral Received with Right to Sell or Repledge

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31, 

2016

 

Trading assets

  $31,324   $41,358  

Loans (gross of allowance for loan losses)

   228    —  

Total

  $31,552   $41,358  
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge

  $639,610   $599,244 

Collateral that was sold or repledged1

   487,983    475,113 

Collateral Received

1.

Does not include securities used to meet federal regulations for the Firm’s broker-dealers.

Restricted Cash and Segregated Securities

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Restricted cash

  $35,356   $34,231 

Segregated securities1

   26,877    20,549 

Total

  $62,233   $54,780 

1.

Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheets.

The Firm receives collateral in the form of securities in connection with securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed,securities-for-securities transactions, derivative transactions, customer margin loans and securities-based lending. In many cases, the Firm is permitted to sell or repledge these securities held as collateral and use the securities to secure securities sold under agreements to repurchase, to enter into securities lending and derivative transactions or for delivery to counterparties to cover short positions.

Fair Value of Collateral Received with Right to Sell or RepledgeConcentration Based on the Firm’s Total Assets

 

$ in millions

 

At

December 31,

2017

  

At

December 31, 

2016

 

Collateral received with right to sell or repledge

 $599,244  $561,239  

Collateral that was sold or repledged

  475,113   430,911  
   

At

December 31,
2018

  

At

December 31,

2017

 

U.S. government and agency securities and other sovereign government obligations:

  

Trading assets1

  12%   9% 

Off balance sheet—Collateral received2

  17%   14% 

Concentration Risk

1.

Other sovereign government obligations included in Trading assets primarily consist of the U.K., Japan and Brazil.

2.

Collateral received is primarily related to Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed.

121December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

The Firm is subject to concentration risk by holding large positions in certain types of securities, loans or commitments to purchase securities of a single issuer, including sovereign governments and other entities, issuers located in a particular country or geographic area, public and private issuers involving developing countries or issuers engaged in a particular industry.

December 2017 Form 10-K134


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Concentration Based on the Firm’s Total Assets

   

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

 

Trading assets:

   

U.S. government and agency securities and other sovereign government obligations1

  9%    8% 

Collateral held for:

   

Resale agreements and bonds borrowed2

  14%    18% 

1.

Other sovereign government obligations principally comprise the U.K., Japan and Brazil.

2.

Consists of securities issued by the U.S. government, federal agencies or other sovereign government obligations.

Positions taken and commitments made by the Firm, including positions taken and underwriting and financing commitments, including those made in connection with itsthe Firm’s private equity, principal investment and lending activities, often involve substantial amounts and significant exposure to individual issuers and businesses, including investment grade andnon-investment grade issuers. In addition, the Firm may originate and/or purchase certain residential and commercial mortgage loans that could contain certain terms and features that may result in additional credit risk as compared with more traditional types of mortgages. Such terms and features may include loans made to borrowers subject to payment increases or loans with highloan-to-value ratios.

Customer Margin Lending and Other

Margin

$ in millions At
December 31,
2018
  At
December 31,
2017
 

Customer receivables representing margin loans

 $26,225  $32,112 

The Firm provides margin lending allows clientsarrangements which allow customers to borrow against the value of qualifying securities. Margin loansReceivables under margin lending arrangements are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. Under these agreements and transactions, the Firm receives collateral, including U.S. government and agency securities, other sovereign government obligations, corporate and other debt, and corporate equities. Customer receivables generated from margin lending activities are collateralized by customer-owned securities held by the Firm. The Firm monitors required margin levels and established credit terms daily and, pursuant to such guidelines, requires customers to deposit additional collateral, or reduce positions, when necessary.

Margin loans are extended on a demand basis and generally are not committed facilities. Factors considered in the review of margin loans are the amount of the loan, the intended purpose, the degree of leverage being employed in the account, and an overall evaluation of the portfolio to ensure proper diversification or, in the case of concentrated positions, appropriate liquidity of the underlying collateral or potential hedging strategies to reduce risk.

Underlying collateral for margin loans is reviewed with respect to the liquidity of the proposed collateral positions, valuation of securities, historic trading range, volatility analysis and an evaluation of industry concentrations. For these transactions, adherence to the Firm’s collateral policies significantly limits its credit exposure in the event of a customer default. The Firm may request additional margin collateral from customers, if appropriate, and, if necessary, may sell securities that have not been paid for or purchase securities sold but not delivered from customers.

Other Secured Financings

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

 

Net customer receivables representing margin loans

  $              32,112   $              24,359 

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary, and certain ELNELNs and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets, which are accounted for as Trading assets (see Notes 11 and 13).

Restricted Cash and Segregated Securities

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

 

Restricted cash

  $34,231   $33,979 

Segregated securities1

   20,549    23,756 

Total

  $54,780   $57,735 

1.

Securities segregated under federal regulations for the Firm’s U.S. broker-dealers are sourced from Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Trading assets in the balance sheets.

135December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

7. Loans, Lending Commitments and Allowance for Credit Losses

Loans

The Firm’s loan portfolio consists of the following types of loans:

 

 

Corporate.    Corporate loans primarily include commercial and industrial lending used for general corporate purposes, working capital and liquidity, event-driven loans and asset-backed lending products. Event-driven loans support client merger, acquisition, recapitalization or project finance activities. Corporate loans are structured as revolving lines of credit, letter of credit facilities, term loans and bridge loans. Risk factors considered in determining the allowance for corporate loans include the borrower’s financial strength, seniority of the loan,industry, facility structure, collateral, type, volatility of collateral value, debt cushion,and covenants and counterparty type.along with other qualitative factors.

 

 

Consumer.    Consumer loans include unsecured loans and securities-based lending, which allows clients to borrow money against the value of qualifying securities for any suitable purpose other than purchasing, trading, or carrying securities or refinancing margin debt. The majority of consumer loans are structured as revolving lines of credit and letter of credit facilities and are primarily offered through the Firm’s Portfolio Loan Account and Liquidity Access Line programs.program. The allowance methodology for unsecured loans considers the specific attributes of the loan, as well as the borrower’s source of repayment. The allowance methodology for securities-based lending considers the collateral type underlying the loan (e.g., diversified securities, concentrated securities or restricted stock).

 

 

Residential Real Estate.    Residential real estate loans mainly includenon-conforming loans and HELOC. The allowance methodology fornon-conforming residential mortgage loans considers several factors, including, but not limited to,loan-to-value ratio, FICO score, home price index and delinquency status. The methodology for HELOC considers credit limits and utilization rates in addition to the factors considered fornon-conforming residential mortgages.

 

December 2018 Form 10-K122


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

 

Wholesale Real Estate.    Wholesale real estate loans include owner-occupied loans and income-producing loans. The principal risk factors for determining the allowance for wholesale real estate loans are the underlying collateral type,loan-to-value ratio and debt service ratio.

Loans by Type

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Loans Held
for Investment
  Loans Held
for Sale
  Total Loans 

Corporate loans

 $29,754  $9,456  $39,210 

Consumer loans

  26,808      26,808 

Residential real estate loans

  26,635   35   26,670 

Wholesale real estate loans

  9,980   1,682   11,662 

Total loans, gross

  93,177   11,173   104,350 

Allowance for loan losses

  (224     (224

Total loans, net

 $92,953  $11,173  $104,126 
  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Loans Held
for Investment
  Loans Held
for Sale
  Total Loans 

Corporate loans

 $25,025  $10,710  $35,735 

Consumer loans

  24,866      24,866 

Residential real estate loans

  24,385   61   24,446 

Wholesale real estate loans

  7,702   1,773   9,475 

Total loans, gross

  81,978   12,544   94,522 

Allowance for loan losses

  (274     (274

Total loans, net

 $81,704  $12,544  $94,248 

Loans by Interest Rate Type

   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Loans Held
for Investment
  Loans Held
for Sale
   Total Loans 

Corporate

  $36,909  $13,886   $50,795  

Consumer

   27,868       27,868  

Residential real estate

   27,466   22    27,488  

Wholesale real estate

   7,810   1,856    9,666  

Total loans, gross

   100,053   15,764    115,817  

Allowance for loan losses

   (238      (238) 

Total loans, net

  $99,815  $    15,764   $115,579  

Fixed rate loans, net

           $15,632  

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

 

       99,947  

Loans tonon-U.S. borrowers, net

 

       17,568  

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Fixed

  $13,339   $11,895 

Floating or adjustable

   90,787    82,353 

Total loans, net

  $104,126   $94,248 

Loans toNon-U.S. Borrowers

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   Loans Held
for Investment
 Loans Held
for Sale
   Total Loans 

Loans, net of allowance

  $9,977   $9,388 

Corporate

  $29,754  $9,456   $39,210  

Consumer

   26,808       26,808  

Residential real estate

   26,635  35    26,670  

Wholesale real estate

   9,980  1,682    11,662  

Total loans, gross

   93,177  11,173    104,350  

Allowance for loan losses

   (224      (224) 

Total loans, net

  $92,953  $    11,173   $    104,126  

Fixed rate loans, net

     $13,339  

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

Floating or adjustable rate loans, net

 

    90,787  

Loans tonon-U.S. borrowers, net

Loans tonon-U.S. borrowers, net

 

    9,977  

See Note 3 for further information regarding Loans and lending commitments held at fair value. See Note 12 for details of current commitments to lend in the future.

Credit Quality

CRM evaluates new obligors before credit transactions are initially approved and at least annually thereafter for corporate and wholesale real estate loans. For corporate loans, credit evaluations typically involve the evaluation of financial statements, assessment of leverage, liquidity, capital strength, asset composition and quality, market capitalization and access to capital markets, cash flow projections and debt service requirements, and the adequacy of collateral, if applicable.

December 2017 Form 10-K136


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

CRM also evaluates strategy, market position, industry dynamics, obligor’s management and other factors that could affect an obligor’s risk profile. For wholesale real estate loans, the credit evaluation is focused on property and transaction metrics, including property type,loan-to-value ratio, occupancy levels, debt service ratio, prevailing capitalization

rates and market dynamics. For residential real estate and consumer loans, the initial credit evaluation typically includes, but is not limited to, review of the obligor’s income, net worth, liquidity, collateral,loan-to-value ratio and credit bureau information. Subsequent credit monitoring for residential real estate loans is performed at the portfolio level. Consumer loan collateral values are monitored on an ongoing basis.

The Firm utilizes the following credit quality indicators, which are consistent with U.S. banking agencies’ definitions of criticized exposures, as applicable, in its credit monitoring process for loans held for investment:

 

 

Pass.    A credit exposure rated pass has a continued expectation of timely repayment, all obligations of the borrower are current, and the obligor complies with material terms and conditions of the lending agreement.

 

 

Special Mention.    Extensions of credit that have potential weakness that deserve management’s close attention and, if left uncorrected, may, at some future date, result in the deterioration of the repayment prospects or collateral position.

 

 

Substandard.    Obligor has a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes the repayment of the debt and has a high probability of payment default with the distinct possibility that the Firm will sustain some loss if noted deficiencies are not corrected.

 

 

Doubtful.    Inherent weakness in the exposure makes the collection or repayment in full, based on existing facts, conditions and circumstances, highly improbable, and the amount of loss is uncertain.

 

 

Loss.    Extensions of credit classified as loss are considered uncollectible and are charged off.

Loans considered as Doubtful or Loss are considered impaired. Substandard loans are regularly reviewed for impairment. When a loan is impaired, the impairment is measured based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, the observable market price of the loan or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. For further information, see Note 2.

123December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Loans Held for Investment before Allowance by Credit Quality

 

 At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2018 

$ in millions

 Corporate Consumer 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Wholesale

Real Estate

 Total  Corporate Consumer 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Wholesale

Real Estate

 Total 

Pass

 $29,166  $26,802  $26,562  $9,480  $    92,010  $36,217  $27,863  $27,387  $7,378  $98,845 

Special mention

  188   6      200   394   492   5      312   809 

Substandard

  393      73   300   766   200      79   120   399 

Doubtful

  7            7                

Loss

                              

Total

 $29,754  $26,808  $26,635  $9,980  $93,177  $36,909  $27,868  $27,466  $7,810  $    100,053 
 At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Corporate Consumer 

Residential

Real Estate

 

Wholesale

Real Estate

 Total 

Pass

 $29,166  $26,802  $26,562  $9,480  $92,010 

Special mention

 188  6     200  394 

Substandard

 393     73  300  766 

Doubtful

 7           7 

Loss

               

Total

 $29,754  $26,808  $26,635  $9,980  $93,177 

Impaired Loans and Lending Commitments before Allowance

 

  At December 31, 2016 

$ in millions

 Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  

Wholesale

Real Estate

  Total 

Pass

 $23,409  $24,853  $24,345  $7,294  $    79,901 

Special mention

  288   13      218   519 

Substandard

  1,259      40   190   1,489 

Doubtful

  69            69 

Loss

               

Total

 $25,025  $24,866  $24,385  $7,702  $81,978 
   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Corporate   Residential
Real Estate
   Total 

Loans

      

With allowance

  $24   $   $24 

Without allowance1

   32    69    101 

Total impaired loans

  $56   $69   $    125 

UPB

   63    70    133 

Lending commitments

      

With allowance

  $19   $   $19 

Without allowance1

   34        34 

Total impaired lending commitments

   53        53 

The following

   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Corporate   Residential
Real Estate
   Total 

Loans

      

With allowance

  $16   $   $16 

Without allowance1

   118    45    163 

Total impaired loans

  $134   $45   $    179 

UPB

   146    46    192 

Lending commitments

      

Without allowance1

  $199   $   $199 

1.

At December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017, no allowance was recorded for these loans and lending commitments as the present value of the expected future cash flows or value of the collateral held equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

Loans and lending commitments in the previous table have been evaluated for a specific allowance. All remaining loans and lending commitments are assessed under the inherent allowance methodology.

Impaired Loans and Lending Commitments before Allowance

   At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

  Corporate   

Residential

Real Estate

   Total 

Loans

               

With allowance

  $16   $   $16 

Without allowance1

   118    45    163 

UPB2

   146    46            192 

Lending Commitments

      

With allowance

  $   $   $ 

Without allowance1

   199        199 
   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Corporate   

Residential

Real Estate

   Total 

Loans

               

With allowance

  $104   $   $104 

Without allowance1

   206    35    241 

UPB2

   316    38    354 

Lending Commitments

               

With allowance

  $   $   $ 

Without allowance1

   89        89 

1.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, no allowance was recorded for these loans and lending commitments as the present value of the expected future cash flows (or, alternatively, the observable market price of the instrument or the fair value of the collateral held) equaled or exceeded the carrying value.

2.

The impaired loans UPB differs from the aggregate amount of impaired loan balances with and without allowance due to various factors, including charge-offs and net deferred loan fees or costs.

137December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Impaired Loans andTotal Allowance by Region

 

  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Americas   EMEA   Asia   Total   Americas   EMEA   Asia   Total 

Impaired loans

  $160   $9   $10   $        179   $125   $   $    —   $    125 

Allowance for loan losses

   194    27    3    224 

Total Allowance for loan losses

   193    42    3    238 
  At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Americas   EMEA   Asia   Total   Americas   EMEA   Asia   Total 

Impaired loans

  $320   $9   $16   $345   $160   $9   $    10   $    179 

Allowance for loan losses

   245    28    1    274 

Total Allowance for loan losses

   194    27    3    224 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Loans

  $51   $67   $38   $51 

Lending commitments

   28    14    45    28 

Allowance for loan losses and lending commitments

   10        4    10 

Impaired loans and lending commitments classified as held for investment within corporate loans include TDRs as shown in the previous table. These restructurings typically include modifications of interest rates, collateral requirements, other loan covenants and payment extensions.

Allowance for Loan Losses Rollforward

 

$ in millions Corporate Consumer Residential
Real Estate
 Wholesale
Real Estate
 Total 

December 31, 2017

 $126  $4  $24  $70  $    224 

Gross charge-offs

  (5     (1     (6

Recoveries1

  54            54 

Net recoveries
(charge-offs)

  49      (1     48 

Provision (release)1

  (29  3   (3  5   (24

Other

  (2        (8  (10

December 31, 2018

 $144  $7  $20  $67  $238 

Inherent

 $139  $7  $20  $67  $233 

Specific

  5            5 

$ in millions

 Corporate Consumer 

Residential

Real Estate

 Wholesale
Real Estate
 Total  Corporate Consumer Residential
Real Estate
 Wholesale
Real Estate
 Total 

December 31, 2016

 $195  $4  $20  $55  $    274  $195  $4  $20  $55  $    274 

Gross charge-offs

  (75           (75 (75          (75

Recoveries

  1  ��         1  1           1 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

  (74           (74 (74          (74

Provision (release)

  5      4   13   22  5     4  13  22 

Other

           2   2           2  2 

December 31, 2017

 $126  $4  $24  $70  $224  $126  $4  $24  $70  $224 

Inherent

 $119  $4  $24  $70  $217  $119  $4  $24  $70  $217 

Specific

  7            7  7           7 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2015

 $166  $5  $17  $37  $    225 

Gross charge-offs

  (16     (1     (17

Gross recoveries

  3            3 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

  (13     (1     (14

Provision (release)

  110   (1  4   18   131 

Other1

  (68           (68

December 31, 2016

 $195  $4  $20  $55  $274 

Inherent

 $133  $4  $20  $55  $212 

Specific

  62            62 

 

$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2014

 $118  $2  $8  $21  $149 

Gross charge-offs

        (1     (1

Gross recoveries

  1            1 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

  1      (1      

Provision (release)

  58   3   10   16   87 

Other

  (11           (11

December 31, 2015

 $166  $5  $17  $37  $    225 

Inherent

 $156  $5  $17  $37  $215 

Specific

  10            10 
December 2018 Form 10-K124


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2015

 $166  $5  $17  $37  $    225 

Gross charge-offs

  (16     (1     (17

Gross recoveries

  3            3 

Net recoveries(charge-offs)

  (13     (1     (14

Provision (release)

  110   (1  4   18   131 

Other2

  (68           (68

December 31, 2016

 $195  $4  $20  $55  $274 

Inherent

 $133  $4  $20  $55  $212 

Specific

  62            62 

 

1.

During 2018 the release was primarily due to the recovery of an energy industry related loan charged off in 2017.

2.

The reduction is primarily related to loans of $492 million that were transferred to loans held for sale during 2016.

Allowance for Lending Commitments Rollforward

 

$ in millions

 Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

   Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $   $4  $    190 

Provision (release)

  8          (1  7 

Other

  1             1 

December 31, 2017

 $194  $1  $   $3  $198 

Inherent

 $192  $1  $   $3  $196 

Specific

  2             2 
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

   Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2015

 $180  $1  $   $4  $    185 

Provision (release)

  13             13 

Other

  (8            (8

December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $   $4  $190 

Inherent

 $185  $1  $   $4  $190 

Specific

                
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

   Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2014

 $147  $  $   $2  $    149 

Provision (release)

  33   1       2   36 

December 31, 2015

 $180  $1  $   $4  $185 

Inherent

 $173  $1  $   $4  $178 

Specific

  7             7 

December 2017 Form 10-K138


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
      Total     

December 31, 2017

 $194  $1  $  $3  $198  

Provision (release)

  7   1      1    

Other

  (3)         (1)   (4) 

December 31, 2018

 $198  $2  $  $3  $203  

Inherent

 $193  $2  $  $3  $    198  

Specific

  5             
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  Residential
Real Estate
  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190  

Provision (release)

  8         (1   

Other

  1             

December 31, 2017

 $194  $1  $  $3  $198  

Inherent

 $192  $1  $  $3  $196  

Specific

  2             
$ in millions Corporate  Consumer  

Residential

Real Estate

  Wholesale
Real Estate
  Total 

December 31, 2015

 $180  $1  $  $4  $185  

Provision (release)

  13            13  

Other

  (8           (8) 

December 31, 2016

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190  

Inherent

 $185  $1  $  $4  $190  

Specific

              —  

Employee Loans

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
 At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
 

Balance

  $4,185  $4,804   $3,415  $4,185  

Allowance for loan losses

   (77 (89)    (63 (77) 

Balance, net

  $4,108  $4,715   $3,352  $4,108  

Repayment term range, in years

   1 to 20  1 to 12    1 to 20  1 to 20  

Employee loans are granted in conjunction with a program established to retain and recruit certain employees,Wealth Management representatives, are full recourse and generally require periodic

repayments. These loans are recorded in Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets. The Firm establishes an allowance for loan amounts it does not consider recoverable, and the related provision is recorded in Compensation and benefits expense.

8. Equity Method Investments

Overview

The Firm’sEquity method investments, accounted for under the equity method of accounting (see Note 1)other than certain investments in funds, are summarized below and are included in Other assets in the balance sheets. Income (loss) from equity method investments issheets with related income or loss included in Other revenues in the income statements. See the Fund Interests Measured Based on Net Asset Value table in Note 3 for the carrying value of the Firm’s fund interests, which are comprised of general and limited partnership interests, as well as any related performance-based fees in the form of carried interest.

Equity Method Investment Balances

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31, 2017

   

At

December 31, 2016

  At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
 

Investments

    $2,623     $2,837  $            2,432  $2,623 

 

$ in millions  20171   2016   2015  2018 2017 2016

Income (loss)

  $            (34)   $            (79)   $            114 

Income (loss)1

 $          20  $        (34 $        (79)

 

1.

Includes a $53 million impairmentimpairments of the Investment Management business segment’s interest in a third-party asset manager.manager of $46 million in 2018 and $53 million in 2017.

Japanese Securities Joint Venture

$ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

Income from investment in MUMSS

 $       105  $        123  $         93 

Included in the equity method investments is the Firm’s 40% voting interest in Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd. (“MUMSS”). MUFGMitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) holds athe other 60% voting interest.interest in MUMSS. The Firm accounts for its equity method investment in MUMSS within the Institutional Securities business segment.

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015 

Income from investment in MUMSS

  $            123   $            93   $            220 

In 2011, MUFG contributed capital to MUMSS and in return received Class C stock from MUMSS (“Class C stock”) to restore its capital base which was eroded by trading and other losses. Morgan Stanley did not have an obligation to make matching capital contributions to MUMSS at that time.

Accordingly, the Firm recorded increases in its investment, with corresponding increases in additionalpaid-in capital, reflecting the Firm’s 40% share of the increase in the net asset value of MUMSS. In the fourth quarter of 2017, MUMSS partially redeemed the Class C stock issued to MUFG, and the Firm recorded a decrease in both its investment in MUMSS and additionalpaid-in capital of $71 million.

9. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The Firm completed its annual goodwill impairment testing as of July 1, 20172018 and July 1, 2016.2017. The Firm’s impairment testing for each period did not indicate any goodwill impairment, as each of the Firm’s reporting units with goodwill had a fair value that was substantially in excess of its carrying value.

125December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Goodwill Rollforward

 

$ in millions IS WM IM Total  IS WM IM Total 

At December 31, 20151

 $      282  $      5,533  $      769  $      6,584 

Foreign currency and other

 (7       (7

At December 31, 20161

 $275  $5,533  $769  $6,577  $275  $5,533  $769  $6,577  

Foreign currency and other

  20         20  20        20  

At December 31, 20171

 $295  $5,533  $769  $6,597  $295  $5,533  $769  $6,597  

Foreign currency and other

  (21        (21) 

Acquired

        112   112  

At December 31, 20181

 $        274  $        5,533  $        881  $      6,688  

Accumulated
impairments2

 673     27  700  673     27  700  

IS—Institutional Securities

IS—Institutional

Securities

WM—Wealth

WM—Wealth Management

IM—Investment Management

IM—Investment

Management

1.

Balances represent cumulative the amount of the Firm’s goodwill after accumulated impairments.

2.

Balances represent cumulative amounts at December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and 2015.of impairments recognized prior to 2016.

Intangible Assets by Business Segment

 

$ in millions IS  WM  IM  Total 

Amortizable intangibles

 $346  $2,361  $      11  $2,718 

Mortgage servicing rights

     3      3 

At December 31, 2016

 $346  $2,364  $11  $2,721 

Amortizable intangibles

 $349  $2,092  $4  $2,445 

Mortgage servicing rights

     3      3 

At December 31, 2017

 $      349  $      2,095  $4  $      2,448 

139December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

$ in millions IS  WM  IM  Total 

Amortizable intangibles

 $349  $2,092  $4  $2,445  

Mortgage servicing rights

     3       

At December 31, 2017

 $349  $2,095  $4  $2,448  

Amortizable intangibles

 $270  $1,828  $60  $2,158  

Mortgage servicing rights

  2   3       

At December 31, 2018

 $        272  $        1,831  $        60  $      2,163  

Gross Amortizable Intangible Assets by Type

 

 At December 31, 2017 

At December 31, 2016

   At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
 Gross
Carrying
Amount
 Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
   Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Accumulated
Amortization
 

Trademarks

 $1  $  $1  $   $3   $1   $1   $—  

Tradename

  283   50  283  40    283    59    283    50  

Customer relationships

  4,059   2,193  4,059  1,939    4,067    2,446    4,059    2,193  

Management contracts

  503   299  467  275    507    311    503    299  

Other

  329   188  329  167    175    60    329    188  

Total

 $        5,175  $2,730  $        5,139  $2,421   $        5,035   $2,877   $        5,175   $2,730  

Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years

Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years

 

 $301 

Estimated annual amortization expense for the next five years

 

  $296  

Net Amortizable Intangible Assets Rollforward

 

$ in millions

 IS WM IM Total          IS                 WM                 IM               Total     

At December 31, 2015

 $327  $2,632  $20  $2,979 

Acquired

 43        43 

Disposals

 (11       (11

Amortization expense

 (11 (271 (9 (291

Impairment losses

 (2       (2

At December 31, 2016

 $346  $2,361  $11  $2,718  $346  $2,361  $11  $2,718  

Acquired

  51         51  51        51  

Disposals

  (15        (15 (15       (15) 

Amortization expense

  (33  (269  (7  (309 (33 (269 (7 (309) 

At December 31, 2017

 $        349  $    2,092  $        4  $        2,445  $349  $2,092  $4  $2,445  

Acquired

        66   66  

Disposals

  (6        (6) 

Amortization expense

  (70  (264  (10  (344) 

Other

  (3        (3) 

At December 31, 2018

 $        270  $        1,828  $        60  $        2,158  

10. Deposits

Deposits

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Savings and demand deposits

  $144,487   $154,559   $154,897   $144,487  

Time deposits

   14,949    1,304    32,923    14,949  

Total

  $159,436   $155,863   $187,820   $159,436  

Deposits subject to FDIC insurance

  $127,017   $127,992   $144,515   $127,017  

Time deposits that equal or exceed the FDIC insurance limit

  $38   $46   $11   $38  

Time Deposit Maturities

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31, 2017

 

2018

  $12,232 

2019

   2,481 

2020

   32 

2021

   6 

2022

   69 

Thereafter

   129 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
 

2019

  $17,111  

2020

   10,580  

2021

   2,249  

2022

   997  

2023

   1,795  

Thereafter

   191  

11. Borrowings and Other Secured Financings

Maturities and Terms of Borrowings

 

  

    Parent Company    

 

       Subsidiaries        

 

At

December 31,
2017

  

At

December 31,
2016

  

Parent Company

 

Subsidiaries

  

At

December 31,
2018

 

At

December 31,
2017

 
$ in millions  Fixed
Rate
 Variable
Rate1
 Fixed
Rate
 Variable
Rate1
  

Fixed
    Rate

 

Variable
    Rate1

 

Fixed
    Rate

 

Variable
    Rate1

 

Original maturities of one year or less:

Original maturities of one year or less:

 

  
 

Original maturities of one year or less:

 

  

Next 12 months

  $  $  $  $1,519  $1,519  $941  $  $  $  $1,545      $1,545      $1,519 

Original maturities greater than one year:

Original maturities greater than one year:

 

  

Original maturities greater than one year:

 

  

2017

  $  $  $  $  $  $26,127 

2018

   13,154   5,625   14   5,077   23,870  19,292  $  $  $  $      $      $23,870 

2019

   12,947   8,902   55   2,645   24,549  22,397   12,749   7,100   26   4,819   24,694  24,549 

2020

   11,175   7,668   14   2,557   21,414  16,736   10,957   7,618   13   2,692   21,280  21,414 

2021

   13,733   4,146   18   1,166   19,063  17,179   13,434   7,774   18   3,416   24,642  19,063 

2022

   6,536   8,717   17   2,316   17,586  5,338   6,450   8,519   16   1,800   16,785  17,586 

2023

  8,419   3,134   13   2,372   13,938  9,868 

Thereafter

   56,866   17,765   201   9,749   84,581  57,706   55,966   14,127   131   16,554   86,778  74,713 

Total

  $114,411  $52,823  $319  $23,510  $191,063  $164,775  $107,975  $48,272  $217  $31,653      $188,117      $191,063 

Total borrowings

  $114,411  $  52,823  $  319  $  25,029  $      192,582  $      165,716  $  107,975  $  48,272  $      217  $  33,198      $189,662      $192,582 

Weighted average coupon at

 

    

period-end2

   3.8  1.8  6.3  N/M   3.3 3.7

Weighted average coupon

Weighted average coupon

 

    

at period end2

  3.8%   2.6%   6.4%   N/M   3.5%  3.3% 

 

1.

Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including LIBOR and federal funds rates. Amounts include notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to the performance of a specific index, a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit commodityexposure or other indices.basket of credit exposures, and instruments with various interest-rate-related features includingstep-ups, step-downs, and zero coupons.

2.

Includes only borrowings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. andnon-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected. Virtually all of the variable rate notes issued by subsidiaries are carried at fair value so a weighted average coupon is not meaningful.

Increases (Decreases) in Carrying Amount of Borrowings Associated with Fair Value Hedges

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
 

2018

  $73 

2019

   150 

2020

   154 

2021

   9 

2022

   (96

Thereafter

   (595

Total

  $(305

Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year by Type

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Senior

  $180,835   $154,472 

Subordinated

   10,228    10,303 

Total

  $        191,063   $164,775 

Weighted average stated maturity, in years

   6.6    5.9 
 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 140126 


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Senior

  $178,027   $180,835  

Subordinated

   10,090    10,228  

Total

  $188,117   $191,063  

Weighted average stated maturity, in years

   6.5    6.6  

Certain senior debt securities are denominated in variousnon-U.S. dollar currencies and may be structured to provide a return that is linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices (e.g., the consumer price index). Senior debt also may be structured to be callable by the Firm or extendible at the option of holders of the senior debt securities.

Debt containing an option that effectively allows the holders to put the notes back to the Firm totaled $3,023 million at December 31, 2017 and $3,156 million at December 31, 2016. In addition, in certain circumstances, certain purchasers may be entitled to cause the repurchase of the notes through liquidity arrangements with the Firm. The aggregated value of notes subject to these arrangements was $1,414 million at December 31, 2017 and $1,117 million at December 31, 2016. Subordinated debt generally is issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily is U.S. dollar denominated.

Senior Debt—Structured Borrowings

. The Firm’s index-linked, equity-linked or credit-linked borrowingsBorrowings include various structurednotes carried and managed on a fair value basis. These include instruments whose payments and redemption values are linked to the performance of a specific index, (e.g., S&P 500), a basket of stocks, a specific equity security, a commodity, a credit exposure or basket of credit exposures.exposures, and instruments with various interest-rate-related features includingstep-ups, step-downs, and zero coupons. To minimize the exposure from such instruments, the Firm has entered into various swap contracts and purchased options that effectively convert the borrowing costs into floating rates based upon LIBOR.rates. The Firm generally carries the entire structured borrowing at fair value. The swaps and purchased options used to economically hedge the embedded features are derivatives and also are carried at fair value. Changes in fair value related to the notes and economic hedges are reported in Trading revenues. See Notes 2 and 3 for further information on structured borrowings.

SubordinatedSenior Debt Subject to Put Options or Liquidity Obligations

 

    2017  2016 

Contractual weighted average coupon

   4.5%   4.5
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Put options embedded in debt agreements

  $520   $3,023  

Liquidity obligations1

  $1,284   $1,414  

1.

Includes obligations to support secondary market trading.

Subordinated Debt

      2018       2017   

Contractual weighted average coupon

   4.5%    4.5% 

Subordinated debt generally is issued to meet the capital requirements of the Firm or its regulated subsidiaries and primarily is U.S. dollar denominated. Maturities of subordinated notes range from 2022 to 2027.

Asset and Liability Management

In general, other than securities inventories financed by secured funding sources, the majority of the Firm’s assets are financed with a combination of deposits, short-term funding,

floating rate long-term debt or fixed rate long-term debt swapped to a floating rate. The Firm uses interest rate swaps to more closely match these borrowings to the duration, holding period and interest rate characteristics of the assets being funded and to manage interest rate risk. These swaps effectively convert certain of the Firm’s fixed rate borrowings into floating rate obligations. In addition, fornon-U.S. dollar currency borrowings that are not used to fund assets in the same currency, the Firm has entered into currency swaps that effectively convert the borrowings into U.S. dollar obligations.

The Firm’s use of swaps for asset and liability management affectedaffects its effective average borrowing rate.

Rates for Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year

 

  At December 31,   At December 31, 
  2017 2016 2015     2018       2017       2016   

Contractual weighted average coupon1

   3.3 3.7 4.0   3.5%    3.3%    3.7% 

Effective average after swaps

   2.5%  2.5 2.1

Effective weighted average coupon after swaps

   3.6%    2.5%    2.5% 

 

1.

Weighted average coupon was calculated utilizing U.S. andnon-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes financial instruments for which the fair value option was elected.

Other Secured Financings

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to certain ELNs, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, pledged commodities, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets.See Note 13 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Other Secured Financings by Original Maturity and Type

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Secured financings

    

Original maturities:

    

Greater than one year

  $8,685   $9,404 

One year or less

   2,034    1,429 

Failed sales1

   552    285 

Total

  $11,271   $11,118 

1.

For more information on failed sales, see Note 13.

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Original maturities:

    

Greater than one year

  $6,772   $8,685  

One year or less

   2,036    2,034  

Failed sales

   658    552  

Total

  $9,466   $11,271  
 

 

 141127 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Maturities and Terms of Secured Financings

 

 At December 31, 2017  

At

December 31,
2016

  At December 31, 2018    
$ in millions 

Fixed

Rate

 

Variable

Rate1

 Total  

Fixed

Rate

 Variable
Rate1
 Total At
December 31,
2017
 
 

Original maturities of one year or less:

Original maturities of one year or less:

 

Original maturities of one year or less:

 

 

Next 12 months

 $590  $1,444  $2,034  $1,429  $        2,036  $  $2,036  $2,034  

Original maturities greater than one year:

Original maturities greater than one year:

 

 

Original maturities greater than one year:

 

    

2017

 $  $  $  $3,377 

2018

  165   4,827   4,992  2,738  $  $  $  $4,992  

2019

  36   2,601   2,637  2,813   159   5,741   5,900  2,637  

2020

  354   151   505  270   197   402   599  505  

2021

  2      2      1      1   

2022

  2   149   151      1   85   86  151  

2023

     26   26  398  

Thereafter

  227   171   398  206   74   86   160   —  
Total $            786  $        7,899  $        8,685  $            9,404  $432  $6,340  $        6,772  $8,685  

Weighted average coupon atperiod-end2

  3.1%   1.5%   1.7%  1.0%   3.9%   2.4%   2.5%  1.7% 

 

1.

Variable rate borrowings bear interest based on a variety of money market indices, including LIBOR and federal funds rates. Amounts include notes carried at fair value with various payment provisions, including notes linked to equity, credit, commodity or other indices.

2.

Includes only other secured financings with original maturities greater than one year. Weighted average coupon is calculated utilizing U.S. andnon-U.S. dollar interest rates and excludes secured financings that are linked tonon-interest indices and for which the fair value option was elected.

Other secured financings include the liabilities related to certain ELNs, transfers of financial assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales, pledged commodities, consolidated VIEs where the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary and other secured borrowings. These liabilities are generally payable from the cash flows of the related assets accounted for as Trading assets.See Note 13 for further information on other secured financings related to VIEs and securitization activities.

Failed Sales by Maturity

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

2017

  $   $112 

2018

   22    17   $   $22  

2019

   4    53    40     

2020

   109    55    62    109  

2021

   69    28    29    69  

2022

   59    4    33    59  

2023

       —  

Thereafter

   289    16    494    289  

Total

  $552   $285   $658   $552  

For transfers that fail to meet the accounting criteria for a sale, the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated

liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the balance sheets.

The assets transferred to certain unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. The related liabilities are alsonon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

12. Commitments, Guarantees and Contingencies

Commitments

The Firm’s commitments are summarized in the following table by years to maturity.

  Years to Maturity at December 31, 2018    
$ in millions Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Lending:

     

Corporate

 $12,132  $30,294  $47,955  $6,910  $97,291  

Consumer

  7,145   1   11      7,157  

Residential and wholesale real estate

  75   544   408   253   1,280  

Forward-starting
secured financing receivables

  85,541         3,700   89,241  

Underwriting

  687            687  

Investment activities

  509   82   16   267   874  

Letters of credit and
other financial guarantees

  180   1      39   220  

Total

 $  106,269  $  30,922  $  48,390  $  11,169  $  196,750  

Corporate lending commitments participated to third parties

 

 $8,078  

Forward-starting secured financing receivables settled within three business days

 

 $80,559  

Since commitments associated with these instruments may expire unused, the amounts shown do not necessarily reflect the actual future cash funding requirements.

  Years to Maturity at December 31, 2017    
$ in millions Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Lending:

     

Corporate

 $16,495  $30,234  $43,975  $4,061  $94,765 

Consumer

  6,319      8   3   6,330 

Residential real estate

  1   52   52   253   358 

Wholesale real estate

  108   508         616 

Forward-starting secured financing receivables

  67,883         579   68,462 

Underwriting

  336            336 

Investment activities

  506   126   44   245   921 

Letters of credit and other financial guarantees

  63   131   1   70   265 

Total

 $      91,711  $      31,051  $      44,080  $       5,211  $  172,053 

Corporate lending commitments participated to third parties

 

 $6,414 

Forward-starting secured financing receivables settled within three business days

 

 $54,236 

Types of Commitments

Lending Commitments.  Lending commitments primarily represent the notional amount of legally binding obligations to provide funding to clients for different types of loan transactions. This category also includes commitments in loan form provided to clearinghouses or associated depositories of which the Firm is a member and are contingent upon the default of a clearinghouse member or other stress event. For syndications that are led by the Firm, the lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed are net of the amounts agreed to by counterparties that will participate in the syndication. For syndications that the Firm participates in and does not lead, lending commitments accepted by the borrower but not yet closed include only the amount that the Firm expects it will be allocated from the lead syndicate bank. Due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under the

December 2018 Form 10-K128


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

commitments, these amounts include certain commitments participated to third parties. See Note 7 for further information.

Forward-Starting Secured Financing Receivables.This.  This amount includes securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed that the Firm has entered into prior to the balance sheet date that will settle after the balance sheet date. Also included are commitments to enter into securities purchased under agreements to resell that are provided

December 2017 Form 10-K142


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

to certain clearinghouses or associated depositories thatof which the Firm is a member of and are contingent upon the default of a clearinghouse member or other stress event. These transactions are primarily secured by collateral from U.S. government agency securities and other sovereign government obligations when they are funded.

Underwriting Commitments.The Firm provides underwriting commitments in connection with its capital raising sources to a diverse group of corporate and other institutional clients.

Investment Activities.  The Firm sponsors severalnon-consolidated investment management funds for third-party investors where it typically acts as general partner of, and investment advisor to, these funds and typically commits to invest a minority of the capital of such funds, with subscribing third-party investors contributing the majority. The Firm’s employees, including its senior officers as well as the Firm’s Board of Directors (“Board”), may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain of these funds that the Firm sponsors primarily for client investment, except that the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and charges for its employees. The Firm has contractual capital commitments, guarantees and counterparty arrangements with respect to these investment management funds.

Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees.  The Firm has outstanding letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued by third-party banks to certain of the Firm’s counterparties. The Firm is contingently liable for these letters of credit and other financial guarantees, which are primarily used to provide collateral for securities and commodities traded and to satisfy various margin requirements in lieu of depositing cash or securities with these counterparties.

Premises and Equipment.  The Firm hasnon-cancelable operating leases covering premises and equipment. Future minimum rental commitments under such leases (net of sublease commitments, principally on office rentals) were as follows:

Operating Premises Leases

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
 

2018

  $664 

2019

   624 

2020

   559 

2021

   494 

2022

   444 

Thereafter

   2,639 

Total

  $5,424 

Total minimum rental income to be received in the future undernon-cancelable operating subleases

  $12 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015  At
December 31,
2018
 

Rent expense

  $                704   $                689   $                705 

2019

 $677  

2020

  657  

2021

  602  

2022

  555  

2023

  507  

Thereafter

  2,639  

Total

 $5,637  

Total minimum rental income to be received in the future undernon-cancelable operating subleases

 $ 
$ in millions  2018   2017   2016 

Rent expense

  $        753   $        704   $        689  

Occupancy lease agreements, in addition to base rentals, generally provide for rent and operating expense escalations resulting from increased assessments for real estate taxes and other charges.

Guarantees

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at December 31, 2017

Obligations under Guarantee Arrangements at December 31,
2018

 

 
  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less than 1  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Credit derivatives

 $42,347  $50,658  $102,231  $28,793  $224,029 

Other credit contracts

           116   116 

Non-credit derivatives

   1,826,642    1,398,077    454,910    600,312    4,279,941 

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1

  1,017   978   1,326   4,914   8,235 

Market value guarantees

  83   126   26      235 

Liquidity facilities

  4,449            4,449 

Whole loan sales guarantees

     1      23,210   23,211 

Securitization representations and warranties

           63,552   63,552 

General partner guarantees

  9   112   160   44   325 

 

  Maximum Potential Payout/Notional 
  Years to Maturity    
$ in millions Less
than 1
  1-3  3-5  Over 5  Total 

Credit derivatives

  $    88,226   $    81,673   $    94,110   $    25,876   $    289,885 

Other credit contracts

  2         134   136 

Non-credit derivatives

  1,505,001   1,085,197   343,121   549,989   3,483,308 

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1

  830   1,152   1,215   5,036   8,233 

Market value guarantees

  38   58   68      164 

Liquidity facilities

  3,333            3,333 

Whole loan sales guarantees

     1   1   23,244   23,246 

Securitization representations and warranties

           60,157   60,157 

General partner guarantees

  32   52   324   25   433 

$ in millions  Carrying Amount
(Asset)/Liability
 Collateral/
Recourse
   Carrying
Amount
(Asset)/
Liability
 Collateral/  
Recourse  
 

Credit derivatives2

  $(1,960 $        —   $1,384  $ 

Other credit contracts

   16       14    

Non-credit derivatives2

       37,123       53,434    

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees issued1

   (199  6,743    (226  6,901 

Market value guarantees

             124 

Liquidity facilities

   (5  5,547    (5  7,353 

Whole loan sales guarantees

   8       9    

Securitization representations and warranties

   91    

Securitization representations and warranties3

   42    

General partner guarantees

   60       71    

 

1.

These amounts include certain issued standby letters of credit participated to third parties, totaling $0.7$0.6 billion of notional and collateral/recourse, due to the nature of the Firm’s obligations under these arrangements.

2.

Carrying amounts of derivative contracts are shown on a gross basis prior to cash collateral or counterparty netting. For further information on derivative contracts, see Note 4.

3.
143December 2017 Form 10-K

Primarily related to residential mortgage securitizations.


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Types of Guarantees

Derivative Contracts.Certain derivative contracts meet the accounting definition of a guarantee, including certain written options, contingent forward contracts and CDSsCDS (see Note 4 regarding credit derivatives in which the Firm has sold credit protection to the counterparty). Information regarding allAll derivative contracts that

129December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

could meet thethis accounting definition of a guarantee isare included in the previous table, whereinwith the notional amount is used as the maximum potential payout for certain derivative contracts, such as written interest rate caps and written foreign currency options.

In certain situations, collateral may be held by the Firm for those contracts that meet the definition of a guarantee. Generally, the Firm sets collateral requirements by counterparty so that the collateral covers various transactions and products and is not allocated specifically to individual contracts. Also, the Firm may recover amounts related to the underlying asset delivered to the Firm under the derivative contract.

The Firm records derivative contracts at fair value. Aggregate market risk limits have been established, and market risk measures are routinely monitored against these limits. The Firm also manages its exposure to these derivative contracts through a variety of risk mitigation strategies, including, but not limited to, entering into offsetting economic hedge positions. The Firm believes that the notional amounts of the derivative contracts generally overstate its exposure.

Standby Letters of Credit and Other Financial Guarantees Issued.In connection with its corporate lending business and other corporate activities, the Firm provides standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees to counterparties. Such arrangements represent obligations to make payments to third parties if the counterparty fails to fulfill its obligation under a borrowing arrangement or other contractual obligation. A majority of the Firm’s standby letters of credit are provided on behalf of counterparties that are investment grade.

Market Value GuaranteesGuarantees..    Market value guarantees are issued to guarantee timely payment of a specified return to investors in certain affordable housing tax credit funds. These guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by a fund. From time to time, the Firm may also guarantee return of principal invested, potentially including a specified rate of return, to fund investors.

Liquidity Facilities.The Firm has entered into liquidity facilities with SPEs and other counterparties, whereby the Firm is required to make certain payments if losses or defaults occur. Primarily, the Firm acts as liquidity provider to municipal bond securitization SPEs and for standalone

municipal bonds in which the holders of beneficial interests issued by these SPEs or the holders of the individual bonds, respectively, have the right to tender their interests for purchase by the Firm on specified dates at a specified price. The Firm often may have recourse to the underlying assets held by the SPEs in the event payments are required under such liquidity facilities, as well as make-whole or recourse provisions with the trust sponsors. Primarily all of the underlying assets in the SPEs are investment grade. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives.

Whole Loan Sales Guarantees.The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain whole loan sales. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase such assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The Firm’s maximum potential payout related to such representations

and warranties is equal to the current UPB of such loans. TheSince the Firm no longer services these loans, it has no information on the current UPB only when it services the loans. The Firm no longer servicesof those loans, and accordingly, the amount included in the previous table represents the UPB at the time of the whole loan sale or at the time when the Firm last serviced any of those loans. The current UPB balances could be substantially lower than the maximum potential payout amount included in the previous table. The related liability primarily relates to sales of loans to the federal mortgage agencies.

Securitization Representations and Warranties.As part of the Firm’s Institutional Securities business segment’s securitizations and related activities, the Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm. The extent and nature of the representations and warranties, if any, vary among different securitizations. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to repurchase certain assets or make other payments related to such assets if such representations and warranties are breached. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Firm could be required to make would be equal to the current outstanding balances of, or losses associated with, the assets subject to breaches of such representations and warranties. The amount included in the previous table for the maximum potential payout includes the current UPB or historical losses where known, and the UPB at the time of sale when the current UPB is not known.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, certain representations and warranties related to RMBS primarily containing U.S. residential loans that the Firm sponsored between 2004 and 2017. In certain cases, the Firm

December 2017 Form 10-K144


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

has agreed to be responsible for representations and warranties made by third-party sellers, many of which are now insolvent.

The Firm also provided representations and warranties in connection with its role as an originator of certain commercial mortgage loans that it securitized into CMBS.

Securitization Representations and Warranties

   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  RMBS   CMBS 

Maximum potential payout/notional

  $          25,508   $          34,649 

Reserve for payments owed1

   91     

1.

Reserved in the Firm’s financial statements for payments to resolve claims related to breach of representations and warranties in connection with residential mortgages.

General Partner Guarantees.    Guarantees.As a general partner in certain investment management funds, the Firm receives certain distributions from the partnerships related to achieving certain return hurdles according to the provisions of the partnership agreements. The Firm may be required to return all or a portion of such distributions to the limited partners in the event the limited partners do not achieve a certain return as specified in the various partnership agreements, subject to certain limitations.

Other Guarantees and Indemnities

In the normal course of business, the Firm provides guarantees and indemnifications in a variety of transactions. These provisions generally are standard contractual terms. Certain of these guarantees and indemnifications are described below:

 

 

Indemnities.    The Firm provides standard indemnities to counterparties for certain contingent exposures and taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, certain annuity products and other financial arrangements. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws, a change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings or a

December 2018 Form 10-K130


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

change in factual circumstances. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Firm to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Firm could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated.

 

 

Exchange/Clearinghouse Member Guarantees.    The Firm is a member of various U.S. andnon-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or derivative contracts. Associated with its membership, the Firm may be required to pay a certain amount as determined by the exchange or the clearinghouse in case of a default of

any of its members or pay a proportionate share of the financial obligations of another member that may default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. While the rules governing different exchange or clearinghouse memberships and the forms of these guarantees may vary, in general the Firm’s obligations under these rules would arise only if the exchange or clearinghouse had previously exhausted its resources.

In addition, some clearinghouse rules require members to assume a proportionate share of losses resulting from the clearinghouse’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, and of other losses unrelated to the default of a clearing member, if such losses exceed the specified resources allocated for such purpose by the clearinghouse.

The maximum potential payout under these rules cannot be estimated. The Firm has not recorded any contingent liability in its financial statements for these agreements and believes that any potential requirement to make payments under these agreements is remote.

 

 

Merger and Acquisition Guarantees.    The Firm may, from time to time, in its role as investment banking advisor be required to provide guarantees in connection with certain European merger and acquisition transactions. If required by the regulating authorities, the Firm provides a guarantee that the acquirer in the merger and acquisition transaction has or will have sufficient funds to complete the transaction and would then be required to make the acquisition payments in the event the acquirer’s funds are insufficient at the completion date of the transaction. These arrangements generally cover the time frame from the transaction offer date to its closing date and, therefore, are generally short term in nature. The Firm believes the likelihood of any payment by the Firm under these arrangements is remote given the level of its due diligence in its role as investment banking advisor.

In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Firm guarantees the debt and/or certain trading obligations (including obligations associated with derivatives, foreign exchange contracts and the settlement of physical commodities) of certain subsidiaries. These guarantees generally are entity or product specific and are required by investors or trading counterparties. The activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries covered by these guarantees (including any related debt or trading obligations) are included in the financial statements.

Contingencies

LegalLegal..    In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including

145December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress. These actions have included, but are not limited to, residential mortgage and credit crisis-related matters.

Over the last several years, the level of litigation and investigatory activity (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies has increased materially in the financial services industry. As a result, the Firm expects that it will continue to be the subject of elevated claims for damages and other relief and, whileWhile the Firm has identified below any individual proceedings where the Firm believes a material loss to be reasonably possible and reasonably estimable, there can be no assurance that material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be probable or possible and reasonably estimable losses.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income.

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015     2018       2017       2016   

Legal expenses

  $342   $263   $563   $        206   $        342   $        263 

The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible or to estimate the amount of any loss. In addition, even where a loss is possible or an exposure to loss exists in excess of the liability already accrued with respect to a previously recognized loss contingency, it is not always possible to reasonably estimate the size of the possible loss or range of loss.

131December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

For certain legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm cannot reasonably estimate such losses, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need

to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional range of loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation.

For certain other legal proceedings and investigations, the Firm can estimate reasonably possible losses, additional losses, ranges of loss or ranges of additional loss in excess of amounts accrued but does not believe, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that such losses will have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s financial statements as a whole, other than the matters referred to in the following paragraphs.

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styledChinaDevelopment Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et alal.., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 21, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion for summary judgment and granted in part the Firm’s motion for sanctions relating to spoliation of evidence. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs.

On May 3, 2013, plaintiffs inDeutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank AG et al. v. Morgan Stanley et al.January 18, 2019, CDIB filed a complaint againstmotion to clarify and resettle the portion of the court’s December 21, 2018 order granting spoliation sanctions. On January 24, 2019, CDIB filed a notice of appeal from the court’s December 21, 2018 order, and on January 25, 2019, the Firm certain affiliates, and other defendants infiled a notice of appeal from the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiffs of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $634 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and rescission and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On

December 2017 Form 10-K146


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

June 10, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On June 20, 2017 the Appellate Division affirmed the lower court’s June 10, 2014same order. On October 3, 2017, the Appellate Division denied the Firm’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. At December 25, 2017, the current unpaid balance of the mortgage pass-through certificates at issue in this action was approximately $215 million, and the certificates had incurred actual losses of approximately $88 million. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes it could incur a loss in this action up to the difference between the $215 million unpaid balance of these certificates (plus any losses incurred) and their fair market value at the time of a judgment against the Firm, or upon sale, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. The Firm may be entitled to be indemnified for some of these losses.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledU.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as

Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC,Successor-by-Merger to Morgan StanleyStanley MortgageCapital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding,Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On August 22, 2013, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which was granted in part and denied in part on November 24, 2014. On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $240 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On December 30, 2013, Wilmington Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Mortgage LoanTrust 2007-12, filed a complaint against the Firm styledWilmington Trust Company v. MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC et al., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $516 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, interest and costs. On February 28, 2014, the defendants filed a motion to dismiss the complaint,

which was granted in part and denied in part on June 14, 2016. On July 11, 2017, the Appellate Division affirmed in part and reversed in part the trial court’s order that granted in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On September 26, 2017, the Appellate Division denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $152 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, plus attorney’s fees, costs and interest, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On April 28, 2014, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee for Morgan Stanley Structured Trust I2007-1, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company v. Morgan Stanley MortgageCapital Holdings LLC, pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”). The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $735 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified compensatory and/or rescissory damages, interest and costs. On April 3, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 10, 2018, the court reinstated plaintiff’s breach of contract claim based on failure to notify, which had been dismissed in its April 3, 2015 order. On January 24, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion for summary judgment. On February 5, 2018, the Firm filed a motion for judgment on the pleadings and a renewed motion for summary judgment. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $292 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands that it did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty InsuranceCompany v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks,

147December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On February 24, 2017,September 13, 2018, the Firm filed a notice of appeal ofAppellate Division, First Department, affirmed the denial of itslower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017.dismiss. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $126 million, the unpaid balance of these notes, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements

December 2018 Form 10-K132


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 24, 2017,September 13, 2018, the Firm filed a notice ofAppellate Division, First Department, affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss. On December 20, 2018, the Appellate Division denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal the decision of the court’s order and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017.Appellate Division, First Department, to the New York Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and FGIC that the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, as well as claim payments that FGIC has made and will make in the future. In addition, plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Companysolely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and MorganStanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion,

breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 11, 2016, plaintiff filed a noticeOctober 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in another case. On January 17, 2019, the First Department reversed the trial court’s order to the extent that order, andit had granted in part the appeal was fully briefed on August 19, 2016.Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately $277 million, the total original unpaid balance of the mortgage loans for which the Firm received repurchase demands from a certificate holder and a monoline insurer that

the Firm did not repurchase, pluspre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs, but plaintiff is seeking to expand the number of loans at issue and the possible range of loss could increase.

In matters styledCase number 15/3637 andCase number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) is challenging,has challenged, in the District Court in Amsterdam, the priorset-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $149$142 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’s corporation tax liabilities for the tax years 2007 to 2013. The Dutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled to receive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, that a Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securities subject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to provide certain information to the Dutch Authority and keep adequate books and records. A hearing took place in this matter on September 19, 2017. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims. On June 4, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal before the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam in matters re-styledCase number 18/00318andCase number 18/00319. A hearing of the Dutch Authority’s appeal has been scheduled for June 26, 2019. Based on currently available information, the Firm believes that it could incur a loss in this action of up to approximately €124 million (approximately $149$142 million) plus accrued interest.

13. Variable Interest Entities and Securitization Activities

Overview

The Firm is involved with various SPEs in the normal course of business. In most cases, these entities are deemed to be VIEs.

The Firm’s variable interests in VIEs include debt and equity interests, commitments, guarantees, derivative instruments and certain fees. The Firm’s involvement with VIEs arises primarily from:

 

Interests purchased in connection with market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio and retained interests held as a result of securitization activities, includingre-securitization transactions.

 

December 2017 Form 10-K148


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Guarantees issued and residual interests retained in connection with municipal bond securitizations.

 

Loans made to and investments in VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

 

Derivatives entered into with VIEs.

 

133December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Structuring of CLNs or other asset-repackaged notes designed to meet the investment objectives of clients.

 

Other structured transactions designed to providetax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

The Firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a VIE upon its initial involvement with the VIE and reassesses whether it is the primary beneficiary on an ongoing basis as long as it has any continuing involvement with the VIE. This determination is based upon an analysis of the design of the VIE, including the VIE’s structure and activities, the power to make significant economic decisions held by the Firm and by other parties, and the variable interests owned by the Firm and other parties.

The power to make the most significant economic decisions may take a number of different forms in different types of VIEs. The Firm considers servicing or collateral management decisions as representing the power to make the most significant economic decisions in transactions such as securitizations or CDOs. As a result, the Firm does not consolidate securitizations or CDOs for which it does not act as the servicer or collateral manager unless it holds certain other rights to replace the servicer or collateral manager or to require the liquidation of the entity. If the Firm serves as servicer or collateral manager, or has certain other rights described in the previous sentence, the Firm analyzes the interests in the VIE that it holds and consolidates only those VIEs for which it holds a potentially significant interest in the VIE.

The structure of securitization vehicles and CDOs is driven by several parties, including loan seller(s) in securitization transactions, the collateral manager in a CDO, one or more rating agencies, a financial guarantor in some transactions and the underwriter(s) of the transactions, that serve to reflect specific investor demand. In addition, subordinate investors, such as the“B-piece” buyer (i.e., investors in most subordinated bond classes) in commercial mortgage-backed securitizations or equity investors in CDOs, can influence whether specific loans are excluded from a CMBS transaction or investment criteria in a CDO.

For many transactions, such asre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes, there are no significant economic decisions made on an ongoing basis. In these cases, the Firm focuses its analysis on decisions made prior to

the initial closing of the transaction and at the termination of the transaction. The Firm concluded in most of these transactions that decisions made prior to the initial closing were shared between the Firm and the initial investors based upon the nature of the assets, including whether the assets were issued in a transaction sponsored by the Firm and the extent of the information available to the Firm and to investors, the number, nature and involvement of investors, other rights held by the Firm and investors, the standardization of the legal documentation and the level of continuing involvement by the Firm, including the amount and type of interests owned by the Firm and by other investors. The Firm focused its control decision on any right held by the Firm or investors related to the termination of the VIE. Mostre-securitization transactions, CLNs and other asset-repackaged notes have no such termination rights.

Consolidated VIEs

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

Assets and Liabilities by Type of Activity

 
   At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  VIE Assets   VIE Liabilities   VIE Assets   VIE Liabilities 

OSF

  $267   $   $378   $3 

MABS1

   59    38    249    210 

Other2

   809    48    1,174    250 

Total

  $1,135   $86   $1,801   $463 

   At December 31, 2017  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  VIE Assets   VIE Liabilities  VIE Assets   VIE Liabilities 

CLN

  $        —    $        —  $501   $ 

OSF

   378    3   602    10 

MABS1

   249    210   397    283 

Other2

   1,174    250   910    25 

Total

  $1,801    $      463  $        2,410   $        318 

OSF—Other

OSF—Other structured financings

1.

Amounts include transactions backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans and other types of assets, including consumer or commercial assets. The value of assets is determined based on the fair value of the liabilities and the interests owned by the Firm in such VIEs becauseas the fair values for the liabilities and interests owned are more observable.

2.

Other primarily includes investment funds, certain operating entities investment funds and structured transactions.

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
   At December 31,
2016
 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $69   $74  

Restricted cash

   222    255  

Trading assets at fair value

   833    1,295  

Customer and other receivables

   19    13  

Goodwill

   18    18  

Intangible assets

   155    177  

Other assets

   485    578  

Total

  $1,801   $2,410  

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings at fair value

  $438   $289  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   25    29  

Total

  $463   $318  

149December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes During 2018, Other included a fund managed by Mesa West Capital, LLC (which was acquired by the Firm in the first quarter of 2018), until the fund was deconsolidated in the fourth quarter of 2018 due to Consolidated Financial Statementsthe termination of a credit facility provided by the Firm to this fund.

 

Assets and Liabilities by Balance Sheet Caption

 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

  $77   $69 

Restricted cash

   171    222 

Trading assets at fair value

   314    833 

Customer and other receivables

   25    19 

Goodwill

   18    18 

Intangible assets

   128    155 

Other assets

   402    485 

Total

  $1,135   $1,801 

Liabilities

    

Other secured financings

  $64   $438 

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

   22    25 

Total

  $86   $463 

Noncontrolling interests

  $106   $189 

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities are presented in the previous tables after intercompany eliminations. Most assets owned by consolidated VIEs cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally available to the Firm. Most related liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs arenon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other consolidated VIEs, the Firm either has the unilateral right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.

In general, the Firm’s exposure to loss in consolidated VIEs is limited to losses that would be absorbed on the VIE’sVIE net assets recognized in its financial statements, net of amounts absorbed by third-party variable interest holders.

Select Information Related to Consolidated VIEs

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
   At December 31,
2016
 

Noncontrolling interests

  $189   $228  

Maximum exposure to losses1

       78  

 

1.

Primarily related to certain derivatives, commitments, guarantees and other forms of involvement not recognized in the financial statements.

December 2018 Form 10-K134


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Non-consolidated VIEs

  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions MABS  CDO  MTOB  OSF  Other 

VIE assets (UPB)

 $    71,287  $    10,848  $7,014  $3,314  $    19,682 

Maximum exposure to loss1

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $8,234  $1,169  $  $1,622  $4,645 

Derivative and other contracts

        4,449      1,768 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  397   3      235   327 

Total

 $8,631  $1,172  $    4,449  $    1,857  $6,740 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $8,234  $1,169  $  $1,205  $4,645 

Derivative and other contracts

        6      87 

Total

 $8,234  $1,169  $6  $1,205  $4,732 

Additional VIE assets owned2

 

             $11,969 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Liabilities

 

  

Derivative and other contracts

 $  $  $  $  $185 

Total

 $  $  $  $  $185 

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions MABS  CDO  MTOB  OSF  Other 

VIE assets (UPB)

 $    89,288  $    9,807  $    5,306  $    3,322  $    31,934 

Maximum exposure to loss1

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $10,657  $1,384  $80  $1,628  $4,730 

Derivative and other contracts

        3,333      1,686 

Commitments, guarantees and other

  1,214   668      164   433 

Total

 $11,871  $2,052  $3,413  $1,792  $6,849 

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $10,657  $1,384  $43  $1,202  $4,730 

Derivative and other contracts

        5      184 

Total

 $10,657  $1,384  $48  $1,202  $4,914 

Additional VIE assets owned2

 

             $11,318 

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

1.

Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect changes in fair value recorded by the Firm.

2.

Additional VIE assets owned represents the carrying value of total exposure tonon-consolidated VIEs for which the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds, primarily interests issued by securitization SPEs. The Firm’s primary risk exposure is to the most subordinate class of beneficial interest and maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned. These assets are primarily included in Trading assets and Investment securities and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives.

The following tables include all VIEs in which the Firm has determined that its maximum exposure to loss is greater than specific thresholds or meets certain other criteria and exclude exposure to loss from liabilities due to immateriality. Mostmajority of the VIEs included in the followingprevious tables are sponsored by unrelated parties; the Firm’s involvement generally is the result of its secondary market-making activities, securities held in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5) and certain investments in funds.

Non-consolidated VIEs

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 MABS  CDO  MTOB  OSF  Other 

VIE assets (unpaid principal balance)

 $    89,288  $9,807  $5,306  $3,322  $31,934  

Maximum exposure to loss

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $10,657  $1,384  $80  $1,628  $4,730  

Derivative and other contracts

        3,333      1,686  

Commitments, guarantees and other

  1,214   668      164   433  

Total

 $11,871  $    2,052  $    3,413  $    1,792  $    6,849  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $10,657  $1,384  $43  $1,202  $4,730  

Derivative and other contracts

        5      184  

Total

 $10,657  $1,384  $48  $1,202  $4,914  
  At December 31, 2016 

$ in millions

 MABS  CDO  MTOB  OSF  Other 

VIE assets (unpaid principal balance)

 $ 101,916  $11,341  $4,857  $4,293  $39,077  

Maximum exposure to loss

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $11,243  $1,245  $50  $1,570  $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

        2,812      45  

Commitments, guarantees and other

  684   99      187   228  

Total

 $    11,927  $    1,344  $    2,862  $    1,757  $    5,150  

Carrying value of exposure to loss—Assets

 

  

Debt and equity interests

 $11,243  $1,245  $49  $1,183  $4,877  

Derivative and other contracts

        5      18  

Total

 $11,243  $1,245  $54  $1,183  $4,895  

MTOB—Municipal tender option bonds

Non-consolidated VIE Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets

   At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  UPB   Debt and
Equity
Interests
   UPB   Debt and
Equity
Interests
 

Residential mortgages

  $15,636   $1,272   $4,775   $458  

Commercial mortgages

   46,464    2,331    54,021    2,656  

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   16,223    3,439    14,796    2,758  

Other consumer or commercial loans

   10,965    3,615    28,324    5,371  

Total

  $    89,288   $    10,657   $    101,916   $    11,243  

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table often differs from the carrying value of the variable interests held by the Firm. The maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table is dependent on the nature of the Firm’s variable interest in the VIEsVIE and is limited to the to:

notional amounts of certain liquidity facilities, facilities;

other credit support, support;

total return swaps, swaps;

written put options,options; and the

fair value of certain other derivatives and investments the Firm has made in the VIEs. Liabilities issued by VIEs generally arenon-recourse to the Firm. Where notional amounts are utilized in quantifying the maximum exposure related to derivatives, such amounts do not reflect fair value write-downs already recorded by the Firm.VIE.

The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous tabletables does not include the offsetting benefit of hedges or any financial instruments that the Firm may utilize to hedge these risksreductions associated with its variable interests. In addition, the Firm’s maximum exposure to loss presented in the previous table is not reduced by the amount of collateral held as part of a transaction with the VIE or any party to the VIE directly against a specific exposure to loss.

December 2017 Form 10-K150


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Securitization transactions generally involve VIEs. Primarily as a result of its secondary market-making activities, the Firm owned additional VIE assets mainlyLiabilities issued by securitization SPEs for whichVIEs generally arenon-recourse to the maximum exposure to loss is less than specific thresholds.Firm.

Additional VIEMortgage- and Asset-Backed Securitization Assets Owned

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
   At December 31,
2016
 

VIE assets

      $11,318       $11,685 

These assets were either retained in connection with transfers of assets by the Firm, acquired in connection with secondary market-making activities, held as AFS securities in its Investment securities portfolio (see Note 5), or held as investments in funds. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, these assets consisted of securities backed by residential mortgage loans, commercial mortgage loans or other consumer loans, such as credit card receivables, automobile loans and student loans, CDOs or CLOs, and investment funds.

The Firm’s primary risk exposure is to the securities issued by the SPE owned by the Firm, with the highest risk on the most subordinate class of beneficial interests. These assets generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt, Trading assets—Investments or AFS securities within its Investment securities portfolio and are measured at fair value (see Note 3). The Firm does not provide additional support in these transactions through contractual facilities, such as liquidity facilities, guarantees or similar derivatives. The Firm’s maximum exposure to loss generally equals the fair value of the assets owned.

   At December 31, 2018       At December 31, 2017  
$ in millions  UPB   

Debt and

Equity
Interests

   UPB   

Debt and

Equity
Interests

 

Residential mortgages

  $6,954   $745   $15,636   $1,272 

Commercial mortgages

   42,974    1,237    46,464    2,331 

U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations

   14,969    3,443    16,223    3,439 

Other consumer or commercial loans

   6,390    2,809    10,965    3,615 

Total

  $    71,287   $8,234   $    89,288   $10,657 

Securitization Activities

In a securitization transaction, the Firm transfers assets (generally commercial or residential mortgage loans or U.S. agency securities) to an SPE, sells to investors most of the beneficial interests, such as notes or certificates, issued by the SPE, and, in many cases, retains other beneficial interests. The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests.

In many securitization transactions involving commercial mortgage loans, the Firm transfers a portion of the assets to the SPE with unrelated parties transferring the remaining assets.

The purchase of the transferred assets by the SPE is financed through the sale of these interests. In some of these transactions, primarily involving residential mortgage loans in the U.S., the Firm serves as servicer for some or all of the transferred loans. In many securitizations, particularly involving residential mortgage loans, the Firm also enters into derivative transactions, primarily interest rate swaps or interest rate caps, with the SPE.

135December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Although not obligated, the Firm generally makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in thesesecuritization transactions. As a market maker, the Firm offers to buy these securities from, and sell these securities to, investors. Securities purchased through these market-making activities are not considered to be retained interests, althoughinterests; these beneficial interests generally are included in Trading assets—Corporate and other debt and are measured at fair value.

The Firm enters into derivatives, generally interest rate swaps and interest rate caps, with a senior payment priority in many securitization transactions. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivatives withnon-SPE counterparties and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure. See Note 4 for further information on derivative instruments and hedging activities.

Available-for-SaleAvailable-for-Sale Securities

In the AFS securities within the Investment securities portfolio, theThe Firm holds securitiesAFS issued by VIEs not sponsored by the Firm.Firm within the Investment securities portfolio. These securities include an explicit and implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government issued inare composed of those related to transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies and the most senior securities issued by VIEs in which the securities are backed by student loans, automobile loans, commercial mortgage loans or CLOs (seeCLOs. Transactions sponsored by the federal mortgage agencies include an explicit or implicit guarantee provided by the U.S. government. See Note 5).    5 for further information on the Investment Securities Portfolio.

Municipal Tender Option Bond Trusts

In a municipal tender option bond trust transaction, the Firm, generally on behalf of a client transfers a municipal bond to a trust. The trust issues short-term securities that the Firm, as the remarketing agent, sells to investors. The client generally retains a residual interest. The short-term securities are supported by a liquidity facility pursuant to which the investors may put their short-term interests. In some programs, the Firm provides this liquidity facility; in most programs, a third-party provider will provide such liquidity facility.

The Firm may, purchase short-termin lieu of purchasing short term securities in its role either asfor remarketing, agent or as liquidity provider.decide to extend a temporary loan to the trust. The client can generally terminate the transaction at any time. The liquidity provider can generally terminate the transaction upon the occurrence of certain events. When the transaction is terminated, the municipal bond is generally sold or returned to the client. Any losses suffered by the liquidity provider upon the sale of the bond are the responsibility of the client. This obligation is generally is collateralized. Liquidity facilities provided to municipal tender option bond trusts are classified as derivatives. The Firm consolidates any municipal tender option bond trusts in which it holds the residual interest.

151December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Credit Protection Purchased through Credit-Linked Notes

CLN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on referenced asset. In a CLN transaction,these transactions, the Firm transfers assets (generally high-quality securities or money market investments) to an SPE, enters into a derivative transaction in which the SPE writessells protection on an unrelated referencereferenced asset or group of assets, through a CDS, a total return swap or similar instrument,credit derivative, and sells to investors the securities issued by the SPE.SPE to investors. In some transactions, the Firm may also enter into interest rate or currency swaps with the SPE.

Upon the occurrence of a credit event related to the referencereferenced asset, the SPE will deliver securities collateral securities as payment to the Firm. The Firm, is generally exposedwhich exposes the Firm to price changes in the collateral’s value. Depending on the collateral securities in the event of a credit event and subsequent sale. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain credit risk on the reference asset. In some transactions,structure, the assets and liabilities of the SPE aremay be recognized in the Firm’s balance sheets. In other transactions, the transfer of the collateral securities issheets or accounted for as a sale of assets and the SPE is not consolidated. The structure of the transaction determines the accounting treatment.

Derivative payments by the SPE are collateralized. The risks associated with these and similar derivatives with SPEs are essentially the same as similar derivativesthose withnon-SPE counterparties, and are managed as part of the Firm’s overall exposure.

Other Structured Financings

The Firm invests in interests issued by entities that develop and ownlow-income communities (includinglow-income housing projects) and entities that construct and own facilities that will generate energy from renewable resources. The interests entitle the Firm to itsa share of tax credits and tax losses generated by these projects. In addition, the Firm has issued guarantees to investors in certainlow-income housing funds. The guarantees are designed to return an investor’s contribution to a fund and the investor’s share of tax losses and tax credits expected to be generated by the fund. The Firm is also involved with entities designed to providetax-efficient yields to the Firm or its clients.

Collateralized Loan and Debt Obligations

A CLO or a CDO is an SPECLOs and CDOs are SPEs that purchasespurchase a pool of assets consisting of corporate loans, corporate bonds, ABS or synthetic exposures on similar assets through derivatives, and issues multiple tranches of debt and equity securities to investors. The Firm underwrites the securities issued in CLO transactions on behalf of unaffiliated sponsors and provides advisory services to these unaffiliated sponsors. The Firm sells corporate loans to many of these SPEs, in some cases representing a significant portion of the total assets purchased. If necessary, the Firm may retain unsold securities issued in these transactions. Although not obligated, the Firm generally

makes a market in the securities issued by SPEs in these transactions.transactions and may retain unsold securities. These beneficial interests are included in Trading assets and are measured at fair value.

December 2018 Form 10-K136


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Equity-Linked Notes

ELN transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. In an ELN transaction, the Firm typically transfers to an SPE either (1) a note issued by the Firm, the payments on which are linked to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index, or other index, or (2) debt securities issued by other companies and a derivative contract, the terms of which will relate to the performance of a specific equity security, equity index or other index. These transactions are designed to provide investors with exposure to certain risks related to the specific equity security, equity index or other index. ELN transactions with SPEs were not consolidated at December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016.

Transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment are shown in the following tables.2017.

Transfers of Assets with Continuing Involvement

 

 At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions RML CML U.S. Agency
CMO
 

CLN and

Other1

   

RML

   CML   U.S. Agency
CMO
   

CLN and

Other1

 

SPE assets (UPB)2

 $    15,555  $    62,744  $11,612  $17,060    $    14,376   $    68,593   $16,594   $    14,608 

Retained interests

Retained interests

 

Retained interests

 

Investment grade

 $  $293  $407  $   $17   $483   $1,573   $3 

Non-investment grade (fair value)

  1   98      478     4    212        210 

Total

 $1  $391  $407  $482    $21   $695   $1,573   $213 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Investment grade

 $  $94  $439  $—    $7   $91   $102   $ 

Non-investment grade

  16   66          28    71         

Total

 $16  $160  $439  $   $35   $162   $102   $ 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $1  $  $  $226    $   $   $   $216 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

           85                 178 

 

 At December 31, 2016 
  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions 

RML

 CML U.S. Agency
CMO
 

CLN and

Other1

   

RML

   CML   U.S. Agency
CMO
   

CLN and

Other1

 

SPE assets (UPB)2

 $19,381  $43,104  $11,092  $11,613    $    15,555   $    62,744   $11,612   $    17,060 

Retained interests (fair value)

 

Retained interests

Retained interests

 

Investment grade

 $  $22  $375  $—    $   $293   $407   $4 

Non-investment grade

 4  79     826  

Non-investment grade (fair value)

   1    98        478 

Total

 $4  $101  $375  $826    $1   $391   $407   $482 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Interests purchased in the secondary market (fair value)

 

Investment grade

 $  $30  $26  $—    $   $94   $439   $ 

Non-investment grade

 23  75      —     16    66        4 

Total

 $23  $105  $26  $—    $16   $160   $439   $4 

Derivative assets (fair value)

 $  $261  $  $89    $1   $   $   $226 

Derivative liabilities (fair value)

          459                 85 

RML—Residential mortgage loans

CML—Commercial mortgage loans

1.

Amounts include CLO transactions managed by unrelated third parties.

2.

Amounts include assets transferred by unrelated transferors.

   Fair Value at December 31, 2018     
$ in millions  Level 2       Level 3       Total     

Retained interests

      

Investment grade

  $1,580   $13   $1,593 

Non-investment grade

   174    252    426 

Total

  $1,754   $265   $2,019 

Interests purchased in the secondary market

 

Investment grade

  $193   $7   $200 

Non-investment grade

   83    16    99 

Total

  $276   $23   $299 

Derivative assets

  $121   $95   $216 

Derivative liabilities

   175    3    178 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K152


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   Fair Value at December 31, 2017     
$ in millions  Level 2       Level 3       Total     

Retained interests

      

Investment grade

  $407   $4   $411 

Non-investment grade

   22    555    577 

Total

  $429   $559   $988 

Interests purchased in the secondary market

 

Investment grade

  $531   $2   $533 

Non-investment grade

   57    29    86 

Total

  $588   $31   $619 

Derivative assets

  $78   $149   $227 

Derivative liabilities

   81    4    85 

The previous tables include transactions with SPEs in which the Firm, acting as principal, transferred financial assets with continuing involvement and received sales treatment.

  Fair Value at December 31, 2016     
$ in millions Level 2      Level 3      Total     

Retained interests

   

Investment grade

 $385  $12  $397  

Non-investment grade

  14   895   909  

Total

 $399  $907  $1,306  

Interests purchased in the secondary market

 

Investment grade

 $56  $  $56  

Non-investment grade

  84   14   98  

Total

 $140  $14  $154  

Derivative assets

 $348  $2  $350  

Derivative liabilities

  98   361   459  

Transferred assets are carried at fair value prior to securitization, and any changes in fair value are recognized in the income statements. The Firm may act as underwriter of the beneficial interests issued by these securitization vehicles.vehicles, for which Investment banking underwriting net revenues are recognized in connection with these transactions.recognized. The Firm may retain interests in the securitized financial assets as one or more tranches of the securitization. These retained interests are generally carried at fair value in the balance sheets with changes in fair value recognized in the income statements.

Proceeds from New Securitization Transactions and Sales of Loans

 

$ in millions      2017           2016               2015          2018 2017 2016 

New transactions1

  $        23,939    $18,975    $21,243   $    23,821  $    23,939  $    18,975 

Retained interests

   2,337     2,701     3,062    2,904  2,337  2,701 

Sales of corporate loans to CLO SPEs1, 2

   191     475     1,110    317  191  475 

 

1.

Net gains on new transactions and sales of corporate loans to CLO entities at the time of the sale were not material for all periods presented.

2.

Sponsored bynon-affiliates.

The Firm has provided, or otherwise agreed to be responsible for, representations and warranties regarding certain assets transferred in securitization transactions sponsored by the Firm (see Note 12).

The Firm also enters into transactions in which it sells equity securities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC equity derivatives with the purchasers of the securities, through which it retains the exposure to the securities as shown in the following table.

137December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Assets Sold with Retained Exposure

 

$ in millions  At December 31,    
2017
   At December 31,    
2016
   

At

December 31,  
2018

   

At

December 31,  
2017

 

Carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale and gross cash proceeds

  $19,115    $11,209  

Gross cash proceeds from sale of assets1

  $27,121   $19,115 

Fair value

        

Assets sold

  $19,138    $11,301    $26,524   $19,138 

Derivative assets recognized in the balance sheets

   176     128     164    176 

Derivative liabilities recognized in the balance sheets

   153     36     763    153 

Failed Sales

1.

The carrying value of assets derecognized at the time of sale approximates gross cash proceeds.

For transfers that fail to meetThe Firm enters into transactions in which it sells securities, primarily equities and contemporaneously enters into bilateral OTC derivatives with the accounting criteria for a sale,purchasers of the Firm continues to recognize the assets in Trading assets at fair value, and the Firm recognizes the associated liabilities in Other secured financings at fair value in the balance sheets (see Note 11).

The assets transferred to certain unconsolidated VIEs in transactions accounted for as failed sales cannot be removed unilaterally by the Firm and are not generally availablesecurities, through which it retains exposure to the Firm. The related liabilities are alsonon-recourse to the Firm. In certain other failed sale transactions, the Firm has the right to remove assets or provides additional recourse through derivatives such as total return swaps, guarantees or other forms of involvement.sold securities.

Carrying Value of Assets and Liabilities Related to Failed Sales

   At December 31, 2017     At December 31, 2016   
$ in millions  Assets       Liabilities       Assets       Liabilities     

Failed sales

  $552    $552    $285    $285  

14. Regulatory Requirements

Regulatory Capital Framework

The Firm is an FHC under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, and is subject to the regulation and oversight of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve”). The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements for the Firm, including well-capitalized standards, and evaluates the Firm’s compliance with such capital requirements. The OCC establishes similar capital requirements and standards for MSBNA and MSPBNA (collectively, ourthe “U.S. Bank Subsidiaries”). The regulatory capital requirements are largely based on the Basel III capital standards

153December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

established by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision and also implement certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.

Regulatory Capital Requirements

The Firm is required to maintain minimum risk-based and leverageleverage-based capital ratios under the regulatory capital requirements. A summary of the calculations of regulatory capital, RWAsRWA and transition provisions follows.

Minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements apply to Common Equity Tier 1 capital, Tier 1 capital and Total capital.capital (which includes Tier 2 capital). Certain adjustments to and deductions from capital are required for purposes of determining these ratios, such as goodwill, intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, other amounts in AOCI and investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions. Certain of these adjustments and deductions are also subject to transitional provisions.

In addition to the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, on a fullyphased-in basis by 2019, the Firm will beis subject to the following buffers:buffers in 2019:

 

A greater than 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 capital conservation buffer;

The Common Equity Tier 1G-SIB capital surcharge, currently at 3%; and

 

Up to a 2.5% Common Equity Tier 1 CCyB, currently set by U.S. banking agencies at zero.

Thephase-in amount forIn 2018 and 2017, each of the buffers was 75% and 50%, respectively, of the fullyphased-in buffer2019 requirement in 2017, and increases to 75% in 2018.noted above. Failure to maintain the buffers willwould result in restrictions on the Firm’s ability to make capital distributions, including the payment of dividends and the repurchase of stock, and to pay discretionary bonuses to executive officers.

Risk-Weighted Assets

RWAs reflectRWA reflects both the Firm’son- andoff-balance sheet risk, as well as capital charges attributable to the risk of loss arising from the following:

 

Credit risk: The failure of a borrower, counterparty or issuer to meet its financial obligations to the Firm;

 

Market risk: Adverse changes in the level of one or more market prices, rates, indices, volatilities, correlations or other market factors, such as market liquidity; and

 

 

Operational risk: Inadequate or failed processes or systems, from human factors or from external events (e.g., fraud, theft, legal and compliance risks, cyber attacks or damage to physical assets).

The Firm’s risk-based capital ratios for purposes of determining regulatory compliance are the lower of the capital ratios computed under (i) the standardized approaches for calculating credit risk and market risk RWAsRWA (“Standardized Approach”) and (ii) the applicable advanced approaches for calculating credit risk, market risk and operational risk RWAsRWA (“Advanced Approach”).

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

At December 31, 2017,2018, the Firm’s risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules. Atrules, while at December 31, 2016,2017, the Firm’s ratios were based on the AdvancedStandardized Approach transitional rules.

The Firm’s Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

 

  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Amount       Ratio       Minimum    
Capital    
Ratio1    
   Required    
Ratio1    
   Amount   Ratio     

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $61,134    16.5%    7.3%     8.6%   $62,086    16.9% 

Tier 1 capital

   69,938    18.9%    8.8%     10.1%    70,619    19.2% 

Total capital

   80,275    21.7%    10.8%     12.1%    80,052    21.8% 

Total RWA

      367,309    

Leverage-based capital

      

Tier 1 leverage

       8.3%    4.0%     4.0%   $70,619    8.4% 

Total RWAs

  $    369,578    N/A    N/A  

Adjusted average assets2

   842,270    N/A    N/A        843,074    

SLR3

   5.0%    70,619    6.5% 

Supplementary leverage exposure4

          1,092,672    

 

   At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions  Amount       Ratio       Minimum    
Capital    
Ratio1    
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

  $60,398          16.9%    5.9%  

Tier 1 capital

   68,097    19.0%    7.4%  

Total capital

   78,642    22.0%    9.4%  

Tier 1 leverage

       8.4%    4.0%  

Total RWAs

  $    358,141    N/A    N/A  

Adjusted average assets2

   811,402    N/A    N/A  
December 2018 Form 10-K138


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Required    
Ratio1    
   Amount   Ratio5     

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   7.3%   $61,134    16.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.8%    69,938    18.9% 

Total capital

   10.8%    80,275    21.7% 

Total RWA

            369,578      

Leverage-based capital

      

Tier 1 leverage

   4.0%   $69,938    8.3% 

Adjusted average assets2

        842,270      

 

1.

Percentages represent minimum required regulatory capital ratios—for risk-based capital, the ratios are under the transitional rules.

2.

Adjusted average assets representrepresents the denominator of the Tier 1 leverage ratio and areis composed of the average daily balance of consolidatedon-balance sheet assets under U.S. GAAP during the quarterquarters ended December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016, respectively,2017, adjusted for disallowed goodwill, transitional intangible assets, certain deferred tax assets, certain investments in the capital instruments of unconsolidated financial institutions and other adjustments.

3.

The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

4.

Supplementary leverage exposure is the sum of Adjusted average assets used in the Tier 1 leverage ratio and other adjustments, primarily (i) potential future exposure for derivative exposures,gross-up for cash collateral netting where qualifying criteria are not met, and the effective notional principal amount of sold credit protection offset by qualifying purchased credit protection; (ii) the counterparty credit risk for repo-style transactions; and (iii) the credit equivalent amount foroff-balance sheet exposures.

5.

For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance at December 31, 2017 was determined based on capital ratios calculated under transitional rules.

U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ Regulatory Capital and Capital Ratios

The OCC establishes capital requirements for the Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries and evaluates their compliance with such capital requirements. Regulatory capital requirements for the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries are subjectcalculated in a similar manner to similarthe Firm’s regulatory capital requirements, asalthoughG-SIB capital surcharge requirements do not apply to the Firm. FailureU.S. Bank Subsidiaries.

The OCC’s regulatory capital framework includes Prompt Corrective Action (“PCA”) standards, including “well-capitalized” PCA standards that are based on specified regulatory capital ratio minimums. For the Firm to remain an FHC, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must remain well-capitalized in accordance with the OCC’s PCA standards. In addition, failure by the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries to meet minimum capital requirements can initiatemay result in certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ and the Firm’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, each of the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of its assets, liabilities and certainoff-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices.

December 2017 Form 10-K154


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Each U.S. depository institution subsidiary of the Firm must be well-capitalized in order for the Firm to continue to qualify as an FHC and to continue to engage in the broadest range of financial activities permitted for financial holding companies. Under regulatory capital requirements adopted by the U.S. federal banking agencies, U.S. depository institutions must maintain certain minimum capital ratios in order to be considered well-capitalized. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Firm’s U.S. Bank Subsidiaries maintained capital at levels sufficiently in excess of the universally mandated well-capitalized requirements to address any additional capital needs and requirements identified by the U.S. federal banking regulators.

At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016,2018, the U.S. Bank Subsidiaries’ risk-based capital ratios are based on the Standardized Approach rules, while at December 31, 2017, the ratios were based on the Standardized Approach transitional rules. In each period, the ratios exceeded well-capitalized requirements.

MSBNA’s Regulatory Capital

 

 At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 

$ in millions

 Amount   Ratio   Minimum
Capital
Ratio1
   Required    
Ratio1    
   Amount   Ratio       

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $    15,196    20.5%    6.5%    6.5%   $        15,221    19.5% 

Tier 1 capital

  15,196    20.5%    8.0%    8.0%    15,221    19.5% 

Total capital

  15,454    20.8%    10.0%    10.0%    15,484    19.8% 

Leverage-based capital

      

Tier 1 leverage

  15,196    11.8%    5.0%    5.0%   $15,221    10.5% 
 At December 31, 2016 

$ in millions

 Amount   Ratio   Minimum
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $13,398    16.9%    6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

 13,398    16.9%    8.0% 

Total capital

 14,858    18.7%    10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

 13,398    10.5%    5.0% 

SLR2

   6.0%    15,221    8.2% 

   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Required    
Ratio1    
   Amount   Ratio3      

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5%   $        15,196    20.5% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0%    15,196    20.5% 

Total capital

   10.0%    15,454    20.8% 

Leverage-based capital

      

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0%   $15,196    11.8% 

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Required    
Ratio1    
   Amount   Ratio      

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5%   $        7,183    25.2% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0%    7,183    25.2% 

Total capital

   10.0%    7,229    25.4% 

Leverage-based capital

      

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0%   $7,183    10.0% 

SLR2

   6.0%    7,183    9.6% 

   At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions  Required    
Ratio1    
   Amount   Ratio3      

Risk-based capital

      

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

   6.5%   $6,215    24.4% 

Tier 1 capital

   8.0%    6,215    24.4% 

Total capital

   10.0%    6,258    24.6% 

Leverage-based capital

      

Tier 1 leverage

   5.0%   $        6,215    9.7% 

 

1.

Capital ratiosRatios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.

MSPBNA’s Regulatory Capital

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Amount   Ratio   Minimum
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $6,215    24.4%    6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

  6,215    24.4%    8.0% 

Total capital

  6,258    24.6%    10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

  6,215    9.7%    5.0% 
  At December 31, 2016 

$ in millions

 Amount   Ratio   Minimum
Capital
Ratio1
 

Common Equity Tier 1 capital

 $        5,589    26.1%    6.5% 

Tier 1 capital

  5,589    26.1%    8.0% 

Total capital

  5,626    26.3%    10.0% 

Tier 1 leverage

  5,589    10.6%    5.0% 

1.2.

Capital ratios that are required in order to be considered well-capitalized for U.S. regulatory purposes.The SLR became effective as a capital standard on January 1, 2018.

3.

For risk- and leverage-based capital, regulatory compliance at December 31, 2017 was determined based on capital ratios calculated under transitional rules.

U.S. Broker-Dealer Regulatory Capital Requirements

MS&Co. Regulatory Capital

 

$ in millions

  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2016   At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017 

Net capital

  $10,142   $10,311    $13,797   $10,142 

Excess net capital

   8,018    8,034     11,333    8,018 

139December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

MS&Co. is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and registered futures commission merchant and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC and the CFTC. MS&Co. has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

As an Alternative Net Capital broker-dealer, and in accordance with the market and credit risk standards of Appendix E of SEC Rule15c3-1, MS&Co. is subject to minimum net capital and tentative net capital requirements. In addition, MS&Co. must notify the SEC if its tentative net capital falls below certain levels. At December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016,2017, MS&Co. has exceeded its net capital requirement and has tentative net capital in excess of the minimum and notification requirements.

MSSB LLC Regulatory Capital

 

$ in millions  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2016    At December 31, 2018   At December 31, 2017  

Net capital

  $2,567   $3,946     $                             3,455    $                             2,567  

Excess net capital

   2,400    3,797     3,313    2,400  

MSSB LLC is a registered U.S. broker-dealer and introducing broker for the futures business and, accordingly, is subject to the minimum net capital requirements of the SEC. MSSB LLC has consistently operated with capital in excess of its regulatory capital requirements.

Other Regulated Subsidiaries

MSIP, a London-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the PRA, and MSMS, a Tokyo-based broker-dealer subsidiary, is subject to the capital requirements of the Financial Services Agency. MSIP and MSMS have consistently operated with capital in excess of their respective regulatory capital requirements.

Certain other U.S. andnon-U.S. subsidiaries of the Firm are subject to various securities, commodities and banking regulations, and capital adequacy requirements promulgated by the regulatory and exchange authorities of the countries in which they operate. These subsidiaries have consistently operated with capital in excess of their local capital adequacy requirements.

155December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Restrictions on Payments

The regulatory capital requirements referred to above, and certain covenants contained in various agreements governing indebtedness of the Firm, may restrict the Firm’s ability to withdraw capital from its subsidiaries. The following table represents net assets of consolidated subsidiaries that may be restricted as to the payment of cash dividends and advances to the Parent Company.

 

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

  

At

December 31,

2018

 

At

December 31,

2017

 

Restricted net assets

  $29,894   $25,258    $                        29,222  $                             29,894  

15. Total Equity

Morgan Stanley Shareholders’ Equity

Common Stock

Rollforward of Common Stock Outstanding

 

in millions

  2017 2016   2018 2017   

Shares outstanding at beginning of period

   1,852  1,920    1,788  1,852  

Treasury stock purchases1

   (92 (133   (110 (92)  

Other2

   28  65    22  28   

Shares outstanding at end of period

   1,788  1,852    1,700  1,788   

 

1.

The Firm’s Board has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (“Share Repurchase Program”). In addition to the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program, Treasury stock purchases include repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding.

2.

Other includes net shares issued to and forfeited from Employee stock trusts and issued for RSU conversions.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

 

$ in millions  2017   2016  2018 2017 

Repurchases of common stock

  $            3,750   $            3,500 

Repurchases of common stock under the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program

  $            4,860  $            3,750  

The Firm’s 20172018 Capital Plan (“Capital Plan”) includes the share repurchase of up to $5.0$4.7 billion of outstanding common stock for the period beginning July 1, 20172018 through June 30, 2018, an increase from $3.5 billion in the 2016 Capital Plan.2019. Additionally, the Capital Plan includes quarterly common stock dividends of up to $0.25$0.30 per share.

December 2018 Form 10-K140


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

On April 18, 2018, the Firm entered into a sales plan with MUFG, whereby MUFG sells shares of the Firm’s common stock to the Firm, as part of the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program. The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

Pursuant to the Share Repurchase Program, the Firm considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as stock-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. Share repurchases under the program will be exercised from time to time at prices the Firm deems appro-

priateappropriate subject to various factors, including the Firm’s capital position and market conditions. The share repurchases may be effected through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, including through Rule10b5-1 plans, and may be suspended at any time. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval.

Employee Stock Trusts

The Firm has established Employee stock trusts to provide common stock voting rights to certain employees who hold outstanding RSUs. The assets of the Employee stock trusts are consolidated with those of the Firm, and the value of the stock held in the Employee stock trusts is classified in Morgan Stanley shareholders’ equity and generally accounted for in a manner similar to treasury stock.

Preferred Stock Outstanding

 

$ in millions

  2017   2016   2015 

Dividends declared

  $            523   $            468   $            452  

The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 14).

Preferred Stock Outstanding    

$ in millions,

except per

share data

  Shares
Outstanding
      Carrying Value 
  Shares
Outstanding
       Carrying Value 

$ in millions,

except per

share data

At
December 31,
2017
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
 At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   Liquidation
Preference
per Share
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 
             

A

   44,000   $25,000   $    1,100           $1,100     44,000   $25,000   $1,100   $1,100  

C1

   519,882    1,000   408    408     519,882    1,000    408    408  

E

   34,500    25,000   862    862     34,500    25,000    862    862  

F

   34,000    25,000   850    850     34,000    25,000    850    850  

G

   20,000    25,000   500    500     20,000    25,000    500    500  

H

   52,000    25,000   1,300    1,300     52,000    25,000    1,300    1,300  

I

   40,000    25,000   1,000    1,000     40,000    25,000    1,000    1,000  

J

   60,000    25,000   1,500    1,500     60,000    25,000    1,500    1,500  

K

   40,000    25,000   1,000    —     40,000    25,000    1,000    1,000  

Total

Total

 

  $    8,520           $7,520  

Total

 

  $    8,520   $    8,520  

 

1.

Series C is composed of the issuance of 1,160,791 shares of Series C Preferred Stock to MUFG for an aggregate purchase price of $911 million, less the redemption of 640,909 shares of Series C Preferred Stock of $503 million, which were converted to common shares of approximately $705 million.

December 2017 Form 10-K156


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

The Firm is authorized to issue 30 million shares of preferred stock. The preferred stock has a preference over the common stock upon liquidation. The Firm’s preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital in accordance with regulatory capital requirements (see Note 14).

Preferred Stock Issuance Description

 

  Series  Issuance Date  Preferred Stock Issuance Description  

Redemption
Price

per Share1

   Redeemable on or
after Date
   Dividend
per
Share2
 

A3

  July 2006  44,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th of a share of Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value  $25,000    July 15, 2011   $255.56 

C3, 4

  October 13, 2008  10% PerpetualNon-CumulativeNon-Voting Preferred Stock   1,100    October 15, 2011    25.00 

E5

  September 30, 2013  34,500,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    October 15, 2023    445.31 

F5

  December 10, 2013  34,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    January 15, 2024    429.69 

G5

  April 29, 2014  20,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetual 6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    July 15, 2019    414.06 

H5, 6

  April 29, 2014  1,300,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    July 15, 2019    681.25 

I5

  September 18, 2014  40,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    October 15, 2024    398.44 

J5, 7

  March 19, 2015  1,500,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/25th interest in a share of perpetualFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value   25,000    July 15, 2020    693.75 

K5, 8

  January 2017  40,000,000 Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/1,000th interest in a share ofFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K, $0.01 par value   25,000    April 15, 2027    365.63 
       

Depositary

Shares

per Share

   Redemption 
Series1, 2  Shares
Issued
   Price
per Share3
   Date4 

A

   44,000    1,000    $        25,000    July 15, 2011 

C5

   1,160,791    N/A    1,100    October 15, 2011 

E

   34,500    1,000    25,000    October 15, 2023 

F

   34,000    1,000    25,000    January 15, 2024 

G

   20,000    1,000    25,000    July 15, 2019 

H

   52,000    25    25,000    July 15, 2019 

I

   40,000    1,000    25,000    October 15, 2024 

J

   60,000    25    25,000    July 15, 2020 

K

   40,000    1,000    25,000    April 15, 2027 

 

1.

The redemption price perAll shares issued are non-cumulative. Each share forhas a par value of $0.01, except Series A, E, F, G, I and K is equivalent to $25.00 per Depositary Share. The redemption price per share for Series H and J is equivalent to $1,000 per Depositary Share.C.

2.

QuarterlyDividends on Series A are based on a floating rate, and dividends (unless noted otherwise).on Series C and G are based on a fixed rate. Dividends on all other Series are based on a fixed-to-floating rate.

3.

The preferred stock isSeries A and C are redeemable at the redemption price plus accrued and unpaid dividends, regardless of whether dividends are actually declared, up to but excluding the date of redemption. All other Series are redeemable at the redemption price plus any declared and unpaid dividends, up to but excluding the date fixed for redemption.

4.

Series A and C are redeemable at the Firm’s option, in whole or in part, on or after the redemption date.

4.

Dividends on the All other Series C preferred stock are payable, on anon-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.

5.

The preferred stock is redeemable at the Firm’s option (i) in whole or in part, from time to time, on any dividend payment date on or after the redemption date or (ii) in whole but not in part at any time within 90 days following a regulatory capital treatment event (as described in the terms of that series).

6.5.

DividendSeries C is non-voting perpetual preferred stock. Dividends on the Series C preferred stock are payable, on a non-cumulative basis, as and if declared by the Board, in cash, at the rate of 10% per annum of the liquidation preference of $1,000 per share.

Preferred Stock Dividends

$ in millions,

except per

share data

 2018  2017  2016 
 

Per

Share1

  Total  

Per

Share1

  Total  

Per

Share1

  Total 

Series

     

A

  $      1,011   $      45   $      1,014   $      45   $    1,017   $      45  

C

  100   52   100   52   100   52  

E

  1,781   61   1,781   61   1,781   62  

F

  1,719   58   1,719   58   1,719   58  

G

  1,656   33   1,656   33   1,656   33  

H

  1,363   71   1,363   71   1,363   71  

I

  1,594   64   1,594   64   1,594   64  

J

  1,388   83   1,388   83   1,388   83  

K

  1,463   59   1,402   56   N/A   N/A 

Total

      $    526       $    523       $    468  

1.

Dividends on all series are payable quarterly, except for Series H preferred stock isand J, which are payable semiannually until July 15, 2019 and July 15, 2020, respectively, and then quarterly thereafter.

7.

Dividend on Series J preferred stock is payable semiannually until July 15, 2020 and quarterly thereafter. In addition to the redemption price per share, the redemption price includes any declared and unpaid dividends up to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.

141December 2018 Form 10-K


8.

The Series K Preferred Stock offering (net of related issuance costs) in January 2017 resulted in proceeds of approximately $994 million.Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

 

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive IncomeIncome (Loss)1

 

$ in millions

  Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
 AFS
Securities
 Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
 DVA Total  Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
 AFS Securities Pensions,
Postretirement
and Other
 DVA Total 

December 31, 2014

  $(663 $(73     $(512 $  $(1,248) 

OCI during the period

   (300 (246 138     (408) 

December 31, 2015

   (963 (319 (374    (1,656)  $    (963)  $    (319)  $    (374)  $  $    (1,656)  

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA2

           (312 (312) 

Cumulative adjustment for accounting change2

          (312 (312)  

OCI during the period

   (23 (269 (100 (283 (675)  (23 (269 (100 (283 (675)  

December 31, 2016

   (986 (588 (474 (595 (2,643)  (986 (588 (474 (595 (2,643)  

OCI during the period

   219   41   (117  (560  (417)  219  41  (117 (560 (417)  

December 31, 2017

  $(767 $(547     $(591 $(1,155 $(3,060)  (767 (547 (591 (1,155 (3,060)  

Cumulative adjustment for accounting changes3

  (8  (111  (124  (194  (437)  

OCI during the period

  (114  (272  137   1,454   1,205   

December 31, 2018

  $    (889  $    (930  $    (578 $105   $    (2,292)  

 

1.

Amounts are net of tax and noncontrolling interests.

2.

In accordance with the early adoption of a provision of the accounting updateRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, acumulativecatch-up adjustment adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2016, to move the cumulative unrealized DVA amount net of noncontrolling interests and tax, related to outstanding liabilities under the fair value option election from Retained earnings into AOCI.

3.
157December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes

The cumulative adjustment for accounting changes is primarily the effect of the adoption of the accounting updateReclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. This adjustment was recorded as of January 1, 2018 to Consolidated Financial Statements

reclassify certain income tax effects related to enactment of the Tax Act from AOCI to Retained earnings, primarily related to the remeasurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities resulting from the reduction in the corporate income tax rate to 21%. See Note 2 for further information.

Components of Period Changes in OCI Components

 

  2017   20181 
$ in millions  Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
 After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 Non-
controlling
Interests
 Net   Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 Income
Tax Benefit
(Provision)
 After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 

Non-

controlling
Interests

   Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

    

OCI activity

  $64  $187  $251  $32  $219   $(11 $(79 $(90 $24   $(114)  

Reclassified to earnings

                                —   

Net OCI

  $64  $187  $251  $32  $219   $(11 $(79 $(90 $24   $(114)  

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

  

OCI activity

  $100  $(36 $64  $  $64   $(346 $80  $(266 $   $(266)  

Reclassified to earnings1

   (35  12   (23     (23

Reclassified to earnings

   (8  2   (6      (6)  

Net OCI

  $65  $(24 $41  $  $41   $(354 $82  $(272 $   $(272)  

Pension, postretirement and other

Pension, postretirement and other

 

Pension, postretirement and other

 

    

OCI activity

  $(193 $75  $(118 $  $(118  $156  $(37 $119  $   $119   

Reclassified to earnings1

   2   (1  1      1 

Reclassified to earnings

   26   (8  18       18   

Net OCI

  $(191 $74  $(117 $  $(117  $182  $(45 $137  $   $137   

Change in net DVA

Change in net DVA

 

       

OCI activity

  $(922 $325  $(597 $(28 $(569  $1,947  $(472 $1,475  $63   $1,412   

Reclassified to earnings1

   12   (3  9      9 

Reclassified to earnings

   56   (14  42       42   

Net OCI

  $        (910 $322  $        (588 $(28 $        (560  $2,003  $(486 $1,517  $63   $1,454   
   2017 
  $ in millions  Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
  Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
  After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
  

Non-

controlling
Interests

  Net 

  Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

   

  OCI activity

  $64  $187  $251  $32  $219   

  Reclassified to earnings

               —   

  Net OCI

  $64  $187  $251  $32  $219   

 

  Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

 

  OCI activity

  $100  $(36 $64  $  $64   

  Reclassified to earnings

   (35  12   (23     (23)  

  Net OCI

  $65  $(24 $41  $  $41   

 

  Pension, postretirement and other

 

    

  OCI activity

  $(193 $75  $(118 $  $(118)  

  Reclassified to earnings

   2   (1  1      1   

  Net OCI

  $(191 $74  $(117 $  $(117)  

 

  Change in net DVA

      

  OCI activity

  $(922 $325  $(597 $(28 $(569)  

  Reclassified to earnings

   12   (3  9      9   

  Net OCI

  $(910 $322  $(588 $(28 $(560)  

 

   20162 
$ in millions  Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
  Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
  After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
  Non-
controlling
Interests
  Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

OCI activity

  $(24 $9  $(15 $12  $(27

Reclassified to earnings

   4      4      4 

Net OCI

  $(20 $9  $(11 $12  $(23

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

OCI activity

  $(313 $116  $(197 $  $(197

Reclassified to earnings1

   (113  41   (72     (72

Net OCI

  $(426 $157  $(269 $  $(269

Pension, postretirement and other

 

OCI activity

  $(162 $64  $(98 $  $(98

Reclassified to earnings1

   (3  1   (2     (2

Net OCI

  $(165 $65  $(100 $  $(100

Change in net DVA

 

OCI activity

  $(429 $153  $(276 $(13 $(263

Reclassified to earnings1

   (31  11   (20     (20

Net OCI

  $        (460 $164  $        (296 $(13 $        (283
  2015   20162 
$ in millions  Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
 After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 Non-controlling
Interests
 Net   Pre-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 Income
Tax
Benefit
(Provision)
   After-tax
Gain
(Loss)
 

Non-

controlling
Interests

 Net 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

 

    

OCI activity

  $(119 $(185 $(304 $(4 $(300)    $(24 $9   $(15 $12  $(27)  

Reclassified to earnings

               —      4       4     4   

Net OCI

  $(119 $(185 $(304 $(4 $(300)    $(20 $9   $(11 $12  $(23)  

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

 

 

OCI activity

  $(305 $112  $(193 $  $(193)    $(313 $116   $(197 $  $(197)  

Reclassified to earnings1

   (84 31  (53    (53)  

Reclassified to earnings

   (113 41    (72    (72)  

Net OCI

  $(389 $143  $(246 $  $(246)    $(426 $157   $(269 $  $(269)  

Pension, postretirement and other

Pension, postretirement and other

 

Pension, postretirement and other

 

     

OCI activity

  $202  $(70 $132  $  $132     $(162 $64   $(98 $  $(98)  

Reclassified to earnings1

   9  (3 6     6   

Reclassified to earnings

   (3 1    (2    (2)  

Net OCI

  $        211  $(73 $    138  $  $        138     $(165 $65   $(100 $  $(100)  

Change in net DVA

       

OCI activity

  $(429 $153   $(276 $(13 $(263)  

Reclassified to earnings

   (31 11    (20    (20)  

Net OCI

  $(460 $164   $(296 $(13 $(283)  

 

1.

Amounts reclassifiedExclusive of cumulative adjustments related to earnings related to: realized gainsthe adoption of certain accounting updates in 2018. Refer to the table below and losses from sales of AFS securities are classified within Other revenues in the income statements; Pension, postretirement and other are classified within Compensation and benefits expenses in the income statements; and realization of DVA are classified within Trading revenues in the income statements.Note 2 for further information.

2.

Exclusive of 2016 cumulative adjustment for accounting change related to DVA.

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments to Retained Earnings Related to Adoption of Accounting Updates

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Firm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries. The Firm may elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016 relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Firm’s net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the following table.

$ in millions2018

Revenues from contracts with customers

$            (32) 

Derivatives and hedging—targeted improvements to accounting for hedging activities

(99) 

Reclassification of certain tax effects from AOCI

443  

Other1

(6) 

Total

$            306  

December 2018 Form 10-K142


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

$ in millions2017

Improvements to employee share-based payment accounting2

$            (30) 

Intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory

(5) 

Total

$            (35) 

1.

Other includes the adoption of accounting updates related toRecognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (other than the provision around presenting unrealized DVA in OCI, which the Firm early adopted in 2016) andDerecognition of Nonfinancial Assets. The impact of these adoptions on Retained earnings was not significant.

2.

In 2017, in accordance with the adoption of a provision of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, the Firm has elected to account for forfeitures on an actual basis as they occur. Upon adoption, the Firm recorded a cumulativecatch-up adjustment.

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments include gains or losses resulting from translating foreign currency financial statements from their respective functional currencies to U.S. dollars, net of hedge gains or losses and related tax effects. The Firm uses foreign currency contracts to manage the currency exposure relating to its net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries and determines the amount of exposure to hedge on apre-tax basis. The Firm may also elect not to hedge its net investments in certain foreign operations due to market conditions or other reasons, including the availability of various currency contracts at acceptable costs. Information relating to the effects on cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments that resulted from the translation of foreign currency financial statements and from gains and losses from hedges of the Firm’s net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries is summarized in the following table.

Cumulative Foreign Currency Translation Adjustments

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
 At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
 

Associated with net investments in subsidiaries with anon-U.S. dollar functional currency

    $(1,434   $(2,018)  $(1,851)  $(1,434)  

Hedges, net of tax

   667  1,032                 962              667   

Total

    $(767   $(986)  $(889)  $(767)  

Carrying value of net investments innon-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries subject to hedges

    $10,139    $8,856   $11,608  $10,139   

16. Earnings per Common Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS

in millions, except for per share data  2018  2017  2016 

Income from continuing operations

   $      8,887   $      6,235   $      6,122  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (4  (19   

Net income

   8,883   6,216   6,123  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   135   105   144  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   8,748   6,111   5,979  

Preferred stock dividends and other

   526   523   471  

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

   $      8,222   $      5,588   $      5,508  

 

Basic EPS

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,708   1,780   1,849  

Earnings per basic common share

    

Income from continuing operations

   $      4.81   $      3.15   $      2.98  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

      (0.01  ���  

Earnings per basic common share

   $      4.81   $      3.14   $      2.98  

 

Diluted EPS

    

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,708   1,780   1,849  

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and RSUs

   30   41   38  

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,738   1,821   1,887  

Earnings per diluted common share

       

Income from continuing operations

   $      4.73   $      3.08   $      2.92  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

      (0.01  —  

Earnings per diluted common share

   $      4.73   $      3.07   $      2.92  

Weighted average antidilutive RSUs and stock options (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)

   1      13  
 

 

December 2017 Form 10-K 158143 December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

16. Earnings per Common Share

Calculation of Basic and Diluted EPS

in millions, except for per share data  2017  2016  2015 

Basic EPS

    

Income from continuing operations

  $        6,235  $    6,122  $    6,295 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (19  1   (16

Net income

   6,216   6,123   6,279 

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

   105   144   152 

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

   6,111   5,979   6,127 

Less: Preferred stock dividends and other

   (523  (471  (456

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $5,588  $5,508  $5,671 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,780   1,849   1,909 

Earnings per basic common share

    

Income from continuing operations

  $3.15  $2.98  $2.98 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01     (0.01

Earnings per basic common share

  $3.14  $2.98  $2.97 

Diluted EPS

    

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $5,588  $5,508  $5,671 

Weighted average common shares outstanding

   1,780   1,849   1,909 

Effect of dilutive securities:

    

Stock options and RSUs1

   41   38   44 

Weighted average common shares outstanding and common stock equivalents

   1,821   1,887   1,953 

Earnings per diluted common share

    

Income from continuing operations

  $3.08  $2.92  $2.91 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

   (0.01     (0.01

Earnings per diluted common share

  $3.07  $2.92  $2.90 

Weighted average antidilutive RSUs and stock options (excluded from the computation of diluted EPS)1

      13   12 

1.

RSUs that are considered participating securities are treated as a separate class of securities in the computation of basic EPS, and, therefore, such RSUs are not included as incremental shares in the diluted EPS computations.

17. Interest Income and Interest Expense

$ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 

Interest income

   

 

Investment securities

 

 

$

 

1,744

 

 

 

 

$

 

1,334

 

 

 

 

$

 

1,142 

 

 

 

Loans

 

 

 

 

4,249

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,298

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,724 

 

 

 

Securities purchased under agreements
to resell and Securities borrowed1

 

 

 

 

1,976

 

 

 

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

 

(374)

 

 

 

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

 

 

 

 

2,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,029

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,131 

 

 

 

Customer receivables and Other2

 

 

 

 

3,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,167

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,393 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

 

$

 

        13,892

 

 

 

 

$

 

        8,997

 

 

 

 

$

 

        7,016 

 

 

Interest expense

   

 

Deposits

 

 

$

 

1,255

 

 

 

 

$

 

187

 

 

 

 

$

 

83 

 

 

 

Borrowings

 

 

 

 

5,031

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,285

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,606 

 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements
to repurchase and Securities loaned3

 

 

 

 

1,898

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

977 

 

 

 

Customer payables and Other4

 

 

 

 

1,902

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12

 

 

 

 

 

(1,348)

 

 

 

Total interest expense

 

 

$

 

10,086

 

 

 

 

$

 

5,697

 

 

 

 

$

 

3,318 

 

 

 

Net interest

 

 

$

 

3,806

 

 

 

 

$

 

3,300

 

 

 

 

$

 

3,698 

 

 

1.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

2.

Includes interest from Customer receivables and Cash and cash equivalents.

3.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

4.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

Interest income and Interest expense are classified in the income statements based on the nature of the instrument and related market conventions. When included as a component of the instrument’s fair value, interest is included within Trading revenues or Investments revenues. Otherwise, it is included within Interest income or Interest expense.

$ in millions  2017  2016  2015 

Interest income

    

Investment securities

  $        1,334  $    1,142  $876   

Loans

   3,298   2,724       2,163   

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed1

   169   (374  (560)  

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities

   2,029   2,131   2,262   

Customer receivables and Other2

   2,167   1,393   1,094   

Total interest income

  $8,997  $7,016  $5,835   

Interest expense

    

Deposits

  $187  $83  $78   

Borrowings

   4,285   3,606   3,497   

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned3

   1,237   977   1,024   

Customer payables and Other4

   (12  (1,348  (1,857)  

Total interest expense

  $5,697  $3,318  $2,742   

Net interest

  $3,300  $3,698  $3,093   

1.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

2.

Includes interest from Customer receivables, Restricted cash and Interest bearing deposits with banks.

3.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned.

4.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

18. Deferred Compensation Plans

The Firm maintains various deferred stock-based and cash-based compensation plans for the benefit of certain current and former employees.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015   2018   2017   2016 

RSUs

  $951   $        1,054   $        1,080   

 

$

 

892

 

 

  

 

$

 

951

 

 

  

 

$

 

1,054

 

 

Stock options

       2    (3  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

2

 

 

PSUs

   75    81    26   

 

 

 

28

 

 

  

 

 

 

75

 

 

  

 

 

 

81

 

 

Total1

  $        1,026   $1,137   $1,103   

 

$

 

        920

 

 

  $

 

        1,026

 

 

 

  

 

$

 

        1,137

 

 

Includes:

            

Retirement-eligible awards2

  $85   $73   $68   $110   $85   $73 

 

1.

Net of cancellations.

2.

Relates to stock-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.

159December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Tax Benefit Related to Stock-Based Compensation Expense

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015   2018   2017   2016 

Tax benefit1

  $        225   $        381   $        369   

 

$

 

        193

 

 

  

 

$

 

        225

 

 

  

 

$

 

        381

 

 

 

1.

Excludes income tax consequences related to employee share-based award conversions.

Unrecognized Compensation Cost Related to Unvested Stock-Based Awards

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
1
   At
December 31,
2018
1
 

To be recognized in:

    

2018

  $                    357 

2019

   158   $364 

2020

  

 

 

 

167

 

 

Thereafter

   27   

 

 

 

30

 

 

Total

  $542   

 

$

 

561

 

 

 

1.

Amounts do not include forfeitures, cancellations, accelerations or 20172018 performance year compensation awarded in January 2018,2019, which will begin to be amortized in 20182019 (see the Annual Compensation Cost for 20172018 Performance Year Awards table herein).

In connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans, the Firm is authorized to issue shares of common stock held in treasury or newly issued shares.

The Firm generally uses treasury shares, if available, to deliver shares to employees or employee stock trusts, and has an ongoing repurchase authorization that includes repurchases in connection with awards under its stock-based compensation plans. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval.

Common Shares Available for Future Awards Underunder Stock-Based Compensation Plans

 

in millions  At
December 31,
20172018
 

Shares

  

146

138

See Note 15 for additional information on the Firm’s Share Repurchase Program.

Restricted Stock Units

RSUs are generally subject to vesting over time, generally threeone to four years from the date of award, contingent upon continued employment and subject to restrictions on sale, transfer or assignment until conversion to common stock. All or a portion of an award may be cancelledcanceled if employment is terminated before the end of the relevant vesting period and after the relevant vesting period in certain situations. Recipients of RSUs may have voting rights, at the Firm’s discretion, and generally receive dividend equivalents if the awards vest.

December 2018 Form 10-K144


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Vested and Unvested RSU Activity

 

  2017   2018 
shares in millions  Number of
Shares
   

Weighted
Average Award
Date

Fair Value

   Number of
Shares
   Weighted
Average
Award Date
Fair Value
 

RSUs at beginning of period

   100     $29.35    

 

 

 

88 

 

 

  

 

$

 

32.46

 

 

Awarded

   22                      42.98    

 

 

 

20 

 

 

  

 

 

 

55.40

 

 

Conversions to common stock

   (31)     30.03    

 

 

 

(32)

 

 

  

 

 

 

34.36

 

 

Cancelled

   (3)     31.96  

Canceled

  

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

  

 

 

 

37.78

 

 

RSUs at end of period1

   88     $32.46    

 

 

 

74 

 

 

  

 

$

 

            37.59

 

 

Aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs at end of period (dollars in millions)

     $4,633       

 

$

 

2,899

 

 

Weighted average award date fair value

    

Weighted average award date fair value

 

RSUs awarded in 2017

     

 

$

 

42.98

 

 

RSUs awarded in 2016

     $25.48       

 

 

 

25.48

 

 

RSUs awarded in 2015

      34.76  

 

1.

At December 31, 2017,2018, the weighted average remaining term until delivery for the outstanding RSUs was approximately 1.1 years.    1.0 year.

Unvested RSU Activity

 

  2017   2018 
shares in millions  Number of
Shares
 

Weighted
Average
Award Date

Fair Value

   Number of
Shares
   

Weighted
Average
Award Date

Fair Value

 

Unvested RSUs at beginning of period

   65  $28.70   

 

 

 

50 

 

 

  

 

$

 

33.64

 

 

Awarded

   22                 42.98   

 

 

 

20 

 

 

  

 

 

 

55.40

 

 

Vested

   (34  30.46   

 

 

 

(27)

 

 

  

 

 

 

38.43

 

 

Cancelled

   (3  31.96 

Canceled

  

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

  

 

 

 

37.78

 

 

Unvested RSUs at end of period1

   50  $33.64   

 

 

 

41 

 

 

  

 

$

 

            40.65

 

 

 

1.

Unvested RSUs represent awards where recipients have yet to satisfy either the explicit vesting terms or retirement-eligible requirements.

Fair Value of RSU Activity

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015 

Conversions to common stock

  $            1,333   $            1,068   $            1,646 

Vested

   1,470    1,088    1,693 

Stock Options

The Firm had no stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2017, and did not grant stock options in 2017, 2016 or 2015.

$ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 

Conversions to common stock

 

 

$

 

      1,790

 

 

 

 

$

 

      1,333

 

 

 

 

$

 

      1,068

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

1,504

 

 

  

 

1,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,088

 

 

Performance-Based Stock Units

PSUs will vest and convert to shares of common stock only if the Firm satisfies predetermined performance and market-based conditions over a three-year performance period. The number of PSUs that will actually vest ranges from 0% to 150% of the target award, based on the extent to which the Firm achieves the specified performance goals.One-half of the award will be earned based on the Firm’s average return

December 2017 Form 10-K160


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

on equity, excluding certain adjustments specified in the plan terms (“MS Adjusted ROE”). The other half of the award will be earned based on the Firm’s total shareholder return, relative to the total shareholder return of the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index (“Relative MS TSR”). PSUs have vesting, restriction and cancellation provisions that are generally similar to those of RSUs. At December 31, 2018, approximately three million PSUs were outstanding.

PSU Fair Value on Award Date

 

  2017   2016   2015   2018   2017   2016 

MS Adjusted ROE

  $            42.64   $        25.19   $    34.58     

 

$

 

        56.84

 

 

  

 

$

 

        42.64

 

 

  

 

$

 

        25.19

 

 

Relative MS TSR

   48.02    24.51    38.07     

 

 

 

65.81

 

 

  

 

 

 

48.02

 

 

  

 

 

 

24.51

 

 

The Relative MS TSR fair values on the award date were estimated using a Monte Carlo simulation and the following assumptions.

Monte Carlo Simulation Assumptions

 

Award Year  Risk-Free Interest
Rate
 Expected Stock
Price Volatility
 Expected Dividend
Yield
   Risk-Free
Interest Rate
   Expected
Stock Price
Volatility
   Correlation
Coefficient
 

2018

    

 

2.2%

 

 

 

    

 

26.8%

 

 

 

    

 

0.89  

 

 

 

2017

   1.5  27.0  0.0  

 

 

1.5%

 

 

 

  

 

 

27.0%

 

 

 

  

 

 

0.89 

 

 

 

2016

   1.1 25.4 0.0  

 

 

1.1%

 

 

 

  

 

 

25.4%

 

 

 

  

 

 

0.84 

 

 

 

2015

   0.9 29.6 0.0

The risk-free interest rate was determined based on the yields available on U.S. Treasuryzero-coupon issues. The expected stock price volatility was determined using historical volatility. The expected dividend yield is equivalent to reinvesting dividends. A correlation coefficient was developed based on historical price data of the Firm and the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index. The model also uses an expected dividend yield which is calibrated to be equivalent to reinvesting dividends.

PSU Activity

2017    
shares in millionsNumber of Shares    

PSUs at beginning of period

4  

Awarded

1  

Conversions to common stock

(2) 

PSUs at end of period

3  

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Plans

Deferred cash-based compensation plans generally provide a return to the plan participants based upon the performance of variouseach participant’s referenced investments.

Deferred Cash-Based Compensation Expense

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015   2018   2017   2016 

Deferred cash-based awards

  $    1,039   $950   $660    

 

$

 

      1,174

 

 

  

 

$

 

      1,039

 

 

  

 

$

 

950

 

 

Return on referenced investments

   696    228    112    

 

 

 

108

 

 

  

 

 

 

696

 

 

  

 

 

 

228

 

 

Total1

  $1,735   $    1,178   $    772    

 

$

 

1,282

 

 

  

 

$

 

1,735

 

 

  

 

$

 

      1,178

 

 

Includes:

            

Retirement-eligible awards2

  $176   $151   $144    

 

$

 

193

 

 

  

 

$

 

176

 

 

  

 

$

 

151

 

 

 

1.

Net of cancellations.

2.

Relates to deferred cash-based compensation anticipated to be awarded in January of the following year that does not contain a future service requirement.

Unrecognized Compensation Cost Related to Unvested Deferred Cash-Based Awards

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
20171
   At
December 31,
2018
1
 

To be recognized in:

    

2018

  $                        375  

2019

   125    

 

$

 

                423

 

 

2020

  

 

 

 

151

 

 

Thereafter

   195    

 

 

 

227

 

 

Total

  $695    

 

$

 

801

 

 

 

1.

Amounts do not include unrecognized expense for returnsforfeitures, cancellations, accelerations, future return on referenced investments forfeitures, cancellations, accelerations or 20172018 performance year compensation awarded in January 2018,2019, which will begin to be amortized in 20182019 (see below).

145December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Annual Compensation Cost for 20172018 Performance Year Awards1

 

$ in millions  2018   2019   Thereafter   Total  2019 2020 Thereafter Total 

Stock-based awards

  $519   $    198   $165   $882   

 

$

 

558

 

 

 

 

$

 

197

 

 

 

 

$

 

151

 

 

 

 

$

 

906

 

 

Deferred cash-based awards

   616    290    121    1,027   

 

 

 

630

 

 

 

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,036

 

 

Total

  $    1,135   $488   $286   $    1,909   

 

$

 

    1,188

 

 

 

 

$

 

    481

 

 

 

 

$

 

    273

 

 

 

 

$

 

    1,942

 

 

 

1.

Awarded in January 20182019 and contain a future service requirement. Amounts do not include forfeitures, cancellations, accelerations, or any future return on referenced investments.

19. Employee Benefit Plans

Pension and Other Postretirement Plans

Components of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

  Pension Plans 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 

 

 

$

 

 

        16

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

        16

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

        17 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150 

 

 

 

 

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

(112

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(122) 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amortization of prior service credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amortization of actuarial loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

 

 

 

$

 

 

63

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

57 

 

 

 

 

  Other Postretirement Plan 
$ in millions 2018  2017  2016 

 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 

 

 

$

 

 

          1

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

           1

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

          1 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net amortization of prior service credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

 

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

 

 

 

$

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(12

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(12)

 

 

 

 

Certain U.S. employees of the Firm and its U.S. affiliates who were hired before July 1, 2007 are covered by the U.S. pension plan, anon-contributory defined benefit pension plan that is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The U.S. Qualified Plan has ceased future benefit accruals.

161December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Unfunded supplementary plans (“Supplemental Plans”) cover certain executives. Liabilities for benefits payable under the Supplemental Plans are accrued by the Firm and are funded when paid. The Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan (“SEREP”), anon-contributory defined benefit plan that is not qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, has ceased future benefit accruals.

Certain of the Firm’snon-U.S. subsidiaries also have defined benefit pension plans covering their eligible employees.

The Firm’s pension plans generally provide pension benefits that are based on each employee’s years of credited service and on compensation levels specified in the plans.

The Firm has an unfunded postretirement benefit plan that provides medical and life insurance for eligible U.S. retirees and medical insurance for their dependents.

ComponentsRollforward of Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

  Pension Plans 
$ in millions 2017  2016  2015 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 $16  $17  $19 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

        146         150         152 

Expected return on plan assets

  (117  (122  (120

Net amortization of prior service credit

        (1

Net amortization of actuarial loss

  17   12   26 

Settlement loss

        2 

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

 $62  $57  $78 

  Other Postretirement Plan 
$ in millions 2017  2016  2015 

Service cost, benefits earned during the period

 $1  $1  $1 

Interest cost on projected benefit obligation

            3             4             3 

Net amortization of prior service credit

  (16  (17  (18

Net periodic benefit expense (income)

 $(12 $(12 $(14

Pre-tax Amounts Recognized in OCIAOCI

 

  Pension Plans 
$ in millions 2017  2016  2015 

Net gain (loss)

 $(205 $(149 $212 

Prior service credit (cost)

            2           1           1 

Amortization of prior service credit

        (1

Amortization of net loss

  17   12   28 

Total

 $(186 $(136 $240 
  Other Postretirement Plan  Pension Plans 
$ in millions  2017 2016 2015  

 

2018

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

 

Beginning balance

 

 

$

 

 

    (947)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

    (761)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

    (625)

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss)

  $  $(2 $(3 

 

 

 

 

158 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(205)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(149)

 

 

 

 

Prior service credit (cost)

           —           —          (9 

 

 

 

 

(15)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service credit

   (16 (17 (18 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Total

  $(16 $(19 $(30

Amortization of net loss

 

 

 

 

 

26 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12 

 

 

 

 

Changes recognized in OCI

 

 

 

 

 

168 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(186)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(136)

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

$

 

 

(779)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(947)

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(761)

 

 

 

 

  Other Postretirement
Plan
 
$ in millions 

 

2018

 

  

 

2017

 

  

 

2016

 

 

 

Beginning balance

 

 

 

$

 

 

           1

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

         17

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

        36 

 

 

 

 

 

Net gain (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of prior service credit

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17)

 

 

 

 

 

Changes recognized in OCI

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19)

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

 

 

 

$

 

 

13

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

17 

 

 

 

 

The Firm generally amortizes into net periodic benefit expense (income) the unrecognized net gains and losses exceeding 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan and the SEREPpension plans amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses over the average life expectancy of participants. The remaining plans generally amortize the unrecognized net gains and losses and prior service credit over the average remaining service period of active participants.

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Net

Periodic Benefit Expense (Income)

 

 Pension Plans  Pension Plans 
 2017   2016   2015  

 

2018

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016

 

 

Discount rate

          4.01           4.27           3.86 

 

 

 

 

    3.46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    4.27%

 

 

 

 

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

  3.52   3.61   3.59 

 

 

 

 

3.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.61%

 

 

 

 

Rate of future compensation increases

  3.10   3.19   2.85 

 

 

 

 

3.38

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.19%

 

 

 

 

 Other Postretirement Plan 
 

 

2018

 

 

 

2017

 

 

 

2016 

 

 

Discount rate

 

 

    3.44%

 

 

 

    4.01%

 

 

 

    4.13%

 

 

 

  Other Postretirement Plan 
   2017   2016   2015 

Discount rate

          4.01           4.13           3.77
December 2018 Form 10-K146


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

The accounting for pension and other postretirement plans involves certain assumptions and estimates. The expected long-term rate of return on plan assets is an assumption that generally is expected to remain the same from one year to the next unless there is a significant change in the target asset allocation, the fees and expenses paid by the plan or market conditions. The expected long-term rate of return for the U.S. Qualified Plan was estimated by computing a weighted average of the underlying long-term expected returns based on the investment managers’ target allocations. The U.S. Qualified Plan is primarily invested in fixed income securities and related derivative instruments, including interest rate swap contracts. This asset allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and limit volatility of the Firm’s contributions. Total U.S. Qualified Plan investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

December 2017 Form 10-K162


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Benefit Obligation and Funded Status

Rollforward of the Benefit Obligation and Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

 Pension Plans Other Postretirement
Plan
  Pension Plans Other Postretirement
Plan
 
$ in millions 2017 2016 2017 2016  2018 2017 2018 2017 

Rollforward of benefit obligation

Rollforward of benefit obligation

 

Rollforward of benefit obligation

 

Benefit obligation at beginning of year

 $    3,711  $    3,604  $        88  $        87  

 

$

 

 

        3,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

        3,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

        86

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

        88 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

  16  17   1  1  

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest cost

  146  150   3  4  

 

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

146

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actuarial loss (gain)1

  304  223     1  

 

 

 

 

(340

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

304

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Plan amendments

  (2 (1       

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Plan settlements

  (9 (19       

 

 

 

 

(11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

  (242 (219  (6 (5 

 

 

 

 

(195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

  42  (44      

Other2

 

 

 

 

 

(22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefit obligation at end of year

 $3,966  $3,711  $86  $88  

 

$

 

 

3,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

3,966

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

86  

 

 

 

 

Rollforward of fair value of plan assets

Rollforward of fair value of plan assets

 

Rollforward of fair value of plan assets

 

Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year

 $3,431  $3,497  $  $  

 

$

 

 

3,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

3,431

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Actual return on plan assets

  217  196        

 

 

 

 

(69

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Employer contributions

  32  38   6  5  

 

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Benefits paid

  (242 (219  (6 (5 

 

 

 

 

(195

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

 

 

 

Plan settlements

  (9 (19       

 

 

 

 

(11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Other, including foreign currency exchange rate changes

  39  (62      

Other2

 

 

 

 

 

(24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year

 $3,468  $3,431  $  $  

 

$

 

 

3,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

3,468

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Funded (unfunded) status

 $(498 $(280 $(86 $(88 

 

$

 

 

(360

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(498

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(71

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(86)

 

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets

 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheets

 

Assets

 $87  $230  $  $  

 

$

 

 

151

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

87

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

— 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

  (585 (510  (86 (88 

 

 

 

 

(511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(585

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(86)

 

 

 

 

Net amount recognized

 $(498 $(280 $(86 $(88 

 

$

 

 

(360

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(498

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(71

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

(86)

 

 

 

 

 

1.

AmountsPension amounts primarily reflect the impact of year-over-year discount rate fluctuations.

2.

Includes foreign currency exchange rate changes.

Amounts Recognized in AOCIAccumulated Benefit Obligation

 

  Pension Plans  Other Postretirement Plan 
$ in millions At
December 31,
2017
  At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2017
  

At

December 31,
2016

 

Prior service credit (cost)

 $                4  $                        2  $                        1  $                        17 

Net gain (loss)

  (951  (763      

Net gain (loss) recognized

 $(947 $(761 $1  $17 
$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

 

Pension plans

 

  

 

$

 

 

            3,546

 

 

 

 

  

 

$

 

 

            3,953

 

 

 

 

Estimated Amortization from AOCI into Net Periodic Benefit Expense (Income) in 2018

$ in millions  Pension
Plans
  Other
Postretirement
Plan
 

Prior service credit (cost)

  $            1  $                1 

Net gain (loss)

   (27   

Pension Plans with Benefit Obligations in Excess of the Fair Value of Plan Assets

 

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Projected benefit obligation

  $3,676   $566   

 

$

 

 

            575

 

 

 

 

  

 

$

 

 

            3,676

 

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation

   3,663    552   

 

 

 

 

559

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

3,663

 

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

   3,091    56   

 

 

 

 

64

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

3,091

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Benefit ObligationThe pension plans included in each of the above amounts may differ based on their funding status as of December 31st of each year.

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Pension plans

  $3,953   $3,696 

Weighted Average Assumptions Used to Determine Benefit Obligation

 

 Pension Plans Other Postretirement Plan  Pension Plans     Other Postretirement Plan 
 At
December 31,
2017
 At
December 31,
2016
 At
December 31,
2017
 At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
    At  
December 31,  
2018  
 At  
December 31,  
2017  
 

Discount rate

  3.46 4.01  3.44%  4.01 

 

 

 

 

4.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.46

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

4.07%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.44%

 

 

 

 

Rate of future compensation increase

  3.38 3.10  N/A  N/A  

 

 

 

 

3.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.38

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

 

The discount rates used to determine the benefit obligation for the U.S. pension and postretirement plans were selected by the Firm, in consultation with its independent actuaries, using a pension discount yield curve based on the characteristics of the plans, each determined independently. The pension discount yield curve represents spot discount yields based on duration implicit in a representative broad-basedAa-rated corporate bond universe of high-quality fixed income investments. For allnon-U.S. pension plans, the Firm set the assumed discount rates based on the nature of liabilities, local economic environments and available bond indices.

163December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Assumed Health Care Cost Trend Rates Used to Determine the U.S. Postretirement Benefit Obligation

 

  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
  At
December 31,
2018
 At
December 31,
2017
 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year

 

 

Medical

   5.81%    5.96%  

 

 

 

 

5.66%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.81%

 

 

 

 

Prescription

   8.49%    9.32%  

 

 

 

 

7.66%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8.49%

 

 

 

 

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (ultimate trend rate)

   4.50%    4.50%  

 

 

 

 

4.50%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.50%

 

 

 

 

Year that the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

   2038    2038  

 

 

 

 

2038

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2038

 

 

 

 

147December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Plan Assets

Fair Value of Plan Assets

  At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $3  $  $  $ 

U.S. government and
agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  2,197         2,197  

U.S. agency securities

     317      317  

Total U.S. government
and agency securities

  2,197   317      2,514  

Corporate and other debt — CDO

     11      11  

Derivative contracts

     22      22  

Other investments

        48   48  

Total

 $    2,200  $        350  $        48  $    2,598  

Assets Measured at NAV

    

Commingled trust funds:

    

Money market

              252  

Foreign funds:

    

Fixed income

              134  

Liquidity

              12  

Targeted cash flow

              207  

Total

             $605  

Fair value of plan assets

             $3,203  

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $6  $  $  $ 

U.S. government and
agency securities:

    

    U.S. Treasury securities

  2,398         2,398  

    U.S. agency securities

     318      318  

Total U.S. government
and agency securities

  2,398   318      2,716  

Corporate and other debt —
CDO

     14      14  

Derivative contracts

     1       

Other investments

        47   47  

Other receivables1

  26         26  

Other liabilities1

  (11  (2     (13) 

Total

 $    2,419  $        331  $        47  $    2,797  

Assets Measured at NAV

    

Commingled trust funds:

    

Money market

              285  

Foreign funds:

       

Fixed income

              126  

Liquidity

              41  

Targeted cash flow

              219  

Total

             $671  

Fair value of plan assets

             $3,468  

1.

Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other liabilities are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.

Rollforward of Level 3 Plan Assets

$ in millions  2018   2017 

Balance at beginning of period

  $47   $38  

Actual return on plan assets related to assets held at end of period

        

Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net

   1     

Balance at end of period

  $                48   $                47  

There were no transfers between levels during 2018 and 2017.

The U.S. Qualified Plan’s assets represent 87% of the Firm’s total pension plan assets. The U.S. Qualified Plan uses a combination of active and risk-controlled fixed income investment strategies. The fixed income asset allocation consists primarily of fixed income securities and related derivative instruments designed to approximate the expected cash flows of the plan’s liabilities in order to help reduce plan exposure to interest rate variation and to better align assets with the obligation. The longer-duration fixed income allocation is expected to help protect the plan’s funded status and maintain the stability of plan contributions over the long run. The investment portfolio performance is assessed by comparing actual investment performance with changes in the estimated present value of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s benefit obligation.

Derivative instruments are permitted in the U.S. Qualified Plan’s investment portfolio only to the extent that they comply with all of the plan’s investment policy guidelines and are consistent with the plan’s risk and return objectives. In addition, any investment in derivatives must meet the following conditions:

May be used only if derivative instruments are deemed by the investment manager to be more attractive than a similar direct investment in the underlying cash market or if the vehicle is being used to manage risk of the portfolio.

May not be used in a speculative manner or to leverage the portfolio under any circumstances.

May not be used as short-term trading vehicles. The investment philosophy of the U.S. Qualified Plan is that investment activity is undertaken for long-term investment rather than short-term trading.

May be used in the management of the U.S. Qualified Plan’s portfolio only when the derivative instruments’ possible effects can be quantified, shown to enhance the risk-return profile of the portfolio, and reported in a meaningful and understandable manner.

As a fundamental operating principle, any restrictions on the underlying assets apply to a respective derivative product. This includes percentage allocations and credit quality. Derivatives are used solely for the purpose of enhancing investment in the underlying assets and not to circumvent portfolio restrictions.

Plan assets are measured at fair value using valuation techniques that are consistent with the valuation techniques applied to the Firm’s major categories of assets and liabilities as described in Notes 2 and 3. OTC derivative contracts consist of investments in interest rate swaps.

Other investments consist of pledged insurance annuity contracts held bynon-U.S.-based plans. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are valued based on the premium reserve of the insurer for a guarantee that the insurer has given to the employee benefit plan that approximates fair value. The pledged insurance annuity contracts are categorized in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

December 2018 Form 10-K148


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Commingled trust funds are privately offered funds that are regulated, supervised and subject to periodic examination by a U.S. federal or state agency and available to institutional clients. The trust must be maintained for the collective investment or reinvestment of assets contributed to it from U.S.tax-qualified employee benefit plans maintained by more than one employer or controlled group of corporations. The sponsor of the commingled trust funds values the funds based on the fair value of the underlying securities. The underlying securities of the commingled trust funds held by the U.S. Qualified Plan consist mainly of long-duration fixed income instruments. Commingled trust funds are redeemable at NAV at the measurement date or in the near future.

Somenon-U.S.-based plans hold foreign funds that consist of investments in fixed income funds, target cash flow funds and liquidity funds. Fixed income funds invest in individual securities quoted on a recognized stock exchange or traded in a regulated market. Certain fixed income funds aim to produce returns consistent with certain Financial Times Stock Exchange indexes. Target cash flow funds are designed to provide a series of fixed annual cash flows achieved by investing in government bonds and derivatives. Liquidity funds place a high priority on capital preservation, stable value and a high liquidity of assets. Foreign funds are readily redeemable at NAV.

The Firm generally considers the NAV of commingled trust funds and foreign funds provided by the fund manager to be the best estimate of fair value.

December 2017 Form 10-K164


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Fair Value of Plan Assets and Liabilities

  At December 31, 2017 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $            6  $            —  $            —  $            6  

U.S. government and agency securities:

    

U.S. Treasury securities

  2,398         2,398  

U.S. agency securities

     318      318  

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  2,398   318      2,716  

Corporate and other debt:

    

CDO

     14      14  

Total corporate and other debt

     14      14  

Derivative contracts2

     1       

Other investments

        47   47  

Other receivables1

  26         26  

Total assets3

 $2,430  $333  $47  $2,810  

Liabilities

    

Derivative contracts2

 $  $2  $  $ 

Other payables1

  11         11  

Total liabilities

 $11  $2  $  $13  

  At December 31, 2016 
$ in millions Level 1  Level 2  Level 3  Total 

Assets

    

Investments:

    

Cash and cash equivalents1

 $55  $  $  $55  

U.S. government and agency securities:

                

U.S. Treasury securities

  1,493         1,493  

U.S. agency securities

     423      423  

Total U.S. government and agency securities

  1,493   423      1,916  

Corporate and other debt:

                

CDO

     13      13  

Total corporate and other debt

     13      13  

Derivative contracts

     159      159  

Derivative-related cash collateral receivable

     76      76  

Other investments

        38   38  

Total assets3

 $     1,548  $          671  $          38  $    2,257  

Liabilities

    

Derivative contracts

 $  $225  $  $225  

Total liabilities

 $  $225  $  $225  

1.

Cash and cash equivalents, other receivables and other payables are valued at their carrying value, which approximates fair value.

2.

During 2017, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange amended its rulebook for cleared OTC derivatives, resulting in the characterization of variation margin transfers as settlement payments as opposed to cash posted as collateral.

3.

Amounts exclude certain investments that are measured at fair value using the NAV per share, which are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. For additional disclosure about such investments, see “Fair Value of Plan Assets Measured at NAV” herein.

Rollforward of Level 3 Plan Assets

$ in millions  2017       2016     

Balance at beginning of period

  $                38   $                35  

Actual return on plan assets related to assets held at end of period

   1    —  

Purchases, sales, other settlements and issuances, net

   8     

Balance at end of period

  $47   $38  

There were no transfers between levels during 2017 and 2016.

Fair Value of Plan Assets Measured at NAV

$ in millions  At December 31,
        2017
   At December 31,
        2016
 

Commingled trust funds

    

Fixed income

  $   $999  

Money market

   285    86  

Foreign funds

    

Fixed income

   126    111  

Liquidity

   41     

Targeted cash flow

   219    194  

Total

  $671   $1,399  

Expected Contributions

The Firm’s policy is to fund at least the amount sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements under applicable employee benefit and tax laws. At December 31, 2017,2018, the Firm expected to contribute approximately $50 million to its pension and postretirement benefit plans in 20182019 based upon the plans’ current funded status and expected asset return assumptions for 2018.2019.

Expected Future Benefit Payments

 

  At December 31, 2017   At December 31, 2018 
$ in millions  Pension Plans   Other Postretirement
Plan
   Pension Plans   Other Postretirement
Plan
 

2018

  $                             140   $                                         7 

2019

   142    7   $                    139   $                             6  

2020

   148    7    144     

2021

   156    7    151     

2022

   166    7    160     

2023-2027

   922    31 

2023

   163     

2024-2028

   904    27  

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan

$ in millions  2018   2017   2016 

Expense

  $        272   $        258   $        250  

U.S. employees meeting certain eligibility requirements may participate in the Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan. Eligible employees receive discretionary 401(k) matching cash contributions as determined annually by the Firm. For 2018, 2017 2016 and 2015,2016, the Firm made a $1 for $1 Firm matchmatched employee contributions up to 4% of eligible pay, up to the IRS limit. Matching contributions were invested among available funds according to each participant’s

165December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

investment direction on file. Eligible employees with eligible pay less than or equal to $100,000 also received a fixed contribution under the 401(k) Plan equal to 2% of eligible pay. Transition contributions relating to acquired entities or frozen plans are allocated to certain eligible employees. The Firm match, fixed contribution and transition contribution are included in the Firm’s 401(k) expense.

401(k) Expense

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015 

Expense

  $            258   $            250   $            255  

Non-U.S.Defined Contribution Pension Plans

$ in millions

  2018   2017   2016 

Expense

  $        116   $        106   $        101  

The Firm maintains separate defined contribution pension plans that cover eligible employees of certainnon-U.S. subsidiaries. Under such plans, benefits are generally determined based on a fixed rate of base salary with certain vesting requirements.

Defined Contribution Pension Expense

$ in millions

  2017   2016   2015 

Expense

  $            106   $            101   $            111  

20. Income Taxes

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

Components of Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

 

$ in millions 2017 2016 2015  2018 2017 2016 

Current

      

U.S.:

      

Federal

 $476  $330  $239   $686  $476  $330  

State and local

  125  221  144    207  125  221  

Non-U.S.:

      

U.K.

  401  196  247    328  401  196  

Japan

  56  28  19    268  56  28  

Hong Kong

  48  14  24    94  48  14  

Other

  308  359  333    318  308  359  

Total

 $1,414  $1,148  $1,006   $1,901  $1,414  $1,148  

Deferred

      

U.S.:

      

Federal

 $        2,656  $        1,336  $        1,031   $330  $2,656  $1,336  

State and local

  84  74  43    56  84  74  

Non-U.S.:

      

U.K.

  18  56  (56)    54  18  56  

Japan

  (17 127  58    (10 (17 127  

Hong Kong

  (2 31  50    (3 (2 31  

Other

  15  (46 68    22  15  (46) 

Total

 $2,754  $1,578  $1,194   $449  $2,754  $1,578  

Provision for income taxes from continuing operations

 $4,168  $2,726  $2,200   $    2,350  $    4,168  $    2,726  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes from discontinued operations

 $(7 $1  $(7)   $(1 $(7 $ 

149December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Selected OtherNon-U.S. Tax Provisions

 

$ in millions  Tax
Provisions
 

2017:

  

Brazil

  $82 

India

   49 

Canada

   36 

2016:

  

Brazil

   125 

India

   46 

France

   38 

2015:

  

Mexico

   68 

Brazil

   62 

Netherlands

   58 

India

   45 

France

   42 

Net Income Tax Provision (Benefit) Accrued in AdditionalPaid-in Capital Related to Employee Share-Based Compensation

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015 

Additionalpaid-in capital1

  $            —   $            24   $            (203

1.

Beginning in 2017, the income tax consequences related to employee share-based awards are required to be recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements upon the conversion of employee share-based awards instead of additionalpaid-in capital. See Note 2 to the financial statements for information on the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.See Note 21 for more information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits).

$ in millions  Tax Provisions 

2018:

  

Brazil

  $71 

Spain

   67 

India

   39 

2017:

  

Brazil

   82 

India

   49 

Canada

   36 

2016:

  

Brazil

   125 

India

   46 

France

   38 

Effective Income Tax Rate

Reconciliation of the U.S. Federal Statutory Income Tax Rate to the Effective Income Tax Rate

 

    2017  2016  2015 

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   35.0  35.0  35.0% 

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of
U.S. federal income tax benefits

   1.4   2.2   1.4 

Domestic tax credits

   (1.6  (2.5  (1.5

Tax exempt income

   (0.1  (0.1  (0.2

Non-U.S. earnings

    

Foreign tax rate differential

   (5.0  (3.1  (8.7

Change in reinvestment assertion

         0.2 

Change in foreign tax rates

      0.1    

Tax Act enactment

   11.5       

Employee share-based awards

   (1.5      

Other

   0.4   (0.8  (0.3

Effective income tax rate

   40.1  30.8  25.9
    2018        2017        2016    

U.S. federal statutory income tax rate

   21.0       35.0       35.0  

U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefits

   2.0        1.4        2.2   

Domestic tax credits

   (0.9       (1.6       (2.5  

Tax exempt income

   (0.4       (0.1       (0.1  

Non-U.S. earnings

             

Foreign tax rate differential

   1.2        (5.0       (3.1  

Change in foreign tax rates

   0.1                0.1   

Tax Act enactment

           11.5           

Employee share-based awards1

   (1.5       (1.5          

Other

   (0.6       0.4        (0.8  

Effective income tax rate

   20.9       40.1       30.8  

 

1.
December

Beginning in 2017, Form 10-K

166


Notesthe income tax consequences related to Consolidated Financial Statementsemployee share-based awards are required to be recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements upon the conversion of employee share-based awards instead of additionalpaid-in capital. See Note 2 to the financial statements for information on the adoption of the accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.See Note 21 for more information on the net discrete tax provisions (benefits).

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2018 included an intermittent net discrete tax benefit of $203 million primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations.

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2017 included an intermittent net discrete tax provision of $968 million, which included approximately $1.2 billion primarily related to the remeasurement of certain net deferred tax assets as a result of the Tax Act, partially offset by $233 million of net discrete tax benefits primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations.

The Tax Act, enacted on December 22, 2017, significantly revised U.S. corporate income tax law by among other things, reducing the corporate income tax rate to 21%, partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain expenses and implementing a modified territorial tax system. The modified territorial tax system that includes aone-time transition tax on deemed repatriated earnings of foreign subsidiaries;non-U.S. subsidiaries and also imposes a minimum tax on GILTI and an alternative base erosion and anti-abuse tax (“BEAT”)BEAT on U.S. corporations that make deductible payments tonon-U.S. related persons in excesswith operations outside of specified amounts; and broadens the tax base by partially or wholly eliminating tax deductions for certain historically deductible expenses (e.g., FDIC premiums and executive compensation).U.S.

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2016 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $68 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations, partially offset by adjustments for other tax matters.

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations for 2015 included intermittent net discrete tax benefits of $564 million. These net discrete tax benefits were primarily associated with the repatriation ofnon-U.S. earnings at a cost lower than originally estimated due to an internal restructuring to simplify the Firm’s legal entity organization in the U.K.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Gross deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

  $264   $391 

Employee compensation and benefit plans

   2,053    2,146 

Valuation and liability allowances

   318    377 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   242    645 

Total deferred tax assets

   2,877    3,559 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

   143    144 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $2,734   $3,415 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    

Non-U.S. operations

  $12   $20 

Fixed assets

   825    627 

Other

   224    194 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $1,061   $841 

Net deferred tax assets

  $1,673   $2,574 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when such differences are expected to reverse.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2017
   At
December 31,
2016
 

Gross deferred tax assets

    

Tax credits and net operating loss carryforwards

  $391   $731 

Employee compensation and benefit plans

   2,146    3,504 

Valuation and liability allowances

   377    656 

Valuation of inventory, investments and receivables

   645    1,062 

Other

       21 

Total deferred tax assets

   3,559    5,974 

Deferred tax assets valuation allowance

   144    164 

Deferred tax assets after valuation allowance

  $3,415   $5,810 

Gross deferred tax liabilities

    

Non-U.S. operations

  $20   $270 

Fixed assets

   627    773 

Other

   194     

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $841   $1,043 

Net deferred tax assets

  $            2,574   $            4,767 

The Firm had tax credit carryforwards for which a related deferred tax asset of $114 million and $465 million was recorded at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. These carryforwards are subject to annual limitations on utilization, with the earliest expiration beginning in 2037, if not utilized.

The Firm believes the recognized net deferred tax assets (after valuation allowance) at December 31, 20172018 are more likely than not to be realized based on expectations as to future taxable income in the jurisdictions in which it operates.

December 2018 Form 10-K150


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

The earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries are indefinitely reinvested due to regulatory and other capital requirements in foreign jurisdictions. As a result of the Tax Act’sone-time transition tax on the earnings of foreign subsidiaries and an annual minimum tax on GILTI, as of December 31, 2017 the Firm expects2018 the unrecognized deferred tax liability attributable to indefinitely reinvested earnings to beis immaterial.

167December 2017 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Rollforward of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

 

$ in millions  2017 

2016

 2015   2018 2017 2016 

Balance at beginning of period

  $1,851  $    1,804  $    2,228   $1,594  $        1,851  $        1,804 

Increase based on tax positions related to the current period

   63  172  230    83  63  172 

Increase based on tax positions related to prior periods

   170  14  114    34  170  14 

Decrease based on tax positions related to prior periods

   (312 (134 (753   (404 (312 (134

Decreases related to settlements with taxing authorities

   (155  —    (7   (139 (155   

Decreases related to lapse of statute of limitations

   (23 (5 (8   (88 (23 (5

Balance at end of period

  $    1,594  $1,851  $1,804   $        1,080  $1,594  $1,851 

Net unrecognized tax benefits1

  $873  $1,110  $1,144   $746  $873  $1,110 

 

1.

Represent ending unrecognized tax benefits adjusted for the impact of the federal benefit of state issues, competent authority arrangements and foreign tax credit offsets. If recognized, these net benefits would favorably impact the effective tax rate in future periods.

Interest Expense (Benefit), Net of Federal and State Income Tax Benefits

 

$ in millions  2017 2016   2015   2018 2017 2016 

Recognized in income statements

  $(3 $28   $18   $(40 $(3 $28 

Accrued at end of period

           147          150            122                91              147              150 

Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are classified as provision for income taxes. Penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits for the years mentioned above were immaterial.

Tax Authority Examinations

The Firm is under continuous examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries, such as Japan and the U.K., and in states and localities in which it has significant business operations, such as New York. The Firm has established a liability for unrecognized tax benefits, and associated interest, if applicable (“tax liabilities”), that it believes is adequate in relation to the potential for additional assessments. Once established, the Firm adjusts such tax liabilities only when new information is available or when an event occurs necessitating a change.

The Firm is currently at various levels of field examination with respect to audits by the IRS, as well as New York State and New York City, for tax years 2009-2012 and 2007-2014, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2017, the Firm agreed to proposed adjustments associated with the expected closure of the field audits for tax years 2006-2008.

The Firm believes that the resolution of the above tax mattersexaminations will not have a material effect on the annual financial statements, although a resolution could have a material impact in the income statements and on the effective tax rate for any period in which such resolution occurs.

Additionally, during the fourth quarter of 2017, the Firm received new information relating to the expected closure of the IRS field audits for tax years 2009-2012 resulting in a remeasurement and an overall net decrease in the Firm’s recorded tax liabilities.

Also, during the fourth quarter of 2017, the Firm reached agreement with the IRS on resolution of claims filed with the IRS to contest certain items associated with tax years 1999-2005, which did not have a material impact on the annual statements or effective tax rate. Furthermore, during the fourth quarter of 2017, the Firm reached a conclusion with the U.K. tax authorities on certain issues through tax year 2010, the resolution of which did not have a material impact on the annual financial statements or effective tax rate.

See Note 12 regarding the Dutch Tax Authority’s challenge, in the District Court in Amsterdam (matters styledCase number15/3637andCase number 15/4353), of the Firm’s entitlement to certain withholding tax credits which may impact the balance of unrecognized tax benefits.

It is reasonably possible that significant changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits occur within the next 12 months. At this time, however, it is not possible to reasonably estimate the expected change to the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits and the impact on the Firm’s effective tax rate over the next 12 months.

Earliest Tax Year Subject to Examination in Major Tax Jurisdictions

 

Jurisdiction  Tax Year 

U.S.

   19992013 

New York State and New York City

   2007 

Hong Kong

   20112012 

U.K.

   20102011 

Japan

   2015 

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

$ in millions

  2017   2016   2015 

U.S.

  $5,686   $5,694   $5,360 

Non-U.S.1

   4,717    3,154    3,135 

Total

  $        10,403   $        8,848   $        8,495 

1.

Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

December 2017 Form 10-K168


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

21. Segment, Geographic and Geographic Revenue

Information

Segment Information

The Firm structures its segments primarily based upon the nature of the financial products and services provided to customers and its management organization. The Firm provides a wide range of financial products and services to its customers in each of the business segments: Institutional Securities, Wealth Management and Investment Management. For a further discussion of the business segments, see Note 1.

Revenues and expenses directly associated with each respective business segment are included in determining its operating results. Other revenues and expenses that are not directly attributable to a particular business segment are generally allocated based upon the Firm’s allocation methodologies, generally based on each business segment’s respective net revenues,non-interest expenses or other relevant measures.

151December 2018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

As a result of revenues and expenses from transactions with other operating segments being treated as transactions with external parties for purposes of segment disclosures, the Firm includes an Intersegment Eliminations category to reconcile the business segment results to the consolidated results.

Selected Financial Information by Business Segment

 

 2017  2018 
$ in millions IS WM IM1, 2 I/E Total  IS WM IM I/E Total 

Total non-interest revenues

 $  19,622  $  12,731  $  2,586  $  (294 $  34,645   

Investment banking1, 2

 $6,088  $475  $  $(81 $6,482  

Trading

    11,191   279   25        56     11,551  

Investments

  182   1   254      437  

Commissions and fees1

  2,671   1,804      (285  4,190  

Asset management1

  421     10,158     2,468   (149  12,898  

Other

  535   248   (30  (10  743  

Totalnon-interest revenues3, 4

  21,088   12,965   2,717   (469  36,301  

Interest income

  5,377   4,591   4   (975  8,997     9,271   5,498   57   (934  13,892  

Interest expense

  6,186   486   4   (979  5,697     9,777   1,221   28   (940  10,086  

Net interest

  (809  4,105      4   3,300     (506  4,277   29   6   3,806  

Net revenues

 $18,813  $16,836  $2,586  $(290 $37,945    $ 20,582  $ 17,242  $ 2,746  $(463 $ 40,107  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $5,644  $4,299  $456  $4  $10,403    $6,260  $4,521  $464  $(8 $11,237  

Provision for income taxes3

  1,993   1,974   201      4,168   

Provision for income taxes

  1,230   1,049   73   (2  2,350  

Income from continuing operations

  3,651   2,325   255   4   6,235     5,030   3,472   391   (6  8,887  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (19           (19)    (6     2      (4) 

Net income

  3,632   2,325   255   4   6,216     5,024   3,472   393   (6  8,883  

Net income applicable
to noncontrolling interests

  96      9      105     118      17      135  

Net income applicable
to Morgan Stanley

 $3,536  $2,325  $246  $4  $6,111    $4,906  $3,472  $376  $(6 $8,748  
  2016 
$ in millions IS4  WM4  IM1, 2  I/E  Total 

Total non-interest revenues

 $  17,294  $  11,821  $  2,108  $  (290 $  30,933   

Interest income

  4,005   3,888   5   (882  7,016   

Interest expense

  3,840   359   1   (882  3,318   

Net interest

  165   3,529   4      3,698   

Net revenues

 $17,459  $15,350  $2,112  $(290 $34,631   

Income from continuing operations before
income taxes

 $5,123  $3,437  $287  $1  $8,848   

Provision for income taxes3

  1,318   1,333   75      2,726   

Income from continuing operations

  3,805   2,104   212   1   6,122   

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (1     2      1   

Net income

  3,804   2,104   214   1   6,123   

Net income (loss) applicable to noncontrolling interests

  155      (11     144   

Net income applicable
to Morgan Stanley

 $3,649  $2,104  $225  $1  $5,979   

 2015  2017 
$ in millions IS4 WM4 IM1 I/E Total  IS WM IM I/E Total 

Investment banking

 $5,537  $533  $  $(67 $6,003  

Trading

 10,295  848  (22 (5 11,116  

Investments

 368  3  449        —  820  

Commissions and fees

 2,433  1,737     (109 4,061  

Asset management

 359  9,342  2,196  (100 11,797  

Other

 630  268  (37 (13 848  

Totalnon-interest
revenues

 $17,800  $12,144  $2,331  $(213 $32,062    19,622   12,731     2,586  (294    34,645  

Interest income

 3,190  3,105  2  (462 5,835   5,377  4,591  4  (975 8,997  

Interest expense

 3,037  149  18  (462 2,742   6,186  486  4  (979 5,697  

Net interest

 153  2,956  (16    3,093   (809 4,105     4  3,300  

Net revenues

 $17,953  $15,100  $2,315  $(213 $35,155   $18,813  $16,836  $2,586  $(290 $37,945  

Income from continuing operations before
income taxes

 $4,671  $3,332  $492  $  $8,495   $5,644  $4,299  $456  $4  $10,403  

Provision for income taxes3

 825  1,247  128     2,200  

Provision for income taxes

 1,993  1,974  201     4,168  

Income from continuing operations

 3,846  2,085  364     6,295   3,651  2,325  255  4  6,235  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

 (17    1     (16)   (19          (19) 

Net income

 3,829  2,085  365     6,279   3,632  2,325  255  4  6,216  

Net income applicable
to noncontrolling interests

 133     19     152   96     9     105  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $3,696  $2,085  $346  $  $6,127   $3,536  $2,325  $246  $4  $6,111  

 

I/E—
December 2018 Form 10-K152


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

  2016 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  I/E  Total 

Investment banking

 $4,476  $484  $  $(27 $4,933  

Trading

  9,387   861   (2  (37  10,209  

Investments

  147      13        —   160  

Commissions and fees

  2,456   1,745   3   (95  4,109  

Asset management

  293   8,454   2,063   (113  10,697  

Other

  535   277   31   (18  825  

Totalnon-interest revenues

   17,294    11,821      2,108   (290     30,933  

Interest income

  4,005   3,888   5   (882  7,016  

Interest expense

  3,840   359   1   (882  3,318  

Net interest

  165   3,529   4      3,698  

Net revenues

 $17,459  $15,350  $2,112  $(290 $34,631  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 $5,123  $3,437  $287  $1  $8,848  

Provision for income taxes

  1,318   1,333   75      2,726  

Income from continuing operations

  3,805   2,104   212   1   6,122  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of income taxes

  (1     2       

Net income

  3,804   2,104   214   1   6,123  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  155      (11     144  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $3,649  $2,104  $225  $1  $5,979  

I/E–Intersegment Eliminations

1.

EliminationsApproximately 86% of Investment banking revenues and substantially all of Commissions and fees and Asset management revenues in 2018 were determined under theRevenues from Contracts with Customers accounting update.

2.

Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues in 2018 are composed of $2,436 million of Advisory and $3,652 million of Underwriting revenues. Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues in 2017 are composed of $2,077 million of Advisory and $3,460 million of Underwriting revenues. Institutional Securities Investment banking revenues in 2016 are composed of $2,220 million of Advisory and $2,256 million of Underwriting revenues.

3.

The Firm enters into certain contracts that contain a current obligation to perform services in the future. Excluding contracts where billing is commensurate with the value of the services performed at each stage of the contract, contracts with variable consideration that is subject to reversal, and contracts with less than one year duration, we expect to record the following approximate revenues in the future: $100 million per year in 2019 and 2020; between $40 million and $60 million per year in 2021 through 2025; and $10 million per year in 2026 through 2035. These revenues are primarily related to certain commodities contracts with customers.

4.

Includes $2,821 million in revenues recognized in 2018 where some or all services were performed in prior periods. This amount is primarily composed of investment banking advisory fees and distribution fees.

Net Discrete Tax Provision (Benefit) by Segment    

$ in millions  IS  WM  IM  Total 

2018

     

Intermittent net discrete tax provision (benefit)

  $(182 $—   $(21 $(203) 

Recurring:

     

Employee share-based awards1

   (104  (50  (11  (165) 

Total

  $(286 $(50 $(32 $(368) 

2017

     

Intermittent:

     

Tax Act enactment2

  $705  $402  $     94  $  1,201  

Remeasurement of reserves and related interest

   (168  —    —    (168) 

Other

   (66  9   (8  (65) 

Total intermittent net discrete tax provision (benefit)

  $     471  $    411  $86  $968  

Recurring:

     

Employee share-based awards1

   (93  (54  (8  (155) 

Total

  $378  $357  $78  $813  

20163

              $(68) 

1.

For information on fee waivers, seeBeginning in 2017, with the table below.adoption of the accounting update,Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting, the income tax consequences associated with employee share-based awards are recognized in Provision for income taxes in the income statements. The Firm considers these employee share-based award related provisions (benefits) to be recurring-type (“Recurring”) discrete tax items, as we anticipate some level of conversion activity each year.

2.

For informationfurther discussion on net unrealized performance-based feesthe Tax Act, see the table below.Note 20.

3.

The Firm’s effective tax rate from continuing operations includedintermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits). See table belowbenefit for further information.2016 was principally within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Total Assets by Business Segment

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017

Institutional Securities

  $646,427   $        664,974  

Wealth Management

   202,392    182,009 

Investment Management

   4,712    4,750 

Total1

  $853,531   $851,733 

1.

Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

Additional Segment Information—Investment Management

Net Unrealized Performance-Based Fees

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing

  $434   $442 
 

 

 169153 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

4.

Effective July 1, 2016, the Institutional Securities and Wealth Management business segments entered into an agreement, whereby Institutional Securities assumed management of Wealth Management’s fixed income client-driven trading activities and employees. Institutional Securities now pays fees to Wealth Management based on distribution activity (collectively, the “Fixed Income Integration”). Prior periods have not been recast for this new intersegment agreement due to immateriality.

The Firm waives aFirm’s portion of itsnet cumulative unrealized performance-based fees in(for which the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply withFirm is not obligated to pay compensation) are at risk of reversing if the requirements of Rule2a-7 offund performance falls below the Investment Company Act of 1940.stated investment management agreement benchmarks. See Note 12 for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.

Reduction of Fees due to Fee Waivers

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015   2018   2017   2016 

Fee waivers

  $            86   $            91   $            197    $        56   $        86   $        91  

For certain management fee arrangementsThe Firm waives a portion of its fees in the Investment Management business segment from certain registered money market funds that comply with the requirements of Rule2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Separately, the Firm’s employees, including its senior officers, may participate on the same terms and conditions as other investors in certain funds that the Firm is entitled to receive performance-based fees (also referred to as incentivesponsors primarily for client investment, and the Firm may waive or lower applicable fees and includes carried interest) when the return on assets under management exceeds certain benchmark returns or other performance targets. In such arrangements, performance fee revenues are accrued (or reversed) quarterly based on measuring account/fund performance to date versus the performance benchmark stated in the investment management agreement. The Firm’s portion of net unrealized cumulative performance-based fees (for which the Firm is not obligated to pay compensation) are at risk of reversing if the fund performance falls below the stated investment management agreement benchmarks. See Note 12charges for information regarding general partner guarantees, which include potential obligations to return performance fee distributions previously received.its employees.

Net Unrealized Performance-based Fees

$ in millions 

At

December 31,
2017

  

At

December 31,
2016

 

Net cumulative unrealized performance-based fees at risk of reversing

 $                        442  $                        397  

Net Discrete Tax Provision (Benefit) by Segment

  2017 
$ in millions IS  WM  IM  Total 

Intermittent:

    

Tax Act enactment1

 $       705  $       402  $         94  $    1,201  

Remeasurement of reserves and related interest

  (168)         (168)  

Other

  (66)   9   (8)   (65)  

Total intermittent net discrete tax provision (benefit)

 $471  $411  $86  $968  

Recurring:

    

Employee share-based awards

  (93)   (54)   (8)   (155)  

Total

 $378  $357  $78  $813  

20162

             $(68)  

20152

              (564)  

1.

For further discussion on the Tax Act, see Note 20.

2.

The intermittent net discrete tax benefits for 2016 and 2015 were primarily within the Institutional Securities business segment.

Total Assets by Business Segment

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
   At December 31,
2016
 

Institutional Securities

  $664,974   $629,149 

Wealth Management

   182,009    181,135 

Investment Management

   4,750    4,665 

Total1

  $851,733   $814,949 

1.

Parent assets have been fully allocated to the business segments.

December 2017 Form 10-K170


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Geographic Information

The Firm operates in both U.S. andnon-U.S. markets. The Firm’snon-U.S. business activities are principally conducted and managed through EMEA and Asia locations. The net revenues disclosed in the following table reflect the regional view of the Firm’s consolidated net revenues on a managed basis, based on the following methodology:

Institutional Securities: client location for advisory and equity underwriting—client location, debt underwriting—underwriting, revenue recording location for debt underwriting, trading desk location for sales and trading—trading desk location.trading.

Wealth Management: Wealth Management representatives operate in the Americas.

Investment Management: client location, except certainclosed-end funds, which are based on asset location.

Net Revenues by Region

 

$ in millions  2017   2016   2015   2018   2017   2016 

Americas

  $27,817   $25,487   $25,080   $  29,301   $  27,817   $  25,487  

EMEA

   5,714    4,994    5,353    6,092    5,714    4,994  

Asia

   4,414    4,150    4,722    4,714    4,414    4,150  

Net revenues

  $        37,945   $    34,631   $        35,155 

Total

  $40,107   $37,945   $34,631  

Income from Continuing Operations before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

$ in millions  2018   2017   2016 

U.S.

  $7,804   $5,686   $5,694  

Non-U.S.1

   3,433    4,717    3,154  

Total

  $    11,237   $    10,403   $    8,848  

1.

Non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

Total Assets by Region

 

$ in millions  At December 31,
2017
   At December 31,
2016
   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Americas

  $570,489   $581,750   $576,532   $570,489  

EMEA

   191,398    158,819    200,194    191,398  

Asia

   89,846    74,380    76,805    89,846  

Total

  $851,733   $814,949   $853,531   $851,733  

Revenue Information

Trading Revenues by Product Type

$ in millions  2018   2017   2016 

Interest rate

  $2,696   $2,091   $1,522  

Foreign exchange

   914    647    1,156  

Equity security and index1

   6,157    6,291    5,690  

Commodity and other

   1,174    740    56  

Credit

   610    1,347    1,785  

Total

  $    11,551   $    11,116   $    10,209  

1.

Dividend income is included within equity security and index contracts.

The previous table summarizes gains and losses included in Trading revenues in the income statements. These activities include revenues related to derivative andnon-derivative financial instruments. The Firm generally utilizes financial instruments across a variety of product types in connection with its market-making and related risk management strategies. The trading revenues presented in the table are not representative of the manner in which the Firm manages its business activities and are prepared in a manner similar to the presentation of trading revenues for regulatory reporting purposes.

December 2018 Form 10-K154


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Change in Revenues and Expenses as a Result of

Application of the New Revenue Recognition Standard

$ in millions2018

Gross presentation impact—Revenues

Investment banking—Advisory

$75 

Investment banking—Underwriting

        193 

Asset management1

30 

Other

52 

Subtotal

350 

Gross presentation impact—Expenses

Brokerage, clearing and exchange fees1

$30 

Marketing and business development

31 

Professional services

102 

Other2

187 

Subtotal

350 

Timing impact—Revenues

Investment banking—Advisory

$15 

Asset management

(4)

Other

19 

Subtotal

30 

Net change in revenues and expenses

$30 

1.

Intersegment transactions of $48 million have been eliminated.

2.

Primarily composed of Investment banking transaction-related costs.

As a result of adopting the accounting updateRevenue from Contracts with Customers, the accounting for certain transactions has changed (see Note 2 for further details). As summarized in the previous table, the change is composed of transactions that are now presented on a gross basis within bothNon-interest revenues andNon-interest expenses, as well as transactions where revenues are recognized with different timing compared with the previous GAAP. For example, timing impacts shown as negative amounts in the previous table represent revenues for which recognition has been deferred to future periods under the new standard.

Receivables from Contracts with Customers

$ in millions  At
December 31,
2018
   At
January 1,
2018
 

Customer and other receivables

  $2,308   $2,805 

Receivables from contracts with customers, which are included within Customer and other receivables in the balance sheets, arise when the Firm has both recorded revenues and has the right per the contract to bill the customer.

22. Parent Company

Parent Company Only—Condensed Income Statements and Comprehensive Income Statements

 

$ in millions  2017 2016 2015   2018 2017 2016 

Revenues

        

Dividends fromnon-bank subsidiaries

  $2,567  $2,448  $4,942 

Dividends from subsidiaries1

  $4,973  $2,567  $2,448  

Trading

   (260 96  574    54  (260 96  

Other

   64  38  53    (5 64  38  

Totalnon-interest revenues

   2,371  2,582  5,569    5,022  2,371  2,582  

Interest income

   3,783  3,008  3,055    5,172  3,783  3,008  

Interest expense

   4,079  4,036  4,073    4,816  4,079  4,036  

Net interest

   (296 (1,028 (1,018   356  (296 (1,028) 

Net revenues

   2,075  1,554  4,551    5,378  2,075  1,554  

Non-interest expenses

   240  126  (195   225  240  126  

Income before income taxes

   1,835  1,428  4,746    5,153  1,835  1,428  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   (206 (383 (83   22  (206 (383) 

Net income before undistributed gain of subsidiaries

   2,041  1,811  4,829    5,131  2,041  1,811  

Undistributed gain of subsidiaries

   4,070  4,168  1,298    3,617  4,070  4,168  

Net income

   6,111  5,979  6,127    8,748  6,111  5,979  

OCI, net of tax:

OCI, net of tax:

 

      

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   219  (23 (300   (114 219  (23) 

Change in net unrealized gains (losses) on AFS securities

   41  (269 (246   (272 41  (269) 

Pensions, postretirement and other

   (117 (100 138    137  (117 (100) 

Change in net DVA

   (560 (283      1,454  (560 (283) 

Comprehensive income

  $5,694  $5,304  $5,719   $    9,953  $    5,694  $     5,304  

Net income

  $6,111  $5,979  $6,127   $8,748  $6,111  $5,979  

Preferred stock dividends and other

   523  471  456    526  523  471  

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

  $    5,588  $    5,508  $    5,671   $8,222  $5,588  $5,508  

1.

In 2018, we recorded approximately $3 billion of dividends from bank subsidiaries.

 

 

 171155 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Parent Company Only—Condensed Balance Sheets

 

$ in millions, except share data 

At

December 31,
2017

 

At

December 31,
2016

  

At

December 31,
2018

 

At

December 31,
2017

 

Assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

 $11  $116    $6  $11  

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

  8,120  3,600   

Deposits with bank subsidiaries

  7,476  8,120  

Restricted cash

  1  3        

Trading assets at fair value

  5,752  139     10,039  5,752  

Investment securities at fair value

  19,268   —   

Investment Securities (includes$15,500 and $13,219 at fair value)

  22,588  19,268  

Securities purchased under agreement to resell with affiliates

  38,592  57,906     25,535  38,592  

Advances to subsidiaries:

    

Bank and BHC

  30,145  28,186     30,954  30,145  

Non-bank

  112,557  95,684     97,405  112,557  

Equity investments in subsidiaries:

    

Bank and BHC

  35,971  34,329     42,848  35,971  

Non-bank

  31,856  31,246     32,418  31,856  

Other assets

  2,704  4,613     1,244  2,704  

Total assets

 $284,977  $255,822    $270,513  $284,977  

Liabilities

    

Trading liabilities at fair value

 $148  $49    $276  $148  

Securities sold under agreements
to repurchase with affiliates

  8,753   —       8,753  

Payables to subsidiaries

  28,781  26,957   

Payables to and advances from subsidiaries

  30,861  28,781  

Other liabilities and accrued expenses

  2,421  2,040     2,548  2,421  

Borrowings

  167,483  150,726   

Borrowings (includes$18,599 and $22,603 at fair value)

  156,582  167,483  

Total liabilities

  207,586  179,772     190,267  207,586  

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities (see Note 12)

 

 

Equity

    

Preferred stock

  8,520  7,520     8,520  8,520  

Common stock, $0.01 par value:

    

Shares authorized:3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,788,086,805 and 1,852,481,601

  20  20   

Shares authorized:3,500,000,000; Shares issued:2,038,893,979; Shares outstanding:1,699,828,943 and 1,788,086,805 shares

  20  20  

Additionalpaid-in capital

  23,545  23,271     23,794  23,545  

Retained earnings

  57,577  53,679     64,175  57,577  

Employee stock trusts

  2,907  2,851     2,836  2,907  

AOCI

  (3,060 (2,643)    (2,292 (3,060) 

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (250,807,174 and 186,412,378 shares)

  (9,211 (5,797)  

Common stock held in treasury at cost, $0.01 par value (339,065,036 and 250,807,174 shares)

  (13,971 (9,211) 

Common stock issued to employee stock trusts

  (2,907 (2,851)    (2,836 (2,907) 

Total shareholders’ equity

  77,391  76,050     80,246  77,391  

Total liabilities and equity

 $284,977  $255,822    $270,513  $284,977  

Parent Company Only—Condensed Cash Flow Statements

 

$ in millions 2017 2016 2015   2018 2017 2016 

Cash flows from operating activities

       

Net income

 $6,111  $5,979  $6,127     $8,748  $6,111  $5,979  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used for) operating activities:

       

Undistributed gain of subsidiaries

  (4,070 (4,168 (1,298)     (3,617 (4,070 (4,168) 

Other operating activities

  1,087  1,367  1,084      964  1,087  1,367  

Changes in assets and liabilities

  619  (151 (2,984)     (7,231 619  (151) 

Net cash provided by (used for) operating activities

  3,747  3,027  2,929      (1,136 3,747  3,027  

Cash flows from investing activities

       

Proceeds from (payments for):

       

Investment securities:

       

Purchases

  (5,263     —      (8,155 (5,263  —  

Proceeds from sales

  3,620      —      1,252  3,620   —  

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities

  1,038      —      3,729  1,038   —  

Securities purchased under agreements to resell with affiliates

  19,314  (10,846 (5,459)     13,057  19,314  (10,846) 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase with affiliates

  8,753      —      (8,753 8,753   —  

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries

  (33,825 (2,502 1,364   

Advances to and investments in subsidiaries1

   11,841  (35,686 (141) 

Net cash provided by (used for) investing activities

  (6,363 (13,348 (4,095)     12,971  (8,224 (10,987) 

Cash flows from financing activities

       

Proceeds from:

       

Issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

  994     1,493        994   —  

Issuance of Borrowings

  36,833  32,795  28,575      14,918  36,833  32,795  

Payments for:

       

Borrowings

    (24,668   (24,793   (23,458)     (21,418 (24,668 (24,793) 

Repurchases of common stock and employee tax withholdings

  (4,292 (3,933 (2,773)     (5,566 (4,292 (3,933) 

Cash dividends

  (2,085 (1,746 (1,455)     (2,375 (2,085 (1,746) 

Net change in advances from subsidiaries1

   2,122  1,861  (2,361) 

Other financing activities

  26  66   —        26  66  

Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities

  6,808  2,389  2,382      (12,319 8,669  28  

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

  221  (250 (65)     (166 221  (250) 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  4,413  (8,182 1,151      (650 4,413  (8,182) 

Cash and cash equivalents, at beginning of period

  3,719  11,901  10,750      8,132  3,719  11,901  

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $8,132  $3,719  $11,901     $7,482  $8,132  $3,719  

Cash and cash equivalents:

       

Cash and due from banks

 $11  $116  $5,166     $6  $11  $116  

Deposits with banking subsidiaries

  8,120  3,600  4,311   

Interest bearing deposits with banks

       2,421   

Deposits with bank subsidiaries

   7,476  8,120  3,600  

Restricted cash

  1  3  3        1   

Cash and cash equivalents, at end of period

 $8,132  $3,719  $11,901     $7,482  $8,132  $3,719  

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

 

Cash payments for:

       

Interest

 $3,570  $3,650  $3,959     $4,798  $3,570  $3,650  

Income taxes, net of refunds

  201  201  255      437  201  201  

1.

Reclassifications have been made to prior periods to conform to the current presentation.

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 172156 


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

Parent Company’s Borrowings with Original Maturities Greater than One Year

 

$ in millions  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

   At
December 31,
2018
   

At

December 31,

2017

 

Senior

   $              157,255    $              140,422     $              146,492    $                  157,255  

Subordinated

   10,228    10,303     10,090    10,228  

Total

   $              167,483    $              150,725     $              156,582    $                  167,483  

Transactions with Subsidiaries

The Parent Company has transactions with its consolidated subsidiaries determined on an agreed-upon basis and has guaranteed certain unsecured lines of credit and contractual obligations on certain of its consolidated subsidiaries.

Guarantees

In the normal course of its business, the Parent Company guarantees certain of its subsidiaries’ obligations under derivative and other financial arrangements. The Parent Company records Trading assets and Trading liabilities, which include derivative contracts, at fair value in its condensed balance sheets.

The Parent Company also, in the normal course of its business, provides standard indemnities to counterparties on behalf of its subsidiaries for taxes, including U.S. and foreign withholding taxes, on interest and other payments made on derivatives, securities and stock lending transactions, and certain annuity products. These indemnity payments could be required based on a change in the tax laws or change in interpretation of applicable tax rulings. Certain contracts contain provisions that enable the Parent Company to terminate the agreement upon the occurrence of such events. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Parent Company could be required to make under these indemnifications cannot be estimated. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these indemnifications and believes that the occurrence of any events that would trigger payments under these contracts is remote.

The Parent Company has issued guarantees on behalf of its subsidiaries to various U.S. andnon-U.S. exchanges and clearinghouses that trade and clear securities and/or futures contracts. Under these guarantee arrangements, the Parent Company may be required to pay the financial obligations of its subsidiaries related to business transacted on or with the exchanges and clearinghouses in the event of a subsidiary’s default on its obligations to the exchange or the clearinghouse. The Parent Company has not recorded any contingent liability in its condensed financial statements for these arrangements and believes that any potential requirements to make payments under these arrangements are remote.

Guarantees of Debt Instruments and Warrants Issued by Subsidiaries

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,

2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

 

Aggregate balance

   $              19,392    $            11,538  

In connection with subsidiary lease obligations, the Parent Company has issued guarantees to various lessors.

$ in millions

  At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Aggregate balance

   $              24,286    $            19,392  

Guarantees under Subsidiary Lease Obligations

 

$ in millions

  

At

December 31,
2017

   

At

December 31,

2016

   At
December 31,
2018
   At
December 31,
2017
 

Aggregate balance1

   $                1,082    $              1,090     $                1,003    $              1,082  

 

1.

Amounts primarily relate to the U.K.

Finance Subsidiary

The Parent Company fully and unconditionally guarantees the securities issued by Morgan Stanley Finance LLC, a 100%-owned finance subsidiary.

Resolution and Recovery Planning

As indicated in the Firm’s 2017 resolution plan submitted to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, the Parent Company has amended and restated its support agreement with its material entities, as defined in the Firm’s 2017 resolution plan. Under the secured amended and restated support agreement, upon the occurrence of a resolution scenario, the Parent Company would be obligated to contribute or loan on a subordinated basis all of its contributable material assets, other than shares in subsidiaries of the Parent Company and certain intercompany receivables, to provide capital and liquidity, as applicable, to its material entities.

 

 

 173157 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 LOGO

 

23. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

 

 2017 Quarter1  2018 Quarter 
$ in millions, except per share data First Second Third Fourth2, 3  First Second Third Fourth2,3 

Totalnon-interest revenues

 $  8,974  $8,752  $  8,414  $8,505 

Totalnon-interest revenues1

 $    10,102  $    9,704  $    8,936  $    7,559  

Net interest

  771   751   783   995   975   906   936   989  

Net revenues

  9,745   9,503   9,197   9,500   11,077   10,610   9,872   8,548  

Totalnon-interest expenses

  6,937   6,861   6,715   7,029 

Totalnon-interest expenses1

  7,657   7,501   7,021   6,691  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

  2,808   2,642   2,482   2,471   3,420   3,109   2,851   1,857  

Provision for income taxes

  815   846   697   1,810   714   640   696   300  

Income from continuing operations

  1,993   1,796   1,785   661   2,706   2,469   2,155   1,557  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (22  (5  6   2   (2  (2  (1   

Net income

  1,971   1,791   1,791   663   2,704   2,467   2,154   1,558  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

  41   34   10   20   36   30   42   27  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,930  $1,757  $1,781  $643  $2,668  $2,437  $2,112  $1,531  

Preferred stock dividends and other

  90   170   93   170   93   170   93   170  

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $1,840  $1,587  $1,688  $473  $2,575  $2,267  $2,019  $1,361  

Earnings (loss) per basic common share4:

    

Earnings (loss) per basic common share4:

 

  

Income from continuing operations

 $1.03  $0.89  $0.95  $0.27  $1.48  $1.32  $1.19  $0.81  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01                    —  

Earnings per basic common share

 $1.02  $0.89  $0.95  $0.27  $1.48  $1.32  $1.19  $0.81  

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share4:

        

Income from continuing operations

 $1.01  $0.87  $0.93  $0.26  $1.46  $1.30  $1.17  $0.80  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

  (0.01           (0.01        —  

Earnings per diluted common share

 $1.00  $0.87  $0.93  $0.26  $1.45  $1.30  $1.17  $0.80  

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.20  $0.20  $0.25  $0.25  $0.25  $0.25  $0.30  $0.30  

Book value per common share

 $37.48  $38.22  $38.87  $38.52  $39.19  $40.34  $40.67  $42.20  
 2016 Quarter  2017 Quarter 
$ in millions, except per share data First Second Third Fourth2, 5  First Second Third Fourth2,3 

Totalnon-interest revenues

 $  6,893  $7,996  $  7,906  $8,138  $  8,974  $8,752  $  8,414  $8,505  

Net interest

 899  913  1,003  883  771  751  783  995  

Net revenues

 7,792  8,909  8,909  9,021  9,745  9,503  9,197  9,500  

Totalnon-interest expenses

 6,054  6,426  6,528  6,775  6,937  6,861  6,715  7,029  

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

 1,738  2,483  2,381  2,246  2,808  2,642  2,482  2,471  

Provision for income taxes

 578  833  749  566  815  846  697  1,810  

Income from continuing operations

 1,160  1,650  1,632  1,680  1,993  1,796  1,785  661  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

 (3 (4 8     (22 (5 6   

Net income

 1,157  1,646  1,640  1,680  1,971  1,791  1,791  663  

Net income applicable to noncontrolling interests

 23  64  43  14  41  34  10  20  

Net income applicable to Morgan Stanley

 $1,134  $1,582  $1,597  $1,666  $1,930  $1,757  $1,781  $643  

Preferred stock dividends and other

 79  157  79  156  90  170  93  170  

Earnings applicable to Morgan Stanley common shareholders

 $1,055  $1,425  $1,518  $1,510  $1,840  $1,587  $1,688  $473  

Earnings (loss) per basic common share4:

    

Earnings (loss) per basic common share4:

 

Income from continuing operations

 $0.56  $0.77  $0.82  $0.84  $1.03  $0.89  $0.95  $0.27  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

    (0.01 0.01     (0.01        —  

Earnings per basic common share

 $0.56  $0.76  $0.83  $0.84  $1.02  $0.89  $0.95  $0.27  

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share4:

    

Earnings (loss) per diluted common share4:

 

Income from continuing operations

 $0.55  $0.75  $0.80  $0.81  $1.01  $0.87  $0.93  $0.26  

Income (loss) from discontinued operations

       0.01     (0.01        —  

Earnings per diluted common share

 $0.55  $0.75  $0.81  $0.81  $1.00  $0.87  $0.93  $0.26  

Dividends declared per common share

 $0.15  $0.15  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.20  $0.25  $0.25  

Book value per common share

 $35.34  $36.29  $37.11  $36.99  $37.48  $38.22  $38.87  $38.52  

 

1.

Effective January 1, 2018, the Firm adopted new accounting guidance related toRevenue from Contracts with Customers, which among other things, requires a gross presentation of certain costs that were previously netted against net revenues. Prior periods have not been restated pursuant to this guidance. For further information on recurring-type discrete tax benefits related to the full impact of adoption of thethis new accounting updateImprovements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting,guidance, see the following table and Note 2.21.

2.

The fourth quarter of 2018 included net intermittent discrete tax benefits of $111 million, primarily associated with the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to the resolution of multi-jurisdiction tax examinations. The fourth quarter of 2017 included net intermittent discrete tax benefits of $168 million, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status of multi-year IRS tax examinations. The fourth quarter of 2017 also included an intermittent net discrete tax provision of approximately $1.2 billion, primarily related to the remeasurement of certain net deferred tax assets using the lower corporate tax rate as a result of the enactment of the Tax Act. The fourth quarter of 2017 and 2016 also included net intermittent discrete tax benefits of $168 million and $135 million, respectively, primarily related to the remeasurement of reserves and related interest due to new information regarding the status ofmulti-year IRS tax examinations. Income tax consequences arising from conversion of employee share-based awards are excluded from intermittent net discrete tax provisions (benefits), as we anticipate conversion activity each year (see Notes 2 and 20).

3.

The fourth quarter of 2017 included a $53 million impairmentTotalnon-interest revenues includes impairments of the Investment Management business segment’s equity method investmentinterest in a third-party asset manager.manager of $46 million in 2018 and $53 million in 2017.

December 2017 Form 10-K174


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

4.

The sum of the quarters’ earnings per common share may not equal the annual amounts due to the averaging effect of the number of shares and share equivalents throughout the year.

5.
December 2018 Form 10-K158


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

LOGO

Quarterly Change in Revenue and Expense as a Result of Application of the New Revenue Recognition Standard

  2018 Quarter 
$ in millions First  Second  Third  Fourth 

Non-interest revenues

    

Gross presentation impact1

 $            79  $            108  $            93  $          70  

Timing impact

  4      (12  38  

Non-interest expenses

       

Gross presentation impact1

  79   108   93   70  

Net change in revenue and expense

 $4  $  $(12 $38  

1.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, net revenues included losses of approximately $60 million on sales and markdowns of legacy limited partnership investments in third-party-sponsored funds within the Investment Management business segment. The fourth quarter of 2016 also included a $70 million provision within the Wealth Management business segment related to certain brokerage service reporting activities.Intersegment transactions have been eliminated.

Employee Share-Based Awards

   2017 Quarter 
$ in millions  First   Second   Third   Fourth 

Discrete tax benefit

  $        112   $16   $        11   $        16 

24. Subsequent Events

The Firm has evaluated subsequent events for adjustment to or disclosure in the financial statements through the date of this report and has not identified any recordable or disclosable events not otherwise reported in these financial statements or the notes thereto.

 

 

 175159 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Average Balances and Interest Rates and Net Interest Income

 LOGO

 

 2017 2016 2015  2018 2017 2016 
$ in millions 

Average

Daily

Balance

 Interest Average
Rate
 

Average

Daily
Balance

 Interest Average
Rate
 

Average

Daily
Balance

 Interest Average
Rate
  

Average

Daily

Balance

 

Interest

 

Average

Rate

 

Average

Daily

Balance

 

Interest

 

Average

Rate

 

Average

Daily

Balance

 

Interest

 

Average

Rate

 

Interest earning assets1

         

Investment securities2

 $        76,746  $        1,334   1.7 $        78,562  $        1,142  1.5 $        67,993  $            876  1.3%   

Loans2

  98,727   3,298   3.3  89,875  2,724  3.0  75,110  2,163  2.9      

Securities purchased under agreements to resell and Securities borrowed3:

                  

Interest earning assets

         

Investment securities1

 

$

81,977

 

 

$

1,744

 

 

 

2.1

 

$

76,746

 

 

$

1,334

 

 

 

1.7

 

$

78,562

 

 

$

1,142

 

 

 

1.5%

 

Loans1

 

 

109,681

 

 

 

4,249

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

98,727

 

 

 

3,298

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

89,875

 

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

3.0    

 

Securities purchased under agreements to
resell and Securities borrowed2:

Securities purchased under agreements to
resell and Securities borrowed2:

 

U.S.

  125,453   606   0.5  144,744  (172 (0.1 172,481  (618 (0.4)       

 

134,223

 

 

 

2,262

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

125,453

 

 

 

606

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

144,744

 

 

 

(172

 

 

(0.1)   

 

Non-U.S.

  95,478   (437  (0.5 86,622  (202 (0.2 80,490  58  0.1       

 

86,430

 

 

 

(286

 

 

(0.3

 

 

95,478

 

 

 

(437

 

 

(0.5

 

 

86,622

 

 

 

(202

 

 

(0.2)   

 

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities4:

         

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities3:

 

U.S.

  59,335   1,876   3.2  49,746  1,894  3.8  41,934  1,874  4.5       

 

57,780

 

 

 

2,144

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

59,335

 

 

 

1,876

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

49,746

 

 

 

1,894

 

 

 

3.8    

 

Non-U.S.

  4,326   153   3.5  12,843  237  1.8  17,267  388  2.2       

 

9,014

 

 

 

248

 

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

4,326

 

 

 

153

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

12,843

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

1.8    

 

Customer receivables and Other5:

         

Customer receivables and Other4:

Customer receivables and Other4:

 

U.S.

  68,760   1,614   2.3  72,725  1,080  1.5  79,418  934  1.2       

 

73,695

 

 

 

2,592

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

72,440

 

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

78,766

 

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

1.4    

 

Non-U.S.

  27,801   553   2.0  23,874  313  1.3  27,955  160  0.6       

 

54,396

 

 

 

939

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

40,179

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

34,214

 

 

 

313

 

 

 

0.9    

 

Total

 $556,626  $8,997   1.6 $558,991  $7,016  1.3 $562,648  $5,835  1.0%    

$

607,196

 

 

$

  13,892

 

 

 

2.3

 

$

    572,684

 

 

$

    8,997

 

 

 

1.6

 

$

    575,372

 

 

$

      7,016

 

 

 

1.2%

 

Interest bearing liabilities1

 

        

Deposits2

 $151,442  $187   0.1 $155,143  $83  0.1 $141,502  $78  0.1%   

Borrowings2, 6

  184,453   4,285   2.3  163,647  3,606  2.2  159,781  3,497  2.2      

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned7:

         

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities

 

        

Deposits1

 

$

  169,226

 

 

$

1,255

 

 

 

0.7

 

$

151,442

 

 

$

187

 

 

 

0.1

 

$

155,143

 

 

$

83

 

 

 

0.1%

 

Borrowings1, 5

 

 

191,692

 

 

 

5,031

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

184,453

 

 

 

4,285

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

163,647

 

 

 

3,606

 

 

 

2.2    

 

Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase and Securities loaned6:

Securities sold under agreements to
repurchase and Securities loaned6:

 

U.S.

  30,866   900   2.9  32,359  555  1.7  51,115  437  0.9       

 

24,426

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

30,866

 

 

 

900

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

32,359

 

 

 

555

 

 

 

1.7    

 

Non-U.S.

  39,396   337   0.9  31,491  422  1.3  34,306  587  1.7       

 

37,319

 

 

 

490

 

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

39,396

 

 

 

337

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

31,491

 

 

 

422

 

 

 

1.3    

 

Customer payables and Other8:

         

Customer payables and Other7:

Customer payables and Other7:

 

U.S.

  128,274   (213  (0.2 114,606  (1,187 (1.0 120,100  (1,529 (1.3)       

 

120,228

 

 

 

1,061

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

128,274

 

 

 

(213

 

 

(0.2

 

 

114,606

 

 

 

(1,187

 

 

(1.0)   

 

Non-U.S.

  65,496   201   0.3  76,096  (161 (0.2 67,663  (328 (0.5)       

 

70,855

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

65,496

 

 

 

201

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

76,096

 

 

 

(161

 

 

(0.2)   

 

Total

 $599,927  $5,697   0.9 $573,342  $3,318  0.6 $574,467  $2,742  0.5%   

$

613,746

 

 

$

10,086

 

 

 

1.6

 

$

599,927

 

 

$

5,697

 

 

 

0.9

 

$

573,342

 

 

$

3,318

 

 

 

0.6%

 

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

   $3,300   0.7   $3,698  0.7   $3,093  0.5%  

Net interest income and net interest rate spread

 

 $3,806   0.7   $3,300  0.7   $3,698  0.6% 

 

1.

Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

2.

Amounts include primarily U.S. balances.

3.2.

Includes fees paid on Securities borrowed.

4.3.

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities excludeExcludesnon-interest earning assets andnon-interest bearing liabilities, such as equity securities.

5.4.

Includes interest from Customer receivables Restrictedand Cash and cash and Interest bearing deposits with banks.equivalents. Prior period amounts have been revised to conform to the current presentation.

6.5.

The Firm also issuesIncludes structured notes, that have coupon or repayment terms linked to the performancewhose interest expense is considered part of debt or equity securities, indices, currencies or commodities, which areits value and therefore is recorded within Trading revenues (see NoteNotes 3 and 11 to the financial statements).

7.6.

Includes fees received on Securities loaned. The annualized average rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net averageon-balance sheet balances, which exclude certainsecurities-for-securities transactions.

8.7.

Includes fees received from prime brokerage customers for stock loan transactions incurred to cover customers’ short positions.

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 176160 


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)

Rate/Effect of Volume Analysisand Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

 LOGO

 

Effect of Volume and Rate Changes on Net Interest Income

  2017 versus 2016   2016 versus 2015 
 2018 versus 2017 2017 versus 2016 
  

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

      

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

     

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

     

Increase (Decrease)

Due to Change in:

    
$ in millions  Volume Rate   Net Change   Volume Rate Net Change   Volume Rate Net Change Volume Rate Net Change 

Interest earning assets

Interest earning assets

 

      

Interest earning assets

 

     

Investment securities

  $(26 $218  $192   $            136  $                130  $                266   $91  $319  $410  $(26 $              218  $192  

Loans

   268   306   574    426  135  561    366   585   951  268  306  574  

Securities purchased under agreements
to resell and Securities borrowed:

Securities purchased under agreements
to resell and Securities borrowed:

 

            

U.S.

   23   755   778    99  347  446    42   1,614   1,656  23  755  778  

Non-U.S.

   (21  (214  (235   4  (264 (260)   41   110   151  (21 (214 (235) 

Trading assets, net of Trading liabilities:

              

U.S.

   365   (383  (18   349  (329 20    (49  317   268  365  (383 (18) 

Non-U.S.

   (157  73   (84   (99 (52 (151)   166   (71  95  (157 73  (84) 

Customer receivables and Other:

Customer receivables and Other:

 

      

Customer receivables and Other:

 

     

U.S.

   (59  593   534    (79 225  146    28   950   978  (87 621  534  

Non-U.S.

   51   189   240    (23 176  153    196   190   386  55  185  240  

Change in interest income

  $444  $1,537  $1,981   $813  $368  $1,181   $881  $4,014  $4,895  $                420  $1,561  $          1,981  

Interest bearing liabilities

Interest bearing liabilities

 

      

Interest bearing liabilities

 

     

Deposits

  $(2 $106  $104   $8  $(3 $  $22  $1,046  $1,068  $(2 $106  $104  

Borrowings

   458   221   679    85  24  109    168   578   746  458  221  679  

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase and Securities loaned:

              

U.S.

   (26  371   345    (160 278  118    (188  696   508  (26 371  345  

Non-U.S.

   106   (191  (85   (48 (117 (165)   (18  171   153  106  (191 (85) 

Customer payables and Other:

Customer payables and Other:

 

      

Customer payables and Other:

 

     

U.S.

   (142  1,116   974    70  272  342    13   1,261   1,274  (142 1,116  974  

Non-U.S.

   22   340   362    (41 208  167    16   624   640  22  340  362  

Change in interest expense

  $        416  $        1,963  $        2,379   $(86 $662  $576   $              13  $          4,376  $        4,389  $416  $1,963  $2,379  

Change in net interest income

  $28  $(426 $(398  $899  $(294 $605   $868  $(362 $506  $4  $(402 $(398) 

 

 177161 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)—(Continued)

 LOGO

 

Deposits

 

 Average Daily Deposits  Average Daily Deposits 
 2017 2016 2015  2018   2017   2016 
$ in millions Average
Amount
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount
 Average
Rate
 Average
Amount
 Average
Rate
  Average
Amount
 Average
Rate
   Average
Amount
 Average
Rate
   Average
Amount
 Average
Rate
 

Deposits1:

              

Savings

 $ 144,870   0.1%  $ 153,387  —%  $ 139,169  0.1%  

$

  142,753

 

 

 

0.4%

 

  

$

144,870

 

 

 

0.1%

 

  

$

  153,387

 

 

 

—%

 

Time

  6,572   1.6%  1,756  2.4%  2,333  0.6%  

 

26,473

 

 

 

2.4%

 

  

 

6,572

 

 

 

1.6%

 

  

 

1,756

 

 

 

2.4%

 

Total

 $ 151,442   0.1%  $ 155,143  0.1%  $ 141,502  0.6%  

$

169,226

 

 

 

0.7%

 

  

$

  151,442

 

 

 

0.1%

 

  

$

155,143

 

 

 

0.1%

 

 

1.

The Firm’s deposits were primarily held in U.S. offices.

Ratios

 

     2017      2016      2015   

Net income to average assets

  0.7%   0.7%   0.7% 

ROE1

  8.0%   8.0%   8.5% 

Return on total equity2

  7.8%   7.8%   8.3% 

Dividend payout ratio3

  29.3%   24.0%   19.0% 

Total average common equity to average assets

  8.2%   8.5%   8.0% 

Total average equity to average assets

  9.2%   9.4%   8.9% 
    

2018

  

2017

  

2016

 

Net income to average total assets1

  

 

1.0

 

 

0.7

 

 

0.7

ROE1, 2

  

 

11.8

 

 

8.0

 

 

8.0

Return on total equity1, 3

  

 

11.1

 

 

7.8

 

 

7.8

Dividend payout ratio4

  

 

23.3

 

 

29.3

 

 

24.0

Total average common equity to average assets1

  

 

8.1

 

 

8.2

 

 

8.5

Total average equity to average total assets1

  

 

9.1

 

 

9.2

 

 

9.4

 

1.

Represents anon-GAAP measure. See “Executive Summary—SelectedNon-GAAP Financial Information.”

2.

Percentage is based on netNet income applicable to Morgan Stanley less preferredPreferred stock dividends and other as a percentage of average common equity.

2.3.

Percentage is based on netNet income applicable to Morgan Stanley as a percentage of average total equity.

3.4.

Percentage is based on dividends declared per common share as a percentage of net earnings per diluted common share.

Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase and

Securities Loaned

 

$ in millions 2017 20161 20151  

2018

 

2017

 

20161

 

Period-end balance

 $    70,016   $    70,472   $    56,050   

$

    61,667 

 

 

$

    70,016 

 

 

$

    70,472 

 

Average balance2

  70,262   63,850   85,421   

 

61,745 

 

 

 

70,262 

 

 

 

63,850 

 

Maximum balance at anymonth-end

  77,063   72,154   111,019   

 

72,161 

 

 

 

77,063 

 

 

 

72,154 

 

Weighted average interest rate during the period3

  1.8%  1.5%  1.2%  

 

3.1%

 

 

 

1.8%

 

 

 

1.5%

 

Weighted average interest rate onperiod-end balance3

  1.5%  0.6%  1.3%  

 

4.1%

 

 

 

1.5%

 

 

 

0.6%

 

 

1.

Prior period amounts have2016 has been revised to conform to the current presentation.

2.

The Firm calculated its average balances based upon daily amounts.

3.

The weighted average interest rate was calculated using (a) interest expense incurred on all securities sold under agreements to repurchase and securities loaned transactions, whether or not such transactions were reported in the balance sheets and (b) net average orperiod-end balances when applicable. In addition,off-balance sheetexcluding certainsecurities-for-securities transactions were not included in the average orperiod-end balances.as applicable.

Cross-Border Outstandings

  At December 31, 2018 

$ in millions

 Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 

Country:

     

Japan

 

$

    16,130

 

 

$

          14,974

 

 

$

            30,301

 

 

$

  9,951

 

 

$

  71,356

 

U.K.

 

 

3,978

 

 

 

7,683

 

 

 

20,168

 

 

 

11,083

 

 

 

42,912

 

Cayman Islands

 

 

14

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,164

 

 

 

5,342

 

 

 

33,520

 

France

 

 

3,750

 

 

 

1,420

 

 

 

17,343

 

 

 

6,584

 

 

 

29,097

 

Canada

 

 

6,808

 

 

 

2,153

 

 

 

2,005

 

 

 

2,455

 

 

 

13,421

 

Ireland

 

 

664

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

8,466

 

 

 

4,191

 

 

 

13,345

 

European Central Bank

 

 

 

 

 

12,008

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,008

 

Brazil

 

 

2,464

 

 

 

5,074

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

2,133

 

 

 

10,250

 

Germany

 

 

822

 

 

 

1,499

 

 

 

4,137

 

 

 

3,022

 

 

 

9,480

 

Luxembourg

 

 

101

 

 

 

291

 

 

 

7,139

 

 

 

1,289

 

 

 

8,820

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 

Country:

     

Japan

 

$

    12,239

 

 

$

          18,103

 

 

$

            18,125

 

 

$

  10,874

 

 

$

  59,341

 

U.K.

 

 

4,870

 

 

 

6,741

 

 

 

24,731

 

 

 

13,992

 

 

 

50,334

 

France

 

 

3,401

 

 

 

900

 

 

 

12,781

 

 

 

8,445

 

 

 

25,527

 

Cayman Islands

 

 

17

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

16,041

 

 

 

4,999

 

 

 

21,058

 

Ireland

 

 

391

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

8,577

 

 

 

4,601

 

 

 

13,621

 

Germany

 

 

1,045

 

 

 

1,191

 

 

 

6,286

 

 

 

3,765

 

 

 

12,287

 

Canada

 

 

4,225

 

 

 

621

 

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

3,695

 

 

 

11,613

 

Brazil

 

 

2,761

 

 

 

3,470

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

3,809

 

 

 

10,355

 

China

 

 

902

 

 

 

1,713

 

 

 

940

 

 

 

5,852

 

 

 

9,407

 

South Korea

 

 

447

 

 

 

2,871

 

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

4,922

 

 

 

9,260

 

Netherlands

 

 

313

 

 

 

982

 

 

 

2,446

 

 

 

4,377

 

 

 

8,118

 

  At December 31, 20161 

$ in millions

 Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 

Country:

     

Japan

 $    12,465  $          12,388  $            32,380  $9,264  $66,497 

U.K.

  3,589   4,794   22,456     11,637     42,476 

France

  3,069   6,264   15,917   7,623   32,873 

Cayman Islands

  5      16,272   3,124   19,401 

Germany

  1,609   3,828   4,983   3,524   13,944 

Ireland

  478   160   6,998   4,504   12,140 

Canada

  3,503   838   2,570   3,419   10,330 

Brazil

  1,682   4,675   159   2,236   8,752 

South Korea

  290   2,563   996   4,233   8,082 

December 2018 Form 10-K162


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)—(Continued)

LOGO

Cross-border outstandings are based upon the FFIEC regulatory guidelines for reporting cross-border risk. Claims include cash, customer and other receivables, securities purchased under agreements to resell, securities borrowed and cash trading instruments, but exclude commitments. Securities purchased under agreements to resell and securities borrowed are presented based on the domicile of the counterparty, without reduction for related securities collateral held. For information regarding the Firm’s country risk exposure, see

“Quantitative “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk—Risk Management—Credit Risk—Country Risk Exposure.Risk.

The followingprevious tables set forth cross-border outstandings for each country, excluding derivative exposure, in which cross-border outstandings exceed 1% of the Firm’s consolidated assets or 20% of the Firm’s total capital, whichever is less, at December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, in accordance with the FFIEC guidelines:

 

  At December 31, 2017 

$ in millions

 Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 

Country:

                    

Japan

 $  12,239  $18,103  $18,125  $  10,874  $  59,341  

U.K.

  4,870   6,741   24,731   13,992   50,334  

France

  3,401   900   12,781   8,445   25,527  

Cayman Islands

  17   1   16,041   4,999   21,058  

Ireland

  391   52   8,577   4,601   13,621  

Germany

  1,045   1,191   6,286   3,765   12,287  

Canada

  4,225   621   3,072   3,695   11,613  

Brazil

  2,761   3,470   315   3,809   10,355  

China

  902   1,713   940   5,852   9,407  

South Korea

  447   2,871   1,020   4,922   9,260  

Netherlands

  313   982   2,446   4,377   8,118  

  At December 31, 20161 

$ in millions

 Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 

Country:

                    

Japan

 $  12,465  $12,388  $32,380  $9,264  $  66,497  

U.K.

  3,589   4,794   22,456     11,637   42,476  

France

  3,069   6,264   15,917   7,623   32,873  

Cayman Islands

  5      16,272   3,124   19,401  

Germany

  1,609   3,828   4,983   3,524   13,944  

Ireland

  478   160   6,998   4,504   12,140  

Canada

  3,503   838   2,570   3,419   10,330  

Brazil

  1,682   4,675   159   2,236   8,752  

South Korea

  290   2,563   996   4,233   8,082  

  At December 31, 20151 

$ in millions

 Banks  Governments  Non-banking
Financial
Institutions
  Other  Total 

Country:

                    

U.K.

 $  5,294  $2,333  $26,409  $  12,114  $  46,150 

Japan

  6,192   12,736   16,801   7,982   43,711 

France

  2,798   928   12,711   6,484   22,921 

Cayman Islands

  40      14,848   3,675   18,563 

Germany

  1,363   4,866   4,130   4,664   15,023 

Ireland

  195   399   6,620   3,615   10,829 

Singapore

  1,894   5,810   339   313   8,356 

China

  2,061   1,497   1,088   3,187   7,833 

Canada

  3,116   871   1,549   2,175   7,711 
$ in millions Cross-Border Exposure2 

At December 31, 2018

 

Netherlands

 $7,338 

At December 31, 2017

 

Australia, European Central Bank, Luxembourg and India

 $29,257 

At December 31, 2016

 

Singapore and Switzerland

 $14,626 

 

1.

Prior period amounts have been2016 was revised to conform to the current presentation.

2.
December 2017 Form 10-K178

Cross-border exposure, including derivative contracts, that exceeds 0.75% but does not exceed 1% of the Firm’s consolidated assets.


Financial Data Supplement (Unaudited)—(Continued)

For cross-border exposure including derivative contracts that exceeds 0.75% but does not exceed 1% of the Firm’s consolidated assets, Australia, European Central Bank, Luxembourg and India had a total cross-border exposure of $29,257 million at December 31, 2017; Singapore and Switzerland had a total cross-border exposure of $14,626 million at December 31, 2016; and Brazil, Switzerland, South Korea and Spain had a total cross-border exposure of $25,470 million at December 31, 2015.

 

 

 179163 December 20172018 Form 10-K


Glossary of Common Acronyms

 LOGO

 

2017 Form10-K—

2018 Form 10-KAnnual Report on Form10-K for year ended December 31, 2017 filed with the SEC

ABS—Asset-backed securities

AFS—Available-for-sale

AML—Anti-money laundering

AOCI—Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

AUM—Assets under management or supervision

BHC—Bank holding company

bps—Basis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%

CCAR—Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCyB—Countercyclical capital buffer

CDO—Collateralized debt obligations, including collateralized loan obligations

CDS—Credit default swap

CECL—Current expected credit loss

CFTC—U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CLN—Credit-linked note

CLO—Collateralized loan obligations

CMBS—Commercial mortgage-backed securities

CMO—Collateralized mortgage obligations

CVA—Credit valuation adjustment

DVA—Debt valuation adjustment

EBITDA—Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ELN—Equity-linked note

EMEA—Europe, Middle East and Africa

EPA—Environmental Protection Agency

EPS—Earnings per common share

ERISA—Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974

ERM—Enterprise risk management

E.U.—European Union

Annual Report on Form10-K for year ended December 31, 2018 filed with the SEC

ABS

Asset-backed securities

AFS

Available-for-sale

AML

Anti-money laundering

AOCI

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

AUM

Assets under management or supervision

BEAT

Base erosion and anti-abuse tax

BHC

Bank holding company

bps

Basis points; one basis point equals 1/100th of 1%

CCAR

Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review

CCyB

Countercyclical capital buffer

CDO

Collateralized debt obligation(s), including Collateralized loan obligation(s)

CDS

Credit default swaps

CECL

Current expected credit loss

CFTC

U.S. Commodity Futures Trading Commission

CLN

Credit-linked note(s)

CLO

Collateralized loan obligation(s)

CMBS

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

CMO

Collateralized mortgage obligation(s)

CVA

Credit valuation adjustment

DVA

Debt valuation adjustment

EBITDA

Earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization

ELN

Equity-linked note(s)

EMEA

Europe, Middle East and Africa

EPS

Earnings per common share

E.U.

European Union

FDIC

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP

Federal Family Education Loan Program

FFIEC

Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council

FHC

Financial Holding Company

FICO

Fair Isaac Corporation

FVA

Funding valuation adjustment

GILTI

Global IntangibleLow-Taxed Income

GLR

Global liquidity reserve

G-SIB

Global systemically important banks

HELOC

Home Equity Line of Credit

HQLA

High-quality liquid assets

HTM

Held-to-maturity

I/E

Intersegment eliminations

IHC

Intermediate holding company

IM

Investment Management

IRS

Internal Revenue Service

IS

Institutional Securities

LCR

Liquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

LIBOR

London Interbank Offered Rate

M&A

Merger, acquisition and restructuring transaction

MSBNA

Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co.

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

MSIP

Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc

MSMS

Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

MSPBNA

Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association

MSSB LLC

FCA—Financial Conduct Authority

FDIC—Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation

FFELP—Family Education Loan Program

FFIEC—Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council

FHC—Financial holding company

FICO—Fair Isaac Corporation

FINRA—Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

FVA—Funding valuation adjustment

GLR—Global liquidity reserve

G-SIB—Global systemically important bank

HELOC—Home equity lines of credit

HQLA—High-quality liquid assets

HTM—Held-to-maturity

I/E—Intersegment eliminations

IHC—Intermediate holding company

IM—Investment Management

IRS—Internal Revenue Service

IS—Institutional Securities

LCR—Liquidity coverage ratio, as adopted by the U.S. banking agencies

LIBOR—London Interbank Offered Rate

M&A—Merger, acquisition and restructuring transaction

MiFID II—Markets in Financial Instrument Regulation and a revision of the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

MSBNA—Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.

MS&Co.—Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

MSIP—Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc

MSMS—Morgan Stanley MUFG Securities Co., Ltd.

MSPBNA—Morgan Stanley Private Bank, National Association

MSSB LLCMorgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC

 

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K 180164 


Glossary of Common Acronyms

 LOGO

 

MUFG

Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

MUMSS

Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

MWh

Megawatt hour

N/A

Not Applicable

NAV

Net asset value

N/M

Not Meaningful

MUFG—Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.

MUMSS—Mitsubishi UFJ Morgan Stanley Securities Co., Ltd.

MWh—Megawatt hour

N/A—Not Applicable

NAV—Net asset value

NFA—National Futures Association

N/M—Not Meaningful

Non-GAAP

Non-generally accepted accounting principles

NSFR

Net stable funding ratio, as proposed by the U.S. banking agencies

OCC

Office of the Comptroller of the Currency

OCI

Other comprehensive income (loss)

OFAC—Office of Foreign Assets ControlOIS

OISOvernight indexedindex swap

OTC

Over-the-counter

OTTI—Other-than-temporary impairmentPRA

PRAPrudential Regulation Authority

PSU

Performance-based stock unit

QFC—Qualified financial contractsRMBS

RMBSResidential mortgage-backed securities

ROE

Return on average common equity

ROTCE

Return on average tangible common equity

RSU

RSURestricted stock unit

RWA

Risk-weighted assetassets

SEC

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

SLR—SLR

Supplementary leverage ratio

S&P

Standard & Poor’s

S&P 500—Standard & Poor’s 500 IndexSPE

SPESpecial purpose entity

SPOE

Single point of entry

TDR

Troubled debt restructuring

TLAC

Total loss-absorbing capacity

U.K.

United Kingdom

UPB

Unpaid principal balance

U.S.

United States of America

U.S. DOL

U.S. Department of Labor

U.S. GAAP

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America

VaR

Value-at-Risk

VAT

Value-added tax

VIE

Variable interest entitiesentity

WACC

Implied weighted average cost of capital

WM

Wealth Management

165December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of the Firm’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Firm conducted an evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Firm’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Firm’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Firm’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

The internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Firm;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Firm’s management and directors; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Firm assets that could have a material effect on the Firm’s financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Firm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018.

The Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

December 2018 Form 10-K166


LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Firm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements of the Firm as of and for the year ended December 31, 2018 and our report dated February 26, 2019, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Firm’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about

whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

New York, New York

February 26, 2019

167December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change in the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2018 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Other Information

None.

Unresolved Staff Comments

The Firm, like other well-known seasoned issuers, from time to time receives written comments from the staff of the SEC regarding its periodic or current reports under the Exchange Act. There are no comments that remain unresolved that the Firm received not less than 180 days before the end of the year to which this report relates that the Firm believes are material.

Properties

The Firm has offices, operations and data centers located around the world. The Firm’s properties that are not owned are leased on terms and for durations that are reflective of commercial standards in the communities where these properties are located. The Firm believes the facilities owned or occupied are adequate for the purposes for which they are currently used and are well-maintained. The Firm’s principal offices include the following properties:

Location

 

 

Owned/

Leased

 

  

Lease
Expiration

 

  

Approximate
Square Footage
at December 31,
2018
1

 

 

U.S. Locations

            

1585 Broadway

  Owned   N/A   

1,335,500

square feet

 

 

New York, New York

(Global Headquarters and Institutional Securities Headquarters)

2000 Westchester Avenue

  Owned   N/A   626,100 

Purchase, New York

  square feet 

(WealthManagement Headquarters)

    

522 Fifth Avenue

  Owned   N/A  

 

 

 

564,900

square feet

 

 

 

New York, New York

(InvestmentManagement Headquarters)

    

International Locations

 

20 Bank Street

  Leased   2038   

546,500

square feet

 

 

London

(London Headquarters)

 

1 Austin Road West

  Leased   2029  

 

 

 

499,900

 

 

Kowloon

  square feet 

(Hong KongHeadquarters)

    

Otemachi Financial City South Tower

  Leased   2028   245,600 

Otemachi, Chiyoda-ku  

  square feet 

(TokyoHeadquarters)

    

1.

The indicated total aggregate square footage leased does not include space leased by branch offices.

December 2018 Form 10-K168
181December 2017 Form 10-K


Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Controls and Procedures

Conclusion Regarding the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined under Exchange Act Rule13a-15(e). Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this annual report.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. The Firm’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Firm;

Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Firm’s management and directors; and

Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) inInternal Control—Integrated Framework (2013). Based on management’s assessment and those criteria, management believes that the Firm maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017.

The Firm’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited and issued a report on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears below.

December 2017 Form 10-K182


LOGO

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Morgan Stanley:

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Morgan Stanley and subsidiaries (the “Firm”) as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Firm maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017, based on criteria established inInternal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements of the Firm as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017 and our report dated February 27, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Firm’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Firm in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about

whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Legal Proceedings

In addition to the matters described below, in the normal course of business, the Firm has been named, from time to time, as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations, class actions and other litigation, arising in connection with its activities as a global diversified financial services institution. Certain of the actual or threatened legal actions include claims for substantial compensatory and/or punitive damages or claims for indeterminate amounts of damages. In some cases, the entities that would otherwise be the primary defendants in such cases are bankrupt or are in financial distress.

The Firm is also involved, from time to time, in other reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental and self-regulatory agencies regarding the Firm’s business, and involving, among other matters, sales and trading activities, financial products or offerings sponsored, underwritten or sold by the Firm, and accounting and operational matters, certain of which may result in adverse judgments, settlements, fines, penalties, injunctions or other relief.

The Firm contests liability and/or the amount of damages as appropriate in each pending matter. Where available information indicates that it is probable a liability had been incurred at the date of the financial statements and the Firm can reasonably estimate the amount of that loss, the Firm accrues the estimated loss by a charge to income. The Firm’s future legal expenses may fluctuate from period to period, given the current environment regarding government investigations and private litigation affecting global financial services firms, including the Firm.

In many proceedings and investigations, however, it is inherently difficult to determine whether any loss is probable or even possible, or to estimate the amount of any loss. The Firm cannot predict with certainty if, how or when such proceedings or investigations will be resolved or what the eventual settlement, fine, penalty or other relief, if any, may be, particularly for proceedings and investigations where the factual record is being developed or contested or where plaintiffs or government entities seek substantial or indeterminate damages, restitution, disgorgement or penalties. Numerous issues may need to be resolved, including through potentially lengthy discovery and determination of important factual matters, determination of issues related to class certification and the calculation of damages or other relief, and by addressing novel or unsettled legal questions relevant to the proceedings or investigations in question, before a loss or additional loss or range of loss or additional loss can be reasonably estimated for a proceeding or investigation. Subject to the foregoing, the Firm believes, based on current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, that the

outcome of such proceedings and investigations will not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of the Firm, although the outcome of such proceedings or investigations could be material to the Firm’s operating results and cash flows for a particular period depending on, among other things, the level of the Firm’s revenues or income for such period.

While the Firm has identified below certain proceedings that the Firm believes to be material, individually or collectively, there can be no assurance that additional material losses will not be incurred from claims that have not yet been asserted or are not yet determined to be material.

Residential Mortgage and Credit Crisis Related Matters

On July 15, 2010, China Development Industrial Bank (“CDIB”) filed a complaint against the Firm, styledChina Development Industrial Bank v. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated et al., which is pending in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County (“Supreme Court of NY”). The complaint relates to a $275 million CDS referencing the super senior portion of the STACK2006-1 CDO. The complaint asserts claims for common law fraud, fraudulent inducement and fraudulent concealment and alleges that the Firm misrepresented the risks of the STACK2006-1 CDO to CDIB, and that the Firm knew that the assets backing the CDO were of poor quality when it entered into the CDS with CDIB. The complaint seeks compensatory damages related to the approximately $228 million that CDIB alleges it has already lost under the CDS, rescission of CDIB’s obligation to pay an additional $12 million, punitive damages, equitable relief,pre- and post-judgment interest, fees and costs. On February 28, 2011, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 21, 2018, the court denied the Firm’s motion for summary judgment and granted in part the Firm’s motion for sanctions related to the spoliation of evidence. On January 18, 2019, CDIB filed a motion to clarify and resettle the portion of the court’s December 21, 2018 order granting spoliation sanctions. On January 24, 2019, CDIB filed a notice of appeal from the court’s December 21, 2018 order, and on January 25, 2019, the Firm filed a notice of appeal from the same order.

On May 17, 2013, plaintiff inIKB International S.A. in Liquidation, et al. v. Morgan Stanley, et al. filed a complaint against the Firm and certain affiliates in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint alleges that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $133 million. The complaint alleges causes of action against the Firm for common law fraud, fraudulent concealment, aiding and abetting fraud, and negligent misrepresentation,

 

 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
169December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. On October 29, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss. All claims regarding four certificates were dismissed. After these dismissals, the remaining amount of certificates allegedly issued by the Firm or sold to plaintiff by the Firm was approximately $116 million. On August 11, 2016, the Appellate Division, First Department (“First Department”) affirmed the trial court’s order denying in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On July 2, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC1 (MSAC2007-NC1) v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National TrustCompany, as Trustee for the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC1 v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I, Inc. On February 3, 2014, the plaintiff filed an amended complaint, which asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.25 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The amended complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission and interest. On April 12, 2016, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint, dismissing all claims except a single claim alleging failure to notify, regarding which the motion was denied without prejudice. On December 9, 2016, the Firm renewed its motion to dismiss that notification claim. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s April 12, 2016 order. On April 13, 2017, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. On March 8, 2018, the trial court denied the Firm’s renewed motion to dismiss the notification claims.

On July 8, 2013, U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledU.S. Bank National Association, solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley Mortgage Loan Trust2007-2AX (MSM2007-2AX) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC,Successor-by-Merger to MorganStanley Mortgage Capital Inc. and GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $650 million, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages and interest. On November 24, 2014, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s

motion to dismiss the complaint. On August 13, 2018, the Firm filed a motion to renew its motion to dismiss.

On November 6, 2013, Deutsche Bank, in its capacity as trustee, became the named plaintiff inFederal Housing Finance Agency, as Conservator for the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, on behalf of the Trustee of the Morgan StanleyABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC3 (MSAC2007-NC3) v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, and filed a complaint in the Supreme Court of NY under the captionDeutsche Bank National Trust Company, solely in its capacity as Trustee for Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust, Series2007-NC3 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC, asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.3 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, rescission, interest and costs. On April 12, 2016, the court granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint, and granted the plaintiff the ability to seek to replead certain aspects of the complaint. On January 17, 2017, the First Department affirmed the lower court’s order granting the motion to dismiss the complaint. On January 9, 2017, plaintiff filed a motion to amend its complaint. On April 13, 2017, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals. On March 8, 2018, the trial court granted plaintiff’s motion to amend its complaint to include failure to notify claims. On March 19, 2018, the Firm filed an answer to plaintiff’s amended complaint.

On September 19, 2014, Financial Guaranty Insurance Company (“FGIC”) filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledFinancial Guaranty Insurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al.relating to a securitization issued by Basket of Aggregated Residential NIMS2007-1 Ltd. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the net interest margin securities (“NIMS”) in the trust breached various representations and warranties. FGIC issued a financial guaranty policy with respect to certain notes that had an original balance of approximately $475 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the NIMS breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, unspecified damages, reimbursement of certain payments made pursuant to the transaction documents, attorneys’ fees and interest. On November 24, 2014, the Firm filed a motion to dismiss the complaint, which the court denied on January 19, 2017. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its

New York,
December 2018 Form 10-K170


LOGO

appeal on November 22, 2017. On September 13, 2018, the court affirmed the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On September 23, 2014, FGIC filed a complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY styledFinancial GuarantyInsurance Company v. Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. et al. relating to the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and fraudulent inducement and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust breached various representations and warranties and defendants made untrue statements and material omissions to induce FGIC to issue a financial guaranty policy on certain classes of certificates that had an original balance of approximately $876 million. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and interest. On January 23, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On February 24, 2017, the Firm filed a notice of appeal of the denial of its motion to dismiss the complaint and perfected its appeal on November 22, 2017. On September 13, 2018, the First Department affirmed in part and reversed in part the lower court’s order denying the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. On December 20, 2018, the First Department denied plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals or, in the alternative, for reargument.

On January 23, 2015, Deutsche Bank National Trust Company, in its capacity as trustee, filed a complaint against the Firm styledDeutsche Bank National Trust Company solely in its capacity as Trustee of the Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc. Trust2007-NC4 v. Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Holdings LLC asSuccessor-by-Merger to Morgan Stanley Mortgage Capital Inc., and Morgan Stanley ABS Capital I Inc., pending in the Supreme Court of NY. The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract and alleges, among other things, that the loans in the trust, which had an original principal balance of approximately $1.05 billion, breached various representations and warranties. The complaint seeks, among other relief, specific performance of the loan breach remedy procedures in the transaction documents, compensatory, consequential, rescissory, equitable and punitive damages, attorneys’ fees, costs and other related expenses, and interest. On December 11, 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint. . On October 19, 2018, the court granted the Firm’s motion for leave to amend its answer and to stay the case pending resolution of Deutsche Bank National Trust Company’s appeal to the New York Court of Appeals in another case. On January 17, 2019, the First Department reversed the trial court’s order to the extent that it had granted in part the Firm’s motion to dismiss the complaint.

On April 1, 2016, the California Attorney General’s Office filed an action against the Firm in California state court styledCalifornia v. Morgan Stanley, et al., on behalf of California investors, including the California Public Employees’ Retirement System and the California Teachers’ Retirement System. The complaint alleges that the Firm made misrepresentations and omissions regarding RMBS and notes issued by the Cheyne SIV, and asserts violations of the California False Claims Act and other state laws and seeks treble damages, civil penalties, disgorgement, and injunctive relief. On September 30, 2016, the court granted the Firm’s demurrer, with leave to replead. On October 21, 2016, the California Attorney General filed an amended complaint. On January 25, 2017, the court denied the Firm’s demurrer with respect to the amended complaint.

Antitrust Related Matters

The Firm and other financial institutions are responding to a number of governmental investigations and civil litigation matters related to allegations of anticompetitive conduct in various aspects of the financial services industry, including the matters described below.

Beginning in February of 2016, the Firm was named as a defendant in multiple purported antitrust class actions now consolidated into a single proceeding in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (“SDNY”) styledInRe: Interest Rate Swaps Antitrust Litigation. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. and New York state antitrust laws from 2008 through December of 2016 in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for interest rates swaps trading. Complaints were filed both on behalf of a purported class of investors who purchased interest rates swaps from defendants, as well as on behalf of two swap execution facilities that allegedly were thwarted by the defendants in their efforts to develop such platforms. The consolidated complaints seek, among other relief, certification of the investor class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On July 28, 2017, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motion to dismiss the complaints.

In August of 2017, the Firm was named as a defendant in a purported antitrust class action in the United States District Court for the SDNY styledIowa Public Employees’ RetirementSystem et al. v. Bank of America Corporation et al. Plaintiffs allege, inter alia, that the Firm, together with a number of other financial institution defendants, violated U.S. antitrust laws and New York state law in connection with their alleged efforts to prevent the development of electronic exchange-based platforms for securities lending. The class action complaint was filed on behalf of a purported class of

February
171December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

borrowers and lenders who entered into stock loan transactions with the defendants. The class action complaint seeks, among other relief, certification of the class of plaintiffs and treble damages. On September 27, 2018, the court denied the defendants’ motion to dismiss the class action complaint.

European Matters

On October 11, 2011, an Italian financial institution, Banco Popolare Societá Cooperativa (“Banco Popolare”), filed a civil claim against the Firm in the Milan courts, styledBanco Popolare Societá Cooperativa v Morgan Stanley & Co. International plc & others, related to its purchase of €100 million of bonds issued by Parmalat. The claim asserted by Banco Popolare alleges, among other things, that the Firm was aware of Parmalat’s impending insolvency and conspired with others to deceive Banco Popolare into buying bonds by concealing both Parmalat’s true financial condition and certain features of the bonds from the market and Banco Popolare. Banco Popolare seeks damages of €76 million (approximately $87 million) plus damages for loss of opportunity and moral damages. The Firm filed its answer on April 20, 2012. On September 11, 2018, the court dismissed in full the claim against the Firm. The plaintiff has until March 11, 2019 to file an appeal.

On June 22, 2017, the public prosecutor for the Court of Accounts for the Republic of Italy filed a claim against the Firm styled Case No. 2012/00406/MNV, which is pending in the Regional Prosecutor’s Office at the Judicial Section of the Court of Auditors for Lazio, Italy. The claim relates to certain derivative transactions between the Republic of Italy and the Firm. The transactions were originally entered into between 1999 and 2005, and were restructured (and certain of the transactions were terminated) in December 2011 and January 2012. The claim alleges, inter alia, that the Firm effectively acted as an agent of the state in connection with these transactions and asserts claims related to, among other things, whether the Ministry of Finance was authorized to enter into these transactions, whether the transactions were appropriate and whether the Firm’s conduct related to the termination of certain transactions was proper. The prosecutor is seeking damages through an administrative process against the Firm for €2.76 billion (approximately $3.2 billion). On March 30, 2018, the Firm filed its defense to the claim. On June 15, 2018, the Court issued a decision declining jurisdiction and dismissing the claim against the Firm. A hearing of the public prosecutor’s appeal was held on January 10, 2019.

In matters styledCase number 15/3637andCase number 15/4353, the Dutch Tax Authority (“Dutch Authority”) has challenged in the District Court in Amsterdam the priorset-off by the Firm of approximately €124 million (approximately $142 million) plus accrued interest of withholding tax credits against the Firm’scorporation tax liabilities for the tax

years 2007 to 2013. TheDutch Authority alleges that the Firm was not entitled toreceive the withholding tax credits on the basis, inter alia, thata Firm subsidiary did not hold legal title to certain securitiessubject to withholding tax on the relevant dates. The Dutch Authority has also alleged that the Firm failed to providecertain information to the Dutch Authority and keep adequate books and records. On April 26, 2018, the District Court in Amsterdam issued a decision dismissing the Dutch Authority’s claims. On June 4, 2018, the Dutch Authority filed an appeal before the Court of Appeal in Amsterdam in matters re-styledCase number 18/00318andCase number 18/00319. A hearing of the Dutch Authority’s appeal has been scheduled for June 26, 2019.

On October 5, 2017, various institutional investors filed a claim against the Firm and another bank in a matter now styledCase numberB-803-18 (previouslyBS 99-6998/2017),in the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark concerning their roles as underwriters of the initial public offering (“IPO”) in March 2014 of the Danish company OW Bunker A/S. The claim seeks damages of DKK 534,270,456 (approximately $82 million) plus interest in respect of alleged losses arising from investing in shares in OW Bunker, which entered into bankruptcy in November 2014. Separately, on November 29, 2017, another group of institutional investors joined the Firm and another bank as defendants to pending proceedings in the High Court of Eastern Denmark against various other parties involved in the IPO in a matter styledCase numberB-2073-16. The claim brought against the Firm and the other bank has been given its ownCase number B-2564-17. The investors claim damages of DKK 767,235,885 (approximately $118 million) plus interest, from the Firm and the other bank on a joint and several basis with the Defendants to these proceedings. Both claims are based on alleged prospectus liability; the second claim also alleges professional liability of banks acting as financial intermediaries. On June 8, 2018, the City Court of Copenhagen, Denmark ordered that the matters now styledCase numberB-803-18, B-2073-16andCase number B-2564-17 be heard together before the High Court of Eastern Denmark. On June 29, 2018, the Firm filed its defense to the matter now styledCase number B-2564-17. On February 4, 2019, the Firm filed its defense to the matter now styledCase numberB-803-18.

The following matters were terminated during or following the quarter ended December 31, 2018:

On October 20, 2014, a purported class action complaint was filed against the Firm and other defendants styledGeneseeCounty Employees’ Retirement System v. Bank of America Corporation et al. in the SDNY. The action was later consolidated with four similar actions in SDNY under the lead case styledAlaska Electrical Pension Fund v. Bank of America Corporation et al. A consolidated amended complaint was filed on February 2, 2015 asserting claims for alleged violations of the Sherman Act, breach of contract, breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unjust

December 2018 Form 10-K172


LOGO

enrichment, and tortious interference with contract. The consolidated amended complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants engaged in antitrust violations with regards to the process of setting ISDAfix, a financial benchmark and seeks treble damages, injunctive relief, attorneys’ fees and other relief. On June 22, 2018, the parties entered into an agreement to settle the litigation. On November 13, 2018, the court entered a final judgment and order granting final approval of the settlement and dismissing the action as to the Firm and the other remaining defendants.

On December 14, 2012, Royal Park Investments SA/NV filed a complaint against the Firm, certain affiliates, and other defendants in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Merrill Lynch et al. On October 24, 2013, plaintiff filed a new complaint against the Firm in the Supreme Court of NY, styledRoyal Park Investments SA/NV v. Morgan Stanley et al., alleging that defendants made material misrepresentations and omissions in the sale to plaintiff of certain mortgage pass-through certificates backed by securitization trusts

containing residential mortgage loans. The total amount of certificates allegedly sponsored, underwritten and/or sold by the Firm to plaintiff was approximately $597 million. The complaint raises common law claims of fraud, fraudulent inducement, negligent misrepresentation, and aiding and abetting fraud and seeks, among other things, compensatory and punitive damages. The plaintiff filed an amended complaint on December 1, 2015. On April 12, 2017, the Supreme Court of the State of NY granted the Firm’s motion to dismiss the amended complaint. On October 9, 2018, the Appellate Division, First Department affirmed the lower court’s order dismissing the amended complaint. On January  15, 2019, plaintiff’s motion for leave to appeal to the New York Court of Appeals was denied.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

173December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Morgan Stanley’s common stock trades under the symbol “MS” on the New York Stock Exchange. As of February 15, 2019, the Firm had 56,561 holders of record; however, the Firm believes the number of beneficial owners of the Firm’s common stock exceeds this number.

The table below sets forth the information with respect to purchases made by or on behalf of the Firm of its common stock during the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2018.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

183December 2017 Form 10-K


$ in millions, except per share data  Total Number of
Shares
Purchased
     

Average
Price

Paid per
Share

     Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Plans
or Programs1
     Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares That May
Yet Be Purchased
under the Plans
or Programs
 

Month #1 (October 1, 2018-October 31, 2018)

              

Share Repurchase Program2

   6,132,280     $45.41      6,132,280     $3,262 

Employee transactions3

   42,464     $46.30             

Month #2 (November 1, 2018-November 30, 2018)

              

Share Repurchase Program2

   8,382,000     $44.81      8,382,000     $2,886 

Employee transactions3

   10,692     $45.37             

 

Month #3 (December 1, 2018-December 31, 2018)

              

Share Repurchase Program2

   12,442,923     $42.27      12,442,923     $2,360 

Employee transactions3

   105,496     $41.76             

Quarter ended December 31, 2018

              

Share Repurchase Program2

   26,957,203     $43.77      26,957,203     $2,360 

Employee transactions3

   158,652     $43.22             

 

1.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

No change inShare purchases under publicly announced programs are made pursuant to open-market purchases, Rule10b5-1 plans or privately negotiated transactions (including with employee benefit plans) as market conditions warrant and at prices the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule13a-15(f)) occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2017 that materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Firm’s internal control over financial reporting.

Other Information

Firm deems appropriate and may be suspended at any time. On February 26,April 18, 2018, the Compensation, Management DevelopmentFirm entered into a sales plan with Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (“MUFG”) and Succession Committee of the Board of Directors (“CMDS Committee”) of Morgan Stanley approved amendments to each of the 2015, 2016 and 2017 Long-Term Incentive Program Award Certificates& Co. LLC (“Award Certificates”MS&Co.”) covering awards of performance stock units granted under the Morgan Stanley Equity Incentive Compensation Plan to named executive officers of the Firm. Under the terms of the Award Certificates, participants are entitled to an award thatwhereby MUFG will vest and convert tosell shares of the Firm’s common stock based on achievement of predetermined performance goals with respect to return on equity (“the Firm, through the Firm’s agent MS ROE,”&Co., as defined in the Award Certificates) and total stockholder return (“Relative TSR,” as defined in the Award Certificates), in each case over a three-year performance period. The CMDS Committee amended each Award Certificate to include a new section entitled “Equitable Adjustments” which provides that, if the Committee determines, in its sole discretion, that anypart of the performance measures, as set forth in the Award Certificate, are no longer appropriate, including due to any unusual or non-recurring event affecting the particular performance measure or any change in applicable tax, legal or regulatory requirements or accounting methods, practices or polices, the CMDS Committee will equitably adjust the calculation of such performance measuresCompany’s share repurchase program (as defined below). The sales plan is only intended to maintain MUFG’s ownership percentage below 24.9% in order to comply with MUFG’s passivity commitments to the intended economics and to carry out the intentBoard of Governors of the original termsFederal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”) and will have no impact on the strategic alliance between MUFG and the Firm, including the joint ventures in Japan.

2.

The Firm’s Board of applicable award.

Directors has authorized the repurchase of the Firm’s outstanding stock under a share repurchase program (the “Share Repurchase Program”). The Share Repurchase Program is a program for capital management purposes that considers, among other things, business segment capital needs, as well as equity-based compensation and benefit plan requirements. The Share Repurchase Program has no set expiration or termination date. Share repurchases by the Firm are subject to regulatory approval. On February 26,June 28, 2018, the CMDS Committee further determinedFederal Reserve published summary results of CCAR and the Firm received a conditionalnon-objection to use its authority under2018 Capital Plan, where the Equitable Adjustment provisiononly condition was that the Firm’s capital distributions not exceed the greater of the amended Award Certificates, to make equitable adjustments toactual distributions it made over the calculationprevious four calendar quarters or the annualized average of MS ROE foractual distributions over the Firm’s 2017 fiscal year with respect to awards granted under each Award Certificate to account for the impact of the enactment of tax reform under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.previous eight calendar quarters. As a result, the Firm’s named executive officers will receive2018 Capital Plan includes a payoutshare repurchase of performanceup to $4.7 billion of its outstanding common stock unitsduring the period beginning July 1, 2018 through June 30, 2019. During the quarter ended December 31, 2018, the Firm repurchased approximately $1.2 billion of the Firm’s outstanding common stock as part of its Share Repurchase Program. For further information, see “Liquidity and Capital Resources—Capital Management.”

3.

Includes shares acquired by the Firm in satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations on stock-based awards granted under the 2015 Long-Term Incentive Program Award Certificates based on a performance multiplier of approximately 1.03.

This description of the Award Certificates is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Award Certificates, a form of which is filed hereto as Exhibit 10.35.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information relating to the Firm’s stock-based compensation plans.

December 2018 Form 10-K174


LOGO

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return (rounded to the nearest whole dollar) of the Firm’s common stock, the S&P 500 Stock Index and the S&P 500 Financials Sector Index for the last five years. The graph assumes a $100 investment at the closing price on December 31, 2013 and reinvestment of dividends on the respective dividend payment dates without commissions. This graph does not forecast future performance of the Firm’s common stock.

Cumulative Total Return

December 31, 2013 – December 31, 2018

LOGO

   At December 31, 
    2013       2014       2015       2016       2017       2018         

 Morgan Stanley

  $100.00   $125.09   $104.13   $141.68   $179.40    138.56   

 S&P 500 Stock Index

   100.00    113.68    115.24    129.02    157.17    150.27   

 S&P 500 Financials Sector Index

   100.00    115.18    113.38    139.17    168.59    146.60   

175December 2018 Form 10-K


LOGO

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information relating to the Firm’s directors and nominees in the Firm’s definitive proxy statement for its 2019 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

Information relating to the Firm’s executive officers is contained in the “Business” section of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. You can find the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on the Internet site,www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance/ethics.html. The Firm will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange LLC, on the Firm’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual meeting of shareholders (“Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement”) is incorporated by reference herein.

Information relating to the Firm’s executive officers is contained in the “Business” section of this report under “Executive Officers of Morgan Stanley.”

Morgan Stanley’s Code of Ethics and Business Conduct applies to all directors, officers and employees, including its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. You can find our Code of Ethics and Business Conduct on our Internet site,www.morganstanley.com/about-us-governance/ethics.html. We will post any amendments to the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, and any waivers that are required to be disclosed by the rules of either the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange LLC, on our Internet site.

Executive Compensation

Information relating to director and executive officer compensation in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information about outstanding awards and shares of common stock available for future awards under all of Morgan Stanley’s equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2017.plans. Morgan Stanley has not made any grants of common stock outside of its equity compensation plans.

  At December 31, 2018 
  (a)  (b)  (c) 
plan category 

Number of
securities to

be issued
upon

exercise of

outstanding
options,

warrants

and rights1

  

Weighted-

average

exercise
price of

outstanding
options,

warrants

and rights

  

Number of
securities

remaining available
for future

issuance under

equity
compensation

plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

  79,940,303  $   138,179,204 2  

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

         

Total

  79,940,303  $   138,179,204 

 

   (a)   (b)   (c) 
plan category  

Number of
securities to

be issued
upon

exercise of

outstanding

options,

warrants

and rights1

   

Weighted-
average

exercise

price of

outstanding
options,

warrants

and rights2

   

Number of securities

remaining available
for future

issuance under

equity compensation

plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   95,253,190   $    145,511,9863 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   5,880        4 

Total

   95,259,070   $    145,511,986   

December 2017 Form 10-K184


1.

Includes outstanding equity awards, which consist of restricted stock unitsunit and performance stock units.unit awards. The number of outstanding performance stock unitsunit awards is based on the target number of units granted to senior executives.

2.

Restricted stock units and performance stock units do not provide for an exercise price.

3.

Includes the following:

 (a)

39,182,870 shares available under the Morgan Stanley Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Pursuant to this plan, which is qualified under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code, eligible employees were permitted to purchase shares of common stock at a discount to market price through regular payroll deduction. The Compensation, Management Development and Succession Committee of the Board (“CMDS CommitteeCommittee”) approved the discontinuation of the ESPP, effective June 1, 2009, such that no further contributions to the plan will be permitted following such date, until such time as the CMDS Committee determines to recommence contributions under the plan.

 (b)

89,944,96182,686,133 shares available under the Equity Incentive Compensation Plan. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), performance-based units, other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.

 (c)

14,869,924 shares available under the Employee Equity Accumulation Plan, which includes 733,757 shares available for awards of restricted stock and restricted stock units. Awards may consist of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock (or the value thereof), other awards that are valued by reference to or otherwise based on the fair market value of common stock, and other equity-based or equity-related awards approved by the CMDS Committee.

 (d)

355,243 shares available under the Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan. Awards consist of restricted stock units, which are settled by the delivery of shares of common stock.

 (e)

1,158,9881,085,034 shares available under the Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan. This plan provides for periodic awards of shares of common stock and stock units tonon-employee directors and also allowsnon-employee directors to defer the cash fees they earn for services as a director in the form of stock units.

4.

As of December 31, 2017, no shares remained available for future issuance under the Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (“REICP”), which was terminated effective December 31, 2012. However, awards remained outstanding under the REICP as of December 31, 2017. The REICP was adopted in connection with the Morgan Stanley Wealth Management joint venture and without stockholder approval pursuant to the employment inducement award exception under the NYSE Corporate Governance Listing Standards. The equity awards granted pursuant to the REICP were limited to awards to induce certain Citigroup Inc. employees to join the new Morgan Stanley Wealth Management joint venture by replacing the value of Citigroup awards that were forfeited in connection with the employees’ transfer of employment to Wealth Management. Awards under the REICP were authorized in the form of restricted stock units, stock appreciation rights, stock options and restricted stock, and other forms of stock-based awards.

The foregoing description does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the REICP plan document, which, along with all plans under which awards were available for grant in 2017, is included as an exhibit to the 2017 Form10-K.

Other information relating to security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under the caption “Beneficial Ownership of Company Common Stock” in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement and such information is incorporated by reference herein.

December 2018 Form 10-K176


LOGO

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

Information regarding director independence in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information regarding principal accountant fees and services in Morgan Stanley’s Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference herein.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

Documents filed as part of this report

 

The financial statements required to be filed in this Annual Report on Form10-K are included in the section titled “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

 

An exhibit index has been filed as part of this report beginning on pageE-1 and is incorporated by reference herein.

Form10-K Summary

None.

 

 

 185177 December 20172018 Form 10-K


LOGO

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

EXHIBITS TO FORM10-K

For the year ended December 31, 20172018

Commission FileNo. 1-11758

LOGO

 

 

 


 LOGO

 

Exhibit Index

Certain of the following exhibits, as indicated parenthetically, were previously filed as exhibits to registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Securities Act or to reports or registration statements filed by Morgan Stanley or its predecessor companies under the Exchange Act and are hereby incorporated by reference to such statements or reports. Morgan Stanley’s Exchange Act file number is1-11758. The Exchange Act file number of Morgan Stanley Group Inc., a predecessor company (“MSG”), was1-9085.(1)

 

    Exhibit No.

 

Description

3.1*    3.1 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date.date (Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).

3.2 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Morgan Stanley, as amended to date (Exhibit(Exhibit 3.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated October 29, 2015).

4.1 

Amended and Restated Senior Indenture dated as of May 1, 1999 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-e to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement onForm S-3/A (No.333-75289) as amended by Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of October  8, 2007 (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

4.2 

Senior Indenture dated as of November  1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4-f to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-3/A (No.333-117752), as amended by First Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September  4, 2007 (Exhibit 4.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007), Second Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January 4, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated January 4, 2008), Third Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September 10, 2008 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2008), Fourth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of December  1, 2008 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated December 1, 2008), Fifth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of April 1, 2009 (Exhibit 4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009), Sixth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of September  16, 2011 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011), Seventh Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of November 21, 2011 (Exhibit 4.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011), Eighth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of May  4, 2012 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2012), Ninth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of March 10, 2014 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2014) and Tenth Supplemental Senior Indenture dated as of January  11, 2017 (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated January 11, 2017).

4.3 

The Unit Agreement Without Holders’ Obligations, dated as of August 29, 2008, between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Unit Agent, as Trustee and Paying Agent under the Senior Indenture referred to therein and as Warrant Agent under the Warrant Agreement referred to therein (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated August 29, 2008).

4.4 

Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 1, 2004 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit4-g to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-3/A(No. 333-117752)).

4.5 

Junior Subordinated Indenture dated as of October 12, 2006 between Morgan Stanley and The Bank of New York, as trustee (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated October 12, 2006).

    4.6

Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).

 

(1)

For purposes of this Exhibit Index, references to “The Bank of New York” mean in some instances the entity successor to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Trust Company, National Association; references to “JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as The Chase Manhattan Bank, in some instances as the successor to Chemical Bank; references to “J.P. Morgan Trust Company, N.A.” mean the entity formerly known as Bank One Trust Company, N.A., as successor to The First National Bank of Chicago.

 

 E-1 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

    Exhibit No.

 

Description

4.6

Deposit Agreement dated as of July 6, 2006 among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended May 31, 2006).

4.7 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series A Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated July 5, 2006).

4.8 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series A (included in Exhibit 4.7 hereto).

4.9 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series E Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated September 27, 2013).

4.10 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series E (included in Exhibit 4.9 hereto).

4.11 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series F Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated December 9, 2013).

4.12 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series F (included in Exhibit 4.11 hereto).

4.13 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series G Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated April 28, 2014).

4.14 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representing 6.625%Non-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series G (included in Exhibit 4.13 hereto).

4.15 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series H Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 4.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated April 29, 2014).

4.16 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series H (included in Exhibit 4.15 hereto).

4.17 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series I Preferred stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on Form8-A dated September 17, 2014).

4.18 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series I (included in Exhibit 4.17 hereto).

4.19 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series J Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 4.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated March 18, 2015).

4.20 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series J (included in Exhibit 4.19 hereto).

4.21 

Form of Deposit Agreement among Morgan Stanley, The Bank of New York Mellon and the holders from time to time of the depositary receipts representing interests in the Series K Preferred Stock described therein (Exhibit 2.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-A dated January 30, 2017).

4.22 

Depositary Receipt for Depositary Shares, representingFixed-to-Floating RateNon-Cumulative Preferred Stock, Series K (included in Exhibit 4.21 hereto).

10.1

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of January 1, 2018 by and between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2018).

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K E-2 


 LOGO

 

    Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.1

Amended and Restated Trust Agreement dated as of October 18, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and State Street Bank and Trust Company (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011).

10.2 

Amended and Restated Investor Agreement dated as of June 30, 2011 by and between Morgan Stanley and Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc. (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated June 30, 2011), as amended by Third Amendment, dated October 3, 2013 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013) and Fourth Amendment, dated April 6, 2016 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2016).

10.3† 

Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, amended and restated as of January  1, 2013 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), Amendment (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015) and, Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016), Amendment (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017), and Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).

10.4†* 

Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of December 12, 2017.

10.5†*

Amendment to Morgan Stanley 401(k) Plan, dated as of January 17,11, 2018.

10.6†  10.5† 

Tax Deferred Equity Participation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.9 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.7†  10.6†* 

Directors’ Equity Capital Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of March 20, 2017 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated May 22, 2017).November  1, 2018.

10.8†  10.7† 

Employees’ Equity Accumulation Plan as amended and restated as of November 26, 2007 (Exhibit 10.12 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.9†  10.8† 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan as amended and restated as of February 1, 2009 (Exhibit 10.20 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

10.10†  10.9† 

Morgan Stanley Supplemental Executive Retirement and Excess Plan, amended and restated effective December  31, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009), Amendment (Exhibit 10.19 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2011) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2014).

10.11†  10.10† 

1995 Equity Incentive Compensation Plan (Annex A to MSG’s Proxy Statement for its 1996 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.39 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000), Amendment (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended August 31, 2005), Amendment (Exhibit 10.3 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended February 28, 2006), Amendment (Exhibit 10.24 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2006) and Amendment (Exhibit 10.22 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2007).

10.12†  10.11† 

Form of Deferred Compensation Agreement under thePre-Tax Incentive Program 2 (Exhibit 10.12 to MSG’s Annual Report for the fiscal year ended November 30, 1996).

10.13†  10.12† 

Key Employee Private Equity Recognition Plan (Exhibit 10.43 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2000).

10.14†  10.13† 

Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan (Exhibit 4.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-8 (No.333-146954)).

 

 E-3 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

    Exhibit No.

 

Description

10.15†  10.14† 

Supplementary Deed of Participation for the Morgan Stanley UK Share Ownership Plan, dated as of November 5, 2009 (Exhibit 10.36 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009).

10.16†  10.15† 

Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement, dated as of January 1, 2010, by and between Corporate Services Support Corp. and James P. Gorman (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010).

10.17†  10.16† 

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James P. Gorman, dated August 16, 2005, and amendment dated December 17, 2008 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010), as amended by Amendment (Exhibit 10.25 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013).

10.18†  10.17† 

Form of Restrictive Covenant Agreement (Exhibit 10 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report onForm 8-K dated November 22, 2005).

10.19†

Morgan Stanley Performance Formula and Provisions (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated May 14, 2013).

10.20†  10.18† 

Equity Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended and restated as of March 30, 2017 (Exhibit 10.1 to MorganStanley’s Current Report on Form8-K dated May 22, 2017).

10.21†  10.19† 

Morgan Stanley 2006 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan, as amended and restated as of November 28, 2008 (Exhibit 10.47 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

10.22†  10.20† 

Form of Award Certificate under the 2006 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan (Exhibit 10.7 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

10.23†  10.21† 

Morgan Stanley 2007 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan, amended as of June 4, 2009 (Exhibit 10.6 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009).

10.24†  10.22† 

Form of Award Certificate under the 2007 Notional LeveragedCo-Investment Plan for Certain Management Committee Members (Exhibit 10.8 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report onForm 10-Q for the quarter ended February 29, 2008).

10.25†  10.23† 

Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan (Exhibit 10.54 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the fiscal year ended November 30, 2008).

10.26†

Morgan Stanley 2009 Replacement Equity Incentive Compensation Plan for Morgan Stanley Smith Barney Employees (Exhibit 4.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Registration Statement on FormS-8(No. 333-159504))  10.24†*.

10.27†

Form of Award Certificate for Special Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.4 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2011).

10.28† 

Morgan Stanley Schedule ofNon-Employee Directors Annual Compensation, effective as of AugustNovember 1, 2016 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2016).2018.

10.29†  10.25† 

Morgan Stanley UK Limited Alternative Retirement Plan, dated as of October 8, 2009 (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

10.30†

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Options (Exhibit 10.5 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2013).

10.31†  10.26† 

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and Colm Kelleher, dated January 5, 2015 (Exhibit 10.1 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).

10.32†  10.27† 

Description of Operating Committee Medical Coverage (Exhibit 10.2 to Morgan Stanley’s Quarterly Report on Form10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015).

10.33†*  10.28† 

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards of Stock Units. (Exhibit 10.33 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017).

10.34†*  10.29† 

Form of Award Certificate for Discretionary Retention Awards under the Morgan Stanley Compensation Incentive Plan.

December 2017 (Exhibit 10.34 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report onForm 10-KE-4



LOGO

    Exhibit No.    

 

Agreement between Morgan Stanley and James A. Rosenthal, dated January 17, 2017 (Exhibit 10.41 to Morgan Stanley’s Annual Report on Form10-K for the year ended December 31, 2016).Description

12*

Statement Re: Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.

21* 

Subsidiaries of Morgan Stanley.

23.1* 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

24 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

31.1* 

Rule13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

31.2* 

Rule13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

32.1** 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer.

32.2** 

Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer.

101 

Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of RegulationS-T: (i) the Consolidated Income Statements—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017,2018, December 31, 2016,2017, and December 31, 2015,2016, (ii) the Consolidated Comprehensive Income Statements—TwelveStatements —Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017,2018, December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, (iii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets—December 31, 20172018 and December 31, 2016,2017, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Total Equity—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017,2018, December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, (v) the Consolidated Cash Flow Statements—Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2017,2018, December 31, 20162017 and December 31, 2015,2016, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

*

Filed herewith.

**

Furnished herewith.

Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form10-K pursuant to Item 15(b).

Note: Other instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt securities of Morgan Stanley and its subsidiaries are omitted pursuant to Section (b)(4)(iii) of Item 601 of RegulationS-K. Morgan Stanley hereby agrees to furnish copies of these instruments to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

 

 E-5 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 27, 2018.26, 2019.

 

MORGAN STANLEY

 

(REGISTRANT)

By:  

 

/s/     JAMES P. GORMAN

 (James P. Gorman)
 

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive

Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute Jonathan Pruzan, Eric F. Grossman and Martin M. Cohen, and each of them singly, our true and lawful attorneys with full power to them and each of them to sign for us, and in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments to the Annual Report on Form10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming our signatures as they may be signed by our said attorneys to any and all amendments to said Annual Report on Form10-K.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on the 2726th day of February, 2018.2019.

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/S/    JAMES P. GORMAN

(James P. Gorman)

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/S/    JONATHAN PRUZAN

(Jonathan Pruzan)

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

/s/S/    PAUL C. WIRTH

(Paul C. Wirth)

  

Deputy Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Accounting Officer)

/s/S/    ELIZABETH CORLEY

(Elizabeth Corley)

  Director

/s/S/    ALISTAIR DARLING

(Alistair Darling)

  Director

/s/S/    THOMAS H. GLOCER

(Thomas H. Glocer)

  Director

/s/S/    ROBERT H. HERZ

(Robert H. Herz)

  Director

/s/S/    NOBUYUKI HIRANO

(Nobuyuki Hirano)

  Director

/s/S/    JAMI MISCIK

(Jami Miscik)

  Director

/S/    DENNIS M. NALLY

(Dennis M. Nally)

  Director

 

 S-1 December 20172018 Form 10-K


 LOGO

 

Signature

  

Title

/s/    DENNISS M. NALLY

(Dennis M. Nally)

Director

/s/    HUTHAM S. OLAYAN

(Hutham S. Olayan)

  Director

/S/    MARY L. SCHAPIRO

(Mary L. Schapiro)

  Director

/s/    JAMESS W. OWENS

(James W. Owens)

Director

/s/    RYOSUKE TAMAKOSHI

(Ryosuke Tamakoshi)

  Director

/s/S/    PERRY M. TRAQUINA

(Perry M. Traquina)

  Director

/s/S/    RAYFORD WILKINS, JR.

(Rayford Wilkins, Jr.)

  Director

 

December 20172018 Form 10-K S-2